tlliPiS'; m. >/jy^| ^f'jVr- ■'■ i llii HIBUi Li'Ii.^i '':ilili!iLLd:LLi;LiL U.S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT - BULLETIN No. 30 . COASTGUARD INTERNATIONAL ICE OBSERVATION AND ICE PATROL SERVICE IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN ■ P^gTo"'] BlOtOGlCAt \ UVB0RAT0T5Y | VKOOOSHOU.Wii'--^ W.H.O. t. U. S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT COAST GUARD Bulletin No. 30 INTERNATIONAL ICE OBSERVATION AND ICE PATROL SERVICE IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN W. P. HAWLEY ED. H. SMITH C. A. BARNES FLOYD M. SOULE Season of 1940 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1941 TABLE OF CONTENTS Fage Foreword . v Ice Conditions, Ice Patrol Area, 1940 1 Ice Observation Cruise, Chelan, May 12-June 2 __ 1 Followed by figures 1 and 2 facing p. 2 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports 2' Ice Observation in the Greenland Sector, 1940, including figures 3-16 11 Oceanographic Investigation in Baffin Bay in 1940, including figures 17-22 27 Physical Oceanography, the Grand Banks Region and the Labrador Sea in 1940, including figures 23-33 36 Table of Oceanographic Data 56 (m) FOREWORD Insufficient ice diifted into tlie Ice Patrol area to warrant inaugurat- ing Ice Patrol during the year 1940. The General Greene carried out the normal oceanographic program and two ice observations were made, the first by the Coast Guard cutter Chelan and the second by the Coast Guard cutter Northland. The Chelan searched the Labra- dor Current from the Tail of the Grand Banks to the Straits of Belleisle and the Northland cruised along the east and west coasts of Greenland. The latter vessel also made oceanographic observations in addition to performing ice observation duty. Lt. W. P. Hawley, Ice Observation Officer, prepared the section entitled "Ice Conditions, Ice Patrol Area, 1940," Commander Ed. H. Smith, Commander, International Ice Patrol, the "Ice Observation in the Greenland Sector, 1940," Associate Oceanographer C. A. Barnes the "Oceanographic Investigations in Baffin Bay in 1940" and Principal Physical Oceanographer Flo3^d M. Soule the "Physical Oceanography, the Grand Banks Region and the Labrador Sea in 1940." (V) ICE CONDITIONS, ICE PATROL AREA, 1940 By W. P. Hawley The 1940 season was the lightest ice year on record (1900-1940); only two bergs drifting south of latitude 48° N. (Reports 43 and 45). No field ice was reported along tracks E and F although shipping experienced the usual amount of field ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and along the Nova Scotian shelf. Arrangements were made to receive complete reports of ice conditions in the Grand Banks area this year. ICE OBSERVATION CRUISE, "CHELAN," MAY 12-JUNE 2 In accordance with instructions from Coast Guard Headquarters, the Chelan sailed from Boston, Mass. at 1005 on May 12, 1940, on an ice observation cruise in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfound- land and northward to the Straits of Belleisle in the interests of International Ice Patrol. Moderate to strong northwesterly breezes prevailed on the eastward run. The Ice Patrol area was entered on May 15 and all vessels were informed of our presence by regular Ice Patrol broadcasts. The ships free to do so were requested to report ice sighted and their water temperatures, position, course, and speed every 4 hours. The eastern branch of the Labrador Current was searched from latitude 41°45' N., longitude 51°34' W., northward to the Straits of BeUeisle. On the return, sections were rmi off the east coast of Newfoundland as shown on the track chart. (See fig. 1 .) Insufficient water temperature reports were received to construct a complete sur- face isotherm chart. (See fig. 2.) The scouting program was finished on May 30, 1940. On that date the General Greene delivered the current map just completed. The Chelan then set course for Boston, Mass., arriving there at 11 :26 p. m., June 2, 1940. Only one iceberg (drydock type that had recently calved two large growlers) was found in the Ice Patrol area south of latitude 48° N., and this in latitude 47°42' N., longitude 50°57' W. This berg showed very little drift over a period of 24 hours. Several bergs were sighted aground in the vicinity of Belle Isle and scattered along the east coast of Newfoundland as far south as latitude 50°23' N., longitude 55°23' W., with a stray berg aground near Stmking Island. One berg was found offshore in latitude 51°45' N., longitude 54°16' W. Throughout (1) the cruise reports of loose strings of field ice and several growlers moving west in the Straits of Belleisle were received. A total of 46 bergs were sighted south of Camp Islands, southern Labrador. Subsequent reports from Belle Isle after our departure indicated the probability of another influx of ice from Labrador. The Gulf of St. Lawrence was open to navigation early in April. The weather was unusually calm and good visibility prevailed during this cruise. No storms were encountered. Radio meteoro- graph observations were made during this cruise in continuance of the program commenced during the 1939 Ice Patrol. The following is a summary of the ice and water temperature reports received during this cruise: Number of bergs reported or sighted south of latitude 48° N 1 Number of bergs reported or sighted south of latitude 45° N 0 Number of ice reports received 0 Number of water temperature reports received 72 Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports 6 Number of vessels furnished special information 4 TABLE OF ICE AND OBSTRUCTION REPORTS, ICE PATROL AREA, 1940 No. Date Reporting unit 1 mo Feb. 11 Feb. 19 —do Cape Race radio 2 3 -Il-do-."."-"""---- 4 5 6 -_do. Feb. Mar. '27" 2 do 7 8 Mar. ...do. 3 Camperdown radio. 9 —do. .....do... 10 Mar. 4 do 11 —do. do-. 12 ...do. .... do.. 13 Mar. 10 Cape Race radio 14 ...do. do 15 If) 17 Mar. -.do. Apr. 13 "'3' Camperdown radio :::::do::.::. .:::..:::.;::. 18 Apr. Apr. 4 Brogfred Ifl Louisburg radio 20 ...do. do 21 ...do. do 22 Apr. 6 do... 23 —do. do 24 Apr. Apr. ...do. 10 17 26 Louisburg radio 26 do 27 ...do. — . do Latitude Longitude 44 41 58 59 44 13 59 35 White Head, Nova Scotia 45 50 59 17 44 17 62 10 44 12 62 20 Sable Island East Coast Nova Scotia f Sable Island to L 44 12 I 62 20 Sable Island f Sable Island to I 44 12 I 62 20 East coast of Nova Scotia 44 07 I 63 15 to Jeddorc, Nova Scotia Jeddore, Nova Scotia 44 20 62 30 43 55 61 55 48 50 50 00 48 30 50 40 East coast of Cape Breton (Louisburg Harbor \ to I 45 15 I 58 00 Northumberland Strait Gulf of St. Law- rence East coast of Cape Breton 49 00 I 49 30 Cape Ray, New- foundland f Cape Esprit to I 45 15 I 59 10 45 15 47 12 59 10 Description Southern limit of extensive ice floes. Do. Large area field ice 18 miles southeast. Heavy field ice. Field ice extending 15 miles east from. Field ice 10 miles wide extending east from. Heavy field ice extending north from. Slush and •Ice floes to northward of line from. Heavy field ice from 310° to 40° from. Ice floes to northward of line from. Slush and pancake ice along. Field ice. Field ice along coast northeast from. Scattered ice floes. Ice field 15 mile area. Field ice extending northeast an( northwest from. Field ice. Do. Do. Heavy field ice. Large areas of field ice. Do. Large ice field. Field ice strings to southward. •Field ice extending. Do. FiQURB \.— Chelan, Ice Observation Cruise. the mov berg Subs prob Law T] duri] grap prog Tl recei Numl Numl Numl Numl Numl Numl TABI No. >\ 59° 58° sr 56° 55° 54° ^ 53° ^ 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° ^ 44° 43° J11510 — 0-1941 th€ mo bei Sul pre dm gra pro rect Nui Nui Nui Nui Nui Nui TAI No. Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, Ice Patrol Area, .? 540— Continued No. Date Reporting unit Latitude Longitude Description 28 19i0 Apr. 17 --do --do Apr. 19 —do ...dO-..- Apr. 22 -..do..... Apr. 24 ...do Apr. 28 ...do—.. Apr. 29 May 2 May 27 May 28 May 29 Nov. 2 Louisburg Prince Edward Island Cape Ray to Cape Anguille f Capo Esprit to \ 45 50 1 58 00 f 45 50 l„ 58 00 1 47 15 ^? 58 48 / Bird Rocks to 1 47 15 1 58 48 f 48 17 l„ 61 30 \ 47 12 T 59 08 Louisburg Harbor Do. Sydney Harbor Louisburg Harbor Gulf of St. Law- rence / 46 14 ' 59 40 1 46 42 ^° 59 56 Gulf of St. Law- rence 40 37 48 44 47 42 51 18 47 42 50 57 47 44 52 33 Field ice 12 miles south of. 29 30 31 32 33 do--- do do do-..- do Light ice vicinity East Point. Some open strings of field ice. Field ice. Do. Do. 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 do do do do do do - WUliam a. Warden Louisburg radio Scattered strings. Field ice. Field ice 7 miles offshore. Field ice as far as can be seen. Some loose field ice offshore. Scattered field ice. JHeavy field ice. Scattered field ice. 42 43 Chelan Berg. 44 45 do Cape Race radio Berg, same as 43. Berg. ICE CONDITIONS NORTH OF ICE PATROL AREA Date Reported by— Lati- tude Longi- tude Description mo July 4 Effie M. Morrissey do f Belle Isle to JMany bergs and growlers. JFew bergs, 7 bergs. Many bergs, growlers, and drift ice. Several bergs and many growlers. 26 bergs and many growlers. 7 bergs and pack ice. Do - / 51 20 1 55 10 \ 63 26 ^? 56 36 63 43 55 55 ( 53 43 1 55 55 \ to Five Islands, [ Labrador White Bear Islands to Quaker Hat, Labrador Quaker Hat, Lab- rador, to Ironbound Islands. 56 47 1 60 40 \ 66 47 .1 60 40 /55 30^° 58 40 56 17 50 28 56 00 60 00 f 55 30 . 58 40 \ 66 00 7 67 00 65 30 1 -"iR ^n Do .— Do -..-do do July 5 .. .do July 6 do .. July? do July 7-8 July8. Do . do do iHeavy pack ice. 7 bergs. 9 bergs. JHeavy pack ice. 4 bergs and growlers. [22 bergs and pack ice. July 9 do July 13 do July 14 July 15 do .- do - f 65 40 , \ 67 00 "^ 67 30 69 26 70 30 70 36 71 15 71 30 71 45 72 00 72 16 72 25 72 25 72 53 73 16 „ 65 00 ° 59 30 58 30 57 30 67 00 56 60 56 37 56 30 56 30 56 40 56 40 66 56 66 55 67 00 57 20 July 16 Do Do Do July 17 do.... — ..do-... - --ido::--:::::::-;:-- do 9 bergs. 14 bergs. Do. 11 bergs. 10 bergs. 4 bergs. 16 bergs. 10 bergs. 28 bergs. 126 bergs. Many bergs. 46 bergs. Do . do . Do Do do . do Do do Do.. Do... . do - do Do do For track of Effie M. Morrissey and visibility conditions see U. S. Hydrographic OflSce pilot chart, North Atlantic Ocean, December 1940. Ice Conditions North of Ice Patrol Area — Continued 19i0 July 18 Do Do July 19 Do July 20 July 21 July 23 July 24 July 25 Do Aug. 15.... Aug. 16.... Do Aug. 17-20. Aug. 20.-. Do-.... Do Aug. 21-.-. Do Do Aug. 22-... Do Do Do Aug. 23.... Do Do Aug. 24__-. Do Do Aug. 25..-. Aug. 26.... Aug. 28-... Do Aug. 29.... Do.. Do.. Aug. 30. Do.. Aug. 31. July 4... July 7... Do-. Do.. July 20.. Do Do May 19. May 23. Do. May 24. Do.. Do.. Do.. Reported by- Effie M. Morrisey. .....do -.- ...-do...- — - .. .do Winnifred Lee. -..-do..-. July 23. do -- July 24 do July 25 do -. .. . July 31 — -do - Do... do Aug. 1 do May 17 Do do Comanche Belle Isle radio- Chelan (I. P.). Lati- tude 73 45 74 00 76 10 75 12 75 45 75 40 76 00 75 55 76 20 76 55 77 00 77 35 74 50 73 20 72 40 Longi- tude 57 35 57 55 59 10 58 30 60 00 60 45 66 10 67 30 69 45 71 15 72 20 72 35 78 50 76 20 75 00 Cape Bowen to - " I 64 15 I 64 15 '','' 65 35 65 45 65 35 61 10 69 50 69 00 69 25 69 00 69 00 68 45 68 35 67 40 66 30 66 15 65 40 65 30 65 00 64 50 64 30 63 30 62 30 61 55 60 10 to 61 00 61 00 59 20 57 30 57 10 57 45 57 45 58 20 58 45 59 15 60 25 61 25 61 45 60 30 61 30 61 15 60 55 57 05 56 55 Sentinel Rocks to Flat Rock, Labrador 56 35 54 50 57 20 54 40 57 00 54 30 50 50 52 30 55 20 Straits of Belleisle Gannets Islands to Cape Harrison Cape Harrison to Cape Mugford Gannets Islands to Cape Mugford Cape Mugford Cape Killipiks Hen and Chick Islands Cape Harrison to Farmyard Island Salmons Island and Queens Lakes Cape Mugford Watchmans Island Red Bay to Point Amour Do. Belle Isle Do. 69 40 I 51 02 Belle Isle Do. 52 00 54 18 52 13 I 55 05 Belle Isle Do. Description 49 bergs. Few large bergs. Thousands of bergs all direction. [Field ice. Few bergs. Many bergs. 143 bergs. 40 bergs. 2 bergs. 7 bergs. Some bergs. Many small bergs and growlers. 37 bergs and growlers. 35 bergs and loose field ice. [Heavy pack ice. t Do. Numerous bergs. 'Open pack ice. Berg. Do. 4 bergs. 2 bergs and 29 growlers. 2 bergs. Berg. Do. Do. 3 bergs. 20 bergs. 9 bergs. Berg. 2 bergs. Berg. Do. 4 bergs. 6 bergs. 9 bergs and growlers. 11 bergs and growlers. 4 bergs. 15 bergs. 5 bergs. Berg. Numerous bergs in all directions. Field ice running 5 miles off. Field ice tight to land. No bergs in sight. Field ice tight to land. Field ice 5 miles off. Field ice running south inside. Field ice about 10 miles off. Loose ice inside and around. 5 bergs 7 miles north by east. Very large flat berg more than 1 mile long 5 miles south. Strings of open ice 6 miles distant. Numerous bergs and growlers moving west. Loose ice all directions. Numerous bergs and growlers aU direc- tions. Large berg. Numerous bergs and growlers south and southwest. Strings loose ice along Labrador shore to west from. Berg. Do. 3 bergs aground east coast. 2 bergs northwest from. Ice Conditions North of Ice Patrol Area — Continued mo May 25_... Do. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Do.. May 27. June 12_ June 26. Do. Do. July 4.- Do. Do- Do. Do. Do. Do. July 28. July 29- Do. Do- Do- Do. Do- Do- Do. Do. Do- Do. Do. Do. Do- Do. Do-. Do. Do.. Do-. Do.. Do.. Do.. July 31.. Aug. 1.. Do.. Do.. Do.. Aug. 2- Do.. Aug. 7- Do- Aug. 8- Do-. A.ug. 13. Aug. 18- Do.. Aug. 19. Do-. Do- Reported by- Chelan (I. P.). .....do.- .do., .do-, -do-, -do-, -do- -do-. .do. -do- .do. -do- - do- Campbell- General Greene (I. P.) . . . -do- Cape Race radio- Campbell --..do ..-do Duane. ..--do-. ....do- Campbell. ....do-..- Cape Race radio. Campbell 2lle Isle radio- .-do Lati- tude Longi- tude Cape Bauld to Belle Isle White Islands to Goose Cape Hare Bay St. Julien Island Windy Point Groais Island Do. Bell Island Do. Canada Head Robineau Cove 50 23 I 55 23 Stinking Island Frederickshaab to Arsuk Fjord 55 23 to 52 54 54 30 I 54 00 55 20 to 52 35 55 40 48 52 60 52 08 52 44 52 35 52 43 52 15 52 28 52 28 64 00 to 52 35 54 00 53 65 54 05 54 12 48 50 51 42 52 54 53 03 53 20 53 27 53 16 53 21 53 30 53 26 53 22 53 27 53 32 53 34 63 36 63 32 53 40 53 39 63 44 53 05 62 45 52 27 52 32 52 14 62 03 52 08 52 26 52 25 52 44 62 31 52 30 52 16 62 36 62 32 52 37 62 34 62 25 52 31 52 36 52 05 52 09 47 52 11 55 51 56 18 63 00 33 60 06 45 60 14 15 50 28 r 64 17 .„ 54 18 I 63 18 ^° 53 00 Godthaab to Arsuk Fjord Godthaab Fjord f Arsuk Fjord to [ 64 30 t 50 20 i 50 32 62 30 ; 50 23 Godthaab to Arsuk Fjord 62 33 52 51 51 21 62 08 50 45 51 00 63 40 54 45 Belle Isle Straits Description 5 bergs entrance Straits of Belle Isle. 15 bergs aground from. 4 bergs aground entrance. Berg aground. Do. 2 bergs aground north end. 3 bergs aground east coast. 2 bergs aground north coast. Berg aground east coast. Berg aground. Do. Berg. Berg aground. About 250 bergs all directions including fjords. Pack ice offshore leaving open water inshore except for bergs. (138 bergs and numerous growlers also I heavy field of ice 8 miles wide ex- [ tending north. \s bergs. Berg. Do. 2 bergs. Berg. Do. Do. Growlers. [open pack ice extending westward. Growlers. Berg. 3 bergs. 2 bergs. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Pack ice extending N., S. and E. Berg. Do. Do. ■Field ice. Pack ice. Do. •Pack ice 60 miles wide. Berg. Berg and several growlers. Scattered field ice. Berg. Growler. Berg and growlers. Berg. Do. Ice Conditions North of Ice Patrol Area — Continued Date Reported by- Lati- tude Longi- tude Description mo Aug 26 Campbell Sukkertopen to Numerous bergs and growlers. Aug. 28 - Canadian Signal Service. -. Arsuk Fjord 52 40 52 01 Berg. 52 47 52 06 52 43 52 18 52 34 53 28 51 52 55 33 51 55 55 56 51 56 51 33 51 58 55 30 Belle Isle Do. Do do Do. Do do Do. Do do Do. Do do Do. Aug. 30 Do Do -..-do do do 2 bergs and some growlers. 2 bergs. Several bergs vicinity. Do do 52 12 1 51 51 f Belle Isle to \ 51 55 50 28 52 46 53 16 51 44 56 13 Belle Isle Do. Do. 49 31 1 53 26 2 bergs and growler. }3 bergs. Berg. 2 bergs. Oct. 25 do Oct. 28 Nov. 8 do do Nov. 9. Nov. 15 Do do do- do _.- Berg aground 10 miles south. Berg 10 miles southeast. Nov. 21 Cape Race radio Berg. Nov. 22 Dec. 6 Do Dec. 13 _. Canadian Signal Service. . 1!^ -doii-r.'ii-"--"!"'. Bell Isle Do. Do. Do. Berg 12 miles southeast. Berg 15 miles southeast. Berg 10 miles west. Slob ice extending northwest and south east. ICE CONDITIONS REPORTED BY NEWFOUNDLAND RANGERS HOPEDALE DETACHMENT 19Jfi Jan. 1 Jan. 6 Jan. 11 Jan. 15 February. . . March Do Apr. 1-15 Do Apr. 15-30 Do May 1-15.... Do May 26 Do May 29 Do Junel Do Junes June 5. Do June 30 Do Latitude ^X Hopedale, Lab- rador Do. Do. Do. Description Some ice in bays, only small amount around landwash in harbor. Ice forming fast. Ice solid enough to travel on but does not extend very far offshore. Southerly gale. Ice broke up and only solid ice is in bays. Open water into Salmon Bight, Makkovik Tickle in Kipo- kack Bay and light ice outside Hopedale. Shore ice became firm extending about 15 miles off from Tik- keratsuk, about 20 miles from Hopedale and less than 5 miles from Ailik. No ice extends any distance off from Cape Harrison and drift ice moving south is heavy and traveling fast. Drift ice moved off and in with the wind but most of time was packed tight to shore ice. Same as month of February. Shore ice broken up about 4 miles inside Tilt Cove, inside Cape Harrison on same headland. Ice broken about 3 mUes inside Ailik and in to Drunken Harbor Point outside Island Harbor. Little change of shore ice outside Hopedale due to numberless islands which break the sea. Driit ice is very heavy and shore ice is getting bad around the points and tickles. No bergs have been seen or reported. Much water on the shore ice and many small holes of open water. Looking northeast from hills behind Hopedale there was ice as far as one could see. Only small lakes of water visible. Ice in harbor very bad. water. Wind increased to fresh northwest and harbor freed of ice in 3 hours. Much ice to north but open water to south across the bay. Harbor filled with drift ice. Ice drifted out of harbor yesterday and it was reported that Adlakook Bay and Flag Staff Tickle are both free of ice. Still much heavy ice to the north. Much drift ice in Qros Water Bay. Ice Conditions Reported by Newfoundland Rangers — -Continued BATTLE HARBOR DETACHMENT Latitude L-f Description October-December Dec. 28 Dec. 30 1940 Jan. 1 Jan. 6 Jan.8._- Jan. 10 Jan. 15 Jan. 16 Jan. 31 Feb. 1 Feb. 5 Feb. 10 Feb. 14 Feb. 18 Feb. 20 Feb. 25 Feb. 29 Mar. 1 Mar. 5 Spear Point 52 00 65 30 52 00 55 30 52 00 55 30 Double Island 52 00 I 55 30 52 00 55 30 52 00 I 55 30 Doubie Island 52 00 55 30 52 00 55 30 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 52 00 55 55 30 55 30 55 30 55 30 55 30 55 30 55 30 55 30 Large berg in stationary position. First slob ice for season now forming in the bays. All bays facing northwest and northeast full of local light packed Harbor and bays full of local slob ice. 1 small berg grounded at northwest end. Local slob ice covers ocean to northeast first time this i Slob ice offshore about 1 mile in all directions. Local slob ice in all directions. Berg aground smashed to pieces by heavy seas. Local slob ice in all directions. Slob ice now being replaced by heavier pack ice which is slowly moving south. Local slob ice all along shore for depth of H to 1 mile; outside of this pack ice in all directions. Pack and local slob ice in all directions. Pack ice to north and northeast as far as can be seen. Pack ice to south and southeast moving offshore. Pack ice and local slob in all directions. Outside of the local slob ice along the shore the pack ice seems tO' be taking the form of sheets. This 4 to 5 miles offshore. Slob and field ice in all directions. Ice outside of local slob now much rougher, high pinnacles and ridges can be quite plainly seen. Slob and field ice all directions. Slob ice near the land and outside of this field ice in all direc- tions. NORTHWEST RIVER DETACHMENT 1940 Mar. 13 Apr. 6 Apr. 11 Apr. 30 May 2 May 10 Double Mere Head to Twin Sister Islands. Do. Do. Do. Lake Melville Do. Local pack ice extending along north shore of inlet. Loose field ice to eastward. No change; bridge of ice still intact. No change; no pack ice to eastward of bridge. Bridge of ice went out with northwest wind. No ice in sighti Ice showing signs of break-up. Large number of seal holes. Ice broke up during previous night. TWILLINGATE DETACHMENT 1940 Mar. 15 Mar. 17 Mar. 19 Mar. 20 Mar. 21 Mar. 23 Mar. 29 Mar. 30 Apr. 5 Apr. 12 Apr. 15 Apr. 16 Apr. 17 Apr. 18-19. _ Apr. 20 Apr. 21-22. _ Apr. 23 Apr. 24-28.-. Apr. 30 May 1 May 10 May 11-16.. g , 54 46 54 45 54 45 54 45 54 46 54 46 54 46 54 46 54 45 54 46 54 45 54 46 64 45 54 45 54 45 54 46 54 45 54 45 54 46 64 46 64 46 54 46 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 49 40 Shifting ice. Ice moving off with northeast wind. Ice moving off from east side of islands. Bay full of loose ic© on south side. Shifting ice about 2 miles off Twillingate Harbor breaking up. and moving out. Ice tight to land. Ice moving off. Field ice about 7 miles off. Bay full of field ice. Ice moving off. Ice moving out of bay. Ice breaking up in bay; no northern ice. Northern ice about 12 miles off. Tight ice off land about 4 miles northward: loose ice about 10 miles eastward. Bay breaking up and ice moving out. Slob ice around shore. Ice about 10 miles off. Bay full of loose ice. Some slob ice around shore. Some slob ice around shore, small berg in harbor entrancc Ice about 10 miles off. Ice about 18 miles off. Berg off Mortons Harbor. Berg moved from Mortons Harbor to Twillingate Island. Ice Conditions Reported by Newfoundland Ranger s- LA SCIE DETACHMENT -Continued Date Latitude Longi- tude Description mo Late January -. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 55 50 No freeze up to this date. Slob ice drifted in and caught over harbors. Feb 22 Slob runs to shore, extending as far as can be seen. Feb. 24 Feb 26 Ice moved offshore and out of sight. Feb. 27 - - -. Mar. 1 Ice started moving off but returned. Mar. 24 Mar. 31 Small string ice visible 10 miles off. Apr. 16 Apr. 19 Small strings ice entered and jammed La Scie Harbor. Apr. 22 Apr 24 harbor. Ice ran into and choired harbor but none outside. Apr. 29 . . Apr. 30 -- to and around Cape John. May 4 4 small bergs 5 miles offshore drifting south, also loose field ice May 6 about 1 mile deep along shore for about 6 miles. May 12 Small berg about 3 miles off and small string ice about 10 miles off, drifting south. SPRINQDALE DETACHMENT mo Prior to Mar. 6 Mar. 6 Mar. 20 .._ Mar. 21 Mar. 2^-31 Apr. 1-30 Mayl 49 30 49 30 49 30 49 30 49 30 49 30 56 00 56 00 56 00 56 00 56 00 56 00 No ice to report. Bay loosely filled with northern drift ice. Qreen Bay completely filled until this date. Heavy westerly wind drove ice offshore. No ice to report. Do. Few growlers grounded near Green Bay Island. Note. — Exceptional winter regarding local freeze-up which did not occur in Halls Bay at all except from Springdale to South Brook. Very mild winter all through. ENGLEE DETACHMENT 1939 Dec. 25 50 45 50 45 50 45 50 45 Cape Joh Isla 60 45 50 45 56 04 56 04 56 04 56 04 1 to Crois nds 66 04 56 04 Englee Harbor Blobbed over at night; most severe weather for season. No ice at sea. First northern slob ice sighted this season came to land today. Harbor and bay filled. Northern slob shifted off coast again by strong northwest wind. Great extent of rough ice moving south and close to land re- ported 10 miles north. Rough ice extending some 4 miles off coast line. Rough ice moved close to land today extending north, east, and south as far as can be seen. Rough ice moved off coast approximately 5 miles. Rough ice some 15 miles offshore. Rough ice moved to shore today, filling up bay. mo Jan. 26 Jan. 27 Feb. 23 Feb. 24 . Feb. 25 Feb. 28-29 Mar. 2 Mar. 3 tridge Point Mar. 4 50 45 50 45 50 45 50 45 50 45 60 45 50 45 50 45 50 45 60 45 56 04 56 04 56 04 56 04 56 04 66 04 56 04 56 04 56 04 56 04 Mar. 6-10 First field ice approached coast today tight to land. Impossible to estimate extent due to poor visibility. Mar. 11 Mar. 12 Field ice tight to coast line; unable to estimate extent due to poor visibility. Field ice tight to land. Field ice moved olT to eastward out of sight. Field ice 4 miles offshore. Do Mar. 13-21 . Mar. 23-26 Mar. 29-31 Apr. 1.. . Apr. 20_. Apr. 21 Ice shifted off coast. II Ice Conditions Reported by Newfoundland Ranger s- ENGLEE DETACHMENT-Continued -Continued Longi- tude Description May 4.. May 7-8 May9... May 9-.. May 10.. 50 45 50 45 56 04 66 04 Canada Head Conehe HarboOr 50 45 I 56 4 Small berg 6 miles due south. Several pieces of ice passed south. Pack ice in large quantity seen in morning but later disappeared. Pack ice 3 to 5 miles off. 4-mile body of ice off. Ice disappeared out to sea to eastward. ST. ANTHONY DETACHMENT mo Feb. 19 St. Anthony Cape Norman Cape Bauld St. Anthony Cape Norman Cape Bauld Do. Quirpon St. Anthony Do. Do. Do. Cape Bauld to St. Anthony St. Anthony Do. Slobe ice offshore about 2 miles Feb. 22 Feb. 22-29 Numerous bergs and growlers running south. Mar. 5 Mar. 8 Pack ice and seals off Raleigh and Cooks Harbor. Mar. 14 Mar. 15 ... Mar 16 Sheet ice tight to land. Heavy rough ice tight to land. Heavy sheet ice running south-southeast. Numerous strings of ice running south almost continuously. Coast free of ice Mar. 20-23 Mar. 25-Apr. 1 Apr. 5-25 - Apr. 25-28 Apr. 28-May 6 May 6-12 Heavy rough ice from 5 to 10 miles wide running south. Scattered strings of rough ice continuously moving in a south- erly direction long distance offshore. 10 bergs sighted off. May 12.. JACKSON'S ARM DETACHMENT IHO Feb. 29 Mar. 3 Mar. 23 Mar. 31 Apr. 18 Apr. 26 Apr. 30 May 2 50 40 56 45 50 40 56 45 50 40 56 45 50 40 56 45 50 40 .5C. 45 50 40 56 45 .50 40 56 45 50 40 56 45 White Bay and Harbor froze over for first time this winter. White Bay filled with slob ice as far as can be seen. Slob ice moving out of bay and harbors. No heavy ice so far. No ice to be seen any direction. .Arctic pack ice and small bergs coming in bay. White Bay solid with pack ice and 4 small bergs in sight. Ice moving out of bay. No ice in sight. Harbors in bay now free of ice. FORTEAU DETACHMENT IHO Feb. 21 _. Feb 29 Forteau, Labrador Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Heavy slob ice on eastern side of straits. Heavy slob ice moving up straits in westerly direction. Plenty of northern ice in straits. Straits practically clear; all ice now moved to westward. Plenty of ice in straits again today. Practically all ice gone west. Plenty of northern ice, 1 berg. Mar. 4 Mar. 30 Apr. 1 .. Apr. 2 Apr. 6... Apr. 8 Apr. 22 Loose ice, 3 bergs. Berg moved west. Apr. 25 . Apr. 27 Mayl Loose ice, 1 berg. 10 Ice Conditions Reported by Newfoundland Rangers — Continued POINT LEAMINGTON mo JaD.l-31 49 30 Feb. 2-29 49 30 Apr. 1-30. May 1-30. Longi- tude Description Complete absence of ice of any description in Exploits and New Bay. Some local harbor ice in west, southwest, and southern arms of New Bay. Almost unfit to be traveled over. Complete absence of ice up to 7th of February. During week of Feb. 8, some light slob ice drifted in Notre Dame Bay from northeast direction. This only remained in bay for few days. Around 20th of month, whole Bay of Notre Dame, Exploits Bay, and New Bay filled with rafting pack ice. Some large growlers were evident. This ice was stOl in bay at end of month. New Bay and Exploits Bay completely filled with pack ice. Some open leads were to be seen in a northerly direction from Leading Tickles. All ice in sight from Exploits to Leading Tickles is pack ice. Some growlers can be seen. All heavy ice is held out of bays by light frozen slob which made in early part of February. Notre Dame Bay, New Bay, and Exploits Bay filled with pack ice up to Apr. 15. Ice broke up around middle of month and complete outside pack drifted out to sea. Some large growlers grounded in near vicinity of Northern Head and New Bay Head, Notre Dame Bay. At end of month these were slowly breaking up and drifting out to sea. No bergs were seen. No bay ice in sight for whole month. All ice which made in bottom of bays during early part of winter drifted out to sea. around May 7. Completely patroled section of Notre Dame Bay from Exploits to Leading Tickles early part of month, all by boat. No ice of any description was seen. Reports from Twillingate section state pack ice 17 miles northeast Twillin- gate Long Point. Prevailing winds southwest driving this ice further ofl'-shore. It is remarkable to report that all ice during winter has only been of the shallow pack variety. Only a few growlerswere with the main pack, and no bergs at all. The prevailing winds during the winter were favorable- for driving heavy ice in on the land of Notre Dame Bay, but there was a complete absence of ice of this nature. ^0^,^^ Kk;i UK :t. 1'. S. ("oast Guard Cutter \orthland, September 10, 1940, entrance of Rink Glacier Fiord. ICE OBSERVATION IN THE GREENLAND SECTOR, 194a By Edward H. Smith In reviewing tlie general ice conditions in the northwestern North Atlantic during the drift season of 1940 one point which stands out strongly is the more general, comprehensive picture that has been obtained this year than formerly. This raises a feature of Ice Patrol which has for some time been pointed out. It can be illustrated some- what as follows. No river engineer who is charged with the responsi- bility of maintaining the system of levees, flood control, and the safety of navigation m the vicinity of New Orleans, is satisfied to confine his field of study and information to the lower part of the Mississippi system only. In order to administer efficiently and wisely to his problems, moreover, he must supplement local information with data from upstream and often with statistics which extend to the dramage basin in its enthety. Similarly the service of the Ice Patrol, viz, to provide the greatest practical amount of safety for life and property passing the ice regions of the North Atlantic, cannot be administered so efficiently, mtelligently, and thoroughly if the work is confined solely to reporting icebergs and to measuring currents at the southern terminus of the Labrador Current. Efficient administration of the practical duties of the Ice Patrol, therefore, requhes a comprehensive knowledge of the life cycle of Arctic ice over its enthe pathway, from its formation to its final dismtegration, and this in turn requires a sec- ondary program of study and mvestigation of the ice m time and place but indirectly involves observations of ocean currents and research in meteorology and oceanography as well. Early recognition of desirable scientific mvestigations to bring greater safety to the ice menace was expressed by the convention which established the Ice Patrol service. This work was first devoted to meteorological and biological observations taken by the Coast Guard cutters assigned to Ice Patrol, with the hope that information on the drift of the plankton might reveal the drift of the bergs. This was soon abandoned for the present tool of large-area current maps obtained through methods of dynamic oceanography. The first attempt to explore beyond the southern terminus of the Arctic current and to learn something more regarding the behavior of the ice upstream, was begun in 1914 when the cutter Seneca sailed "to observe the origin of the ice which annually appears on the Banks of Newfoundland, and to investigate the agencies by which it is trans- (11) 311510—41 2 12 ported from the North." ' Fourteen years later the U. S. Coast Guard sent its second expedition northward, as the commandant remarked, "to broaden the scope of this work and to obtain data necessary for a complete analysis and exposition of the iceberg situa- tion and related subjects, the Marion Expedition was dispatched the summer of 1928 to carry out an oceanographic survey of the waters between Greenland and the North American Continent, with especial reference to a study of ice conditions." ^ Beginning in 1931, and with few interruptions, the Coast Guard at the termination of each Ice Patrol season, has sponsored cruises to the Labrador Sea and Green- land. These so-called ''post-season cruises" have, however, concen- trated on oceanographic investigations with less and less of the pro- gram devoted to ice observation. Attention has been called from time to time to the great fluctuations in the amount of ice (pack and berg) which characterize the seasons south of Newfoundland. One year, for example, like 1939, the pack- ice may spread out over the Grand Banks in great masses, resulting in much damage and delay south of Newfoimdland to unwary ships. Icebergs during such seasons are notably more numerous, delay the schedules of trans-Atlantic liners and threaten the southern routes far into the summer. Yet another year, such as 1940, little pack-ice and not a single iceberg maj^ succeed in drifting past Newfoundland. Surely it is the business of the Coast Guard operating the Ice Patrol service in the North Atlantic, to know something about the causes of these extraordinary variations w^iich so vitally affect the safetj^ of the North Atlantic sea lanes, and, it possible, information should be obtained in advance of an especially dangerous ice season. The Coast Guard already has made some progress on this problem when several years ago it discovered a relationship of positive sign between the prevalence of wintertime northwesterly winds over the northwestern North Atlantic and the abundance of ice south of New- foundland the following spring. The degree of accuracy of the fore- casts is, however, not sufficiently pronounced, indicating that other important factors are involved. A winter characterized by north- westerly winds of abnormal duration and strength, for example, will not result in more ice off Newfoundland, if there were no ice or a defi- ciency of ice, that particular winter in the north. Instead, therefore, of continuing attempts to improve iceberg forecasting with post- season cruises devoted solely to oceanographic investigations it has been advocated that the Ice Patrol also undertake more ice observa- tion. Ice observation duty was particularly provided for in the estab- lishment of the Ice Patrol to occupy the services of one vessel at other • Johnston, C. E. 1915 Special Cruise-Ice Observation, U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin. No. 3, pp. 33-35. Washington. » Ricketts & Trask. 1932. The Marion Expedition to Davis Strait ana Baffin Bay under the Direction of the U. S. Coast Guard, pt. I. Washington. 13 times of the year when not engao;e(l on actual Ice Patrol. An ice observation cruise during the latter part of each summer to learn the relative amount and extent ol pack-ice and icebergs in Davis Strait and Baffin Bay (when combined with collateral data) is believed will furnish a better estimate than at present of the character of the ice season the following spring of the Grand Banks. During the latter part of 1939, and at the April 1940 meeting of the Commission of Snow and Glaciers, attention was called to the desira- bility of taking an iceberg census three successive summers for the value this information might have for ice studies in general and particularly to the efficient operation of the International Ice Patrol, Considerable interest was evinced at the time; another paper suggesting methods to improve the Coast Guard's iceberg forecasting formula. The subjert of an ice observation cruise was presented to the Inter- departmental Board on Ice Observation, Ice Patrol, and Derelict Destruction Service at its annual meeting in December 1939. The board recommended that a survey of the present iceberg glacier fronts, and also the waters of Baffin Bay and Davis Strait, be carried out for tkree successive summers, beginning with 1940, provided the Coast Guard could lurnish the necessary ship for the cruise. The Com- mander, International Ice Patrol, recommended that the oceano- graphic and ice observation cruise be performed by two separate vessels, the General Greene continuing with her usual cruise to Cape Farewell, and at the proper time during the summer, the iceberg observation cruise to Baffin Bay and Davis Strait carried out with a lake-type cutter. At the request of Headquarters, the Commander, International Ice Patrol, submitted a final letter on the subject, recom- mending that the ice observation cruise to Baffin Bay be performed by the cutter Northland. No opportunity, however, appeared likely for the summer of 1940 until the Northland received orders to East Green- land duty, and later, in August, when the latter was curtailed, she became available for the earlier discussed cruise to Baffin Bay and Davis Strait. We sailed from Ivigtut, Greenland on September 5, proceeding to Godhavn, where we stopped for a few hours, thence to Disko Bay and via the Vaigat to Umanak Fiord and Karrats Fiord. Disko Bay, Umanak, and Karrats Fiords are said to embrace iceberg-producing glaciers which account for almost half the supply of bergs annually calved from West Greenland glaciers. The Northland visited the pruicipal glaciers of Great and Little Karajak; Rink and Umiamako Glaciers. A few experienced local Danes were interviewed at various settlements in this region regarding the amount of icebergs discharged from the glaciers, and their general drift out of the fiords. The ship then continued northward, visiting the settlements of Pr0ven and Upernivik, At Upernivik several persons of reputed local knowledge 14 66 U SB 5'^ St H HI. Fig. 4.— Disfributiim of icebergs in West Greenland fiords, Baffin Bay, and Davis Strait, September 5-23, 1940 15 were interrogated regarding the discharge of the important glaciers in this region, i. e., Upernivik, Giesecke, and Hayes Glaciers. The course was pursued northward to the vicinity of the Duck Islands, thence across Nelville Bay to Cape York, thence across the southern part of Smith Sound to Devon Island, thence southward along the mouth of Jones Sound, Lancaster Sound, past Bylot Island, and south- ward along the Baffin Land coast. Oceanographic sections A and B, of approximately 100 miles and 60 miles, respectively (see fig. 4), were occupied in the oceanographically-unexplored portion of Baffin Bay. The cruise then continued southward along the Baffin Land coast, rounding Cape Dier, thence toward Cumberland Sound, thence south- ward into the northern part of the Labrador Sea midway between Baffin Land and Greenland, where the cruise terminated on September 23. Figure 4 shows the tract of the foregoing cruise with the grouped number of icebergs sighted, Figiu-es 5 to 10, inclusive, show m larger scale the distribution of bergs observed in particular areas. During this period of 18 days the Northland cruised a total of 3,360 miles, and sighted a total of 3,289 icebergs. The general location of the bergs is grouped and plotted as circles showing the number of bergs sighted in that area, as shown on figiu-e 4. It was found that the bergs were most numerous within a coastal zone of 1 5 miles ; farther offshore they became quite scattered to sparse, and farther than 40 miles out they were only occasional. It would appear, from our observations, that in the central portions of Davis Strait and Baffin Bay bergs were very infrequent. Based on the above distribution and those samplings which we were able to carry out along the ship's track, it is estimated there were durmg this period a total of 6,000 bergs in Baffin Bay and Davis Strait. The immediate vicinity of glacier fronts, of course, recorded the greatest number. In Umanak Fiord, in a distance of about 30 miles, a total of 566 bergs were counted. The settlement officially stated that the fiord contained many more bergs than this during every June and July when the winter's ice becomes broken and they are released in larger numbers. It was safe to cruise the ship fairly close to the front of the Great Karajak Glacier, but impos- sible to do so at Rink and Umiamako Glaciers. In this respect the latter two are similar to Jacobshavn in that the constricted part of the fiord, several miles in length leading to the glacier front, is normally clogged with bergs, one against another. It was estimated that there were a total of 5,000 sizable bergs thus jammed in Umaimako and Rink Fiords on September 10. A similar condition usually prevails at Jacobshavn where in 1928 it was estimated the fiord contamed 6,000 bergs. All of these, of course, are not discharged in a single season. According to the estimates the discharge from the 12 most 16 active iceberg-producing glaciers requires 5 or more years to accomplish a complete renewal of the imprisoned bergs. After drifting out of the fiords into Disko Bay, Umanak, and Karrats Fiords, the majority of the bergs are probably turned north- ward by the current and, thus joined by many more bergs from Uper- nivik, Giesecke, and jSlelville Bay, they follow northward along the Greenland side, thence westward and eventually reach the south- flowing Baffin Land Current. This is the previously regarded general drift described in Coast Guard Bulletin 19, part 3, but not all persons interviewed during the trip agreed on some of the generally accepted views. At Upernivik the colonibestyrer was of the opinion that the bergs there set southwestward across to the Labrador Cur- rent, although no person had ever traced the drift offshore. The abundance of bergs met between Disko Bay and Cv^^ York, and the noticeable dimmution in numbers from Cape York southwestward, indicated that the latter point marked approximately the progress which the 1940 season's crop had made since being released from their respective discharge points. (See fig. 4.) The bergs themselves also had a sharper, newer appearance, east of Cape York, than those observed later along the western side of Baffin Bay and Davis Strait. The number of bergs, from all the accounts of the Greeulanders, was about normal, but some glaciers this summer were claimed to be less productive than normal (Upernivik), while others were more prolific (Rink). This feature of variation in the annual rate of iceberg dis- charge has never been seriously considered before, but is one which may have a bearing on the variation in the number of bergs observed every spring off Newfoundland. It was interesting to note that the three settlements, viz, Umanak, Nugatsiak, and Upernivik, when questioned regarding the relative productivity of the West Greenland glaciers, were certain that the glacier nearest to them was the one most prolific. At LTpernivik and Nugatsiak, it was stated, this summer's production was below normal, but Rink Glacier, on the other hand, was more active. The officers of the Danish steamer Gertrud Rask, who have been navigating along the west coast for many years, stated the iceberg distribution in Disko Bay this summer was normal and that many bergs had been observed off Cape York, but no pack-ice in August in Melvifie Bay. It appeared at the time from our own observations, however, that the two Karajaks, and Rink together with Umiamako, were equaUy active, while Giesecke and Hayes less so, but this may have been deceptive as we had no good view of the latter two. All agreed that the number of bergs produced by Melville Bay glaciers was rclntively few, but here again this was based on hearsay, and not first hand observation. K WJ ni G] flc ge all ac th rei ab no int wl re! ha ob Tl ab pr (E ch mj ev Ni pr Ni bii of th Di ob It tw ac de the ob ac K w ni G fl( gf al ac tt re al n( in w re o\ T al Pi (I cl m N Pi gl N bi of th D ol It tv ac d( tl] fe ol -i 58 57 56 55 Figure 7.— Distribution of icebergs in Upernivik region, September 11, 1940. K w n G fl. g« a] at tl Ti al lit ir w r€ h; ol T al pi 0 cl m N PJ J^l N bi ol t\ D ol It t\ a( d< tl fe ol N gl N bi oi tl D ol It t\ a( d< tt fe o) ^"ntOtW / L.—*- -" T^T Al 17 The break-up of the winter ice in Umanak and Karrats Fiords and the Upernivik district normally occurs in late June or early July but the bergs are said not to begin active dispersal until late July. Mid- December and Christmas witness the formation of the winter ice and stoppage of the bergs from escaping out of the fiords, Upernivik to Disko Bay. The occurrence of large-scale calvings of the glaciers at the time of spring tides was reported at Nugatsiak where Rink and Umiamako Glaciers discharge with thunderous roars. The udsted- bestyrer pointed out pieces of driftwood around his home which, although 50 feet from the fiord at an elevation of 10 feet and about 5 miles from Rink Glacier, he claimed had been cast up there by the swell from the calvings. The general distribution of the bergs, earlier remarked upon, with greatest abundance in a 10-mile zone adjacent to the coast and de- creasing as the distance from the shore increases, agrees with our knowledge of the general counterclockwise circulation of Baffin Bay and Davis Strait. (See U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin 19, pt. 3, p. 140.) The current map drawn from the results of the 1928 Godthaab Expedition, the only roughly synoptic oceanographic survey of Baffin Bay, indicates a northwesterly set of 5 to 7 miles per day from Disko to Cape York, and a south-flowing current of 12 miles per day off Cape Dier, Baffin Land. The Northland, on its passage across Mel- ville Bay, observed a set of 322° true, and a drift of 1.4 miles per hour. During this period of approximately 24 hours a strong southeasterly wind blew, which probably accelerated the primary current. On the 12-hour run westward across the mouth of Smith Sound, we experienced a set of 337° true, with a drift of 0.7 knot per hour. The Baffin Land Current must have been narrow, with a width less than 30 miles from the coast, because no southerly set was noted by the Northland on September 18 when completing the offshore stations of section B. (See fig. 9.) A¥hen the coast was approached, however (to about 15 miles off Cape Dier), a south-running stream as much as 2 miles per hour was experienced. The effects of this current were not long felt because off Cumberland Sound, where we drifted for a day in the fog, our position was found to have changed little. In view of the foregoing, therefore, a general counterclockwise circulation and ice- berg drift for Baffin Bay is reaffirmed. Bergs may be carried from West Greenland glaciers directly across to the south-flowing Baffin Land Current, but these are to be regarded in the light of present information as exceptions to the rule. On leaving the region of Cumberland Sound a course was followed against the West Greenland Current where it flows westward across the Labrador Sea. (See fig. 10.) Statements have appeared from time to time that many bergs calved from glaciers in East Greenland 18 cross Davis Strait and drift southward in the Labrador Current toward the steamship lanes. This question was discussed in Coast Guard Bulletin 19, part 3, pages 77-78, as a result of the current survey of the Marion, and it was concluded to be exceptional. The question arose again on May 19, 1940, when the cutter Comanche sighted a large berg, indubitably from East Greenland, in 59°40'N., 51°02' W.' The General Greene sighted another on July 30, 1938, in 61°05' N., 54°43' W., both of which positions lie on the westernmost limit of bergs previously sighted in the Labrador Sea and thought to be from East Greenland. In view of the foregoing, therefore, it is noteworthy that the Northland, September 20-21, 1940, sighted no ice whatsoever in the offshore waters between Labrador and Greenland, despite the fact that we searched in the current and also that East Greenland pack-ice and icebergs were extremely abundant the summer of 1940 in southwest Greenland waters. The scarcity and even rarity of bergs 100 miles and more from the continental edge was, however, remarkable. It can be stated from our present knowledge that seldom, if ever, do bergs from East Greenland succeed in joining the Labrador Current. Icebergs are largest naturally in the vicinity of the fiords and diminish the farther they are carried into the Atlantic. It was not surprising, therefore, to meet many bergs on the ice observation cruise larger than any sighted off the Grand Banks by the Ice Patrol. All measurements were made by means of sextant angle and bow and beam bearings ; the distance run being based on propeller revolutions and time taken with a stop watch. The highest berg measured by the Ice Patrol was 262 feet. In the Vaigat, September 9, we measured the second highest berg ^ of record, 404 feet, and another 397 feet; both of which presumably had calved from Jacobshavn Glacier, and were drifting northwestward toward Baffin Bay. Some of the highest bergs were of a large group passed near the mouth of Karrats Fiord on September 10. Seven of the highest ones measured in feet as follows: 306, 342, 189, 218, 244, and 267. In Melville Bay, September 11, we measured five more high bergs, viz, 331 by 1,846; 218, 354 by 1,570; 273, and 265 feet. The height of the large blocky type of icebergs was not so impressive as the more slender, pinacled ones, yet in most cases the former were actually the higher. The usual illusion, where distant bergs appear much larger and more impressive than on closer approach, was noted. The longest berg was met September 14 off the Baffin Land coast in 70°45' N., 67°50' W. It was actually a chain of fiat-topped bergs which shortly before our arrival had ap- parently been one single berg 5 miles or so in length. The largest piece (separated from the other smaller ones by gaps of two or three • Highest iceberg ever recorded was 447 feet observed in Northeast Bay (Umanak Fiord). (See U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin 19, pt. 3, p. 104.) 19' ship's lengths) was 2.3 miles. The height was quite uniformly about 45 feet. On the basis that blocky precipitous-sided bergs float in proportions exposed to submerged of 1: 5, it is estimated that the above mass contained 2.56 km.^ This Antarctic type undoubtedly came from a point where the ice-cap flows out on to the sea in a broad strip; it's volume representing about one-fourth of the total annual discharge of one of the largest and most productive of the West Greenland fiord glaciers. The master of the Hudson's Bay steamer Fig. 12.— Large flat-top berg sighted September 14, 1940, in 70°45' N., 67°50' W., about 20 miles off River Clyde. Nascopie sighted the same berg a week prior to the Northland, and stated that it was probably the same one seen by the Nascopie in this region last year. The largest berg ever recorded in the north was also found off the Baffin Land coast, measuring 7 miles by S% miles. (See U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin 19, pt. 3, p. 107.) Although our chain of ice islets was more than 20 miles from the nearest land, and a heavy ocean swell prevailed, two polar bears were sighted cantering along the top of one of the bergs, ^ then disappeared in toward the center, apparently frightened by the sight of the ship. It is believed they had become marooned there as the ice-island had drifted farther and farther away from the shore. * Polar bears have been reported in the open sea and more than 100 miles from land. 20 It is interesting to note that throughout the tour of Baffin Bay and Davis Strait, no pack ice (sea ice) was found except in a rather small field in the vicinity of Cumberland Sound. The month of September, as a rule, witnesses a minimum amount of pack ice m Baffin Bay, when the fields are usuallj^ restricted to the Baffin Land coast and its offing. The condition, however, where not a single scrap of pack ice exists in Baffin Bay, is unusual. Our observations agree with those of the schooner Efie M. Morrissey (Capt. Bob Bartlett) which crossed Melville Bay in the latter part of July; the remarkable scarcity of ice and the high temperature of the surface water being subjects of Bartlett's comment. The Northland found relatively warm surface water, as high as 40° F. on the Greenland side, and 36° F. off the Baffin Land coast. Wlien we cruised past the entrance of Lancaster Sound with excellent visibility no ice whatsoever could be seen to the westward, and it was felt that a ship built for ice navigation could easily have transited to the Pacific. Investigators during the past few years have reported independently from widely scattered regions of the Arctic on the evidence of a change of climate and a gradually warming of the sea. Warmer water masses in West Greenland than 20 years ago is indicated in the larger catches of codfish by the native Greenlanders than formerly. There are no figures available for the total catch, foreign fishermen taking many more than the natives, from the offshore banks. The Atlantic cod (gatus morrhua) finds most favorable a temperature range of about 3° to 4° C, while in colder water the fish are liable to be scarce or absent. The West Greenland catch has mounted amazingly since 1916—250,000 pounds, to 12 million pounds, in 1939. There are of course more natives fishing today than 20 years ago but this fails to discount the fact that there are also many more cod now than then. The Atlantic cod appeared in great numbers hi 1917 at Julianehaab; in 1919 it struck on at Godthaab; hi 1922 it reached Sukkertoppen ; in 1934 Upernivik; and 1940 it was caught for the first time at Devils Thumb (the southern part of Melville Bay). Egedesminde took its first cod in 1928; 8 years later the catch weighed IY2 million pounds. Similar evidence is furnished by the caplin (Angmagssat of the Greenlanders— a herringlike salmon) which comes in great schools along the West Greenland coast in springtime. It appeared for the first time as far north as Upernivik in 1934, and like the cod it has returned each summer, migrating farther and farther north. In 1940 caplin were taken at Devils Thumb; an unprecedented event in the memory of the natives. The effects of a changing climate on the production and drift of icebergs also merits scrutiny. Several years ago attention was called to the negative correlation between the annual amount of pack ice in the East Greenland region and that in the American sector. This relationship was corroborated 21 in 1940 with respect to East Greenland ice, where in southwest Green- land it was the worst year since 1898, with the season notably late. Icebergs were scattered from Cape Farewell northward to Sukkertop- pen and pack ice filled the mouth of Godthaab Fiord. (See fig. 14.) In 1940 the storis did not appear at Ivigtut until June 8, but instead of becoming dissipated within a few weeks or a month, it hampered shipphig into Arsuk Fiord for nearly 3 months or until the 24th of August. It reached Godthaab in large fields on August 12; filled the lower fiord near the settlement, and spread even farther north along the coast, remaining until the 21st of August. In normal years storis disappears north of Julianehaab by July, but this year Julianehaab was blockaded until August 22. The Northland maneuvered for 6 days off the entrance to Julianehaab Fiord, endeavoring to force a passage to the settlement, and it was not until August 20 that the field scattered sufficiently to let us through. Ice conditions in East Greenland this year are milaiown except for the month of August, but a considerable quantity of ice in the East Greenland sector was indicated on the basis of the large masses which ultimately appeared around Cape Farewell and up the west coast. On the Northland's voyage to and from Angmagssalik, August 21- September 2, 1940, the pack ice was very scattered, only a few narrow tongues extended out from the coast a distance of 20 miles or more. A belt 5 miles in width was pressed against the coast south of Ang- magssalik, while farther offshore the field was large, extending south of the 65th parallel. Figure 13 indicates the distribution of the pack ice for August, north of Angmagssalik as reported by the Norwegian oil screw Ringsel. It was stated by those experienced in East Green- land that the pack was about normal in width north of Scoresby Sound but wider than usual in Denmark Strait. Figure 13 shows also the icebergs sighted which, similar to the west coast, were more plenti- ful within a 15-mile coastal belt, few being sighted farther offshore. A total of 764 beigs were counted. In the earlier part of this chapter, emphasis was laid on the puzzling wide variations in the annual volume and limits of Arctic drift ice which occur in Greenland as well as with the International Ice Patrol off the Grand Banks. The eft'ect of such fluctuations on economic programs and commercial sea trade challenges us to strive for clearer concepts and practical solutions. Certain aspects of the Ice Patrol problems have been suggested as a result of this year's Coast Guard ice observation of Baffin Bay. A definite notion of the rate of trans- port of the ice from the region of production to the North Atlantic steamship lanes, and some of the influences to which it is subjected during the journey are reviewed. First, attention is called to the point that since icebergs undergo a definite seasonal release and im- prisonment at the fiords, July to December, such a seasonal cycle of 22 production should be reflected (most pronounced near the sources) in the train of bergs moving along the path of drift toward the Grand Banks. Released in July, more or less contemporarily from Disko to _JW 90 80 70 M 50 / ///7 /.: ANGMft&SSAUIK-s 108 we 60 si W 30 Jj'iG. 13.— Distribution of pack-ice and icebergs in East Greenland waters, August. 1940. Melville Bay, after an imprisonment of 7 months, the given season's crop should still display certain group character in September. The semblance of such was believed discernible by the Northland (see fig. 4) when, after meeting crowded bergs from the Vaigat to the head of PEARY MONUMENT Cz^ SUAVAERSOAK GLACIER ^,,^-^'T7jg1Wr,r YORK 23 Baffin Bay, the number diminished thereafter. In general appearance also, the bergs off Baffin Land did not have the sharply chiseled out- hnes and the newness of those, Disko to Cape York. Released in July and drifting at the rate of 7 to 8 miles per day (see current map, Bullethi 19, pt. 3, p. 140) the vanguard of the 1940 iceberg procession might quite plausibly have been in the northern part of Baffin Bay in mid-September. Predicted positions based upon the average laiown velocity of the Baffin Land and Labrador Currents indicates that 1940 Greenland icebergs will be in the vicinity of Cape Dier, Baffin Land, the first part of December; oft" Belle Isle in February 1941, and arrive in the vicinity of the Grand Banks in April. The iceberg train thus assists to give a seasonal complexion to the ice menace off Newfound- land for the months of April, May, and June. It should not be inferred from the foregoing that the bergs drift with clocklike regularity, for it is known that only one berg in more than 20 succeeds in drifting south of Newfoundland. The vicissitudes of winds, currents, and coast lines, tend to disrupt and obscure the original grouping which the bergs received as a result of seasonal re- lease from the fiords. Pack ice probably exerts the most dominant control as it impresses its own seasonal cycle on that of the bergs. The winter production of pack ice (west ice of the Greenlanders) appears normally in October and November in Baffin Bay and drifts rapidly southward continuing to swell and to spread to greater and greater extent. (See fig. 14.) West ice normally appears off Uper- nivik in December and often off Holsteinsborg in January (p. 25). The Polaris party drifted on a floe in this seasonal field from Smith Sound, October 15, 1872, through Baffin Bay and Davis Strait, and were rescued off Newfoundland, April 30, 1873. Under the tangential driving force of strong northwesterly winds the west-ice pours south- ward through Davis Strait about the first of December entangling and carrying along with its fields, bergs from the previous summer's crop from West Greenland. (vSee fig. 16.) A very high correlation coeffi- cient between pack ice and icebergs indicates (other things being equal) that an abnormal amount of pack ice in Baffin Bay and Davis Strait will be followed by an abnormal number of icebergs off Newfoundland. Thus from the 6,000 bergs estimated afloat in Baffin Bay the fall of 1940, the pack ice and the currents will select the number to menace the North Atlantic steamship lanes in 1941. Three of the important variables are (a) pack ice ; (6) winter atmos- pheric circulation over the Labrador region; and (c) the production of icebergs.^ "^he importance of pack ice as an accessory to the ice- berg menace in the North Atlantic was emphasized long ago (Bulletin 19, pt. 3, p. 179), but advanced information regarding the varying « Another suspected factor being tested is the variation of heat transport of the West Greenland Current into the Labrador Sea. 24 volume and extent of the vast fields, year to year, is very difficult to obtain. The points for wintertime observations are extremely limited and being local in scope, are liable to furnish an inaccurate 56 5i n -Prolific iceberg discharging glaciers near which settlements are located. estimate of conditions in general. West ice, however, in larger than normal quantity pressed against West Greenland, December to April, is assumed to indicate greater than ordinary extent of the main fields in Baffin Bay and Davis Strait, but it may, on the contrary, relate 25 to more scattering of the fields and possibly less ice than usual on the American side. The dates of appearance and the persistence of west ice at Upernivik, Vester Eiland, and Holsteinsborg have been tabu- lated for the period 1911-40 and compared with the number of icebergs recorded past Newfoimdland. The character of the records, however, obtained from the Beretninger vedvorende Gr0nlands Styrelse (Annual reports of the Greenland Styrelse) are difficult to classify for comparison, and require further study before conclusions can be reached. The Ice Patrol should test this possible relationship further by arrangements for a standard and more adaptable form of recording west-ice conditions along the Greenland coast. Annual variations in the extent of the icefields off the Labrador coast may be learned from the reports of the catch of the sealing fleet out of St. Johns, Newfoundland. This survey coming from the sea and in the pack February and March each year, and closer to the Ice Patrol's area, may have short range forecasting promise. The abmidance of seals and the catch is believed to be largely dependent on the extent and pattern of the icefields; more seals more pack and vice versa. The openness of the pack is also a modifying feature. Early April 1940, for example, it was known that a very poor sealing season had ended, but it was a month later before the lightest iceberg year on record was realized. Further study to learn the extent of suspected variations in the iceberg production of the West Greenland glaciers is indicated. Measm'ements on the rate of flow of the many glaciers is considered impracticable but it might be worth while to attempt a count of bergs similar to 1940. It was noted as a result of this year's ice observation that near each one of five of the principal iceberg producing glaciers of West Greenland, there lies a settlement, strategically located to observe the approximate number of sizeable bergs drifting seawards, When inquiries were made regarding the approximate number little information was available. The larger settlements are administered by a Government official, the kolonibestyrer (leader) and the smaUer places, the udstedbestyrer. As a test of the value of an annual census of icebergs calved and the settlements from which a station observer might maintain a log, the following is suggested: p,. . _ Observation station T *, , fJacobshavn settlement. Jacobshavn <_, ,, [Godhavn. Karajaks (Lille & Stor) Umanak settlement. um^mi;)^:;:::::::::::"::::::::"::::::::::}N"gatsiak. Upernivik Tugssuak. Giesecke Kuh. Hayes Devils Thumb. 26 This daily record should begin on the breaking up of the fiord's winter ice and the release of the bergs normally in July, and would cease with the freeze-in of the fiord in December. The service should be stand- ardized for the seven stations and continued for a test period of at least 3 years. Variations in size of bergs, irregular drift, visibility, etc., would be expected handicaps to an accurate count, but it is felt these would not invalidate the record. Any remarks of interest regarding the dates of the iceberg season, the effects of weather, the rate of drift, etc., would be interesting. 78° 77°_^ 74° 73° 72' 71° vo° «^° 68° ^ 67° ^ 66° 65° 64° 63° 62° 6° OCEANOGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS IN BAFFIN BAY IN 1940 By C. A. Barnes The ice observation cruise of the Northland to Baffin Bay in Sep- tember 1940 afforded an opportunity for oceanographic studies in a previously uninvestigated portion of those waters. Although an ex- tensive oceanographic survey of Baffin Bay had been conducted by the Godthaab expedition in 1928, ice conditions of that year prevented a close approach to the Baffin Land coast except in the vicinity of the Davis Strait ridge. Consequently data necessary to establish the complete circulation system of Baffin Bay water were not obtained for a large area on the western side of the bay. The relative freedom of this area from ice during September 1940 permitted the Northland to occupy stations therein at strategic positions. Oceanographic data have been obtained which supplement those of the Godthaab to amplify the circulation picture of Baffin Bay water. AREA INVESTIGATED Figure 17 shows the location of the sections and positions of the individual stations occupied by the Northland. Thirteen stations were taken, seven in section A and six in section B. Each section extended from positions adjacent the Baffin Land coast seaward across the continental shelf and into the deep water of the basin. It was intended that the section lines cross the continental shelf and pre- sumably the main axis of the current at right angles. Owing to the paucity and poor reliability of bathymetric data for the region the most suitable positions for the stations could not be selected prior to sampling. A subsequent study of the bottom topography, our con- ception of which was modified considerably by the sonic soundings taken en route by the Northland, indicates that the stations might have been more favorably situated. The limited time available for sampling did not permit occupying additional stations. EQUIPMENT AND METHODS The oceanographic gear including the sampling bottles, reversing thermometers, meter wheel, and sounding wire was a part of that used on the General Greene during the Ice Patrol season. The North- land was not equipped with an oceanographic winch, but a wooden drum constructed on shipboard and fitted to the after capstan served (27) 28 for paying out and reeling in the sounding wire. This device handled less than 50 meters of wire per minute, a rate much too slow to be recommended for general use in sampling. The wire was guided on the drum by means of a stick held in hand. Power on the capstan was required for lowering as well as raising the bottles. Sampling operations were performed from the quarter-deck. The sampling technique essentially was that used on the General Greene and described in previous Coast Guard bulletins of this series. The sampling levels for a single haul were limited to seven, however, by the number of thermometers of the proper range available. At the deep water stations necessitating two hauls, certain of the ther- mometers were required for both hauls, and as the customary half hour was allowed for thermometers to attain equilibrium with the air before readings were made, the sampling time was increased by this amount. While on station the slow sampling rate permitted consid- erable drift of the vessel from water currents and wind. All stations were sampled as close bottom as considered practicable in view of the Northland's response to variation in wind force reflected in large changes of wire angle from haul to haul and occasionally during a single haul. The salinities of the water samples were determined on board ship by titration, and as quickly as convenient after collection. Sonic soundings were taken periodically while under way. Temperature and salinity corrections have been made for local conditions using appropriate Northland or Godthaab data. The oceanographer was assisted by Bernard S. Loebig, chief yeoman, and Charles J. Mul- holland, radioman, first class. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Figure 18 is a composite dynamic topographic map of Baffin Bay. The contour lines in the blocked off area in the western part of the bay are based on the Northland observations of 1940, and for the remaining area on the observations of the Godthaab made in 1928. Station data for the Northland observations, stations 3330-3342 inclusive, are given in the table of oceanographic data at the end of the text. Station data for the Godthaab observations appear in the report "The Godthaab Expedition 1928," Meddelelser Om Gr0nland, Bd. 78, Nr. 3, Copenhagen 1936. Smith, Soule, and Mosby in Bulletin 19, part 2, of this series previously have used the Godthaab observations to show the dynamic topography of a large part of ! Baffin Bay and its in ten-elation with that of the waters of Davis Strait and the Labrador Sea. From figui-e 18 may be seen that a rather strong current sets south along the Baffin Land coast. This current, referred to as the Baffin Land CuiTcnt, fits in well with the general eiieulation of BafTm Bay water. The chief features of the surface circulation as sho^vn by the dynamic topography are (1) a north setting current across the Davis Strait ridge adjacent the Greenland coast at the southern end of the bay; (2) the continuation of this current, modified locally by the bottom contours but setting predominately north, throughout the eastern part of Baffin Bay to its head; and (3) a predominately south setting current on the western side of Baffin Bay from its head to the Davis Strait ridge at a latitude of about 67° North. The net result is a cyclonic movement of the water in the surface levels of Baffin Bay, with the strongest currents occurring in the vicinity of the slope and directed roughly parallel to the bottom contours. The station map, figure 17, shows also the bottom topography for the western part of Baffin Bay. Contour lines have been drawn for depths of 250, 500, 1,000, and 2,000 meters, based largely on the sonic soundings taken by the Northland. These contours are rather sketchy except where they cross the ship's track but have been shown here in the absence of any previous soundings for most of the area. It is interesting to note at this point the similarity of the contours of dynamic topography to those of bottom topography. Velocity profiles referred to the 1,500 decibar level have been drawn for the two Northland sections. Figure 19 shows the vertical distribu- tion of the velocity of the currents at section A. The main axis of the south setting current at this section was found between stations 3333 and 3334 about 10 miles oft'shore from the steepest part of the slope. A weaker south setting current inshore had its axis between stations 3331 and 3332 but a large portion of this water is presumed to con- tribute to the intervening north setting countercurrent. Wliat may be regarded as the main Baffin Land Current extends from the coast offshore to a short distance beyond station 3334. The net southerly transfer of water between station 3330 and the edge of the north set- ting current beyond station 3334 was computed as 2.3 million cubic meters per second. This undoubtedly represents the bulk of the south setting coastal current. The value is in good numerical agree- ment with that of 2 million cubic meters per second for the southward flow of the Baffin Land Current in the year 1928 emptying into the Labrador Sea across the Davis Strait ridge as computed by Smith, Soule, and Mosby (Bulletin 19, pt. 2). Figure 20 shows the vertical distribution of velocity of the currents at section B. In this locality the main axis of the south setting current hugs the slope closely. Its volume was computed as 1.6 million cubic meters per second , but it is very probable that the section as sampled did not include all of the Baffin Land Current. This view is supported by a study of the bottom topograph}^ south of the section (fig. 17). 30 Not far south of station 3342 the bottom began to shoal off showing the presence of an uncharted bank. A minimum depth of 231 meters was found at 70°10' N., 64°25' W. This bank, undoubtedly an exten- sion of the continental shelf, is flanked both north and south by water exceeding 2,000 meters in depth. Its effect would be to deflect water offshore at upstream positions in the vicinity of section B, thus explain- ing the failure of that section to embrace the entire coastal current. 1500- 2000 Figure 19.— Velocity profile section A expressed in centimeters per second. The solid lines represent southerly current and the broken lines northerly current. The existence of this previously uncharted bank has manifested itself by the ice conditions along the Baffin Land coast. The schooner Effie M. Morrissey (Capt. Robert Bartlett) while on the Bartlett-West Greenland Expedition in 1940 encountered in late August tight ice extending farther ofl'shore in this area than at positions along the Baffin Land coast either to the north or to the south. (See reverse side of "Pilot Chart of The North Atlantic Ocean" No. 1400, December 1940 published by the Hydrograi)hic Office of the Navy Department.) 31 The presence of fast ice is supporting evidence for the local extension of the continental shelf, and also of weak inshore currents as found 500 X t 1000 1500 BAFFIN LAND SHELF MILES 20 2000 Figure 20.— Velocity profile section B expressed in centimeters per second. The solid lines represent southerly current and the broken lines northerly current. between the shallow water stations of section B. Conversely the presence of this and other banks along the Baffin Land coast which tend to keep the strong currents well offshore favor the late seasonal 32 retention of the coastal ice for which that coast is notorious. None of the so-called middle ice usually present in the central portion of Baffin Bay was encountered by the Northland, although the slower and countercurrents found at the deep ends of both sections would favor its retention in the basin. Referring again to the velocity profiles for sections A and B the Baffin Land Current is seen as strong in the upper levels with velocities up to 50 centimeters per second (approximately 1 knot) . Its magai- tude diminishes rapidly with increasing depth and does not exceed 1 centimeter per second at depths of or exceeding 500 or 600 meters. Strong currents would not be expected at greater depths as free inter- change of deep water with that of other bodies is prevented by the shallow thresholds of the various entrances to Baffin Bay. The deep- est is probably that of 675 meters of the Davis Strait ridge. The offshore ends of both sections show, however, a slow countercurrent setting north, extending to a considerable depth and overrun along its inner edge by the Baffin Land Current. Smith, Soule, and Mosby (loc. cit.) have pointed out that water of relatively high salinity enters Baffin Bay from the Labrador Sea via the West Greenland Current a portion of which crosses the Davis Strait ridge off the Greenland coast. As this water cools in moving north through the basin it would undergo some mixing and cabbeling, eventually sinking to contribute to the deep water and deep water circulation of the basin. This north setting water is characterized by higher temperatures and higher salinities than that of the Baffin Land Current. The volume of the West Greenland Current entering Baffin Bay in 1928 was 1 million cubic meters per second, but is variable. Soule (Bulletin 28, tliis series) reports 0.12 million cubic meters per second for 1938, and gives 1.13 million cubic meters per second as an average value. Subtracting this latter value from the flow of the Baffin Land Current the net transfer south across the Davis Strait ridge is of the order of 1 million cubic meters per second, which volume must be contributed largely by additions through Smith, Jones, and Lan- caster Sounds in the northern part of the bay. Much of this water contributed from the north, as well as coastal water, both of relatively low temperatures and salinities evidently flows south in the Baffin Land Current and empties across Davis Strait into the Labrador Sea suffering but little mixing en route. Figure 21 shows the vertical profiles of temperature and salinity at sections A and B. A thin superfically warmed layer of low salinity water is evident at both sections. The slopes of the curves for the upper levels show the generally lower temperatures and salinities of the inshore Baffin Land Current water as compared to offshore water. The penetration of a core of relatively warm water from the center of the basin occurs in both sections at a depth of about 500 meters. 33 Referring to the corresponding velocity profiles the warm water core can be seen as confined largely to the north setting coiintercurrent. The current boundaries are probable sources of considerable mixing leading to the eventual formation of bottom water. An isolated pool of high salinity water slightly above 34.50%o was found along the slope at section A. This salinity is approximately that of the salter water entering Baffui Bay across the Davis Strait sill, which is its probable origin. Assuming this source and subsequent movement northward tlu'ough Baffin Bay with but little mixing, its present depth of about 1,000 meters as compared to an original of not over 600 meters could easily be explained on the basis of sinking accompany- ing density mcrease on cooling. Smith, Soule, and Mosby (loc. cit.) have found similar isolated pools of high salinity water, believed to be transitory remnants of earlier intrusions of more saline water, along the Labrador shelf. Figure 22 shows the temperature-salinity correlation curves for Baffin Bay water. It is recognized that too few data have been col- lected to construct thorougldy reliable curves of this type but the good agreement between the curves for the 1928 data (Godthaab) and 1940 data (Northland) warrants their reproduction here. This agree- ment of the two sets of data supports the previous use of both in the construction of the composite map of the djmamic topography (fig. 18). In the salinity range above 34.0/oo the 1940 data falls into two temperature groups, one designated in the figure as slope water be- ing characterized by lower temperatures than that of the other, basin water, lying farther offshore. No attempt was made to break down the 1928 observations into corresponding groups but a rather wide temperature spread was evident for salinities exceeding 34.0/oo. The curves show the frigid character of the entire water mass. The min- imum temperatures of about —1.7° C. occur near 200 meters depth with salinities between 33.7%o and 33.8/oo. An mteresting compari- son can be made between the temperature-salinity curves of Baffin Bay water and those of Labrador Current, mixed, and Atlantic Cur- rent waters in the vicinity of the Grand Banks as shown by Soide elsewhere in this bulletin (fig. 29). The type of curve for Baffin Bay water is most nearly like that of Labrador Cm-rent water but is much displaced toward the cold, less saline side. The intermediate posi- tion of the curve for the Labrador Current water between those of Baffin Bay and Atlantic Current water shows that although the La- brador Current water in the sm'face layers could have been formed by mixing selected portions of the other waters, the proportion of Baffin Bay water required for the mixture would decrease with in- creasing depth to become almost negligible below 600 meters. The Labrador Current, mixed, and Atlantic Current waters at depths over 1,000 meters are closely similar but of much higher temperature 34 b il .H 1 \ -A''L' >6V o to ^ ^ 1 o / 1 \ 1 > K> \ UJ z \ \ la M CO \ V \0 o fO < GO \\\» 1 fO §vv 5 i ro "^ \ \ > V \ •a .2 \ OT w \\ ■S ro \ a \ _g \ \ § Q \ t ^ ro \ -a o \\ ta ^° ^ \\ J S x\ 'g ro is > ro x\ a H »\ & a Z 1 <1 i§ o o CVJ r §" N: n to to fl "? 00 o "i ro — CM 5f ro o> a 1 q o IJ^ 2 UJ ■^ ^ ro ro § -I 2 s Z -» >» 't 3 "3 ro ? ro O -i a: o CD w 2 ro 1 ro a ro ij •dW31 35 and salinity than that of Baffin Bay water showmg the isolation of the latter. SUMMARY 1. New oceanographic data obtained in a previously uninvestigated area in the western part of Baffin Bay have been presented, 2. The dynamic topography, bottom topography, and character- istics of the Baffin Land Current in this area have been discussed. 3. The circulatory system of Baffin Bay waters has been reviewed considering the new data and with emphasis on the role played by the Baffin Land Current. 4. The characteristics of Baffin Bay water haye been compared to those of the water of the Labrador Sea south of Davis Strait ridge, and the interchange of water between these two bodies has been discussed. PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY— THE GRAND BANKS REGION AND THE LABRADOR SEA IN 1940 By Floyd M. Soule ^ On March 21, the General Greene departed from Woods Hole, Mass., and proceeded to St. John's, Newfoundland, arrivmg there on March 25. Fuel and supplies were taken aboard and departure was then taken from St. Jolm's on March 29 for the purpose of making a current survey of the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland which is usually critical with respect to the drift of menacing ice. In the absence of any ice reports and because of the uncertainty as to whether this was the result of the actual absence of any ice or the pursuit of a policy of radio silence by shipping, it was considered ad- visable to include in this survey the area just south and southwest of the Grand Banks, Thus current information from the vicinity of the steamer lanes would be available for use should bergs be found farther south than might be indicated by the absence of reports. This limited the northern extension of the map to about latitude 46° N. To take advantage of the waring moon the survey was begun at the northern end at station 3074 on March 30 and progressed from north toward south. The cruise was characterized by boisterous weather which caused the loss of two thermometers on March 30 and resulted in several hours delay waiting for the wind and sea to moderate sufficiently to permit oceanographic operations on April 4. No other noteworthy interruptions occurred and the work of collection of data was completed at station 3130 on April 9, 57 stations having been occupied. The General Greene then proceeded to St. John's, arriving there on April 11. For the purpose of making a second survey, departure was taken from St. Jolm's on April 22. In as much as the first survey showed the existence of a current distribution which would carry bergs west- ward south of the Grand Banks if any started south along the eastern edge of the Banks, it was considered advisable to again include the sections south and southwest of the Banks. This meant that the region to be surveyed would be the same as that covered by the first map. Accordingly the survey was begun at the northern end at station 3131 on April 23 with work progressing from north to south. Except for delays occasioned by fathometer breakdowns the surve> proceeded without incident and was completed at station 3187 on May > Contribution No. 286 of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. (36) 37 3. A total of 57 stations were occupied during this survey. Requisite courses were then steered for St. John's with arrival there on May 4. On May 16 the General Greene departed from St. John's to make a third current survey of the region immediately eastward of the Grand Banks. It was planned that during this survey a given area would be mapped once and then resurveyed as quickly as possible in order to learn something of the manner in which the current pattern changes from one survey to the next and also to improve our knowledge of the magnitude of the changes which take place in a period of time com- mensurate with that required in making the survey. The work of coHection of data was begun at station 3188 on May 17 and progressed from north to south. Beginning on May 21, as the southeastern corner of the survey was approached, and continuing for about 48 hours, westerly winds of force 7 or greater were experi- enced. Although these conditions were most unfavorable for the occupation of oceanographic stations they made the repeat survey doubly valuable since one of the questions of much practical import- ance is to what extent such a disturbance affects current patterns and velocities. The first half of the survey was completed at station 3228 on May 23. The work of repeating the survey began the following day at station 3229 and progressed without major incident to the final station, number 3268 which was completed on May 29. The two resulting current maps, one superimposed on the other, were then constructed and delivered aboard the cutter Chelan on May 30. After a conference with the Commander, International Ice Patrol Force, and the Ice Observation Officer, the General Greene laid a course for St. John's where she arrived on May 30. The General Greene left St. John's on June 11 to make a fourth cur- rent survey of the Grand Banks area. In accordance with plans made in conference with the Commander, International Ice Patrol Force, this survey was to cover the same area mapped during the double survey of May 17 to 29. Accordingly the work of collection of data began at station 3269 on June 12, and, progressing from north to south, was completed at station 3308 on June 18, a total of 40 sta- tions having been occupied during this survey. Some delay was experi- enced on June 16 at station 3298. At this station the oceanographic wire cable was cut and spliced to eliminate some serious kinks which were introduced at about 1,140 meters from the end of the wire when it jumped an idler-sheave during a surge of the vessel. No other notable interruptions to the program occurred and after completing the survey the General Greene returned to St. John's where she arrived on June 19. As related in the foregoing, 235 oceanographic stations were occupied during the ice-patrol season. After completing the fourth survey of the Grand Banks region, the General Greene made a short post-season 38 cruise between Labrador and Southern Greenland. During this post- season cruise an additional 21 oceanographic stations were occupied from June 25 to 29. These were disposed in the form of a single section between South Wolf Island, Labrador, and Cape Farewell, Greenland. On approaching Cape Farewell, sea ice was encountered 55 miles offshore. Because of extremely favorable conditions of wmd, sea, and visibility it was possible to get tlirough the outer 30 miles of the ice field before reaching ice of a character which barred further progress. Consequently the innermost station was located 25 miles off Cape Farewell and as we had not even crossed the Irminger Current portion into the colder inshore component nothing was learned of the West Greenland Current on this cruise. From previous measurements it has been found that a section of the West Greenland Current off Ivigtut can be mterpreted in terms of similar measurements off Cape Farewell. The Ivigtut section would have been occupied in lieu of the section at Cape Farewell but radio inquiries developed the infor- mation that ships at Ivigtut were icebound there by the northward extension of the same ice field that blocked our progress at Cape Farewell. Further attempts to complete a section across the West Greeidand Current were discontinued and the General Greene concluded the oceanographic work of the post-season cruise. The temperature and salinity data collected at the 256 oceanographic stations occupied during the season and on the post-season cruise are presented in the oceanographic table in this bulletin. The types of equipment and methods of measurement were the same as in 1939. Calibration titrations and part of the supervisory work was performed by Associate Physical Oceanographer Clifford A. Barnes. Routine salmity bridge measurements were made by Barnes and Leonard T. Quattlcbaum, fireman, second class. Other assistants in the observational work were Thomas C. Crabe, yeoman, second class; Alton F. Phillips, Jr., surfman, and Samuel T. Yates, seaman, first class. At the 235 stations occupied during the season the extent and nominal depths of the serial observations of temperature and salinity were the same as in 1939. During the post-season cruise the measurements at all stations extended to as near bottom as was practicable. A program of intercomparison of the reversing thermometers was carried out through periodic shifts in thermometer pairs throughout the season in order to check on the functioning of the thermometers. In all, 1642 individual comparisons were investigated, the probable differences between the corrected readings of a pair of thermometers varying among the different groups from 0.003° to 0.023° C. and being 0.010° C. for the entire 1,642 comparisons. The observed temperatures arc therefore considered to be accurate to 0.01° C. 39 In 1939, after the salinity britlgc had boon tak?n apart and cleaned, nnmerous measurements by both bridge and titration methods, on seven oil-sealed carboys of actual sea water, approximately evenly distributed over the salinity range of 32.6 %o to 36.6/oo, gave an equa- tion for the calibration curve which was: ^=10100.637/(204.475+ilf) -4.671 where S represents salinity in parts per thousand and M represents the resistance, in ohms, of the X arm of the salinity bridge as given by the dial readings at balance. More careful silver nitrate titrations of six of these seven carboys by Barnes in February and March 1940 gave an improved calibration curve expressed by the equation: 5'=9851.4876/(200.000+il/) -4.375 where S and M have the same significance as described above. This improved formula is in closer harmony with separate resistance measurements of parts of the bridge and has been used in determining the salinities reported here. The precision of the bridge measurements is regarded as about ±0.004%o salinity, the accuracy, however, being no better than the titration method used in calibration. The current maps prepared during the season as well as that showing- current conditions during the post-season cruise were made following the procedure used in the past several years, the season's maps being- referred to the 1,000-decibar surface and the post-season map to the 2,000-decibar surface. The current map resulting from the first survey, made between March 30 and April 9, is shown in figm-e 23. It will be seen from the figure that the Labrador Current was flowing with sufficient strength to carry any bergs which might have entered it to and west of the Tail of the Grand Banks with a westerly limit of about longitude 52° W. The warmer waters on the border of the Atlantic Current were mixed water and although this mixed water had the direction and velocity of flow necessary to return bergs northeastward, the cooler temperatures and lower salinities observed, indicated that the northern edge of the Atlantic Current was not as far north as is usual for this season of the year. On the other hand the Labrador Current had decidedly warmer minimum temperatures than is usual and sur- face temperatures on the Grand Banks indicated that the season was farther advanced than usual. A trough of low dynamic height pro- duced an eddy which is seen to have been centered near 43° N., 48° W., and a pattern of intertwining tongues at about 45° N., seems to indi- cate the dissipation, in that vicinity, of another whorl. These two features were probably the result of a continued series of north- westerly gales just preceding the survey. 40 Figure 24 shows the current map resulting from the second survey. Comparison of this map with figure 23 shows a similar current pattern with some of the irregularities smoothed out. The previously found central cyclonic eddy had been absorbed and the pattern of inter- twining tongues which had previously existed at about latitude 45° N., was smoothed out. Possibly connected with the disappearance of this eddy, the border of the Atlantic Current in this northeastern corner of the map was found to have moved westward into the area covered by the survey. The highest dynamic height of the survey, although found about 70 miles farther south, was about 25 dynamic centimeters higher than in the first map. One of the items of much interest from the standpoint of the drift of menacing ice is the west- ward encroachment of a characteristic salient of the Atlantic Current in about latitude 45° N. Under favorable conditions this salient has developed, on occasion, to the point where it reached the edge of the Banks and, forcing the Labrador Current to recurve north of it, formed an effective bar to the southward drift of bergs. It is doubt- ful whether or not the above-described change in the position and strength of this salient between the first and second surveys can be considered as any notable advance toward the Labrador Current. At the surface the northernmost section shows the Labrador Current to have been flowing with very nearly the same strength as that foimd in the first survey. Consequently, the slight growth of the area of the cold mixed water pool in spite of the northward movement of the high dynamic isobaths of the Atlantic Current (such as that of 971.2 dynamic meters), seems attributable to the disappearance of the central cyclonic eddy. The westward extension of the cold water pool remained about the same but the southward extension reached the more southerly limit of about 41°20' N. One of the most striking features of the survey was the abnormal development of the Grand Banks whorl extending from latitude 45° N., to the Tail of the Grand Banks. As a result the apparent Labrador Current was much widened and speeded up over this distance. Although this was of no significance with regard to the transportation of ice to the Grand Banks region, it would have been of great importance in the drift to the steamer lanes of any bergs entering the northern part of the area. It would also have been of decisive importance if a fluctuating Gulf Stream system had started a westward encroachment of the Atlantic Current in the 45th parallel salient. The dynamic topographic maps resulting from the two halves of the third survey are shown in figures 25 and 26. An inspection of figure 25 shows that between the second survey and the first half of this survey the surface velocity of the Lal)rador Current had decreased. Comparing figures 25 and 26, it will be noted that a further decrease in surface velocity occurred between the two halves of this survey, 4 00 4 .TJ!L^ig^*!:T^ or i 41 but tliis was partly compensated for by the spreading eastward of the dynamic isobaths. This eastward spreading of the isobaths was noted not only in the Labrador Current but also in that portion of the Atlantic Current covered by the survey. This is no doubt one of the effects of the previously mentioned period of strong westerly- winds which existed between the two halves of the survey. Between the second survey and this survey the area of cold mixed water had grown some in both the southern and northeastern parts of the area although this survey did not extend far enough south to determine definitely the southern limits. The Atlantic Current salient had gained some ground in extending northwestward toward 45°00' N., 47°30' W. Between the two halves of the survey the extreme limits of this salient advanced somewhat in the northeastern part of the area although the surface velocities were less and the highest dynamic height was lower. As compared with the first two surveys, figures 25 and 26 show that a still larger proportion of the southward-flowing current was contributed by the Grand Banks whorl rather than the true Laborador Current. With regard to the changes occurring between the two halves of the survey, largely the result of the period of strong westerly winds during that interval, attention is called to the decided stability of the current pattern, the relative permanence of the position of the 971.0-meter dynamic isobath on the border of the Atlantic Current, and the eastward displacement of the isobaths on either side. Figure 27 shows the current map resulting from the fourth survey. Again the similarity of the current pattern to those of the previous surveys is remarkable. The Atlantic Current salient projecting north- westward increased the area within its extreme limits by widening sym- metrically but did not advance appreciably, and, considering surface velocities, decreased in strength. The current pattern in the north- eastern part of the area was moved somewhat to the northeast with- out changing its general shape. The border of the Atlantic Current, to be seen in the southeastern part of the map, showed little change. Not much change was evident in the position or surface strength of the Labrador Current although the southward-flowing cmrent appeared much reduced at about latitude 44° N., because of the considerable reduction in the activity of the Grand Banks whorl. Throughout the season the minimum observed temperatures in the core of the Labrador Current were decidedly warmer than usual and the Atlantic Current subnormal in both strength and temperature. The season was also characterized by great stability of current pattern and by the comparative absence of complicating whorls and eddies. Some of the features such as the Atlantic Current salient and the cold, mixed water tongue immediately northeastward of it, are identifiable in each of the five current maps, and their slight changes in position 42 can be followed from one survey to the next. It is of interest to note that because of the comparative simplicity of pattern of this year's maps it is possible to get an idea of the seasonal change in the strength of the Atlantic Current. An examination of the five current maps shown in figures 23 to 27 yields the qualitative information that the northward encroachment and strength of the Atlantic Current apparaently increased progressively up to the time of the third map (fig. 25, May 17-23, 1940) and then decreased. According to the ideas set forth by Iselin ^ the Gulf Stream system expands during periods of decreasing energy and contracts during periods of increasing energy. As the Atlantic Current shown in figures 23 to 27 represents the outer edge of the Gulf Stream system in this region, the inter- pretation of the above noted fluctuation, in terms of the Gulf Stream system mechanism proposed by Iselin, would be that during the period from March 30 to June 18, 1940, the energy of the system decreased to a minimum about May 17-23, after which it increased to the end of the period. Iselin has demonstrated the negative correlation between the energy of the Gulf Stream system off the American coast and the sea level as indicated by American coastal tide gages. From both tide gage records and determinations of the volume of flow of the Gulf Stream past the section from Montauk Point to Bermuda, the seasonal variations show a secondary minimum of energy of that sector of the Gulf Stream system occurring during the month of May. Iselin 's report is a preliminary one and recognizes the need for considering whether or not evidence from other sectors of the Gulf Stream system support or contradict the tentative con- clusions. The fluctuations of the Atlantic Current pointed out here are of interest chiefly because they are from another sector and although they are of a qualitative nature they at least do not contra- dict Iselin's hypothesis. If they can be accepted as evidence they seem to indicate that there is little if any phase difference between the American sector and the Grand Banks sector. From the standpoint of forecasting conditions in the Grand Banks sector for ice patrol purposes this is unfortunate if true. In previous bulletins of this series an investigation of the seasonal variations of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region has been reported on from year to year. Certain sections, called T, U, and W have been repeatedly occupied. These are defined as follows: Section T, running southeasterly from about 46°20' N., 49°00' W.; section U, extending east and west about the 45th parallel; and section W, running south off the Grand Banks in about longitude 50° W. 2 Iselin, C. O'D. Preliminary report on long-period variations in the transport of the Gulf Stream system. Papers in Phys. Oceanog. and Met. M. I. T. and W. II. O. I., vol. VIII, No. 1 (July 1940) Cambridge and Woods Hole. 43 During 1940, sections T and U were occupied 5 times each and section W was occupied twice. The vohime of flow, minimum ob- served temperature, and mean temperature of the Labrador Current have been determined for these occupations of the sections and, for purposes of comparison, are hsted in table 1 with the results of all other occupations of these sections from and including 1934. Mean values for each section have been arrived at by giving each year equal weight so as not to overaccentuate the characteristics of any year when the particular section was occupied more than once. Table 1. — Showing volume of flow in million cubic meters 'per second, mean tem- perature in ° C, and minimum observed temperature in ° C, of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region Mar. 16 to Apr. 15 Apr. 16 to May 15 May 16 to June 15 June 16 to July 15 Vol- ume Mean tem- pera- ture Mini- mum tem- pera- ture Vol- ume Mean tem- pera- ture Mini- mum tem- pera- ture Vol- ume Mean tem- pera- ture Mini- mum tem- pera- ture Vol- ume Mean tem- pera- ture Mini- mum tem- pera- ture Section T: 1934 l.S 2.1 4.1 3.23 3.53 6.70 4.55 4.96 1.53 1.67 2.85 1.83 1.83 4.26 0.74 2.63 -1.66 -L56 -0.43 -1.49 -1.79 -1.68 -0.19 1.5 2.6 -1.72 1.6 3.3 1935 "i.'se ""o.'gs' -0."75" 2.71 3.15 1.96 3.88 "3.' 52 5.82 3.83 2.94 3.11 4.46 3.90 2.29 5.14 2.06 2.90 1..55 1.85 ""2." 24 2.89 2.80 2.27 1.56 1.75 3.14 1.72 3.80 -1.50 -1.47 -1.22 -1.67 -i."26" -0. 65 -1.42 -1.44 -1.70 -1.28 -1.23 -1.29 -1.43 1936 193" 1.88 4.30 2.64 2.19 1.74 1.44 1 ''5 1938 .... 1939 1940 5.71 3.70 2.12 2.47 -1.65 -0.32 -1.53 Mean Section U: 1934 3.76 1.86 -0.91 3.48 6.92 5! 80 6.34 7.15 3.34 2.15 1.11 0.98 1.06 1.90 5.66 1.60 2.25 -1.27 -1.37 -1.24 -0.94 -1.50 -0.71 -0;52 2.58 0.84 2.17 1.32 -1.52 1935 3.7 7.20 3.54 5.62 9.01 7.43 2.0 2.31 1.54 2.16 1.31 2.17 -1.66 -0.&2 -1.29 -1.20 -1.51 -0.24 1936 1937 1938 1939 "3.02 4.78 7.74 "i.si" 1.87 1.64 "-i."41 -1.64 — 1 61 1940 7.19 4^34 1.63 3.87 2.21 3.01 2.83 2.44 1.07 1.47 -0.74 -0.35 -0.62 -1.25 -1.58 -1.02 Mean Section W: 1934 6. OS 1.92 -1.12 5.53 1.17 2.08 1.19 -1.13 -1.15 4.09 0.86 1.66 4. 35 -1.58 1 68 1935 1.08 2.72 -1.12 1936 .3.13 8.78 5. 4S 5.78 3.81 6. 85 4.84 2.61 2. 85 2.33 4.75 2^81 2.57 0.02 0.08 -0.99 0.39 -1.52 -0.03 -0.54 1937 1938 1939 1940 0.54 5.44 7.43 6.13 4.12 0.66 3.78 1.76 2.52 2.29 -0.29 -0.83 -1..59 0.26 -0.70 "'2.' 76" 5.93 "l."73" 1.82 "i.ls" -1.62 3.40 5.07 2.26 2.53 2.42 1.82 -0.76 -1.59 -1.49 Mean 3.55 2.02 -0.76 2.90 2.78 -0.54 As is shown by table 1, the volume of flow was greater than the 7-year mean at each occupation of each section except the first occupa- tion of section W, and the second occupation of section U. Except for the third occupations of sections T and W, the mean temperature was warmer than the 7-year mean throughout the season. The minimum observed temperature was decidedly warmer than the 7-year mean at all occupations. 44 In figure 28, the seasonal variation in the volume of flow of the Labrador Current past sections T, U, and W, during the 1940 season, is shown in comparison with the variation based on the 7-year means. The solid lines show the variation occurring during 1940 and the broken lines represent the mean values. It will be noted that the atypical MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY volume of flow of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region during the lOJO season comiiared with mean variation. variations during 1940 completely mask the seasonal maximum usually present and occurring about the first of May. The 1940 curves for all three sections show a sharp rise in the volume of flow. The increase took place in late April at section W, early May at section U, and late May at section T. In a system the parts of which are so 45 closely connected as this it seems improbable that these fluctuations, occurring at all three sections, are unrelated. However, if they are related their common cause would seem to be identified with the Atlantic Current since the effect spreads northward. Possibly the reason is a subsurface eddy in which mixed water moving northeast- ward along the border of the Atlantic Current recurved to augment the true Labrador Current in its southward flow. In Bulletin No. 29 of this series the temperature-salinity relationship found during the first current survey of 1939 was discussed. All of the surveys made in the Grand Banks region since and including 1934 have now been studied for T-S correlations. As in the case of the single survey reported on in Bulletin 29, the temperature-salinity curves for all stations fell into one of three groups, namely, Labrador Current water, mixed water, or Atlantic Current water. Occasionally the values for the upper levels at a station would fall in one group and the values for the lower levels would fall in an adjacent group if the station happened to be taken near the boundary between two types of water. A mean T-S curve was drawn for each of the three types of water for each survey. From the cm'ves representing individual surveys mean •curves for the different years and for the 7-year period 1934-40 have been constructed. Figure 29 shows the temperature-salinity corre- lation for the three types of water for the five surveys made during 1940 as solid lines. Curves representing the 7-year means are shown as broken lines. If the 7-year means are considered to represent normal conditions it is seen from figure 29 that in 1940 in both the Labrador Current water and the mixed water the temperatures were from 0.2° to 0.7° C. warmer than normal in the upper levels where the salinity was below 34.9%o. In the deeper levels in the Labrador "Current water and mixed water as well as in the border of the Atlantic Current at temperatures below 9° C, the salinities were 0.02%o to O.03%o fresher than normal. An approximate depth scale has been shown on each of the six curves. A comparison of the curves for 1940 with those representing the 7-year means indicates that shifts in depth partly compensate for shifts in the T-S curve in parts of the curve. To show this more clearly figure 30 is presented. Here the values of ct corresponding to the depths shown on the curves of figure 29 have heen plotted as vertical distribution curves. This figure shows that although the upper levels in the Labrador Current had about normal density the deeper levels as w^ell as the Atlantic Current and mixed water were lighter than usual. The relative positions of the 1940 curves for Atlantic Current water in both figures 29 and 30 with respect to the curves for the 7-year mean might be open to the explana- tion that in 1940 the measurements extended farther into the Atlantic 'Current than the 7-vear mean and that the Atlantic Current remained 40 \/->^ o o\ ^^ ^ o ^ K-^ 8 8 o a: => ^^^-^ to _ ' ' ■~:v i o 8 ^ o ►- z \ ^ * -J 5 \\o 8 \ ^ a: \ V u> 1 \ V o v^ in s \ > \ \ ' Q \ \ t t2 \ V ro ■9 iV \a * 1- \ z UJ y\ tr \ \ o a: o \\ CD < \ \ Q \ \ lO 0) \ \ \ o < i o) 9 ■^ \ (/> s \ ^ to ? 2 9 V \ "^ ^ f-- r^ \ tlJ lU z z \ \ <^ J -J \ 9 ^ \ v >V ^ V\ ATLANT CURREN r \^ ^^- ^^ \ SOLID LIN£S 1940 J EASON \ \ \ \ \ 1 BROKE M LINES 7-YEAR MEAN 1 934-40 1 % \\ \": \ \\' ti 1 1000 riGURF. 30.— Vertical distribution of density ((r,) in the Labrador Current, Atlantic Current and mixed water in the Grand Banks region. Solid lines show conditions during the 1940 season and brolcen lines represent the "-year mean for the period 1934-40. Figure 30 also demonstrates the degree to which the mixed water, •characterized by low dynamic heights, is denser than either of its two components, the Labrador Current and the Atlantic Current. It also shows graphically that the reference surface of 1,000 decibars, which is used for the construction of current maps for use by the patrol cutters, is sufficiently deep for all but those regions covered by the Atlantic Current; and that in those regions the maps show only slightly slower velocities than actually exist there, if one may go so far in drawing conclusions from the degree of discrepancy in the values of at at a depth of 1,000 meters m figure 30. 48 It should be remembered that in the foregomg discussion and figures 29 and 30 wherever the Atlantic Current is mentioned it is understood to mean the northern or outermost part of the current. In figure 29 it will be noted that the T-S curve for this water has a characteristic salinity minimum occurring at a temperature of about 6° C. The source of this fresher water is probably the slope water of the Gulf Stream system off the American coast. Whatever its source, the fact that this salinity minimum is a characteristic of the outer border of the Atlantic Cm-rent in the Grand Banks region suggests its possible use as a boundary criterion there. It has the further advantages that it occurs at depths great enough to be beyond the reach of superficial changes and yet at a temperature safely out of range of the mixed water. On the basis of the 1940 surveys the boundary criterion was taken as the condition where a temperature of 6° C. corresponded to a salinity] of 34.95%o. For any particular survey, anomalies from this salinity at the 6°-isotherm were then plotted at the geographical loca- tions of all stations at which the 6°-isotherm was present. From this information the course of the horizontal projection of the line con- necting locations of zero anomaly was interpolated. To determine the range over which a straight line interpolation could be used, the anomalies for all 1940 stations were plotted against depth of the 6°- isotherm. The location of the points on this plot indicated that no considerable error would be introduced by straight line interpolation for anomalies positively greater than about — 0.10%o (which occurred at a depth of about 300 meters) . The boundary, thus defined, between the Atlantic Current and the Labrador Current or the mixed water, as the case might be, was then determined for each survey from 1934 to 1940, inclusive. As this boundary is serpentine in its course from such characteristic salients as the intrusion of Atlantic Current water toward the Grand Banks at about latitude 45°, and as these salients vary somewhat from time to tune in latitude as well as longitude, the problem of how best to con- sider fluctuations in the boundary arose. Because fluctuations in a direction normal to the current are of far greater significance in ice patrol work than are the fluctuations in latitude of the characteristic salients, the fluctuations were considered as fluctuations in the area bounded by the current boundary on the southeast, the 45th parallel on the north, the 49th meridian between latitudes 45° and 43° on the west, and a rhumb line extending from 43° N., 49° W., tln-ough 42° N., 47° W., to the current boundary on the southwest. Thus a decrease in the area so bounded corresponds to a general transverse movement of the boundary toward the Grand Banks and an increase ui area corresponds to a retreat of the boundary away from the Grand Banks. 49 It would seem that the fluctuations in the boundary of the Atlantic Current are dependent on two sets of causes which if related are only partly and distantly so. These are, namely, fluctuations in the Labrador Current entering the area from the north, moving south along the edge of the Grand Banks, recurving northeastward, and leavmg the area at the north along the boimdary; and fluctuations in the position of the boimdary arising from causes affecting the Gulf Stream system. Now the vohmie of flow of the Labrador Current entermg the area has regularly been determined for each survey at the section which has been called section U. (See table L) To adjust the area, defined as above, for the eft'ect of fluctuations in the Labrador Current 10,000 square kilometers of area have been subtracted for each million cubic meters per second volume of flow of the Labrador Current past section U. Before acceptmg this arbitrary equivalent the following estimates and assimiptions were considered. If the area is assumed to be a square, one-half of which is occupied by the south-bound Labrador Current and the other half of which is the northward return, the width of the current or its return is ^^' As- suming the depth of the current to be 1,000 meters and assigning 1 million cubic meters per second as requiring 10,000 square kilometers of area, the volume of flow being equal to the width times the depth times the average velocity, S, we can wi'ite: 10«=xl2!! X 10^ S (meters per second) whence /S'=0.02, or 2 centimeters per second, which is of the right order of magnitude. Table 2 gives the actual area in units of 10,000 square kilometers, followed by the adjusted area in similar units where adjustment has been made for the volume of flow of the Labrador Current as described above. All surveys made during the 7-year period and covering the region in question are given in chronological order. 50 Table 2. — Area enclosed by border of Atlantic Current, 45th parallel, 49th meridian and rhumb line 43° N., 49° W., 42° N.. 47° W., extended. Unit of area equals 10,000 square kilometers Area Adjusted area Area Adjusted area 1934: First map 5.07 7.44 5.43 1.59 4.33 4.59 1938: First map 7.82 7.52 8.86 9.33 2 20 1. 18 Third map Third map 3 72 A vprapp 5.98 3.50 g 8.38 2.91 1935: 5.11 5.73 5.09 1.41 -0.19 0.63 1939: First map 7.86 8.62 7.18 Second map — 1 15 1.47 0 56 A voracro 5.31 0.62 Average. 7.88 -0.09 1936: First map 5.22 6.11 5.75 -1.98 -0.58 1.85 1940: 7.54 7.53 8.47 8.67 8.79 0.11 Third map Second map 4 19 1.28 1 79 Average 5.69 -0.24 Fourth map 1.49 1937: 5.21 5.74 3.71 1.67 -0.06 1.42 8.20 1.77 Second map.. Third map Average 4.89 1.01 In adjusting the area for the effect of the Labrador Current we have attempted to ehminate those sources of fluctuations in the boundary which are not associated with the Gulf Stream system. It is reasonable, then, to expect the adjusted area to be related to other phenomena associated with the Gulf Stream system, such as the difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston. A preliminary examination of the data indicates that such a relation- ship exists but further study will be given this subject which will be reported on hi a future bulletin. In connection with this possible relationship between the fluctua- tions in the boundary of the Atlantic Current in the vicinity of the Grand Banks and the fluctuations in the difference in sea level be- tween Bermuda and Charleston it is of interest to note another appar- ent relationship between the latter fluctuations and the fluctuations in the volume of flow of the West Greenland Current at Cape Fare- well 1 year later. In Bulletin 29 of this series was shown a figure illustrating the negative correlation between the departure from nor- mal of the mean temperature and the volume of flow of the West Greenland Current at this point, and covering the 10 occupations of the Cape Farewell section occurring between 1928 and 1939. The conclusion drawn was that fluctuations in volume of flow of the West Greenland Current are largely the result of fluctuations in the East Greenland Current rather than the Irminger Current. These same 10 values of the volume of flow of the West Greenland Current 51 have been plotted in figure 31 and connected by lines which are solid between observations a year or less apart and broken and shaped to conform to the sea-level curve between observations separated by more than 1 year. In the same figure is shown the fluctuation in the difference in sea level, Bermuda-Charleston. Tide gage records from Bermuda do not exist for a part of the interval and for such months a monthly normal based on the mean of observations made from 1833-43 and 1934-36 has been used. Present-day monthly normal barometric pressures have been used to correct the old tide gage read- ings and all recent tide gage readings have been corrected for actual monthly mean barometric pressures. Figure 31 is based on a very small number of data. Also it is admittedly a far cry from the Bermuda-Charleston part of the Gulf Stream system to the Cape Farewell section by way of the Arctic basin. In spite of this, the correspondence between the two curves shown in figure 31 is too striking to be dismissed as pure coincidence without further consideration. There are two physical interpreta- tions of figure 31 which are plausible. If an increase in the difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston is an indicator of the increase in the volume of flow of the Gulf Stream system, it might be accompanied by an expansion of the system, thus supplying water to the Arctic basin from the northeastern North Atlantic at a faster rate, and in turn speeding up the outflow from the Arctic basin along the east coast of Greenland. The other point of view, that held by Iselin,2 is that an increase in volume of flow of the Gulf Stream is accompanied by a contraction of the system. In the northeastern sector such a contraction would mean a southward retreat of the so- called polar front. As the atmospheric pressure centers shift with the polar front, a southward shift w^ould result in wind directions more favorable to the East Greenland Current. That this does not lead to an unstable situation is considered by Schell ^ to be because such a shift is followed by a lessening of the intensity of the atmos- spheric circulation. Possibly both the amount of water contributed to the Arctic Basin by the Gulf Stream system and variations in the driving force of the atmospheric circulation are eft'ective in controlling the flow of the East Greenland Current, even though they seem to have opposite effects ; for it will be noted that, although the year-to-year variations shown by the curves in figure 31 have a positive relationship, each of the curves has a long-range trend and these trends are oppositely directed. During the 1940 post-season cruise the section from South Wolf Island, Labrador, to Cape Farewell, Greenland, was occupied, except, 2 Loc. cit. 3 Scholl, 1. 1. Polar lee as a factor in seasonal weather. Monthy Weather Review. Supplement No. 39, pp. 27-51. (1940) Washington. BERMUDA-CHARLESTON DEPARTURE FROM NORMAL IN FEET .'I + + O o O o O ^ - s 9 ^^ g o w n r v> ^ o li^ O (O ^ Cfl s - . ^ ^ ^^^.^^' 1 r k < / N \. S \ \ \ N \ 19.^ --, \ •v ~~^ \ ^^ c << ^ .^ > / / / / / / ( O -n 1 m ' < X o m z o m \ c m z CO m V \ O r \ < m \ r - -^ o D n w j> Of > 9. €> o b b b b b VOL. OF FLOW OF WEST GREENLAND CURRENT AT CAPE FAREWELL. CU.M/SEC. X 10" >-6 52 o ° ^ - ro ro ro f^ 500 000 1500- 2000 ■ 2500 3000 3500 1.74 ! CAPE FAREWELL GREENLAND 5 PiouRi Sa.-Temperature distribution between South Wolf Island land, June 26-39, 19<0. ' Labrador, and Cape Farewell, Oreen- iiisio — o-ia4> 53 as previously noted, for the Cape Farewell end of the section where field ice prevented occupation of oceanographic stations in the 25 miles immediatel}^ offshore from Cape Farewell. Thermal conditions found along this section are shown in figure 32. The most notable feature of figure 32 is the small central area in the intermediate water having temperatures less than 3.27° C. This area, in which a vertical temperature inversion is to be found, is considered to be a relic of the previous wuiter's chilling not completely erased by the mixing proc- esses wdiicli follow with the advent of warmer weather. It is unknown whether this central temperature inversion is ever completely erased, but it can be said, in the light of measurements made in previous years both earlier and later in the season, both that the temperature in this minimum was w\armer, and the area in which an inversion existed was smaller than has been the case in other years. This is strong evidence that during the winter of 1939-40 the area in which wintertime vertical convection to bottom occurred was smaller than normal because of winter conditions less severe than usual. This is borne out by inquiries made of Greenland authorities who state that the Disko Bay region, Godthaab and Ivigtut all had a mild winter, the latter place having no snow. It will bo noted in figure 32 that the innermost station on the Cape Farewell end of the section (station 3329) was characterized by the warm Irminger Current water and that the colder East Greenland Current component of the West Greenland Current was located inshore from this station. Therefore, it is impossible even to esti- mate what the mean temperature and volume of flow of the West Greenland Current was during 1940. The Labrador Current will be recognized in the left hand side of figure 32 with a temperature mini- mum of colder than — 1° C. over the shelf and a temperature maximum of warmer than 4° C. over the continental slope. Figure 33 shows the current situation which existed during the post- season cruise, as derived from the dynamic topography of the sea surface relative to the surface of 2,000 decibars. Not a great deal of information regarding the current pattern can be obtained from figure 33. However, it is of assistance in ascertaining limits and bands of the currents and has been used in interpreting a velocity profile of the Labrador Current. The volume of flow, mean tempera- ture and heat transfer were determined to be 2.75 million cubic meters per second, 1.52° C, and 4.17 million cubic meter degrees centigrade per second, respectively, for this section. In order to compare these results with those determined in other years, all com- parable values are listed in table 3. In this table volumes of flow are given in millions of cubic meters per second, mean temperatures 54 in degrees centigrade, and heat transfers in millions of cubic meter degrees centigrade per second. A final column gives the berg count for the year (south of latitude 48° N.). Table 3 Year Volume Mean tempera- ture Heat transfer Berg count 1928 .- 5.1 1.3 7.60 5.03 4.22 3.32 4.20 4,56 2.75 3.3 1.7 3.41 2.68 2.76 1.27 2.92 2.69 1.52 16.5 2.2 25.90 13.50 11.65 4.22 12.25 12.27 4.17 515 1931 13 1933 - 216 1934 560 1935 ._. S75 1936 22 1938 664 1939 850 1940 2 Average 4.2 2.5 11.4 It will be seen from the above table that the volume of flow, the mean temperature, and the heat transfer were all markedly below the average of the nine occupations of this section in 1940. It is also of interest to note that during each of the 3 years, 1931, 1936, and 1940 when the number of bergs south of latitude 48° N., was extremely small, the heat transfer and mean temperature were correspondingly below average. The volume of flow during these years was also sub- normal but not as consistently or to as great a degree. It is also to be noted that the converse is not true, namely, that unusually large values of heat transfer and berg count do not coincide. The impor- tance of the mean temperature suggests a relationship with the West Greenland Current component of the Labrador Current. South of Davis Strait a major branch of the West Greenland Current moves westward to form the warmer, oft'shore component of the Labrador Current. The remainder of the West Greenland Current continues northward across Davis Strait ridge into Baffin Bay. Under condi- tions of abnormal southerly winds in the vicinity of Davis Strait it is conceivable that more of the West Greenland Current would enter Baffin Bay and less would cross to the American side to contribute to the Labrador Current. The resulting mean temperature of the Labrador Current would be lowered and the same southerly winds would impede the bergs entering the Labrador Current from Baffin Bay. The optimum condition for an excessive amount of the West Greenland Current component of the Labrador Current, resulting in a high mean temperature, would result from abnormal easterly winds \ in the vicinity of Davis Strait. This would not materially help the bergs entering the Labrador Current from Baffin Bay and might even reduce the berg count through increased berg mortality if stranding along the Labrador shelf or if an onshore displacement of the thermal characteristics of the Labrador Current resulted. Thus it would 55 seem that the region of Davis Strait is an important one in its effects on the annual berg crop and the characteristics of the Labrador Current. However, Httle can be done in a quantitative way at the present time in the absence of any meteorological data from the Baffin Land side of Davis Strait. SUMMARY 1. The four surveys resulting in five maps of the Ice Patrol area in the vicinity of the Grand Banks, made during the 1940 season, have been described. 2. The seasonal variation of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region during 1940 has been compared with other variations found during the previous six ice seasons on the basis of minimum observed temperature, mean temperature, and volume of flow com- puted for each occupation of each of three sections. 3. Temperature-salinity correlations for the three types of water found in the Ice Patrol area, Labrador Current water, mixed water, and Atlantic Current water, have been investigated for each survey of the region made during the 7-year period 1934-40, and mean curves have been presented comparing conditions in 1940 with the 7-year means. 4. A new criterion of the boundary between the Atlantic Current water and mixed water or Labrador Current water has been selected and the boundary delineated for each survey made during the 7-year period 1934-40. Fluctuations m the position of their boundary east of the Grand Banks have been considered by studying the fluctuations in an area enclosed by arbitrarily fixed lines on three sides and the current boundary on the fourth side. A mechanism has been set up for quantitatively separating the boundary fluctuations caused by the Labrador Current from those arising from causes affecting the Gulf Stream system. 5. An apparent relationship, found between fluctuations in the dif- ference in sea level, Bermuda-Charleston, and the vohnne of flow of the West Greenland Current at Cape Farewell, Greenland, 1 year later, has been described and two possible explanations offered. 6. Abnormal thermal conditions found in the intermediate water between southern Labrador and southern Greenland on the 1940 post- season cruise substantiate the picture of the formation of deep and bottom water in the Labrador Sea described in part 2 of Bulletin 19 of this series and are discussed in the light of that hypothesis. 7. The volume of flow, mean temperature and heat transfer of the Labrador Current at South Wolf Island have been computed from measurements made during 1940 and compared with the results of eight previous occupations of this section. Attention has been called to the connection between low values of mean temperature and heat 56 transfer at this section and small numbers of bergs reaching the Grand Banks, and the significance of departures from normal baro- metric pressure gradients in the vicinity of Davis Strait pointed out. In the following table are given the data collected during the 1940 season and post-season cruises of the General Greene and thos'e collected by the Northland in 1940 in Baffin Bay. Individual station headings give the station number, date, geographic position, depth of water, and dynamic height of the sea surface used in the construction of the dynamic topographic charts shown in figures 18, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, and 33. For stations 3074 to 3308, inclusive, the sea surface is referred to the 1,000-decibar surface and the depth of water is the uncorrected fathometer sounding based on a sound- ing velocity of 1,433.8 meters per second for stations 3074 to 3187, and 1,430.5 meters per second for stations 3188 to 3308. For stations 3309 to 3329, mclusive, the sea surface is referred to the 2,000, decibar surface and for stations 3330 to 3342, inclusive, the sea surface is referred to the 1,500-decibar surface and the depth of water for stations 3309 to 3342 is the sonic sounding corrected for sounding velocity and draft, but not for slope. Where the depths of the scaled values are enclosed in parentheses the data are based on extrapolated vertical distribution curves of temperature or salinity or both. Asterisks appearing before observed temperatures indicate that these temperatures were determined from the depth of reversal and the corrected reading of an unprotected thermometer. The symbol at signifies 1,000 (density — 1) at atmospheric pressure and temperature t. Table of Oceanographic Data STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Station 3074; Mar. 30; latitude 46°23' N., longitude 49°00' W.; depth 66 meters; dynamic height 971.024 meters 0 0.71 33.19 0 0.71 33.19 26.63 27 0.74 33.19 25 0.75 33.19 26.63 55 ..T5 33.20 50 0.75 33.20 26.64 Station 3075; Mar. 30; latitude 46°04' N., longitude 48°30' W.; depth, 88 meters; dynamic height, 971.025 meters 0 o.» 33.16 0 0.48 33. 16 26.61 26 0.47 33.18 25 0. 50 33.17 26.62 53 0.49 33.17 50 0..50 33.17 26. 62 79 0.03 33.26 75 0.10 33.23 26.70 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth. Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o station 3076; Mar. 30; latitude 45°53' N., longitude 48°15' W.; depth 110 meters; dynamic height 971.027 meters 0.22 0.22 0.09 -0.25 -0.04 33.02 33.02 33.13 33.32 33.48 0.22 0.20 0.10 -0.25 -0.10 33.02 33.02 33. 12 33.31 33.46 26.52 26.52 Station 3077; Mar. 30; latitude 45°46' N., loi 48°09' W.; depth 229 meters; dynamic 971.014 meters igitude height 0 0.09 33.03 0 0.09 33.03 26.54 0.10 33. 03 25 0.10 33.03 26.54 44 -0.04 33.14 50 -0. 15 33.18 26.67 66 -0.32 33.33 75 ---- -0.25 33.43 26.87 -0.05 33.56 100 ... 0.10 33.63 27.01 133 0.67 33.78 150 ... 0.90 33.86 27.17 177 1.25 34.00 (200) . . 1.55 34.15 27.34 57 Table of Oceanographtc Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tern- pera- Salin- ity Station 3078; Mar. 30; latitude 45°43' N., longitude 48°03' W.; depth 640 meters; dynamic height 970.962 meters 24.. 48.. 71. 143 191 286 340 0.07 0.00 -0.04 0.67 2.30 2.80 2.96 3.22 4.06 33.10 33.10 33.36 33.72 34.28 34.42 34.56 34.68 34.88 25- 50 _ 75. 100... 150... 200... 300... 400... (600) . 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.75 1.25 1.95 2.35 2.80 3.45 4.05 33.10 33.10 33.41 33.75 34.01 34.31 34.44 34.58 34.72 34.89 26.85 27.08 27.26 27.45 27.51 27.58 27.64 27.71 Station 3079; Mar. 30; latitude 45°39' N., longitude 47°56' W.; depth 1,097 meters; dynamic height 970.902 meters 0 -0.02 33.14 0 -0.02 33. 14 26. 63 2,5 0.00 33.14 25 O.OC 33. 14 26.63 50 1.02 33.70 50 1.02 33.70 27.02 74 1.95 34.13 75 1.95 34.14 27.31 99 2.21 34.36 100... 2.25 34.37 27.47 149 2.76 34.57 150... . 2.75 34. 57 27. 59 198 34.65 200-.. 3.25 34.65 27.60 297 *3.91 34.81 300... 3.95 34. 81 27.66 385 4.04 34.86 400.... 4.05 34.87 27.70 580 4.09 34.92 600.... 4.05 34. 92 27.74 774 3.73 34.92 800.... 3.70 34.92 27.78 970 3.45 34.90 1,000.. 3.40 34.90 27.79 Station 3080; Mar. 30; latitude 45°34' N., longitude 47047/ -wr . depth 1,426 meters; dynamic height 970.865 meters 25 49 74 99 148 197 296 387 585 785 984 1,335.... 2.18 33.84 0 2.18 33.84 2.70 34.01 25. 2.70 34.01 3.43 34.24 50. 3.45 34.26 3.31 34.44 75. 3.30 34.44 2.98 34.54 100 3.00 34.54 3.16 34.64 l.'iO 3.1; 34.64 3.39 34.70 200 3.40 34.70 *4. 10 34.91 300 4. ICi 34.91 3.90 34.90 400 3.85 34.90 3.68 34.90 600 3.65 34. 9C 3.57 34.90 800 3.55 34. 9C 3.43 34,90 1,000.. 3.40 34. 9C 3.31 34.89 27.04 27.14 27.27 27.43 27.54 27.60 27.63 27.73 27.74 27.76 27.77 27.79 Station 3081; Mar. 30; latitude 45°20' N., longitude 47°20' W.; depth, 1,680 meters; dynamic height 0 23 5.16 34.14 0 5.16 34. 14 5.19 34.15 25 5.20 34.15 5.16 34.15 50 5.15 34.16 5.11 34.18 75 5.05 34.19 4.87 34.22 100.... 4.90 34.24 5.00 34.50 150.... 4.85 34.38 4.45 34.62 200.... 4.45 34.71 4.50 34. 84 300.... 4. .30 34.84 4.31 34.84 490 4.05 34.86 3.97 34.88 oDO 3.70 34.90 3.69 34.90 8u0 3.45 34.90 3.44 34.90 1)000 3.30 34.90 3.27 34.90 27.00 27.00 27.01 27.05 27.10 27.22 27.53 27. 65 27.69 27.76 27.78 27.80 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Sahn- ity %o Station 3082; Mar. 31; latitude 45°20' N., longitude 46°36' W.; depth 3,228 meters; dynamic height 970.934 meters 0... 25.. 49.. 74. 148" 197 296 340 517 4.92 34.03 0 «2 34.03 4.95 34.03 25 4.95 34.03 4.93 34.02 50 4.95 34.03 4.46 34.16 75 4.45 34.16 3.79 34.22 100... 3.80 34.22 4.32 1.50... 4.35 34.49 4.47 34.71 200.... 4.45 34.72 4.35 34.86 300.... 4.35 34.86 4.14 34.88 400... 4.05 34.89 3.90 34.91 600... 3.8C 34.92 3.70 34. 92 800... 3.6C 34.92 3.56 34.92 1,000. . 3.45 34.91 3.29 34.90 26.94 26.93 26.93 27.09 27.21 27.36 27.54 27.66 27.71 27.77 27.79 27.79 Station 3083; Mar. 31; latitude 45°21' N., longitude 45°51' W.; depth, 3,438 meters; dynamic height 970.930 meters 0 .5.31 34.05 0 5.31 34.05 26.91 23 5. 31 34. 05 25 5.30 34.05 26.91 46 5.42 34.12 50 5.50 34.15 26.96 5. 70 34.24 75 5.70 34.22 27.00 92 34.11 100.... 3.85 34.13 27.13 138 3.92 34.35 150...- 4.15 34. 45 27.35 184 4.65 34.68 200... 4.60 34.74 27.53 276 4.44 34.87 300.... 4.35 34.89 27.68 325 4.27 34.90 400.... 4.20 34.94 27.74 498. 4.16 34.96 600.... 3.95 34.95 27.77 678. 3. 80 34.94 800.... 3.55 34. 92 27.79 861 3.46 34.91 1,000.. 3.40 34.90 27.79 1,243.... 3.31 34.90 Station 3084; Mar. 31; latitude 45°22' N., longitude 45°06' W.; depth 4,399 meters, dynamic height 970.987 meters 0 10.65 35.11 0. 10.65 35. 11 23 10.62 35.10 25 10.60 35.10 46 10.45 35.07 50 10.40 35.06 68 10.20 35.01 75.... 10.20 35.00 91 10.08 35.00 100 ... 9.95 35.01 137 9.03 35.08 150.... 8.60 35.06 182 7.57 34.94 200... 7.00 34.89 273 5.27 34.77 300- . 5.00 34.80 343 4.72 34.86 400-.. . 4.55 34.89 502 4.26 34.92 600.... 4.05 34.93 651 4.00 34.93 800--.. 3.90 34.95 830 3.90 34.95 1,000. . 3.75 34.94 1,206..-. 3.54 34.92 23.94 26.95 26.94 26.99 27 25 27.35 27.54 27.66 27.74 27.78 27.78 Station 3085; Mar. 31; latitude 44°47' N., longitude 45°02' W.; depth 4,234 meters; dynamic height 970.959 meters 0 5.66 23 .5.65 46 5.65 69 5.04 92 4.8£ 138 4.84 183 5.25 275 4.94 328 5. 28 502 4.25 683 3.99 868 ... 3.72 1,253.... 3.35 33.84 33.85 33.88 34.10 34.30 34.50 34.71 34.85 34.98 34.93 34.95 34.93 34.90 25.... 50.... 75.... 100... 150-.- 200... 300... 400... 600... 800--. 1,000. 5.66 5.65 5.60 5.00 4.85 4.95 5.20 5.05 4.80 4.10 3.80 3.60 33.85 33. 91 34.15 34.34 34.57 34.75 34.93 34.96 34.94 34.94 34.92 26.70 26.71 26.77 27.02 27.19 27.36 27.47 27.63 27.69 27.75 27.78 27.79 58 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 9t)0 Sealed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- Salin- ity Station 3086; Mar. 31; latitude 44°21' N., longitude 45°03' W.; depth 4,115 meters; dynamic height 971.002 meters 140. 279... 316... 478... 642... 815... 1,179. 6.26 33.98 5.97 33.96 5.74 33.97 7.28 34.31 8.46 34.72 6.54 34.58 6.00 34.66 6.13 34.92 5.25 34.85 4.40 34.94 4.06 34.94 3.79 34.94 3.54 34. 925 1,000.. 6.26 5.90 5.85 7.60 8.25 6.35 6.00 5.55 4.70 4.15 3.80 3.65 33.98 33.96 34. 00 34.38 34.71 34.59 34.69 34.87 34.90 34.94 34.94 34.93 26.74 26.77 26.80 26. 86 27.03 27.20 27.33 27.53 27.65 27.74 27.78 27.78 Station 3087; Apr. 1; latitude 44°32' N., longitude 45°47' W.; depth, 3,671 meters, dynamic height, 970.966 0.._. 70... 93... 140- 187.. 280 -. 296.- 451.. 610.. 780.- 1,142 5.41 33.94 0 5.41 33.94 5.40 33.94 25 5.40 33.94 5.39 33.93 50 5.40 33.94 5.41 34.06 75.- — 5.40 34.08 5.13 34.16 100---. 5.05 34.19 4.83 34.42 150..-- 4.95 34.48 5.45 34.68 200.--- 5.35 34.70 4.52 34.77 300-.- 4.70 34.87 4.70 34.87 400...- 4.40 34.92 4.28 34.93 600--.- 3.95 34.92 3.96 34.92 800.--. 3.60 34.91 3.61 34.91 1,000.. 3.45 34.90 3.36 34.90 26.81 26.81 26.81 26.92 27.05 27.29 27.42 27.63 27.70 27.75 27.78 27.78 Station 3088; Apr. 1; latitude 44°43' N., longitude 46°28' W.; depth, 3,557 meters; dynamic height, 970.984 meters 0.... 19... 38... 56... 75.... 113.. 150- 225-- 212- 351.. 702- 1,156 5.02 33.H0| 0- 4 86 33.80[ 25 4.85 33.80, 50 4.75 33.84. 75 5.87 34.12 100...- 6.00 34.41, 150... 5.17 34. 25 200... 5.94 34.82 300.... 5.78 34.81 400..-. 5.10 34.99 600.... 3.95 34.95 800.... 3.49 34.92 1,000-. 5.02 4.85 4.80 5.85 6.00: 5.15 5.60 5.40 4.85 4.20 3.80 3.60 33.80 33.80; 33.82 34.11 34.34 34.25 34.73, 34.92 34.99 34.96 34.94 34. 93 26.75 26.76 26.79 26.89 27.05 27.08 27.41 27.59 27.70 27.76 27.78 27.79 Station 3089; Apr. 1; latitude 44°52' N., longitude 47°04' W.; depth, 3,566 meters; dynamic height, 970.900 meters 0 25.... 50—. 74.... 99-..- 149--. 198 .. 297... 393... 578... 756... 958... 1,379. 4.78 34.02 0 4.78 34.02 4.77 34.02 25 .... 4.77 34.02 4.68 34.02 50 4.68 34.02 2.83 34.05 75 2.85 34.06 4.21 34.45 100...- 4.25 34.46 4.67 34.66 150---- 4.65 34.66 4.55 34.80 200.-.- 4. 55 34.81 4.42 34.91 300-.- 4. 40 34.91 4. 19| 34.94 400--.- 4 15 34. 94 3.95 34.94 600--. 3.90 34.94 3. 69 34. 92 800... 34.92 3.46 34.91 1,000.. 3.45 34.91 3.26 34. 90 26. 95 26. 95 26.96 27.17 27.35 27.47 27.60 27.69 27.74 27.77 27.79 27.79 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Station 3090; Apr. 1; latitude 44°59' N., longitude 47°54' W.; depth, 2,743 meters; dynamic height, 970.915 meters 0 24 48 73 97 145 193 290 367 553 741. 932 1,323.... 4.25 33.85 0 4.25 33.85 4.28 33.87 25 4.30 33.88 4.65 34.02 50 4.65 34.05 4.51 34.22 75 4.50 34.23 4.45 100...- 4.45 34.36 4.42 34.60 150...- 4.45 34.62 5.01 34.84 200...- 4.95 34.85 4.34 34.88 300... . 4.30 34.88 4.10 34.90 400.... 4.05 34.91 3.93 34.92 600-.. 3.90 34.92 3.70 34.92 800-.. 3.60 34.91 3.43 34. 9C 1,000-. 3.40 34. 9C 3.29 34.89 26.86 26.87 26.98 27.14 27.25 27.46 27.58 27.68 27.73 27.76 27.78 27.79 Station 3091; Apr. 2; latitude 44°59' N., longitude 48°26' W.; depth, 1,463 meters; dynamic height, 970,895 meters 0 25-.. 50.... 75-.. 100... 150-.- 201-- 301... 374 -. 564... 756... 951 -. 1,349. 0.22 33.17 0 0.22 33.17 0.25 33.17 25 0.25 33.17 1.63 33. 9C 50 1.63 33.90 2.36 34.35 75 2.36 34.35 2.59 34. 5C 100.--. 2.59 34.50 2.94 34.63 150..-. 2.94 34.63 3.11 34.66 200.-. 3.10 34.66 3.30 34.80 300.--- 3.45 34.80 4.04 34.86 400—- 3.80 34.87 4.00 34.91 600-.- 3.95 34.91 3.74 34.91 800---. 3.70 34.91 3.60 34.91 1,000.. 3.55 34.91 3.37 34.90 26.64 26.64 27.13 27.44 27.54 27.61 27.63 27.70 27.73 27.74 27.77 27.78 Station 3092;" Apr. 2; latitude 44°59' N., longitude 48°55' W.; depth, 686 meters; dynamic height, 971.013 meters 0.-. 26— 51 — 77--- 102-- 153- 205.- 307-- 411.- 623.^ 0.08 33. 00 0 0.08 33.00 0.07 33.02 25 0.05 33.02 -0.24 33.21 50 -0.25 33. 19, 0.50 33.70 75 0. 5(1 33.66 0.97 33.86 100-.. . 0. 90 33.85 1.41 34. 06 150 1.35 34.05 1.94 34. 28 200.-.. 1.85 34.26 2.78 34.55 300---- 2.75 34.54 3.08 34.66 400--- 3. 05 34.64 3.99 34.86 600.--. 3.90 34.84 26.52 26.53 26.68 27.02 27.15 27.28 27.41 27.56 27.61 27.69 Station 3093; Apr. 2; latitude 45°00' N., longitude 49°18' W.; depth 165 to 208 meters: dynamic height 971.097 meters 0 0 68 33.17 0 0 68 33.17 26.61 25 0.66 33.16 25 0.66 33. 16 26.61 50 -- 0.59 33. 16 50 0.59 33.16 26.61 75 0.50 33. 18 75 0.50 33. 18 26.63 101 0.41 33.20 100-..- 0.40 33. 20 26.66 151 0.16 33.28 150.... 0.15 33.28 26.73 Station 3094; Apr. 2; latitude 45°0O' N., longitude 49°37' W.: depth 64 meters, dynamic height 971.084 meters 0.88 0.83 0.77 33.26 33.26 33.26 ?| 33. 261 26. 67 ) 33.26] 26.68 0. 0. 0.751 33.26] 26. 50 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Station 3095; Apr. 2; latitude 44°13' N., longitude 49°22' W.; depth 46 meters; dynamic height 971 .052 meters 0 1..34 33.50 0 1.34 33.50 26. 84 22 - 39 1.35 1.32 33.49 33.50 25 1.35 33.50 26.84 Station 3096 49°08' W.; 971.058 mel ; Apr. 2; latitude 44°09' N., longitude depth 216 meters; dynamic height ers 0 0.70 33.20 0 0.70 33.20 26.64 24 0.67 33.25 25 0.65 33.25 48 0.65 33.29 50 0.65 33.29 26.71 73 0.72 33.30 75 0.75 33.30 26.71 97 0.83 33.33 100- ___ 0.80 33.34 26.74 145 *0. 58 33.58 150--. 0.55 33.62 26.99 (200).- 0.30 34.10 27.38 Station 3 48°56' 971.039 097; Apr. 2; latitude 44°06' N.. longitude W.; depth 640 meters; djTiamic height meters 0 0.39 33. 21 0 0.39 33.21 26.67 25 0.40 33.22 25 0.40 33.22 26. o7 50 0.54 33.25 50 0.54 33.25 26.69 75 0.51 33.26 75 0.51 33.26 26.69 100 0.09 33.58 100-.-- 0.09 33.58 26.97 150 0.56 33.72 150--.. 0.56 33.72 27.07 199 1.04 33.92 200---. 1.05 33.93 27.20 299 2.26 34. 53 300---- 2. .30 .34. 53 27.59 381 3.18 34.66 400 -._ 3.30 34.67 27.62 578 3.74 34.80 (600) . . 3.75 34.81 Station 3098; Apr. 2; latitude 44°04' N., longitude 48°48' W.; depth 1,463 meters; dynamic height 970.946 meters 24... 48... 72... 144.. 191.. 287.. 339-. 512-- 688.. 871 -. 1,250 0.29 33.05 0 0.29 33.05 0.29 33.05 25 0.30 33.05 0.72 33.54 50-- — 0.85 33.60 1.60 34.03 75 1.65 34.04 2.38 34.43 100---- 2.00 34.23 2 68 34. 53 150--.- 2.40 34.44 .3.03 34.63 200--.. 2.70 34.54 3.47 34.72 .300--.. 3.10 34.65 4.12 34.89 400.... 3.80 34.80 3.99 34.92 600.-.. 4.10 34.91 3.79 34,91 800-.. . .3.85 34.91 3.44 34.90 1,000.. 3.65 34.90 27.25 27.37 27.51 27.56 27.62 27.67 27.73 27.75 27.76 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Depth, meters Tern pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 960 Station 3099; Apr. 3; latitude 43°58' N., longitude 48°25' W.; depth 3,209 meters; dynamic height 970.963 meters 0--. 24--. 49.-. 73... 98--- 147.. 195.. 293 . 370.. 558.. 749.. 942.. 1,334 5.44 33.93 5.50 33.94 5.55 33.95 5.55 34.12 5.48 5.64 34.63 5.38 34.77 4.94 34. S8 4.63 34.93 4.14 34.93 3.78 34.92 3.57 34.91 3.32 34.89 5.44 5.50 5.55 5.55 5.50 5.65 5.35 4.90 4.55 4.05 3.70 3.55 33.93 33.94 33.95 34.14 34.34 34. 65 34.77 34.88 34.93 34.93 34.92 34.91 26.80 26.80 26.80 26.95 27.11 27.34 27.48 27.61 27.69 27.74 27.78 27.78 Station 3100; Apr. 3; latitude 43°48' N., longitude 47°46' W.; depth 3,649 meters; dynamic height 970.943 meters. 0 4.51 33.62 0 4.51 33. 62 26.66 25 5.09 33.74 25 5.09 33.74 26.69 51 5.29 33.77 50 5.25 33. 76 26.69 76 2.89 33.94 75 2.90 33.93 27.06 101 3.26 34.24 100.-.. 3.25 34. 23 27.26 152 3.40 34.50 150-.-- 3.40 34. 49 27.46 203 5.40 34.90 200---- 5.35 34. 89 27.56 304 4.52 34.86 300---- 4.50 34. 86 27.64 394 4.54 34.95 400---- 4.55 34. 95 27.71 590 4.03 34. 93 600-..- 4.00 34 93 27.75 786 3.79 34.92 800.--- 3.75 34.92 27.77 986 3.52 34.91 1.000-- .3.50 34 91 27.79 1,390..-. 3.30 34.89 Station 3101; Apr. 3; latitude 43°35' N., longitude 46°58' W.; depth 3,987 meters; dynamic height 971.213 meters 0 13.66 35.80 0 13.66 35. 80 26.90 25 13.66 35.80 25 13.66 35. 8(; 26.90 50 13.65 35.80 50 13.65 35. 8C 26.90 75 13.62 35.80 75 13.62 35. 8(: 26.91 100 13.59 35.78 100---- 13.59 35.78 26.89 150 13.35 35.74 150---. 13.35 35.74 26.91 199 13.31 35.72 200.... 13.30 35. 72 26.91 299 12.27 35.52 300-.-- 12.20 35.52 26.97 393 8.89 35.12 400--. 8.65 35. 1 1 27.28 590 6.0C 35. 06 600..-- 5.90 35. 05 27.63 787 *4 6S 34.98 800..-- 4.60 34. 97 27.72 984 4.07 34.95 1,000.. 4.05 34. 95 27.76 1,381.... 3.57 34. 925 311510—41- 60 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1910— Continued - 34.74 300.... 3.40 34.75 3.43 34.75 400... 3.50 31.78 "' .34. 82 (600).- 3.65 34. S4 26.25 26.61 27.06 27.26 27.38 27.48 27. 54 27. 67 27.68 27.71 Station 3274; June 13: latitude i5°3S' N., longitude 47°57' W.; depth 1,097 meters: dynamic height 970.889 meters 5.41 4.78 3. 03 3.03 3.01 3.20 3.36 3.84 3.79 3.83 3.04 3. 57 33.64 33.68 34.11 34.34 34.52 34.67 34.73 34.85 34.85 34.91 34.90 34.90 0 5.41 25 4.75 50 3.05 75 3.00 100-.- 3.00 150..,. 3.20 200... . 3.35 .300-... 3.85 400.... 3.80 600... 3.8r 800.... 3.6C (1,000) 3.55 33.64 33. t;9 34. 14 34. 35 34.53 34.68 34. 74 31.85 34.86 34.91 34.90 34. 90 26.57 26. 69 27.21 27! 53 27.63 27.66 27.70 27.72 27.76 27.77 27.77 Station 3275; June 13; latitude 45°3r N., longitude 47^48' W.; depth 1,618 meters; dvnamic height 970.948 meters 584... 778... 974.. 1,371- 33.80 33. 82 33.86 34.18 34.48 34.68 34.82 34.90 34.94 34.94 34.94 34.92 34.89 800 ... 1,000.. 8.37 7.93 6.70 3.85 4.90 4.80 4.85 4.50 4.45 4.05 3.80 3. 55 33. ."0 33.82 33.86 34.19 34.49 34.69 34. S3 34. 90 34. 94 34.94 34. 94 34.92 26. 30 26.38 26. 58 27.18 27.30 27.47 27.57 27.07 27.71 27. 75 27.78 27.79 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Station 3276; June 13; latitude 45°20' N., longitude 47^20' W.; depth 2,506 meters; dynamic height 970.954 meters 0 7.83 33.84 0 7.83 33. S4 25 6.26 33.72 25 6.26 33.72 49 6.39 34.33 50 6.4C 34.34 74 6. 39 34.52 75 6.4C 34.53 98 ... 7.94 34.91 100...- 7.9D 34.92 147 7.32 34.93 150.... 7.20 34.93 197 5. 94 34.84 200 ... 5.85 34.84 295 4.31 34.81 300.... 4.30 34.81 373 4.26 34.90 400-..- 4.2c 34.90 562 3.91 34.91 600... 3.85 34.91 752 3.73 34.915 SOO.... 3.65 34.91 944 3.52 34.91 1,000.. 3.5D 34.91 1,331.... "' 34. 90 26.40 26.54 27.00 27.15 27.25 27.35 27.46 27.63 27.71 27.75 27.77 27.79 Station 3,277; June 13; latitude 45°20' N., longitude 46°37' W.; depth 3,155 meters, dynamic height 970.948 meters 0.... 24... 49... 73... 97... 146.- 195.. 292.. 371.. 559.. 748.. 940 -. 1,331 9.32 33.82 0 9.32 ,33,82 7.41 33.78 25 7.35 33.78 5.80 34.05 50 .... 5.75 .34.06 5.36 34.22 75 5. 35 34.23 5.00 34.37 100-.. . 5.00 34.39 4.76 34.55 150-.-. 4.75 34.56 4.60 34.71 200-... 4.60 34.73 4.42 34.87 300.... 4.40 34.87 4.19 34.90 400... 4.10 34.91 3.91 34.92 600..-. 3.85 34.92 3.65 34.92 800---. 3.60 34.92 3.46 34.91 1,000-. 3.45 34.91 3.30 34.89 26.17 26.43 26.86 27.04 27.21 27.38 27.52 27.66 27.73 27.76 27.79 27.79 Station 3278; June 13; latitude 45°20' N., longitude 45°53' W.; depth 3,429 meters; dynamic height 970.942 meters 0--.. 24... 48... 73... 97... 145-. 193.. 290.. 389.. 584.. 779.. 975-. 1,367 8.63 33.77 0 8.63 33.77 6.67 33.72 25 6.65 33.72 5.95 34.02 50 5.80 34.07 4.68 34.29 75 4.65 34.30 4.74 34.48 100.... 4.75 34.50 5.36 34. 74 150.... 5.35 34.74 4.61 34.73 200--.. 4.60 34.74 4.51 34.90 300.... 4.50 34.90 3.96 34.88 400..-. 3.95 34.88 4.07 34.94 600-.-- 4.05 34.94 3.73 34.92 800--.. :i.7U 34.92 3.57 34.91 1,000.- 3.55 34.91 3.35 34.90 26.23 26.48 26.87 27.18 27.33 27.45 27.53 27.67 27.71 27.75 27.78 27.78 Station 3279; June 13 and 14; latitude 45°25' N., longi- tude 45°10' W.; depth 4,097 meters; dynamic height 971.020 meters 0...- 25... 49... 74... 98... 147-. 197.. 295.. 391 -. 586-. 780 -. 975-- 1,366 10.65 33.87 0 10.65 33. 87 8.51 33.94 25 8.51 33,94 9.55 34.42 50 9.45 34.44 7.54 34.54 75 7.50 34.54 6.82 34.55 100.... 6.75 34.55 5.81 34.53 150.... 5.85 34.54 6.20 34.76 200.... 6.20 34.77 5.09 34.81 300.... 5.05 34,81 4.87 34.90 400.... 4.85 34.91 4.23 34.93 600--.. 4.20 34.93 .3.95 34. 935 800... . 3.95 34.94 3,81 34,95 1,000.- 3 80 34.95 3.42 34.91 81 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity %o Station 3280; June 14; latitude 44°56' N., longitude 45°09' W.; depth 4,051 meters; dynamic height 971.051 meters 0 24 48 73 97 145 193 290 333 492 646 820 1,183. ... 10.22 33.90 0 10.22 33.90 8.42 33.94 25 8.40 33.95 11.00 34.71 50 10.90 34.71 9.19 34.64 75 9.10 34.62 6.12 34.24 100... _ 6.05 34.24 5.61 34.43 150_._. 5.70 34. 46 6.91 34.78 200. _. 6.90 34.78 5.07 34.72 300 -. 5.15 34.75 5.71 34.90 400.... 5.25 34.91 4.69 34.92 600...- 4. 55 34.97 4.50 34.98 800.... 4.00 34.94 3.95 34.94 1,000.. 3.70 34.93 3.59 34.92 26.41 26.59 26.83 26.97 27.19 27.28 27.48 27.60 27.73 27.76 27.78 Station 3281; June 14; latitude 44°30' N., longitude 45°08' W.; depth 3,630 meters; dynamic height 971.020 meters 0 25.... 51.... 76.... 101... 151... 202... 303... 477... 1,122... 1,565... 10.59 34.07 0 10.59 34.07 11.03 34. 51 25 11.03 34.51 12.98 35.25 50 12.95 35.24 6.61 34.26 75 6.65 34.26 6. 99 34.53 100... 7.00 34.52 6.65 34.71 150.... 6.65 34.71 5.68 34.68 200.... 5.75 34.68 5.27 34.84 300... 5.30 34.83 4.67 34. 95 400.... 4.90 34.92 4.25 34. 96 600.... 4.35 34. 96 3.82 34. 935 800.... 4.00 34.95 3.63 34.92 1,000.. 3.70 34.92 3. .35 34.90 26.15 26.42 26.61 26.90 27.06 27.26 27.35 27.52 27.65 27. 74 27.77 27.78 Station 3282; June 14; latitude 44°41' N., longitude 45°58' W.; depth 3,603 meters; dynamic height 970.985 meters 0.... 24... 47... 71... 94... 141.. 188.. 282.. 350.. 536.. 730 -. 921.. 1,314 10.16 8.19 7.59 5.36 5.64 4.84 5.03 4.49 4.49 4.19 3.93 3.67 3.38 33. 78 33. 95 33.98 34.16 34.37 34. 46 34. 69 34.81 34.89 34. 93 34.915 34. 905 0 25.... 50.... 75... 100... 150.. 200. _. 300... 400... 600... 800 .. 1,000. 10.16 8.15 7.25 5.40 5.65 4.90 5.00 4.50 4.40 4.10 3.85 3.55 33.78 33. 95 34.00 34.18 34.38 34.49 .34. 71 34.83 34.91 34.93 34.92 34.91 26.00 26. 45 26.62 27.00 27.12 27.30 27.47 27.61 27.69 27.74 27.76 27.78 Station 3283; June 14; latitude 44°4.V N., longitude 46°4r W.; depth 4,545 meters; dynamic heisht 971.009 meters 0... 20.. 41... 61... 82... 122.. 103.. 245.. 193.. 297.. 405 604 1,123 10.21 10.12 8.30 8.83 4.86 4. .55 3.88 4.67 4.21 4.64 4.67 4.11 3.51 33.57 0 10.21 33.61 25 9.75 33.66 50 8.5C 34. 19 75 6.3C 33.92 100 4.75 34.29 150... 4.05 34. 42 200.... 4.25 34.78 300.... 4.65 34.64 400.... 4.65 34.87 600.... 4.1C 34.96 800.... 3.75 1,000.. 3.6C 34.92 33. 57 33.62 33. 79 34.01 34. 06 34.38 34.67 34.88 34.96 34.94 34. 93 34.92 25. 83 25. 94 26.27 26.75 26.98 27.31 27. .52 27.64 27.71 27.75 27.77 27.79 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- Salin- ity %o Station 3284; June 14-15; latitude 44°48' N., longitude 47°26' W.; depth 3,548 meters; dynamic height 970.985 meters 0 8.70 33.88 0 8.70 33.88 26.31 24 8.52 33.89 25 8.5C 33.89 26.34 47 7.44 33.95 50 7.15 33.97 26.61 71 5.63 34.22 75 5.55 34. ?4 27.03 95 5.26 34.32 100.... .5.20 34.34 27.15 141. 5.07 34.51 150.... 5.05 34.55 27.33 188 5.10 34.70 200.... 5.05 34.72 27.47 283 4.47 .34. 81 300... 4.45 34. 82 27.62 391 4.42 34. 90 400... 4.40 34.90 27.68 597 4.13 34. 94 600.... 4.15 34.94 27.74 809 3.85 34. 94 800... 3.85 34.94 27.77 1.022... 3.54 34. 905 1,000-. 3. ,55 .34. 91 27.78 1,460.... 3.37 34.91 Station 3285; June 15; latitude 44°51' N., longitude 47°57' W.; depth 3,228 meters; dynamic height 970.962 meters 0 .... 26.... 51. .. 77 ... 103... 153-.. 205-.. 308... 443.. 666... 890... 1,113 1, 504 6.73 33.57 0 6.73 33.57 7.39 33.79 25 7.40 33.78 6.25 34.38 50 6.35 34.35 5.62 34.43 75 .5.65 34.43 5.77 34. 58 100.... 5.75 34. 56 5.15 34. 66 1.50-.-- 5.20 34. 65 4.61 34.74 200... 4.65 34.73 4.61 34.88 300.... 4.60 34.87 4.33 34.94 400... 4.45 34.93 4.01 34. 925 600... 4. IC 34.93 3.70 34.93 800.... 3.85 34.93 3.41 34. 885 1,000 _ 3.55 34.91 3.28 34. 895 26.35 26.42 27.01 27.16 27.26 27.40 27.52 27.64 27.70 27.74 27.76 27.78 Station 3286; June 15; latitude 44°53' N., longitude 4S°22' W.; depth 1,243 meters; dynamic height 970.935 meters 0 8.58 33.85 0 8.58 33.85 24 8.17 34.02 25 8.10 34.03 47 6.37 34.40 50 6.15 34.40 71 5.22 34.39 75 5.25 34.40 94 5.25 34.48 100.... 5.35 34.51 141 6.29 34.78 150.... 6.00 34.77 188 ... - 4. .58 34. 65 200.... 4.55 34.68 282 4.60 34.88 300.... 4. .55 34. 89 357 4.27 34.92 400.-.. 4.15 34.93 5.53 3.91 34.93 600 -.. 3.85 34.93 760 3.66 34.93 800.... 3.60 34.92 951 3.40 34.90 1,000.. 3.35 34.90 1,142..... 3.-34 34.90 26.30 26.51 27.08 27.19 27.27 27.40 27.49 27.66 27.73 27.76 27.79 27.79 Station 3287; June 15; latitude 44°56' N., longitude 48°58' W.; depth 622 meters; dynamic height 971.018 meters 0... 24-- 48.. 72 . 96 . 144. 192. 288. 365. 584. 3.71 33.02 0 .3.71 33.02 3 02 33.16 25 2.95 33. 17 -0.06 33.41 50 -0.05 33.45 0.31 33.72 75 0.35 33.74 1.11 33.93 100.... 1.2C 33.96 1.66 34.12 1.50... i.7r .34. 13 1.80 34.18 200 ... 1.85 34. 19 2.29 34.38 300 ... 2.35 34.41 2.67 34.52 400 ... 2.85 34.57 3.66 34.82 (600) . . 3.65 34.83 26. 26 26.45 26.88 27.09 27.22 27.31 27.35 27.49 27.58 27.70 82 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Station 3288; June 15; latitude 44°57' N., longitude 49°05' W.; depth 162 meters; dynamic height 971.065 meters 0._. 24.. 48_ 73. 97.. 145 3.fil 32.99 0. Hi 33.11 0.H2 33.33 0. 37 33.45 ().!>■ 33.52 0.33 33.68 0... 25. _ 50... 75... 100.. (150) 3.61 0.70 -0.60 -0.35 -0. 15 0.40 32.99 33.12 33. 35 33.45 33.53 33.69 26.26 26.57 26.82 26.89 26. 95 27.05 Station 3289; June 15; latitude 44°58' N., longitude 49°21' W.; depth 71 meters; dynamic height 971.089 meters 0 3.50 32.77 0 3. 50 32.77 26. 08 25 3.03 32.93 25 3.03 32.93 26.25 51 0.89 32.98 50 ,05 32.98 26.45 Station 3290; June 15; latitude 45°00' N., longitude 49°37' W.; depth 62 meters; dynamic height 971.091 meters 0.. 5.28 32. 85 0 5 28 32.85 25.96 25 3.99 32.84 25 3.99 32.84 26.10 45 1.28 33. 00 (50)... 0.55 33.07 26.54 Station 3291; June 15; latitude 44°16' N., longitude 49°30' W.; depth 52 meters; dynamic height 971.038 meters 5.68 3.58 1.83 32.76 32.80 32.91 0.... 25... (50). 3^05 1.10 32.76 32.83 33.03 25.84 26.18 26.48 Station 3292; June 15; latitude 44°11' N., longitude 49°10' W.; depth 93 meters; dynamic height 971.011 meters 2.75 32.95 0 2.75 32.95 -0.38 33.30 25 -0.38 33.30 -0.40 33.30 50 -0.40 33.30 -0.37 33.40 75... -"' 33.40 26.30 26.77 26.77 26. 85 Station 3293; June 15; latitude 44°09' N., longitude 49°02' W.; depth 320 meters; dynamic height 970.994 meters 0... 25. 49. 74.. 98.. 147 197 3.49 1.79 -0.48 -0.47 0.23 1.54 2.01 2.84 33.00 33.10 33. 34 33.42 33.64 34.08 34.29 34.56 1.79 -0. 50 -0.45 0.35 1.60 2.05 2.85 33.00 26.27 33.10! 26.48 33.35 26.82 33.43 33. 66 34. 10 34.30 34.57 26.88 27.03 27.30 27.43 27.58 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Sealed values Depth, meters I 960 Station 3294; June 16; latitude 44°06.6' N.. longitude 48°54' W.; depth 1,463 meters; dvnamic height 970.943 meters 0 25 50 74 149.".^! 198.... 297.... 379.... 567.... 754.-.. 943.... 1,325.. 4.96 33.08 0 4.96 33.08 4.71 33.32 25 4.71 33.32 3.75 33.73 50 3.75 33.73 1.66 33.92 75 1.65 33.93 1.62 34.16 100.... 1.60 34.17 2.52 34.44 150.... 2.55 34.44 3.05 34.62 200.... 3.05 34.63 3.45 34.75 300. __ 3.45 34.75 3.66 34.83 400... 3.65 34.84 3.75 34.87 600.-.. 3.75 34.89 3.69 34.90 800... 3.70 34.90 3.69 34.90 1,000.. 3.65 34.90 3.61 34.90 26. 18 26.39 26. 82 27. 16 27.36 27.50 27.60 27.66 27.71 27.74 27.76 27.76 Station 3295; June 16; latitude 43°58' N., longitude 48°25' W.; depth 3,100 meters; dynamic height 970.936 meters 26.27 26.35 26.86 27.14 27.29 27.44 27.58 27.67 27.72 27.77 27.78 27.79 0 7.06 33.52 0 7.06 33.52 24 6.76 33.56 25 6.75 33.57 49 4.97 33.92 50 4.95 33.94 73 4.86 34.26 75... 4.85 34.28 97 4.73 34.42 100...- 4.75 34.45 146 4 83 34.65 150.... 4.80 34.65 194 3.59 34. 65 200.... 3.60 34.66 291 4.01 34.83 300.... 4.05 34.84 .373 4.22 34. 905 400.... 4.15 34.91 560 3 88 34.92 600.... 3.80 34.92 747 3.64 34.91 800.... 3.60 34.91 937 3.49 34.90 1,000.- 3.40 34.90 1,322.... 3.29 34. 895 Station 3296; June 16; latitude 43°48' N., longitude 47°46' W.; depth 3,749 meters; dynamic height 971.009 meters 0... 25.. 51.. 76. . 102. 152- 202. 304. 377. 565. 753.. 944. l,32i 9.72 33.24 0 9.72 33.24 9.34 33.43 25 9.34 33. 43 4.40 33. 58 50 4.60 33.57 3.50 33.93 75 3.55 33.92 3.35 34.11 100.... 3.35 34.09 3.69 34.38 150.... 3.65 34.37 4.74 34.67 200.-.. 4.70 34. 65 4. 89 34.88 300.... 4.90 34.87 4.74 34.93 400... 4.65 34.93 4.28 34.94 600.... 4.20 34.94 4.01 34. 955 800...- 3.95 34.95 3.71 34.93 1,000.- 3.65 34.92 3.48 34. 91 25.65 25.86 27.14 27.34 27.45 27.61 27.68 27.74 27.77 27.78 Station 3297; June 16; latitude 43°36' N., longitude 46°58' W.; depth 3,905 meters; dynamic height 971.044 meters 0... 25... 50... 75... 100.. 150.. 200 300 . 380.. 574 _. 772 . 970.. 1,375 10.41 33.33 0 10.41 .33. 33 9.16 33.27 25 9.16 33.27 3.49 .33. 44 50 3.49 33. 44 2.33 33. 58 75 2.33 33.58 4.95 34.23 100- . - 4.95 34.23 4.90 34.46 150.... 4.90 34.46 5.06 34. 57 200---- 5.06 34. 57 5.06 34.83 300-.-- 5.06 34.83 4.78 34. 89 400-.-- 4.70 .34.90 4.32 34.94 600.... 4.25 34.94 .3.83 34. 925 800.... 3.80 34.92 3.65 34.91 1,000.. 3.60 34.91 3.36 34. 895 25.60 25.76 26.62 26.83 27.09 27.28 27.35 27.55 27.65 27.73 27.77 27.78 8:3 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IX 1940-C on tinned Observed values Depth, Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity %o Scaled values Depth, meters Station 3298; June 16; latitude 43°23' N., longitude 46°11' AV.; depth 4,335 meters; dynamic height 971.140 meters 0 26 51 77 103 153 205. 308 330 497 666 851 1,243.... 11.07 7.41 5.47 6.24 8.20 7.04 6.24 5.77 7.44 5.66 4.79 4.25 3.85 33.15 33.17 33.60 34.19 34.70 34. 56 34.49 34.74 35.00 34." 95" 34.95 34.94 11.07 33.15 7.45 33.17 5.45 33.57 6.20 34.17 8.15 34.66 7.10 34.57 6.30 34.49 a. 55 34.82 6.25 34.94 5.05 34.95 4.35 34.95 4.05 34.95 25.35 25.94 26.52 26.90 27.00 27.09 27.13 27.36 27.49 27.65 27.73 27.76 Station 3299; June 17; latitude 43°10' N., longitude 45°22' W.; depth 3,859 meters; dynamic height 971.114 meters 0 24 49 73 97 145... . 194_..- 29I._.. 315.... 478.... 637.... 813.... 1,181.. 11.17 33.09 0 11.17 33.09 9.30 33.32 25 9. 25 33.34 8.75 33.70 50 8. 30 33.68 2.54 33.40 75 2.60 33.41 2 88 33. 69 100.. _ 3. 10 33.75 5.05 34.24 150.... 5.20 34.27 5.67 34.52 200.-.. 5. 65 34. 53 4.75 34.66 300.... 4.60 34.66 4.44 34.67 400.... 4. 25 34.76 4.38 34.85 600.... 4.50 34.90 4.42 4.12 34.91 800.... 4.15 34.94 34.94 1,000. _ 3. 85 34.93 3.68 34. 925 25. 29 25.80 26.21 26. 90 27.10 27.24 27.47 27.59 27.67 27.74 27.76 Station 3300; June 17; latitude 42°44' N., longitude 45°49' W.; depth 4,536 meters; dynamic height 971.410 meters 249.... 380.... 500.... 656...- 18.66 30.10 0 18.66 36.10 18.66 36.11 25 18.64 36.12 17.69 36.41 50 17.40 36.39 16.97 36.31 75 16.90 36.33 16.89 36.36 100.... 16.75 36.34 16.38 36.28 1.50.... 16.25 36.26 16.06 36.22 200... 15. 55 36.12 14.14 35. 83 300... 13.65 35.72 14.41 35. 89 400.... 11.70 35.43 12.10 35.48 600.... 7.50 35.03 9.61 35.21 800... 5.15 34.97 6.49 34.97 (1,000). 4.45 34.97 4.52 34.97 25.97 25. 98 26.50 26.58 26.62 26.67 26.73 26.84 27.00 27.39 27.66 27.74 Station 3301; June 17; latitude 42°17' N., longitude 46°19' W.; depth 4,500 meters; djTiamic height 971.432 meters 0 25.... 51.... 76.... 100... 151... 202... 302... 482... 728... 1,002. 1,266. 1,809. 19. 56 36.11 0 19.56 36.11 19.46 36.10 25 19.46 36.10 18.05 36.37 50 18.05 36.37 17.77 36.40 75 17.80 36.40 16. 86 36.31 100... 16.85 36.31 16. .30 36.25 150.... 16.35 .36. 25 15.09 36.00 200.... 15.15 36.02 13.10 35.64 300... 13.20 35.65 10.11 35.27 400--.. 11.50 35.41 5.85 35.00 600.... 8.05 35.10 35.01 800.... 5.35 35.00 3.99 34.95 1,000-- 4.70 35.01 3.50 34.94 25. 75 25.77 26.33 26.42 26. 57 26.64 26.74 26.87 27.02 27.36 27.65 27.74 Observed values Depth, meters Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, Tem pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Station 3302; June 17; latitude 42°37' N., longitude 47°01' W.; depth 3,850 meters; dynamic height 971.157 meters 0 29 ..- 58-.-- 86.... 114... 172... 230--. 344-- 470... 708... 9.36-.- 1,184. 1,659- 15.75 35.19 0 15.75 35.19 14.80 35. 46 25 14.90 35. 44 13. 60 35.53 50 13.85 35.52 12.41 35.36 75 12.85 35.43 11.35 35.19 100 11.80 35.27 11.21 35.36 150 11.30 35.29 9.70 35.12 200 10.55 35.24 7.70 35.00 300 8.40 35.03 6.01 34.96 400 6.95 34.98 4.43 34.94 600 4.95 34.95 4.06 34. 955 800 4.25 34.95 3.72 34. 925 1,000-- 3.95 34.95 3.31 34.90 25.97 26.35 26.64 26.77 26.86 26.96 27.06 27.25 27.43 27.66 27.74 27.77 Station 3303; June 18; latitude 42°54' N., longitude 47°43' W.; depth 3,402 meters; dynamic height 970.969 meters 0 24--. 48-., 72.... 96.... 144... 192-_ 288... 393-.. 605-. 818--. 1,031 1, 403 10.14 33.19 0 10.14 33.19 8.02 33.34 25 7.9C 33.36 3.98 33.86 50 3. 7C 33.89 3.00 34.02 75 3.05 34.04 4.14 34.40 100.... 4. 4(] 34.46 5.50 34.73 150.... 5.50 34.74 4.90 34.76 200..-- 4.9C 34.77 4 89 34.89 300---- 4.90 34.91 4.92 35.00 400.--- 4.90 35. 00 3.88 34.91 600-..- 3.90 34.91 3.82 34. 935 800---- 3.85 34.93 3.58 34. 915 1,000 - 3.60 34.92 3.31 34.90 25.54 26.01 26.95 27.13 27.34 27.43 27.53 27.64 27.71 27.75 27.76 27.79 Station 3304; June 18; latitude 43°12' N., longitude 48°25' W.; depth 2,770 meters; dynamic height 970.963 meters 0 26 --. 52-.- 78 --- 104... 157... 209... 313... 444.-. 667.... 889.... 1,110. 1, 553. 9.49 33.56 0 9,49 33.56 7.98 33.62 25.... 8.00 33.62 7.07 33.94 50.... 7.20 33.91 3 88 34.15 75 3.90 34.13 4.36 34.43 100.— 4.25 34.39 4.93 34.71 150.... 4.90 34.69 4.96 34.83 200.... 4.95 34.82 4.72 34.92 300..-- 4.75 34.92 4. 15 34.91 400--- 4.30 34.91 3.85 34.93 600-... 3.90 34.93 3.70 34.92 800 ... 3.75 34.92 3.46 34.90 1,000-- 3.55 .34.91: 3.29 34. 895 1 25.93 26.22 26.55 27.12 27.29 27.46 27.56 27.66 27.70 27.76 27.77 27.78 Station 3305; June 18; latitude 43°24' N., longitude 49°05' W.; depth 1,463 meters; dynamic height 970.9,59 meters 0 ---- 24-.-- 49.... 73... 98-- 146... 194 _. 292... 331 -. 496... 658... 837--. 1, 212. 4.80 33.14 0 -- 4.80 33.14 33.38 25 --- 2.45 33.39 -0.17 33.46 50 .-- -0.15 33.47 0.23 33.62 75 -- 0.30 33.64 0.83 33.87 100 --- 0.95 33.90 1.81 34. 23 l.W --- 1.85 34.26 2.61 34.48 200 -.- 2.70 34.50 3.40 34.74 3(X1 ... 3,40 34.74 3.49 34.76 4(H) .-. 3. .55 34.79 3.74 34.84 m) ... 3.85 34.88 3.86 34.89 8(H) - - 3.75 34.91 3.76 34.91 1,01 0-- 3.70 34.91 3.62 34. 895 26.25 26.67 26.91 27.01 27.18 27.41 27.53 27.66 27.68 27.72 27.76 27.77 84 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem. pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity %Q Station 3306; June 18; latitude 43°28' N., longitude 49°19' W.; depth 567 meters; dynamic height 971.065 meters 47- 70- 94., 140. 186. 280. 349. 449. 4.36 32.94 0 4.36 32.94 3.00 33. 02 25 2.85 33.03 0.06 33.26 50 -0.10 33.27 -0.39 33.32 75 -0.35 33.34 -0.28 33.45 100.... -0.25 33.48 0.19 33.65 150.... 0.25 33.68 0.63 33.76 200.... 0.80 33.80 1.57 34.10 300.... 1.90 34.22 2.93 34.58 400.... 3.25 34.69 »■" 34.75 26.13 26.35 26.73 27.05 27.11 27.38 27.03 Station 3307; June 18; latitude 43°30' N., longitude 49°25' W.; depth 188 meters; dynamic height 971.074 meters 0 5. 23 2.01 45 0.20 68 -0.35 90 -0.20 135 0.28 153 0.56 32.74 0 25.... 33.12 50 33.29 75 .... 33.37 100... 33.58 150... 33.69 5.26 1.85 -0.05 -0.35 -0.15 0.50 32.74 32.94 33.16 33.32 33.41 33.67 25.88 26.36 26.64 26.78 26. 86 27.03 Station 3308; June 18; latitude 43°32' N., longitude 49°31' W.; depth 88 meters; dynamic height 971.086 meters 0. 24 49 6.52 2.92 1.04 0.14 32.76 32. 85 32.97 33.12 0.... 25. __ 50... (75). 6.52 2.85 0.95 -0.10 32.76 25.74 32. 86 1 26.21 32.98 26.45 33.22 26.69 Station 3309; June 25; latitude 53°41.5' N., longitude 55°48' W.; depth 112 meters; dynamic height 1,937.590 meters 0 4.46 28.38' 0 4 46 28.38 24 -1.21 32.00 25 -1 ?5 32.03 48 -1.67 32.56 50 ... -1.65 32.59 71 -1.72 32.76 75 -1.70 32.77 95. -1.72 32.79 100... -1.70 32.79 22.52 25.78 26.24 26.39 26,40 Station 3310; June 25; latitude 53°51' N., longitude 55°31' W.; depth 197 meters; dynamic height 1,937.551 meters 0.. 24. 47. 71. 94. 141 174 3.47 29.46 -0.34 31.92 -0. 84i 32.84 -0.84 1 33.02 -1.34 33.14 -1.05 33.42 -0.51 33.55 25. 50 75. 100 150 3.47 -0.35 -0.85 29.46 31.98 32.87 -0.901 33.04 -1.35 33.17 23.46 25.70 26.44 26.58 26.70 26.93 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- Salin- ity Station 3311; June 25; latitude 53''53' N., longitude 55°26' W.; depth 166 meters; dynamic height 1,937.554 meters 0... 24. 47.. 71. 95 142 4.06 -0.01 -0.57 -1,25 -1.20 31.76 32.75 33.10 33.21 33.52 0 25 50 75 100.... 150.... 4.06 -0.05 -0.70 -1.25 -1.15 -0.50 31.82 32.82 33.12 33.23 33.56 23.00 25.56 26.40 26.66 26.74 26.99 Station 3312; June 25; latitude 54°05' N., longitude 55°04' W.; depth 168 meters; dynamic height 1.937.515 meters 0 2.59 30.75 0 2.59 30.75 26 0.99 32.41 25 1.00 32.36 51.. -1.47 33.01 50 -1.45 33.00 77 -1.39 33.18 75 -1.40 33.17 102 -1.18 33.34 100... -1.20 33.32 152 0.09 33.79 150 -0.05 33. 75 24.56 25.95 26.57 26.70 26.82 27.12 Station 3313; June 25; latitude 54°19' N., longitude 54°41' W.; depth 181 meters; dynamic height 1,937.509] 0.. 25 49 74 1.41 0.41 -1.57 -1.45 -1.08 -0.27 0.57 31.48 32.48 32.94 33.11 33.32 33.62 33.85 25. sq. 75. 100 150 1.41 0.41 -1.55 -1.45 -1.05 -0.15 31.48 32.48 32.95 33.11 33.33 25.22 26.08 26.53 Station 3314; June 25; latitude 54°30' N., longitude 54°22' W.; depth 218 meters; dynamic height 1,937.506 meters 0... 25. 49. 74.. 147' 196 1.36 1.23 -1.43 -1.46 -1.31 0.20 2.76 31.57 32.40 32.98 33.15 33.26 33.70 34.45 1 1.23 -1.45 -1.45 -1.30 0.35 2.85 31.57 32.40 32.99 33.15 33.28 33.75 34.49 25.30 25.97 26.56 26.68 26.78 27.10 27.51 Station 3315; June 25; latitude 54°43' N., longitude 53°46' W.; depth 328 meters; dynamic height 1,937.418 meters 0... 24... 47... 71... 94... 141.. 189.. 283.. 0.27 1.23 1.37 31.28 33. 60 33.90 34.00 34.19 34.40 3.401 34.60 3.93 34.73 0... 25... 50... 75 _. 100.. 150.. 200.. 300 . 0.27 1.25 1.35 1.20 2.15 2.95 3.45 31 33.62 33.91 34.02 34.21 34.43 34.63 34.74 25.13 26.94 27.17 27 27 27.35 27.45 27.56 27.60 85 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity 96o Station 3316; June 25; latitude 54°52' N., longitude 53°33' W.; depth 640 meters; dynamic height 1,937.372 meters 0 1.93 32.66 0 1.93 32.66 26.12 24 1.10 33.96 25 1.10 33.99 27.25 48 2.62 34.32 50 2.70 34.34 27.40 72 3.21 34.48 75 3.25 34.49 27.47 96 3.47 34.56 100 -_. 3.50 34.57 27.52 144 3.79 34.65 150. _.. 3.80 34.66 27.56 192 34.70 200. _. 3.95 34.71 27.58 288 4.28 34.80 300. _.. 4.30 34.81 27.63 369 4.31 34.83 400.... 4.30 34.84 27.65 496. 4.13 34.87 (600) . . ..5 34.89 27.72 Station 3317; June 26; latitude 55°09' N., longitude 53°01' W.; depth 1,604 meters; dynamic height 1,937.300 meters 0 5.48 34.65 0 .,,« 34.65 27. .36 24 5.46 34.65 25 5.45 34.65 27.36 47 4.99 34.73 50 5.nc 34.74 27.49 71 34.76 75 4.80 34.76 27.53 94 4.14 34.77 100... 4.05 34.78 27. 62 141 3.77 34.83 150.... 3. 75 34.83 27.69 188 3.70 34.84 200.... 3.65 34.84 27.71 282 3.65 34.86 300... 3.7C 34.87 27.74 341 3.84 34.89 400.-.. 3.85 34. 9C 27.74 522 3.75 34. 905 600... 3.60 34. 8S 27.76 686 3.50 34.88 800... 3.45 34.89 27.77 895 3.46 34.89 1,000.. 3.40 34.89 27.78 1,377. ... 3.30 34.89 (1,500) 3.30 34.89 27.79 Station 3318; Juno 26; latitude 55° 12' N., longitude 52° 53' W.- depth 1,987 meters; dynamic height 1,937.304 meters 0 5.54 34. 64 0 5.54 34.64 27.34 26 5.27 34.66 25.-... 5.25 34.66 27.40 51. 4.81 34.70 50 4.85 34.70 27.48 77 4. IS 34.77 75 4.15 34.77 27.61 102 3.9(: 34.80 100... 3.90 34.80 27.66 154 3.94 34.86 150.... 3.95 34.85 27. 69 205 3.94 34. 88 200... . 3.95 31 8S 27.71 307 3.97 34.90 300..-. 3.95 34. 9f 27.73 365 3.95 34.91 400..-. 3.90 34. 91 27.75 665 3.73 34. 895 600-... 3.70 34. 8t 27. 75 731 3.54 34.89 800.-.- 3.50 34. 8£ 27.77 950 3.47 34.89 1,000.. 3.45 34. 8£ 27.77 1,442.... 3.24 34.88 1,500.. 3. 25 34.88 27. 78 1,740.... 3.27 34. 905 Station 3319; June 2iy, latitude 55°23' N., longitude 52°33' VV.; depth 2,757 meters; dynamic height 1 ,937.291 meters 0 5.24 34.71 0 5.24 34.71 27.44 24 5.21 34.73 25 5.20 34. 73 27. 45 48 4.64 34.82 50 4.65 34.82 27.60 72 4.48 34.84 75 4.45 34.84 27.63 96 4.29 34.86 100-... 4.25 34. 86 27. 07 143 4. !8 34.88 150.--. 4.15 34.88 27.69 190 4.12 34.87 200..- 4.10 34. 87 27.70 286 4.07 34. 905 300.-.- 4.05 34. 90 27.72 366 4. 05 34. 905 400 --. 4.05 34.91 27.73 564 3.P7 34.92 600... 3.95 34.92 27. Ir, 701 3. 83 54. 915 800.... 3.70 34.90 27.76 893 3. 56 34. 895 1,000.. 3. 45 34.89 27.77 1,308.... 3 23 34. 88 1,500.. 3.20 34. 8g 27.80 1,903..-- 3.08 34.915 2,000.. 3.00 34.91 27.84 2,398.-.. 2. 63 24.91 2,500.. 2.65 34.91 27.87 2,549. . - 2. 64 34.91 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin ity %o Station 3320; June 20; latitude 55°42' N., longitude 52°00' W.: depth 3,159 metpr.=^; dynamic height 1,037.310 meters 0 5.96 34.59 0 5 96 34. 59 27.25 28 -. 5.50 34.60 25 c. 60 34. 60 27. 31 54 4.85 34.68 50 5. 0(1 34.66 27.43 82 4.11 34.76 75 4.35 34.74 27.56 108 3.01 34.70 100-.-. 3. 75 34.76 27.64 164 3.59 34.82 1 150---- 3. 55 34.80 27. 69 218 3.53 34.84 1 200-... 3. .'■-5 34.84 27.72 320 3.47 34.84 300..-. 3.45 3184 27.73 420 3.59 34.88 400.--. 3. 55 34.87 27.75 636 3.50 34.88 600...- 3.50 34.88 27.76 857 3.49 34.89 800...- 3. 5(1 3189 27.77 1,075..-. 3 31 34.88 1,000-- 3.35 34. 88 27.77 1,629--.- 3.25 34. 885 11,500.- 3. 25 3188 27.78 1,971-.-- 3.22 34.91 2,000.. 3.25 3191 27.81 2.480--.. 2.84 31.915 2,500.. 2. S(l 3191 27. 85 2,969--.. 2.00 34. 895 3,000. - 2,00 3190 27.91 3,075.-.- ,.» 34.90 Station 3321; June 20; latitude 56°02' N., longitude 51° 15' W.; depth 3,556 meters; dynamic height 1 ,937.324 meters 0 25-... 50--.- 76.-.. 101--- 150... 200... 301... 429... 607--- 800... 1,004. 1,516. 1,987- 2.476- 2,966. 3,464. 6.16 3153 0 6.16 3153 5.62 34. 56 25 5.62 3156 5. 31 3162 50 5.31 3162 103 3164 75 105 3164 3.84 3168 100-... 3.85 31 68 3. ,57 3172 150.... 3. ,57 3172 3. 5(1 3176 200.... 3.50 3176 3.76 .34. 85 300...- 3.75 3185 34.88 400... 3.70 3187 3. 60 3189 fiOO.... 3.60 3189 3. 39 34. 875 800.... 3.39 34.88 3. 39 34. 885 1,000-. 3.40 34.89 3.28 3188 1,500.. 3.30 3188 3. 24 3191 2,000-. 3.25 34.91 3. 01 3192 2,500-. 3.00 34.92 2. 64 31915 3.000.- 2.60 .34. 91 - 1.76 3189 (3,500). 1.70 3189 27.18 27.28 27.36 27.51 27.56 27.63 27.67 27.71 27.74 27.76 27.77 27.78 27.78 27.81 27.85 27.87 27.92 Station 3322; June 27; latitude 56°38' N., longitude 50°11' W.; depth 3,684 meters; dynamic height 1937.332 meters 298-. 440... 623 .. 820--- 1,028 1,538 1,974 2,473 2,949- 3,441- 3,585. 6.00 .3163 0 6.00 3163 5.79 34. 03 25 5.79 3163 5.16 3165 50 5.16 3165 122 34. 65 75 .... 122 34. 65 3.84 3166 100.... 3.84 3166 3.64 3168 150 ... 3.60 34.68 3.23 3172 200.. . 3.25 34. 72 3183 300 . . 3. 65 3183 3.71 34. 875 400 ... 3.70 3187 3.51 3187 600 ... 3.55 3187 3.38 3187 800 ... 3.35 3187 3.35 3188 1.000.- 3.35 3188 3.27 3188 1,.500.. 3.25 34.88 3.29 34. 895 2,000 . 3.30 3190 3.14 3191 2,500-- 3.10 34.91 2.86 3191 3,000.. 2.80 3191 2.00 3188 3,500.. 1.85 3189 168 3190 1 27.28 27.30 27.40 27. 50 27.56 27.59 27. 66 27.70 27.74 27.75 27.77 27.77 27.78 27.80 27.83 27.85 27.91 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Cootinued Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture Salin- ity 96o Station 3323; June 27; latitude 57°13' N., longitude 49°05' W.; depth 3,655 meters; dynamic height 1937.299 meters 0 6.16 ,4.7, 0 6.16 34.78 27. 38 25 6.02 34.78 25 6.02 34.78 27.40 51.. 5. 01 34.82 50 5.10 34.82 27.54 76 3.74 34.78 75 3.80 34.78 27.65 101 3. 5iJ 34.80 100-.-. 3.55 34.80 27. 69 151 3. S(l 34. 85 150--.. 3.80 34.85 27.71 202 3.67 34.85 200--.. 3.65 34.85 27.72 303 3. 57 34.86 300-.. . 3.55 34.86 27.74 437 3.44 34.85 400--.- 3.50 34.85 27.74 613 3.40 34.87 600 . - - 3.40 34.87 27.77 815 3. 37 34.88 800---- . 3. 35 34.88 27.77 1,024-..- 3.30 34.88 1,000-. 3. .30 34.88 27.78 1,539-.-. 3.24 34.87 1,500-. 3.25 34.87 27.78 2,044--.- 3.27 34. 885 2,000-- 3.25 34.88 27.78 2,506--.. :h. 14 34. 915 2,500-- 3.15 34.91 27.82 3,017--.. 2.77 34.92 3,000-. 2 80 34.92 27.86 3,517-.-. 1.K4 34. 895 3,500-- 1.85 34.90 27.92 3,613--.- 1.74 34. 885 Station 3324; June 27-28; latitude 57°46' N., longitude 47°55' W.; depth 3,547 meters; dynamic height 1937.312 meters 0 26.... 51-..- 77-..- 102--- 152... 203... 305... 441.- 619- . 821- - 1,030 1,543- 1,988- 2,473- 2,958- 3,440- 6.06 34.82 0 6.06 34.82 6.00 34.82 25 6.00 34.82 5.06 34.82 60 5.10 34.82 4.45 34.89 75 4.45 34. 89 4.57 34.91 100---. 4.55 34.91 4.52 34.94 150---- 4.50 34.94 4.28 34.92 200---. 4.25 34.92 4.07 34.91 300-..- 4.05 34. 91 *3.90 34. 895 400-..- 3.95 34.90 3.71 34.89 600--.- 3.75 34.89 3.50 34.88 800---- 3.50 34.88 3.37 34. 885 1,000-- 3. 35 34.88 3.24 34.88 1,500-- 3.25 34.88 3.30 34.91 2,000- - 3.30 34.91 3.05 34.92 2,500 - - 3.00 34.92 2.64 34.92 3,000. - 2.60 34.92 1.70 34.915 (3,.500) . 1.60 34.91 27.43 27.43 27.54 27.67 27^70 27.72 27.73 27.73 27.74 27.76 27.77 27.77 27.81 27. 85 27.88 27.95 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. ity %o Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Station 3325; June 28; latitude 58° 19' N., longitude 46°46' W.; depth 3,162 meters; dynamic height 1937.320 meters 0 6.02 34.50 0 --- 6.02 34.50 27.17 26 5.56 34.67 25 -.. 5.55 34.67 27.37 51 4.87 34.81 50. ... 4.85 34.81 27.56 77 4.98 34.94 75. --- 5.00 34.94 27.65 102 5. 15 34.99 100 --. 5.15 34.99 27.67 152 5.16 35.00 150 --- 5.15 35. 00 27.68 203 5.02 34. 985 200 --- 5.05 34.99 27.68 305 4 73 34.96 300 -_- 4.75 34.96 27.69 437 4.27 34. 93 4(H) _-. 4.40 34.94 27.71 616 4.02 34. 925 600 -.- 4.05 34.93 27.74 818 3.72 34.92 800 -.. 3.75 34.92 27.77 1,031...- 3.54 34. 90 1,000.- 3.55 34.90 27.77 1,549---- 3.32 34.90 1,500.- 3.35 34. 90 27.79 1.963-.-- 3.25 34. 925 2,000-- 3.25 34.92 27.82 2,481- -- 2.81 34. 925 2,500-- 2.75 34.92 27.87 2,966--.. 1.91 34.91 3,000- 1.85 34.91 27.93 3,072...- 1.69 34.91 1 Station 3326; June 28; latitude 58°49' N., longitude 45°43' W.; depth 2,613 meters; dynamic height 1,937.284 meters 0 24..-. 49...- 73-... 97-... 145-.. 194... 291... 407... 574... 770— 971-- 1,474- 2^523' 6.45 34.80 0 6.45 34.80 5.95 34.76 25 5.95 34.76 5.77 34.76 50 6.75 34.76 5.38 34.79 75 5.35 34. 7S 4.73 34.88 100--.- 4.70 34. 8S 4.64 34.92 150-..- 4.65 34.92 4.66 34.94 200---- 4.65 34.94 4.23 34.91 300.-.- 4.20 34.91 4.10 34. 925 400--.- 4.10 34.92 3.86 34.915 600.-.- 3.80 34.91 3.65 34.91 800-..- 3.60 34.91 3.48 34.91 1,000-- 3.45 34.91 3.36 34.92 1,500- - 3.35 34.92 3.01 34.92 2,000.. 3.00 34.92 2.30 34.92 2,500. - 2.35 34.92 27.36 27.39 27.42 27.49 27.64 27.68 27.69 27.72 27.74 27.76 27.78 27.79 27.81 27.86 27.90 87 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1940— Continued Observed values Scaled values Observed values Scaled values Depth, Tem- pera- Salin- Depth, Tem- pera- Salin- ity Depth, Tem- pera- Salin- z Depth, Tem- pera- Salin- ity 96o meters ture °C. meters ture °C. meters ture °C. meters ture °C. Station 3327; June 28; latitude 59°07' N., longitude Station 3329; June 29; latitude 59°25' N., longitude 45°02' W.; depth 2,533 meters; dynamic height 44°20' W.; depth 2,105 meters, dynamic height 1,937.314 meters 1,937.374 meters 0 3.27 5 61 32.81 34.61 0 25 3.27 5.60 32.81 34.54 26.14 27.26 0....... 26 -0.42 4.99 30.81 34.24 0 25 -0.42 4.95 30.81 34.10 24.76 26... 26.99 51 ... 5.48 34.82 50 5.50 34.82 27.50 51 5.61 34.74 50 5.60 34.71 27.40 4.94 4.57 34.84 34.87 75 100.. __ 5.00 4.60 34.84 34.87 27.57 27.64 77 .. 103 5.70 5.72 34.93 34. 965 75 100... 5.70 5.70 34.92 34.96 27.55 103__- 27.58 153... 4. 98 34. 965 150.... 4.95 34.96 27.67 153 5.63 35.03 150..-. 5.65 35.03 27.64 205... 4.75 4.56 34. 955 34.95 200.... 300... 4.75 4.55 34.96 34.95 27.69 27.71 204 307 5.50 5.26 35. 02 35.015 200.... 300.... 5.50 5.25 35.02 35.01 27.65 308... 27.68 446-_. 4.09 34.92 400... 4.20 34.93 27.73 403 5.03 34.99 400.... 5.05 34.99 27.68 626- _ 4.01 34.94 600... 4.05 34.94 27.75 608 4.54 34. 955 600.... 4.55 34.96 27.72 820 3.63 34.91 800.... 3.65 34.91 27.77 811 4.15 34.94 800-... 4.15 34.94 27.74 1,032. ... 3.45 34.91 1,000.. 3.45 34.91 27.79 1,184.... 3.60 34.925 1,000... 3.85 34.93 27.76 1,539.... 3.34 34.91 1,500.. 3.35 34.91 27.80 1,569.... 3.32 34.92 1,500.. 3.35 34.92 27.81 1,980..-. 3.06 34.93 2,000. . 3.05 34.93 27.84 1,909.... 2 95 34.92 (2,000) 2.85 34.92 27.86 2,440.... 2.46 34.91 (2,500) 2.35 34.91 27.89 Station 3328; June 29; latitude 59°20' N., longitude 44°35' W.; depth 2,276 meters; dynamic height 1,937.360 meters 0 -0.92 30.97 0 -0.92 30.97 24.91 26 5.11 5.72 34.48 34.81 25 50 5.05 5.75 34.34 34.80 27.16 27.45 51 77.. 5.70 5.83 34.94 34.99 75 100.... 5.70 5.80 34.93 34.99 27.55 27.59 102 152 5.64 35.00 150.... 5.65 35.00 27.62 203 5.28 35.00 200.... 5.25 35. OC 27.67 305 5.U 35.01 300.... 5.2C 35.01 27.68 384 4.8C 34. 965 400.... 4.75 34.96 27.69 578 4.3^ 34.95 600.... 4.3C 34.95 27.73 772 3.96 34.93 800.... 3.9C 34 93 27.76 1,021.... 3.57 34.91 1,000.. 3.60 34.91 27.78 1,399.... 3.37 34.91 1,500. - 3.35 34.91 27.80 1,840.... 3.22 34. 925 2,000.. 3.05 34.92 27.84 2,123.... 2.83 34.91 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED BY THE "NORTHLAND" IN 1940 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Station 3330; Sept. 14: latitude 71°48' N., longitude 72°53'W.; depth 333 meters; dynamic height 1,454.978 meters 0 2.34 30.52 0 2.34 30. 52 24.39 24 2.39 31.13 25 2.38 31.18 24.91 50 0.02 32.33 50 0.02 32. 33 25.98 76 -0.79 32.51 75 -0.79 32.51 26.15 101- -1.28 32.64 100-.. . -1.28 32.64 26.27 139 -1.41 33.04 150.... -1.45 33.15 26.68 187 -1.53 33.41 200.... -1.55 33. 48 26.96 284 -1.58 33.83 300.... -1.50 33. 88 27.28 333 -1.27 33.96 Station 3331; Sept. 14; latitude 71°55' N., longitude 72°22'W.; depth 683 meters; dynamic height 1,454.958 meters 0... 24.. 48.. 72.. 96.. 144 200 300 402 602 653 2.29 31.03 0 2.29 31.03 2.26 31.05 25 2.25 31.05 -0.11 32.20 50 -0.15 32.21 -1.08 32.42 75 -1.10 32.44 -1.11 32.70 100.-.. -1.15 32.74 -1.45 33.26 150.... -1.50 33.30 -1.71 33.57 200.... -1.71 33. 57 -1.60 33.85 300.... -1.60 33. 85 -0.27 34.13 400.... -0.30 34.13 0.36 34.41 600.-.. 0.35 34.41 "■» 34.41 24.80 24.82 25.88 26.11 26.35 26.81 27.04 27.26 27.43 27.63 Station 3332; Sept. 14; latitude 72°04' N., longitude 72°00'W.; depth 803 meters; dynamic height 1,454.904 meters 0-. 22-. 44. 66- 88., 132 183 251 320 463 652 2.02 31.18 0 2.02 31.18 2.03 31.29 25 2.00 31.32 -0.06 32.28 50 -0.45 32.38 -1.00 32.54 75 -1.15 32.62 -1.28 32.74 100..-. -1.30 32.85 -1.40 33.15 150.,.. -1.50 33.31 -1.65 33. 57 200.... -1.65 33. 65 -1.60 33.84 300.... -1.30 33.97 -1.14 34.02 400.... -0.35 34.21 0.24 34.34 600.... 0.35 34.50 0.36 34.54 24.94 25.06 26.04 26.25 26.44 26.82 27.10 27.35 27.50 27.70 Station 3333; Sept. 14-15; latitude 72°14' N., longitude 71°17'W.; depth 1,265 meters; dynamic height 1,454.974 meters 0 28 57 85 113.... 169.... 226.... 215.... 293.... 461.... 643.... 840.... 1.99 31.33 0. 1.99 31.33 1.83 31.55 25 1.85 31. .54 1.85 31.56 50 1.85 31.56 1.69 32.57 75 1.75 32.10 -0.99 33.12 100.-. 0.20 33.00 -1.30 33.29 150 -1.20 33.23 -1.56 33. 59 200... . -1.50 33.48 -1.56 33.68 300.... -1.55 33.87 -1.55 33.86 400.... -0.60 34.11 -0.09 34.23 600.... 0.40 34.43 0.47 34.46 800.... 0.40 34.50 0.37 34.50 1,000.. 0.30 34.50 0.29 34.50 -0.03 34.50 25.06 25.24 25.26 25.69 26.51 26.74 26 96 27.28 27.43 27.64 27.70 27.70 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Scaled values Depth, meters Salin- ity %o Station 3334; Sept. 15; latitude 72°26' N., longitude 70°23'W.; depth 1,632 meters; dynamic height 1,454.779 meters 92.... 122... 185... 213... 247... 285.. 434... 588... 746... 1,158. 2.62 32.44 0 2.62 32.44 -0.42 32.88 25.... 0.50 32.78 -1.42 33.31 50..... -1.30 33.10 -1.50 33.62 75 -1.50 33.42 -1.63 33.71 100 -1.55 33.64 -1.58 33.91 150.... -1.65 33. 80 -1.45 33.93 200..-. -1.55 33.92 -1.19 33. 98 300.... -0.50 34.08 -0.68 34.05 400.... 0.75 34.32 0.97 34.39 600.... 0.80 34.47 0.80 34.47 800... 0.65 34.51 0.73 34.51 1,000.. 0.25 34.51 -0.11 34. 50 25.90 26.31 26.64 26.92 27.09 27.22 27.32 27.40 27.54 27.65 27.69 27.72 Station 3335; Sept. 15; latitude 72°49' N., longitude 69°37'W.; depth 1,800 meters; dynamic height 1.454.810 meters. 0. 2.35 32.57 0. 2.35 32.57 26.02 27 2.35 32.67 25 2.35 32.66 26.09 53 -1.31 33.42 50 -1.20 33.38 26.87 81 -1.71 33.57 75 -1.65 33.54 27.01 107 -1.70 33.70 100.... -1.70 33.68 27.12 162 -1.59 33.82 150 -1.60 33.80 27.22 213 ♦-1.38 33.93 200.... -1.45 33.90 27.30 297 -0.22 34.22 300..-. -0.20 34.22 27.51 396..... 1.01 34.34 400.... 1.05 34.34 27.53 593..... 1.02 34.44 600...- l.OOl 34.44 27.61 789..... 0.59 34.44 800.... 0.55 34.44 27.64 985 0.25 34.44 1,000.. 0.20 34.44 27.06 1,469... -0.38 34.45 1,500.. -0.40 34.45 27.70 1,754... -0.41 34.48 Station 3336; Sept. 15 and 16; latitude 73°10' N., longitude 68°30' W.; depth 2,140 meters; dynamic height 1,454.780 meters 0. 2.18 32.40 0 2.18 32.40 26 -1.41 33.28 25 -1.40 33.26 51 -1.53 33.58 50 -1.50 33.57 77 -1.74 33.73 75 -1.75 33.72 102 -1.57 33.80 100.... -1.60 33.79 153 -1.58 33.86 150.... -1.60 33.86 204 -1.07 33.93 200.... -I.IC 33.92 299 0.77 34.27 300... 0.75 34.27 365 0.85 34.33 400.... 0.95 34.36 500 1.14 34.43 600... 0.95 34.44 632 0.86 34.44 300... 0.50 34.44 789 0.53 34.44 1,000.. 0.20 34.44 1,182.... -0.05 34.44 (1,500). -0.40 34.45 1,438.... -0.34 34.45 25.90 26.77 27.04 27.16 27.21 27.27 27.31 27.50 27.55 27.61 27.64 27.66 27.70 Station 3337; Sept. 16; latitude 70°17.2' N., longitude 67°31' W.; depth 57 meters; dynamic height 1,454.975 meters 1.56 -i;39 30.98 32.41 0.... 25... (50). 1 56 28.90 0. 50 31.22 ■■1 32. 50 23.15 25.06 26.16 89 Table of Oceanographic Data — Continued STATIONS OCCUPIED BY THE "NORTHLAND" IN 1940— Continued Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity %o Sealed values Depth, meters pera- ture °C. Station 3338; Sept. 17; latitude 70°20' N., longitude 67°16' W.; depth 110 meters; dynamic height 1,454.963 meters 0... 1.53 29.53 0 1.52 29.53 23.66 25 -0.11 31.47 25 -0.11 31.47 25.29 50 -1,47 32.55 50 -1.47 32.55 26.20 75 -1 fil 32.79 75 -l.fil 32.79 26.40 100 -1.59 32.85 100--- -1.59 32.85 26.45 Station 3339; Sept. 17; latitude 70°27.5' N., longitude 66°22' W.; depth 188 meters; dynamic height 1,454.936 meters 0 2,40 30.86 0 2.40 30.86 2,.., 25 0.8^ 31.78 25 0.89 31.78 25,49 50 -1.4(1 32.50 50 -1.40 32.50 26. 16 75 -1.46 32.94 75 -1.46 32.94 26.52 125 -1.52 33.28 100---- -1.50 33.12 26.66 175 -1.45 33.55 150--- -1.50 33.42 26.92 Station 3340; Sept. 17; latitude 70°27' N., longitude 66°05' W.; depth 642 meters; dvnamic height 1,454.906 meters 2,46 -0, 56 -1.07 -1.32 -1.45 -1.68 -1.65 -1.44 0.01 C.47 30.66 32. 20 32.66 33.11 33.28 33.65 33.81 33.91 34.18 34.38 0--- 25.- 50.- 75.- 100- 150- 200. 300- 400- 600- 2.46 -0.45 -1.00 -1.25 -1.40 -1.60 -1,70 -1,50 -0.05 0.45 30.66 32,02 32,60 32 33.22 33. 54 33.76 33.90 34.17 34.38 24.48 25.75 26.24 26.54 26.74 27.01 27,19 27,30 27.46 27.59 Observed values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity %o Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity Station 3341; Sept. 17; latitude 70°31' N., longitude 65°38' W.; depth 1,365 meters; dynamic height 1,454.853 meters 0 25 50 75 100-..- 150-.-. 201.-.. 304- - 418...- 644.... 1.56 30,07 0 1.56 30,07 -0.36 32.40 25 -0.36 32, 4C -1.18 32.95 50 -I.IS 32, 95 -1.52 33,25 75 -1,52 33.25 -1.63 .33, 48 100--.. -1.63 33. 48 -1.74 33,67 150-.. -1.74 33. 67 -1.47 33.84 200.... -1,47 33,84 -0.70 34.04 300-.-. -0.75 34.03 0.49 34.30 400.... 0.35 34.27 0.38 34.43 600... . C.40 34.42 0.13 34,45 800-.. 0.20 34.44 0,08 34,47 1,000.. 0,10 34,46 -0.30 34.47 1 24.07 26.05 26.52 26,77 26,96 27.12 27.25 27.37 27.52 27.64 27.66 27.68 Station 3342; Sept. 17; latitude 70°4r N.. longitude 64°23' W.; depth 2,142 meters; dynamic height 1,454.864 meters 0--.- 29-.- 60--- 91-- 119-- 178.. 238-. 286-. 457- 627-- 821.- 986-. 1,410 1,861 1.88 30.08 0 1,88 30. 08 -1 32 32.52 25,-. -1, IC 32.38 -1.67 33.08 50---. -1,55 32. 92 -1,75 33,40 75-..- -1.7C 33,27 -1.66 33.58 100-- -1,75 33.47 -1.47 33.87 1,50 - - -1,55 33.74 -1.22 33. 96 200- - -1.40 33. 91 -0. IS 34,09 300 . - 0.09 34.13 1.02 34,38 400 . - 0.8C 34,31 0.93 34.47 600 . - 0.95 34.46 0.55 34.46 800 --- 0.60 34. 46 0.25 34.44 1,000.. 0.20 34.44 -0.34 34.44 1,500- -0.35 34.44 -0.44 34.45 24.07 26, 06 26,51 26.79 26.96 27.17 27.31 27.42 27,52 27.63 27.65 27.66 27.68 o U. S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT COAST GUARD Bulletin No. 31 INTERNATIONAL ICE OBSERVATION AND ICE PATROL SERVICE IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN FLOYD M. sm^—r^o'^^c^l Labofaioryl C. A. BARNES '•"•^!; 3.^;^.,^ p,-s^ ' APR 9 1^51 \^OODS HOLE, MASS. CG- 188-2 Season of 1941 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1930 U. S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT - - - COAST GUARD BULLETIN No. 31 INTERNATIONAL ICE OBSERVATION AND ICE PATROL SERVICE IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN - [T9T1"] TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Foreword V Physical Oceanography of the Ice Patrol area in 1941 1 III FOREWORD Herewith is presented the report of the International Service of Ice Observation and Ice Patrol in the North Atlantic Ocean for the season of 1941. In anticipation of the coming ice season, the cutters Champlain, Chelan, Cayuga, and General Greene had been designated and readied in February as the vessels of the 1941 ice patrol, the first three as patrol cutters and standby, and the General Greene as oceanographic vessel. Comdr. Paul K. Perry, U. S. C. G., in Champlain, as senior Commanding Officer of the ice patrol vessels was designated Commander, Inter- national Ice Patrol on 18 February, 1941, and continued as such until the cancellation of his designation on 22 April, 1941. Lt. W. P. Hawley, U. S. C. G., was to be Ice Observation Officer. However, on 4 April, 1941, Champlain and Chelan were withdrawn from the ice patrol and the only unit to leave the United States on ice patrol duty was the General Greene under the command of Chief Boatswain C. Lawrence Jordan, U. S. C. G., who, after 22 April, 1941, being senior officer present, acted as Commander, International Ice Patrol, for the remainder of the season. The scientific work was under the supervision of Principal Physical Oceanographer, Floyd M. Soule, U. S. C. G. who was assisted by Associate Physical Oceanographer, Clifford A. Barnes, U. S. C. G. Gilbert Oakley, Jr., of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, was present on all cruises of the General Greene as a guest investigator in connection with the further development of the bathythermograph and its associated equipment. The ice season was one of the lightest on record and it was not neces- sary to inaugurate a continuous surface vessel patrol. It is estimated that only two bergs drifted south of the 48th parallel during 1941. PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY OF THE ICE PATROL AREA IN 1941 By Floyd M. Soule and C. A. Barnes^ On March 28, the General Greene departed from St. John's, New- foundland, for the purpose of making a current survey of the Grand Banks region. In recognition of the fact that few ships sighting ice would be at liberty to report their observations by radio, and that consequently little was known about the quantity or distribution of ice, it was decided to cover as much as possible of the area sometimes frequented by bergs, beginning at the latitude of Flemish Cap, working southward along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks and continuing into the area south and southwestward of the Banks to such an extent as our supplies of fuel and water would permit. Accordingly, the work of collection of data was begun at station 3345, located at 46°59 ' N., 48°39' W.,on March 29. On the afternoon of March 31, the oceanographic winch motor over- heated and burned out. After several hours' work, the motor was re- moved and a spare motor installed in its stead. On April 7 about a half day's dela>' resulted from heavy weather in the vicinity of station 3400 located at 42°58 ' N., 47°00 ' W. After completing station 3409, located at 41°58 ' N., 49°23 ' W., on April 10, it was necessary to return to St. John's to replenish water, fuel, and supplies. The General Greene arrived at St. John's on the afternoon of April 11 and departed again on the morning of April 14. After leaving St. John's, 20 additional stations, 3410 to 3429, disposed in the form of three sections, were occupied on the southwestern slope of the Grand Banks between April 15 and April 18, the last station being located at 41°00 ' N., 50°15 ' W. From this position the General Greene returned to Woods Hole, where she arrived on April 22. After a preliminary stud\- of the data collected during the first survey, the General Greene proceeded to St. John's, where water, fuel and sup- plies were replenished. On May 9 departure was taken from St. John's for the purpose of making a second current survey of the Grand Banks region. The results of the first survey, as well as the scarcity of ice reports from other ships, indicated that there was little likelihood of ice soon reaching critical positions of menace to the steamer lanes. A short map extending from the Tail of the Grand Banks to a northern- most position of 46°21 ' N., 49°00 ' W., was therefore decided upon as probably covering the area of greatest interest and still permitting time for a detailed study of conditions in the immediate vicinity of an iceberg should one be found. Accordingly the work of collection of data was begun at station 3430, located at 43°14'N., 50°07 ' W., on May 10. Work progressed from south towards north, the last station, number 3481, being completed at 46°20' N., 49°00' W., on May 20. The cruise had been characterized Contribution No. 500 of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. by quiet foggy weather up to this time. During the 20th, however, there was promise of good visibiHty, somewhat marred by occasional showers. Various searching courses were therefore run in the vicinity of the Labrador Current north and northwest of the area surveyed. No ice was found and a course was laid for St. John's, with arrival there on May 22. For the purpose of making a third current survey of the Grand Banks region, the General Greene left St. John's on July 3. A map extend- ingtfrom the Tail of the Grand Banks to latitude 46° w^as planned, and collection of data began at station 3482, located at 43°19 ' N., 50°08 ' W., on July 4. The last station, number 3539, located at 46°07 ' N., 44°50 ' W., was completed on July 14. The first half of the cruise was character- ized by good visibility and the second half by almost continuous fog, with quiet weather throughout. From the position of the last oceano- graphic station, various courses were run in the vicitiny of the Labrador Current north and northeast of the Grand Banks, with intermittent periods of good visibility on July 15 and good visibility during most of July 16. No ice was sighted and a course was laid for St. John's, which was reached on July 17. As described in the foregoing, 195 oceanographic stations were occu- pied during the ice patrol season. An additional 36 stations were occu- pied on a short postseason cruise in the southern part of the Labrador Sea between Labrador and Greenland. Of these, 12 stations were in the immediate vicinity of an iceberg off the Strait of Belle Isle and the remaining 24 were disposed in the form of a section extending from South Wolf Island, Labrador, to Cape Farewell, Greenland. The temperature and salinity data collected at these 231 stations are pre- sented in tabular form at the end of this bulletin. The types of equipment and methods of measurement were the same as in the past several years, with the temperature measurements being supplemented by bathythermograph observations. Calibration titra- tions and part of the supervisory work was performed by Associate Physical Oceanographer Clifford A. Barnes. Routine salinity bridge measurements were made by Soule, Barnes, and Kenneth M. Eldridge, surfman. Other assistants in the observational work were Thomas C. Crabe, yeoman first class; Alton F. Phillips, surfman; LeMar D. Scott, seaman first class; and Walter C. Mulloy, seaman second class. At the 195 stations occupied during the season, the extent and nominal depths of the serial observations of temperature and salinity were the same as during previous seasons. During the post-season cruise the measure- ments extended to as near bottom as was practicable, except that at the 12 stations in the vicinity of the iceberg the depths of observation were nominally 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 100, 125, and 150 meters. In order to check on the functioning of the reversing thermometers, a program of intercomparison was again carried out by making periodic shifts in thermometer pairs. A total of 1,432 individual comparisons /oo VARIATION IN SALINITY Figure 1. — Variation in salinity of substandard sea water stored in oil-seaied carboys during 1941. were investigated. The probable difference between the corrected read- ings of a pair of thermometers varied among the different groups from 0.004° to 0.021° C, and was .010° C. for the entire 1,432 comparisons. The observed temperatures are therefore considered to be accurate to 0.01° C. The precision of the sahnity bridge measurements is regarded as about ± 0.004 °/oo sahnity, although 38 double measurements of Copenhagen standard w'ater, batch P15, resulted in ±0.002 °/oo salinity. The accuracy of the measurements, however, is no better than the titration method used in calibration of the salinit}' bridge. As very little information has been published regarding the use of substandard seawater, figure 1 is shown to illustrate the degree of variability under conditions existing on board the General Greene. The points represent the variation in salinity of substandard water as given from salinity bridge comparisons with Copenhagen standard water of the batch Pi 5. The substandard water was actual untreated sea water collected from the surface and stored in oil-sealed carboys. During 1941, two carboys were used, the first for the first and second surveys and the second for the third survey and the post-season cruise. After completion of the second survey, the remainder of the first carboy was transferred to well-aged, selected citrate of magnesia bottles. These were subsequently compared with Copenhagen water at the same time that the second carboy comparisons were being made during the third survey and the postseason cruise. It will be noted that in addition to a larger change in salinity, the water stored in the citrate bottles showed about twice the variability shown by the water stored in the carboys. Experience with preliminary silver nitrate titrations indicates that during about the first week after collection the salinity of water stored in an oil- sealed carboy may shift by several hundredths of a part per thousand. After that, more stable conditions seem to be established and the water undergoes a gradual increase in salinity amounting to about 0.002 °/oo per month, as shown in figure 1. Insufficient information is at hand to permit description of the changes which take place beyond a period of about 2 to 3 months, since on the General Greene it is usually necessary to collect another carboy of substandard water before the end of about 3 months. The current maps prepared during the season as well as that showing the current conditions existing during the postseason cruise were made following the ])rocedure used during the past several >ears. In the construction of the current charts showing conditions around the ice- berg, a slightly different procedure was used. Whereas our practice has bp'^n to compute densities (values of at) from temperature and salinit>- values scaled from vertical distribution curves at the nominal depths used in the numerical integration, in the treatment of the observations made in the neighborhood of the iceberg densities were scaled from a vertical distribution curve constructed with values computed from Figure 2 — Dyr ' topographic map, from data collected March 2«-April 885001 O - 50 (Fa :o 1- te a d le d il ir n e e »s )- Figure 3.— Dynamic topographic map, from data collected Ma 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 5) No.2 observed temperatures and salinities. Values of o-„ were determined^ from an open curve representing the equation cr„ = -0.0934 +0.81487S -0.0004825S2 +0.00000677S3 Approximate values of at were obtained by applying a difference D to (To (where at — (To — D) where D was taken from a plot of tempera- ture against D for o-,, = 26.000. A final correction to these approximate values of at for the departure of ao from 26.000, was taken from a curve in which the change of D per unit change in (r„ was plotted against temperature. Three decimal places in a-< were carried in the computations in order that the accuracy of the results should be limited by the errors of observation rather than by errors of computational method. These departures from usual practice were followed in order to mitigate the magnifying effect of the short horizontal distances on apparent variations in dynamic height from station to station where these variations are only the result of methods of computation. The iceberg maps are referred to the 140-decibar surface, the season's maps to the 1,000-decibar surface, and the post-season map to the 2000- decibar surface. Figure 2 shows the current map resulting from the first survey. Although the observations made during this survey were not as nearly s>noptic as usual, they have been incorporated in a single map. This map shows the Labrador Current to have been flowing with normal surface velocities, and in the southeastern part of the area the Atlantic Current was flowing with considerable vigor. A slight complication in the current pattern was present immediately south of Flemish Cap, with the circulation around the Cap in a clockwise direction. A slow clockwise whorl was also present on the edge of the Grand Banks at about latitude 46° N. It is considered that such a whorl may develop during a period when the volume of flow is decreasing from causes upstream or when the volume of flow is increasing with respect to conditions downstream. The former situation is probable in this case. The Grand Banks whorl, centered near the shoalest part of the Banks, was unusually strongly developed for the time of year and indicated an abnormally advanced season. This was borne out, especially in the southern part of the area, by surface temperatures. In the southwestern part of the area, the Labrador Current was found to extend farther west than usual, but the current pattern was not favorable to extreme south- easterly berg drifts. The intrusion of Atlantic Current water toward the (jrand Banks, which characteristically occurs at about latitude 45° N., was present during this survey at about latitude 44° N. The results of the second survey are shown in figure 3. The lower surface velocities of the Labrador Current in the northern part of the map confirm the cause assigned above for the clockwise whorl appearing in that part of figure 2. Farther south, however, at about latitude 44° N., ' See Soule, Floyd M. Oceanographic conditions in the Grand Banks region and the Laborador Sea in 1939. International Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service-in the North Atlantic Ocean — Seasonof L939. U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin No. 29. pp. 96-97 (1940) Washington. • • • ' ■■ the velocity of the Labrador Current was found to have been much greater than during the first survey. This was in large measure the re- sult of an intensified Grand Banks whorl which absorbed the smaller whorl and moved northward to center at about latitude 44°50 ' N. In the southwestern edge of the map the conditions along the 50th meridian were not strikingly changed since the first survey except that it may be inferred that the westward extension of the Labrador Current and the area of the cold mixed water west of this meridian were both decreased. At the surface in this longitude the northern border of the Atlantic Current was somewhat farther north than in figure 2. Immediately eastward of this longitude the above-mentioned decrease in the western area of cold mixed water was largely compensa- ted for by a south-southeastward extension of a tongue of mixed water forcing the 97 L 1-meter dynamic isobath slightly south of latitude 41° N., at about longitude 48°20 ' W., Northeastward of this area, the waters along the border of the Atlantic Current were moving with lower velocity and greater simplicity of pattern than was the case during the first survey. Both of these results are probably attributable partly to the period of quiet weather just before and during the survey, and partly to the large volume of mixed water returning northeastward. The Atlantic Current salient had moved northeastward about 80 miles and the valley northeastward of the salient is recognizable at the extreme northeastern edge of figure 3. The current map resulting from the third survey is shown in figure 4. In the northern part of the map the Labrador Current shows about the same number of dynamic centimeters difference in height as in the previous survey. However, the width of the current was much narrower. The Grand Banks whorl decreased in intensity as the advancing season wiped out the differential warming of the waters over the shoal. This accounts for a large part of the decrease in velocity of the apparent Labrador Current at about latitude 44 to 45° N., compared with condi- tions which existed during the previous survey. The area covered by cold mixed water south and southeast of the Banks had decreased, the decrease taking place chiefly on the southern border. The border of the Atlantic Current advanced northward in nearly all of the eastern half of the area surveyed. The Atlantic Current salient advanced slightly toward the Banks and the valley forming the northeastern side of the salient became more pronounced than in figure 3. It is of interest to note that this year the changes in current pattern took place gradually enough so that the major features, such as the Atlantic Current salient, can be traced throughout the season, although only three current maps are available. In continuation of the investigation of the seasonal variations of the Labrador Current, reported on in previous bulletins of this series, the volume of flow, minimum observed temperature, and mean temperature of the Labi'ador Current have been determined for the 1941 occupations -Dynamic topographic map. from data 885001 O - 50 tPace p of sections T, U, and W. These sections are defined as follows: Section T, running southeasterly from about 46°20 ' N., 49°00 ' W. ; section U, extending east and west at about the 45th parallel; and section W, running south off the Grand Banks at about the 50th meridian. Each of these sections were occupied three times during 1941. For purposes of comparison, these data are listed in table 1 with the results of the 68 previous occupations of these sections from and including 1934. Mean values for each section have been arrived at by giving each year equal weight so as not to give undue emphasis to the characteristics of any year when the particular section was occupied more than once. TABLE 1. — Showing volume of flow in million cubic meters per second, mean temperature in °C., and minimum observed temperature in °C., of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region. SectiouT: 1934-. 1935- . 1936 1937 1938 1941.. Mean. Section U: 1934.. 1935.- 1936.. 1937.. 1939. 1940. 1941.. Mean. Section W: 1934.. 1937.... 1938...- 1939.-.. 1940 1941.... Mean. Mar. 16 to Apr. 15 Vol- ume 5.71 3,70 5.78 4.26 3.7 7.20 3.54 5.62 9.01 7.43 0.54 5.44 7.43 6.13 2.0 2.31 1.54 2.16 1.31 Mini- mum tem- pera- ture -0.65 -0.84 -1.66 -0.82 -1.29 -1.20 -1.51 -0.24 -0.55 -1.04 -1.59 0.26 Apr. 16 to May 15 \o\- ume 1.8 2.1 4.1 3.23 3.53 6.70 4.55 4.96 3.48 5.92 5'80 6.34 7.15 3.34 3.13 8.78 5.48 5.78 3.81 6.85 4.31 5.34 4.84 Mean tem- pera- ture 1.53 1.67 2.85 1.83 1.83 4.26 0.74 2 63 1.11 0.98 1.06 1.90 5.66 1.60 2.25 1.19 2'6i 2.85 2.33 4.75 1.59 2.81 3.11 3.19 2.65 Mini- mum tem- pera- ture -1.66 -1.71 -1.56 -0.43 -1.49 -1.79 -1.37 -1.24 -0.94 -1.56 -0.71 -1.55 -0.52 -1.15 '6"02 0.08 -0.99 0 39 -1.52 -0.03 0.15 0.01 -0.45 May 16 to June 15 Vol- ume 1.5 2"7i 3.15 1.96 3.88 .3 '52 5.82 3.83 3.31 2.99 3.11 4.46 3.90 2.29 5.14 7'i9 6"88 7.30 8.36 4.91 2.76 5.93 Mean tem- pera- ture 2.06 2.90 1.55 1.85 2'24 3.13 2.39 1.56 1.75 3.14 1.72 3.80 2!2i 3"6i 2.83 3.04 2.53 -1.50 -1.47 -1.22 -1.67 -i'26 -0.55 -1.42 -0.95 -1.37 -1.70 -1.28 -1.23 -1.29 -1.43 -6" 74 -6"35 -0.62 -0.60 -1.16 1.18 1 62 June 16 to July lo 1.88 4.30 2.62 3.02 4.78 7.74 8.62 5.00 3.40 5.07 2.26 Mean tem- pera- ture 2.19 1.74 1.44 3.29 2.39 3.52 2.03 2.53 2.42 1.82 3"34 2"S9 tem- pera- ture -1.25 -1.62 -1.53 -0.73 -1.37 -0.04 -1.27 -0.76 -1.59 -1.49 '0"39 -0'35 Table 1 shows that with the exception of the first occupation of section W, the volume of flow was markedly greater than the 8-year mean at all occupations of all sections in 1941. Table 1 is inconclusive regarding the first occupation of section W, because its date is nearly mridway betw^een April 1 ami May 1 an-d because of the increase in the MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY I O o UJ o o o 3 o > — o-U ^ U" ,o u- T- ^u W " -o' •-. ' \ \ \ V ■o-W T o» s <^ --0- L).^ O -T 1941 MEAN Figure 5. — Variation in volume of flow of tlie Labrador Current in the Grand Banlvs region during tlie 1941 season compared with.mea.nvariation,lQ34-41.. mean values between these dates. The 1941 values of volume of flow values are shown graphicall>' in figure 5 along wdth the mean variations based on the observations from 1934-41. The solid lines show the varia- tions during 1941 and the broken lines represent the mean values. From figure 5 it will be seen that the volume of flow at the first occu- pation of section W was very close to the mean value for the same date. In previous bulletins of this series, discussions of the seasonal variations in the volume of flow of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region have emphasized that there is a seasonal maximum which occurs about the first of May. It has been pointed out by Smith, Soule, and Mosb\'^ that if such a seasonal maximum occurs a possible cause for it is the winter maximum in the barometric pressure gradient across the Labrador Sea. For the last 3 years, 1939, 1940, and 1941, the May maximum in the volume of flow of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region has been either poorly defined or absent. It is therefore instructive to examine what happened to the pressure gradient across the Labrador Sea during the winters preceeding these seasons. Figure 6 shows the variations in this pressure gradient for the months October to March as given by difi"erences in monthly mean pressures. Belle Isle OCT. NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MAR. ' 938-39 % / >N^ 10 .' ^ "(T /— V >i938-3J " »39-40' \ ; \ lORMAL '•^^ ^•' ,^ \\ ' ^ rNORMAl 5 / \ 1 , ; / < / *\ 0 )40-4l v \ *\ 'A 1 /' \ ■1939-4 ) \ ^ 1 K \ \ _s \ '1940-4) Figure ti. — Barometric pressure gradient over the Labrador Sea, October to March, Belle Isle — Juliaiie- haab for 1966-41 compared with normal gradient shown as solid line. 3 Smith, Edward H.; Soule, Floyd M.; and Olav Mosby. The Marion and General. Greene Expeditions ^to Davis Strait and Labrador Sea. Sci. Results. U. S. Coast Guard Bull. No. 19, pt. 2, pp. 141 (1937) 'Washington. minus Julianehaab, for the years in question. The normal gradient with its midwinter maximum is shown as a solid line. It will be seen that during these years the departures from normal were great and the gradient even reached negative values in January, which is normally in the middle of the maximum. As these 3 years go to make up nearly half of the observations on which are based the 8-year means shown in table 1 and figure 5, it is not surprising that the May maximum in vol- ume of flow is not evident in any of the means except section W. While certainly there are other factors affecting the volume of flow of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region, the above is considered to be strong evidence that the barometric pressure gradient across the Labrador Sea is a very important factor in controlling the volume of flow of the Labrador Current. Table 1 also shows that the mean temperature of the Labrador Current was decidedly higher during 1941 than the 8-year mean. This is true of all occupations of all sections for the year. Figure 7 shows graphically the variations in the mean temperature during 1941 for O \- 2 UJ tr a: 3 => o < N f^ 1^ ^ ^ ^ ro lO ro 1 I\l l/l\l 1 1 1 1 ^ I I M I I I i I (11 I M I M i I |«-5MI.-^ SECTION T, GRAND BANKS 2^2 MAP 19- 20 MAY, 1941 FIGURE 8.-Vertical section of temperature in the Labrador Current at section T, Grand Banks, May 19-20, 1941, as determined from closely spaced bathj thermograph observations. 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 11) No. 1 CVJ CVJ lO ir> ro ro ON I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 II I 1 1 II I i^ryi I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I u I I HIM FlciRE «.— Vertical section of temperature in the Labrador Current at section T, Grand Banks, July 12-13, 1941, as determiu..,! from closely spaced bathy thermograph observations. 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 11) No. 2 5 \ears, and 6 are based on 7 years. Furthermore, as pointed out above, conditions during approximately the second half of the 8-year period were much different (probably abnormal) from the first half of the period. Thus the mean values appearing in table 1 and the mean curves shown in figures 5 and 7, while representing the mean conditions fairly accurately for the period 1934-41, cannot be considered as normals, but are used here in lieu of normals because they represent all the observa- tions that are available. Because the volume of flow and the mean temperature are integrated characteristics of the current, they are more representative and less subject to the effects of the chance location of stations with respect to the axis of the current than is the minimum observed temperature. However, the minimum temperature, occurring in the core of the current, in combination with the mean temperature, may be revealing as to the causes of fluctuations in the current and thus may help us to under- stand the sequence of events bearing on the quantity and distribution of ice. In 1941 the minimum observed temperature at each occupation of each section was w^armer than the 8-year mean, and for the season as a whole it was about 0.65° warmer. To examine the degree to which the minimum observed temperature indicated by reversing thermometers may depart from the minimum actual temperature through chance spacing of oceanographic stations, some vertical sections were run in which bathythermograph^ observa- tions were made at intervals of about 1 mile, concurrently with the routine occupation of stations. Two such detailed temperature profiles are shown in figures 8 and 9. Here the locations of the different bathy- thermograph casts are indicated by the short vertical lines near the surface, the observations extending to about 135 or 140 meters when the depth of water permitted. The locations of the reversing ther- mometer observations are indicated by black dots at the various oceanographic stations. In each of the sections the minimum tempera- ture given by the reversing thermometers was within a tenth of a degree of the minimum given by the bathythermograph. As this is about the limit of accuracy of the bathythermograph used, it is con- sidered that the usual spacing of oceanographic stations used in current surveys of the Grand Banks will ordinarily give the actual minimum temperature within a few tenths of a degree. Probably this is because the core of minimum temperature of the Labrador Current bears a characteristic relation to the continental slope, with regard to which also the station positions are selected. In the light of the foregoing, with due regard for the limitations of the method of determining the minimum temperature, and again calling attention to the probability that the 8-year mean, 1934-41, departs from the normal, figure 10 is presented to show the variation in * A. F. Spilhaus, a Detailed study of the surface layers of the ocean in the neighborhood of the Gulf Stream with the aid of rapid measuring hydrographic instruments. Jl. Mar. Res., vol. Ill, No. 1, pp. 51-7.^>, (May 1, 1940), New Haven. 11 MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY Figure 10. — Variation in minimum observed temperature of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region during the 1941 season compared with mean variation, 1934-41. the minimum observed temperature of the Labrador (\u-rent in the Grand Banks region at sections T, U, and W during 1941 and the mean variation for the period 1934-41. It is apparent that in 1941 the mini- mum observed temperatures were abnormally warm. Also, it is con- sidered probable that the 8-year mean minimum observed temperature is warmer than the normal. The accumulated data are too meager to draw many conclusions regarding the seasonal cycle, but figure 10 seems to indicate a drop in minimum temperature from April to May at sections T and U. This drop, if really a part of the seasonal cycle, is probably associated with the seasonal increase in volume of flow which is considered to reach a maximum normally in May, and which has been considered to be related to the normal wintertime maximum in the barometric pressure gradient across the Labrador Sea. The southern- most section, W. is probably more affected by other modifying factors, such as fluctuations in the North Atlantic eddy, than are the more northern sections, T and U. 12 -and -ela- rent ent. pre- iod, 941 1 as ach ur- the per /els age ;m- sen for At ige tic nd or be ht it Ti- er id nt in se It re 'g le It d it e ir d ) 1 SALINITY /6o 33.8 33.9 34.0 34.1 34.2 34.3 34.4 34.5 34.6 34.7 34.8 34.9 35.0 6i .^ Ov, .O Ov >.l v^^ .« w.^. 400 v/' 7^ SOLID BROKEN _INES 19 LINES 41 SEAS 8-YEAR ^ ON (EAN, 193 4-1941 ATLANTIC 1 CURRENT ^,-<400 / / / / / / / 1 I 1 600 -(• ; \ieoo MIXED WATER 100 1 200 u . ^ l-i-SOO ^'V — 200,p_ ---1 100 -' 400 ^ LAE }RADOR ( KDO^ :URRENT ^ ' ' 200 ^ ,A ,,-' ' .^'' ''" ^"'^Ih^ ll.-Temperature-salinity correlation for Labrador Current, Atlantic Current, and mixed water found in the Grand Banks region. Solid lines snow conditions during the 1941 season and broken lines represent the 8-year mean for the period 1934-41. An approximate depth-scale in meters is 885001 O - 50 {Face p. 13) All stations occupied during; the tiiree 1941 sur\e>s of the (".rand liaiiks re.uion ha\e been examined for their teniper.iture-sahnitx rela- tionship and mean T-S curves have been drawn for Labrador (\irrent water, mixed water, and water in the border of the Atlantic (\irrent. These curves are shown in figure 11 along with similar curves repre- senting the mean of all observations made during the 8-year period. 1934-41. In this figure, the temperature-salinit>' correlations for 1941 are shown as solid lines and those for the 8-year period are shown as broken lines. An approximate depth scale in meters is shown on each of the curves. As was the case in 1940, in 1941 both the Labrador Cur- rent water and the mixed water w^ere warmer than normal in the upper levels where the salinity was below 34.9°/oo, and at the deeper levels all three types of water were fresher than normal. It will be noticed that shifts in depth are not consistent at all levels and to facilitate examination of the results for indications of long-range trends, figure 12 has been prepared. In this figure the average tem- perature of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region has been plotted against its average salinity for each of the years 1934-41 for each of eight levels distributed from the surface to 1,000 meters. At depths of 100 and 200 meters there seems to have been a long-range trend away from Labrador Current characteristics toward Atlantic water characteristics; that is, becoming warmer and saltier. This trend is barely evident at 50 meters and is not discernible at the surface or at depths of 400 meters and deeper. The trend, therefore, seems to be divorced from possible local effects and vertical mixing to which it might be attributed if it had its greatest amplitude at the surface. Instead, it appears to be greatest at about the same depth as the core of mini- mum temperature. Possible causes of such a trend are: (1) A greater admixture of Atlantic Current water or mixed water in the Grand Banks region; (2) an increasing West Greenland Current component crossing the Labrador Sea south of Davis Strait ridge; (3) a change in the heat balance in the Labrador Sea or Baf^n Bay; and (4) a decrease in the circulation in Bafiin Ba\-. Considering possible causes (1) and (2), it might be expected that the efTect would extend to deeper levels. Also if possible cause (2) were operative it might be expected that the West Greenland Current passing the Cape Farewell section might show^ a trend toward increasing volume of flow. This, indeed, seems to be borne out by the measurements at that section over the period from 1928 to 1941, although for the 8-year period involved in figure 12 such a trend is not apparent. It is difficult to test whether or not possible cause (3) has been operative. However, the fact that for the last 2 years the intermediate water of the Labrador Sea has been warmer than usual during the summer season, coupled with less pronounced temperature inversion, make possible cause (3) more probable than (1) and (2). The temperature inversion found in the intermediate water of the Labrador Sea in summer has been con- 13 ^^ A TEMPERATURE fN3 s. / / i/ OJ ■fk ^ o o '^ m Ol CD / IS 04 \ ^ en \ OJ en 00 w Ol \ w* I \ cf i OJ Ol ^ j:^ bo M o O c D OJ o o OI 05 o O O :v o- Ol OlOOj^ m H m en (Ji S 2 m H m XI Oj\ J» Ol :»^ CD 33 CO 33 ^l a O) OJ j \ vk V Ol ->i > \ Figure 12. — Year to year variation in average temperature and salinity of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region at depths of 0, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800. and 1000 meters, 1934-41. sidered to be a relic of wintertime vertical convection and its extent and degree dependent upon the severity of the preceding winter. Thus there is some support for possible cause (3). The Labrador Current is 14 formed by the junction of the Baffin Land Current and a branch of the West Greenland Current that crosses to the American side south of Davis Strait ridge. As the Baffin Land Current component contributes the cold, fresh, inshore portion of the Labrador Current, any stagnation or decreased circulation in Baffin Bay probably would result in reducing the extent and intensity of the core of minimum temperature in the Labrador Current, x^s such a result has been noted, most markedly dur- ing 1940 and 1941, possible cause (4) is probable. From the foregoing inventory of the meager available evidence, it would appear that the change in T — S characteristics of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region at levels of about 50 to 200 meters is probably the result of a change in the heat balance in the Labrador Sea and Baffin Bay, and a decreased activity of the circulation in Baffin Bay. The long-range trend in T — S characteristics discussed above is accompanied by a shift in density. Values of at corresponding to the yearly average temperatures and salinities plotted in figure 12 are shown in figure 13. From this figure it will be seen that the trend in at is toward increasing density at the levels where the T-S trend is toward warmer and saltier water. However, in the deeper levels (400 meters to 1,000 meters), the density trend is toward smaller values of at. A long-range trend affecting different areas to different degrees will produce different average conditions of circulation because of the altered horizontal gradients of density. Changes in the vertical density gradient will alter the extent of cabbeling along the boundaries of the current and this in turn will alter the characteristics of the water in the deeper levels. Changes in both horizontal and vertical gradients will change the shape and depth of isentropic surfaces with resultant changes in circulation along these surfaces. LTntil we know more of the mech- anics of circulation and the manner in which the various elements are interrelated, the full significance of such long range trends must remain obscured, and we can only say that the effects of such changes will be far reaching. In Bulletin 30 of this series a criterion for the outer boundary of the Atlantic Current was taken as the condition where a temperature of 6° C. corresponds to a salinity of 34.95°/oo. The boundary thus defined has been located for each of the 1941 surveys and, as was previously done for the earlier surveys, the area enclosed by the current boundary on the southeast, the 45th parallel on the north, the 49th meridian be- tween latitudes 45° and 43° on the west, and a rhumb line extending from 43° N., 49° W., through 42° N., 47° W., to the current boundary on the southwest, has been determined. A decrease in the area so bounded corresponds to a transverse movement of the boundary towards the Grand Banks and an increase in area corresponds to a retreat of the boundary away from the Grand Banks. As described in Bulletin 30, an adjustment for fluctuations in the strength of the Labrador Current has been attempted by assuming that 10,000 square 15 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 194! C ^Z Figure 13. — Fluctuation in average density of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region at various depths, 1934-41. kilometers of area will be required for each million cubic meters per second volume of flow of the Labrador Current past section U. Table 2 gives the actual area in units of 10,000 square kilometers, followed by the adjusted area or area minus the volume of flow of the Labrador Current at section U. All surveys made during the S-^ear period, 1934-41, and covering the region in question, are given in chronological order. 16 TABLi':; 2.— Area enclosed bi/ border of Atlantic Current, 4:5th parallel, 49^/) meridian, and rhumb line 43° N., 49° W., 42° N., 47°W., extended. Unit of area equals 10,000 square kilometers. First map Second map. Third map... First map... Second map. Third map__. First map. _ Second map. Third map. . AVERAGE. 1937: First map Second map Third map AVERAGE. First map.. Second map. Third map. . Fourth map First map Second map. Fourth map- First map... Second map. Third map.. Fourth map. Fifth map... AVERAGE. First map... Second map. Third map... Area 5.07 7.44 5.43 Adjusted Area 1.59 4.33 4.59 5.!)8 3.50 5.11 5.73 5 09 1.41 -0.19 0.63 5.31 0.C2 5.22 5^75 -1.08 -0.58 1.85 5 G9 -0.24 5.21 5 74 3 71 1 67 -0.06 • 1.42 4.89 1.01 7.82 7.52 8.86 9 33 2.20 1.18 3.72 4.55 8.38 2.91 7.86 8.62 7.18 -1.15 1.47 -0.56 7.88 -0.09 7 54 7.53 8.47 8.67 8.79 0.11 4.19 r.79 1 49 S.20 1.77 8.20 8.68 8.32 1.20 0.32 -0 30 S.40 0.41 The adjusted area leaves a figure approximately representing the effects of fluctuations in phenomena associated with the North Atlantic eddy. Consideration has been given the fluctuations in the diff'erence in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston, S. C, as determined by tide gauges, with sea level adjusted to constant barometric pressure. For the purposes of this discussion, it will be assumed that the differ- ence in sea level, Bermuda minus Charleston, corrected for barometric pressure, is a measure of the volume of flow of the Gulf Stream. Much of the fluctuation in this difTerence in sea level takes place on the outside of the current; that is, at the Charleston end of the section. Fortunately, both tide gauge and meteorological records from Charleston are available for the period covered by the oceanographic observations, 1934-41. However, for the Bermuda end of the section, records are not complete for the period in question. Monthly normals have been estimated from the mean of sea level observations made from 1833-43 and 1934-36 to which barometric pressure corrections based on current monthly normal pressures have been made. The monthly normal 17 corrected sea levels so derived have been used in combination with the Charleston records wherever actual measurements are lacking from the Bermuda end of the section. In this way monthly mean values of the difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston have been determined for the period 1933-41. JAN, FEB. MAR. APR. MAT JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC. y^ \ / / \ SEA LEVEL s 7 VOL. / \ \ y N k / \ / \ / \ 1 y / >- N, \ 1 \ \ / * ^ y \ / ' \ y / \ \ ' \ .. i Figure 14. — Mean seasonal variation in difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston com- pared with mean seasonal fluctuation in the outer boundary of the Atlantic Current in the Grand Banks region. A smooth curve based on these monthly means and representing the seasonal fluctuation has been drawn as a solid line in figure 14. In- terprteted in terms of volume of flow of the Gulf Stream, this curve incidates minima in late April and October, and maxima in late July and the beginning of January. In the same figure the seasonal fluctuation in the adjusted area, given in table 2, is shown as a broken line passing through four points, each representing the mean of all surveys for the period 1934-41, between March 16 and April 15, April 16 and May 15, May 16 and June 15, and June 16 and July 15, respectively, and plotted against the mean time of the surveys. There appears to be a maximum during June. As the curve is drawn, the maximum occurs during the first part of the month, but it is evident that both the exact time and shape of the maximum must remain indefinite until fixed by other considerations than the four points shown in figure 14. From figure 14 it is seen that the maximum in adjusted area occurs between the spring minimum and summer maximum in volume of flow of the Gulf Stream. If the two phenomena are related, there is a phase difference and the maximum in adjusted area may be associated with any one of the four extremes in volume of flow of the Gulf Stream. To determine which of the four involved a correlation with the adjusted area, yearly averages were plotted with appropriate time lags between 18 \REA IN SQ. K> /OL. OF FLOW, SECTION U IN CU.M./i -*■ RETREAT SOUTHWARI -». -^ P Z > i y^ ,^ ^' ^ J ^- ^-.^ ^0^ -^.^ - s ^ " ~-- \ ^ m c .^ -— — -~ ^ c-^. >■ ^ ^^ ■-s ^0 - ' ■ > r 0' .---'' - c ,s- c V ^ ^> - ^. ) C "^ PI s ^ ■0^^ J>' <:; ? 1 r;?. -■' Z > 'n^ 5 "^ /' c -!> "^^ 5^ M / .,.'■ . A c ^ 1 1 1 1 / ) 1 \ >' ~- ;5o / / \ 5 z c '^ ( -'' :> \^ H m 0 -< *■ ^ ^ -^ c ;-'' s 's =■--»•»— ■On ;;5>- 7- -< l>^ / - <: >^^^ ('^ - ^^ ^^ ""■'x - :i ) s 9 SEA LEVEL, CHA«LESTOr BERMUDA DEPARTURE »EAK CURRENT Figure 15.— Observed changes in ' 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 19) the Bermuda-Charleston section and the Grand Banks region. Leading phase differences were neglected as having no physical significance. Because each year's oceanographic measurements covered a period of about 3 months (April, May, and June), the sea level data for the corresponding 3-month period centered at 13^ months, 5}4 months, 71-2 months, and 10^2 months earlier were averaged for comparison by years. This >ear b\- year comparison showed that a good negative correlation existed between the difference in sea level, Bermuda minus Charleston, and the adjusted area 13J^ months later, a fair positive correlation agreed with the 5^/2 months lag, and no correlation was apparent in regard to the other intervals. Thus the June maximum in adjusted area in the Grand Banks region seemed to be closely asso- ciated with the spring minimum in volume of flow of the Gulf Stream the preceding year and possibly- to be associated with the maximum in volume of flow of the Gulf Stream the preceding winter. The two lags of 53^ months and 1334 months were then tested surve\' b\- survey, the former giving no definite relationship and the latter giving the results shown in figure 15. In this figure the broken lines connect points representing the adjusted area determined from in- dividual surveys. The solid lines represent the difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston 1334 months earlier, the smooth curves being based on the horizontal lines which represent the monthly means. While the shape of the curves representing the difference in sea level is fairh- well determined b\' the stipulation that for any month the algebraic sum of the areas between the curve and the monthly mean must equal zero, the shape of the curves representing the adjusted area is not so definitely determined between points representing ob- served values. It will be seen that the curves connecting the observed values can be drawn, in the manner shown, to give a good agreement with the difference in sea level 1332 months earlier, except that the time difference preceding the 1939 season seems to have been about 14 months instead of 133^. The fluctuation in adjusted area for 1942 has been predicted on the basis of sea-level fluctuations in 1941 and the correspondence between the two curves for the preceding 8 years. From this comparison of fluctuations in the difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston and the adjusted area in the Grand Banks region it would appear that an increase in difference of sea level is followed b\- a southward movement of the outer boundar\- of the Atlantic Current in the Grand Banks region 534 months later and by a northward movement of the boundary 1334 months after the change in sea level; with the southward movement traceable only if the sea level change was consistent for a period of about 3 months, but with the northward movement responding to much shorter changes in sea level, of as little as five days. Consideration of the signs of these correla- tions, the magnitude of the time lags, and the definition of the boundary leads to the possibility that our boundary criterion, being based on a 19 salinity anomaly, is really only a criterion of water characteristics, rather than one of movement of water; that the southward shift of this apparent boundary represents colder fresher water (perhaps slope water) drawn into the North Atlantic eddy circulation from peripheral waters in the vicinity of the Charleston- Bermuda section; that the northward move- ment of the apparent boundary represents warmer, saltier Mediter- ranean water drawn into the circulation of the eddy from peripheral waters in the southeastern sector; and that 53^^ months and 133^ months represent the travel times for these peripheral waters between their junction points and the Grand Banks region. Such an explanation would require the North Atlantic eddy to act somewhat as a rigid wheel with all parts or at least the western and southeastern parts acting together in fluctuations in volume of flow, and with time lags existing only in water characteristics and not in transport. 5 It would be a convenient explanation of the semiannual cycle in volume of flow with westerlies and trades as the driving forces applied alternately with an ineffective period between each. However, it can be tested by determining whether the seasonal fluctuation in difference in sea level across one sector of the eddy is in phase with the fluctuation in another sector. The difference in sea level, as determined by tide gauges and corrected for barometric pressure, between Horta in the Azores and Lagos, Portugal, has been examined and monthly normals based on the interval from 1927-36 have been determined. A smooth curve drawn through these mean monthly mean values shows the seasonal fluctuation in difference in sea ^ In "Technical Report No. l.S on the Hydrography of the Western Atlantic; Annual Variations in Current Speeds in the Gulf Stream System," an unpublished report of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution to the Oceanographic Division of the Hydrographic Ofifice, U. S. Navy, November, 1948, Frederick C. Fuglister presents curves and tables showing the seasonal variations in average surface current speeds derived from ship reports for several areas in the western half of the North Atlantic eddy. His area 4 is located off the coast between Florida and Cape Hatteras and may be taken as corresponding to the Charleston-Bermuda area. His area 6 is located south-southwest of the Tail of the Grand Banks and may be taken as corresponding to the Grand Banks area. His area C is located north-northwest of the Azores and corresponds to an area from which no other data are discussed in this Bulletin. The data used by Fuglister do not in themselves permit the deduction of anything but seasonal normals and he states that the time of year of maximum current speed varies as we move around the system, occurring in summer in the southern portions and in winter in the northern portions; but the minimum speeds occur during the fall months in all areas presented, and that all areas show secondary maxima and minima. His data, in general, show two maxima and two minima which occur in the three areas mentioned at the following times of year: Maxima Minima Area 4 (Charleston) — Jan.; June-Aug. Feb.; Nov. Time lag 14 13 16 12 Av. time lag 13 Ji months Area 6 (Grand Banks) Mar.; July-Sept. June; Oct.-Dec. Time lag 9}4 10 9 lOJ^ Av. time lag 9M months Area C (Azores) — Dec-Jan.; June Mar.; Sept.-Oct. Thus there seems to be some support here for the time lag of 133^ months, derived by other means, between the Charleston-Bermuda area and the Grand Banks area; and to suggest that the time lag between the Grand Banks area and that north-north- west of the Azores may be about 10 months. These time lags, in the light of the material presented in this Bulletin, would be interpreted as time lags in the latitudinal shift of the northern boundaries of the North .Atlantic eddy at the Grand Banks area and in the vicinity of- the Azores, rather than in total volumes of flow of the eddy at these points. 20 'Sp S 8 ? r ? ? ? ? ? TRUE BEARING FROM BERG (DISTANCE 2000 YDS.) 000 020 040 060 OQO 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 n ti T — I f TH ' r "1 I t I ' ' ' ' ' 360 Figure 18— Temperature distribution from bathythermograph observations made at a distance of 2,000 yards from berg. 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 25) No. 1 000 020 040 060 080 TRUE BEARING FROM BERG (DISTANCE 1000 YDS.) 120 140 160 ISO 200 220 240 260 280 300 3?0 340 360 Figure 19.— Temperature distribution from bathythermograph observations made at a distance of 1,000 yards from berg. 885001 O - 50 (Face p. 25) No. 2 level between this pair of stations on the eastern side of the eddy to have a phase difference from the Bermuda-Charleston section and this difference is about Sl4 months. 5.5 5.4 JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. UM JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. N0V4 DEC. ! ^^ \ / ' 1 / \ / 1 / \ \ r \ 1 \ \| y J s. / \ -^ ,^ \ ' \ y / ^ ' i\ / Ti\ M ^ MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC. JAN. FEB. MARCH APRIL .^ / \ / \ \ / / ^, \ \ \ N ^ ^ N \ 1 I / -~-^ \, / ^\ / N Figure 16. — Mean seasonal variation in difference in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston com- pared with that between Horta and Lagos, Portugal. In figure 16 the curves representing the fluctuations at the two sec- tions are shown for comparison, the two curves being displaced with respect to each other by the 83^ months by which the eastern section leads the western section. The curves are not similar throughout, the July-August minimum of the eastern section which would correspond 21 to the April minimum of the western section being so much suppressed that the preceding maximum, which would correspond to the winter maximum of the western section, is missing completely. Comparison of the two sections month by month shows only a general correspondence, but outstanding features in the fluctuations at the eastern section are repeated at the western section about 9 months later. Thus the extreme maximum and minimum difference in sea level between Horta and Lagos for the period 1932-36 occurred during November 1933, and January 1934, respectively, and the corresponding extremes in Bermuda minus Charleston for the period 1933-37 occurred during August and October 1934. Yearly means for the 4 years, April 15, 1932, to April 15, 1936, and 1933-36 do not show any recognizable correspondence between the two sections, but the number of points is so small and the probability of strong modifying factors existing intermediate between the two sections is so great that it is believed we can safely conclude that a time lag of about S}4 months does exist between the Horta-Lagos section and the Bermuda-Charleston section. Thus we cannot regard the North Atlantic eddy as a rigid wheel but must look upon it as a system in which local fluctuations in volume of flow are temporarily accommodated by accelerations in boundary waters which can be considered as storage basins. If most of any change in the sea level gradient is accounted for by a change in the peripheral sea level, then most of the corresponding change in volume of flow is accounted for by peripheral boundary water accelerations. The rate of progress of these fluctuations around the North Atlantic eddy is seen to be about 8 or 9 months from the southeastern part of the eddy to the Bermuda-Charleston section and about 5 months from the Bermuda- Charleston section to the Grand Banks region. The location of the cause of a fluctuation in volume of flow will determine the extent and type of change in the T-S characteristics of the water constituting the outer boundary of the eddy so that we should expect to find fluctuations in characteristics as well as fluctuations in position of the boundary and fluctuations in volume of flow. Hence it is considered that the criterion of 34.95°/oo salinity at temperature 6° C. in the Grand Banks region, although somewhat affected by changing water character- istics, does give a rough indication of the boundary of water movement as well. From the standpoint of ice patrol, in which the disintegration of bergs and the safe location of steamer lanes are of first importance, as well as for practical climatological considerations, the location of a boundary defined in terms of water characteristics is of greater value than the location of an accurate boundary of water movement. From the foregoing, then, we have seen the possibility of predicting, well in advance, that part of the shift in the boundary of the Atlantic Current in the Grand Banks region which is dependent upon causes associated with the North Atlantic eddy. In other words, the way seems open to the prediction of the adjusted area. For the prediction of the 22 actual area and from it the location of the boundary itself, there still remains the prediction of the volume of flow of the Labrador Current past section U, which volume of flow is the difl"erence between the actual and adjusted areas. The absence of tide gauge data or even appro- priate locations for tide gauges which might give the information sought, upstream from the Grand Banks with respect to the Labrador Current, reduces the possible sources of data to meteorological observations and such scanty oceanographic observations as have been made. Gradients in barometric pressure anomalies seemed to be the most promising of the data available and several gradients were examined. Of those investigated, the best correspondence with yearly means of observed volume of flow seemed to be a combination of the December and January gradient between Belle Isle and Julianehaab with the January gradient between Cape Race and Belle Isle. The former gradient has a reasonable physical interpretation as being a measure of the wind driving-force tending to increase the total Labrador Current, and the latter gradient presumably is effective in determining the pro- portions with which the total Labrador Current divides into that branch which remains close to the Avalon Peninsula of Newfoundland, and the eastern branch with which we are concerned which flows south along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. The best correlation sus- piciously gives the latter gradient 10 times the weight of the former. Conceivably the latter gradient is also a determining factor in the volume of flow of the Grand Banks whorl which is a part of the volume of flow measured at section U. In figure 17 the solid curve connects points representing the mean of each season's observations of the volume of flow past section U for the years 1934 to 1941. The line of alternate long and short dashes shows the barometric pressure anomalies in the gradients Belle Isle minus Julianehaab for December and January and Cape Race minus Belle Isle for January with the latter being given 10 times the weight of the former. It will be seen that the curve for volume of flow trends upward and the curve for barometric pressure anomalies trends downward. Evidently the pressure anomalies do not give the whole picture and some important factor having a long period trend has been neglected. Inasmuch as the Grand Banks whorl is considered to be the result of differential vernal warming of the waters over the shoaler part of the Banks, it is possible that such a factor as a long period increase in tem- perature may be the cause. At the present it remains unknown and an empirical formula of the following form is the best that can be ofi^ered now: -(T) 1.25 + 1.58 (A^-1934) where V is the average volume of flow (in cu.m/sec. x 10^) of the Labrador Current past section U for the jjeriod April, May, and June 23 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 !939 1940 1941 ^APPOX. VOL.OF FLOW FROM MEAN Ot CORRESPONDING TO YEARLY AVE. T AND S N;; OF LABRADOR CURRENT- lAROMETRIG PRESSURE ANOMALIES ^""^ to 6x 2§ 0 J A T o ^ > o < -4 Igure 17. — Year to year fluctuations in volume of flow of Labrador Current at Section U: gradient in barometric pressure anomalies between Cape Race, Belle Isle and Julianehaab; formula for forecasting volume of flow at section U; and approximate fluctuation in volume of flow of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region from yearly average temperatures and salinities. during an>- \ear A^; ^ is the average of the preceding December and January gradients in barometric pressure anomaly in milHbars, Belle Isle minus Julianehaab; and B is the preceding January gradient in barometric pressure anomaly in millibars, Cape Race minus Belle Isle. In figure 17 the line of short dashes represents this formula. Evidenth' the empirical part of the formula, containing the secular increase of 1.58 millibars per year, makes the formula unsafe for extended extra- polation until it can be adequately explained ph\'sically and quantita- tively verified. Figure 13 showed the values of at corresponding to yearh" average temperatures and salinities for various levels from the surface to 1,000 meters. Using these values, we can compute yearly average dynamic heights of the Labrador Current. If we assume constant conditions in the waters immediately adjacent to the Labrador Current, then fluctua- tions in the results of a second depth integration would represent some- thing more than half of the fluctuations in volume of flow corresponding to the long period changes in density-. These fluctuations in volume of flow are shown in figure 17 h\ the line of dots. It will be seen that this 24 curve roughly follows the curve of the more accurately determined volume of flow at section U, showing the same long period increase in volume of flow. In the discussion of figure 13, it was pointed out that the long-period trends in density of the upper and lower la\'ers were oppositely directed and that while the full significance of these trends was as yet obscure they would have far reaching efi^ects. It will be noted that although the trend in the shallower layers, where the higher veloci- ties exist, is toward greater densxcy and consequently smaller volume of flow, in the deeper water the smaller trend toward lighter water out- weighs the former and a net increase in volume of flow results. Thus is emphasized the importance of comparativeh" slight changes in the deeper levels. One of the unfortunate results of the war was the break in the series of oceanographic observations from the Grand Banks region. The season of 1941 brought to a close the 8-year series which has been discussed here. With data missing for the war years, this series is separated from later data collected with the resumption of oceano- graphic work in the postwar period. The details of circulation and of the distribution of temperature and salinity in the immediate vicinity of an iceberg have long been subjects of speculation with little in the way of factual support avail- able for such pictures as have been proposed. One school held that the melt water from a berg being fresh would be of low density and spread out from the berg upon the surface of the sea and might permit the detection of the presence of the berg b>' means of a microthermograph installed on a ship approaching the berg since the melt water would have a difi^erent temperature than that of the surrounding sea. Early trials of such microthermographs indicated that an\' such temperature efi^ect, if present, was masked by other variations in seasurface temperature to within practical distances of approach to a berg. Another school held that the water immediately adjacent to a berg would be cooled b\- the berg and the resulting increase in density would cause the water to sink so that surface water would move toward the berg.^ It was hoped that during 1941 opportunities would permit the invest- igation of the horizontal and vertical distribution of temperatures and salinity near a berg under one or more of the four elementary conditions combining calm and windy atmospheric conditions each with bergs floating in warm and frigid water. The absence of bergs, however, limited the observations to the one set of conditions combining a brisk wind and cold water. This opportunity did not arise until the post- season cruise, when on 23 July, stations 3540 to 3551 were occupied at distances of from 300 to 2,200 yards from a berg found on the continental shelf off the eastern approach to the Strait of Belle Isle. The approxi- mate mean position of the berg during the observations was 52°18 ' N., « Smith, Ed. H. Marion. Expedition to Davis Strait and Baffin Bay. U. S. Coast Guard Bull. No. pt. 3. pp. 124-127 (1931), Washington. 25 _ 54°35 ' W. The depth of water varied but Httle in the vicinity and was approximately 220 meters. The weather was cloudy and the wind in- creased during the day from force 3 at the beginning of the observations to force 5 at the end. Its direction remained steady throughout from 187° true. Prior to the beginning of the station work a series of bathythermo- graph casts were made at intervals of a few hundred yards and disposed in the form of two circles of 2,000 and 1,000 yards radius from the berg. The vertical distribution of temperature in these two cylinders about the berg is shown in figures 18 and 19. These figures show the degree of horizontal thermal uniformity in the neighborhood of the berg, and as the distribution at 1,000 \ards is essentially the same as that at 2,000 yards, the figures indicate that any significant thermal effects of the presence of the berg were either too small to be revealed by instruments having limits of precision of the order of 0.1° such as the bathythermograph, or were limited to an area of less than 1,000 yards radius from the berg. Figure 20. — Surface salinity distribution in neighborhood of berg. Stations, representing points of observation, plotted with reference to berg. 26 0] T \ > i 31.0 .S ■^ A * S B 32.Q 6 B 33X) » 1 3'^''' / \ \ ««*• ■^•^"-■a -^**!*~- ^ 1 ?^-=<: |j 1 -' ''s. ' V sN !/ 1 \ \ \ \ \ \ ^ \ \ 1 1 1 \ 1 1 ] ; 1 X \ V \ \ u ^ L_L_. i i J ranges have been plotted as A' the solid line. It appeared that little would be gained by con- sideration of periods longer than the total elapsed time. Of shorter periods there seemed to be an undulation of the order of a 6-hour j^eriod. The introduction of such an harmonic curve of 4 mm. amplitude is shown as the curve of long and short dashes. Comparison of this curve with the original curve shows the same characteristic departures from the mean and as a consequence the general pattern of the topography- would remain with gradients much the same as those in figure 22. It would seem, then, that if the fluctuations in dynamic height are the result of internal waves, the waves of importance in the present instance are of short enough period to be of the order of magnitude of the time interval between stations and thus to require the conclusion that the series of observation is not sulTficienth' great in number nor closeh' enough spaced to lend itself to harmonic anahsis with promise of worth- while results. The possible causes of the variation among the 12 stations are not limited to errors in temperature and salinity and to the effect of internal waves. Figure 20 suggests the possibility of spatial differences. The results have been discussed thus far with the location of the observations referred to the berg on the assumption that if the berg were in motion with respect to bottom the motion would be that of the current and that there would be little relative motion between the berg and the surround- ing water. If, however, one assumes an appreciable effect of the wind on the exposed portion of the berg in contributing to its motion, the conditions which existed were favorable for the berg to move across current lines. The wind of force 3 to 5 was blowing from 187° true. If the berg's movement with resepct to bottom be assumed to have been in a direction of 052° at 3^ knot and the direction of the Labrador Current 135°, the corollary conditions are reasonable and are shown in the small diagram in figure 24. In this figure and in figure 25 the locations of the stations have been plotted with respect to bottom on the above assumptions which include a berg movement of \i knot in a direction 052°. The dynamic topog- raphy of the surface has been redrawn in figure 24 to accord with these station locations. The general circulation pattern and the maximum gradient are much the same as those features shown in figure 22. Thus the assumption of berg motion does little to explain the indicated relative dynamic topography. If the assumption of a general south- easterly flow of the Labrador Current is maintained the topographic pattern at the 140-decibar level must have a clockwise eddy beneath the edd>' shown in figure 24, and this clockwise eddy must have equal and opposite gradient components in a northwest-southeast direction 29 and oppositeh- directed components in a northeast-southwest direction, greater and less than those shown in figure 24 where the relative flow indicated in that figure is northwest and southeast respectively. However little the assumed motion of the berg may have contributed to the explanation of the surface dynamic topography, at least it does not add problems to those which existed before its introduction. It does assist in smoothing the salinity picture and reducing the horizontal gradients in surface salinity. In figure 25 the surface isohalines have been redrawn to conform to the station locations predicated on the assumed berg motion discussed above. This presents a more reasonable picture than does figure 20, since the typical section of the Labrador Current is characterized by nearly horizontal isotherms over the shelf and a marked increase in salinity with increasing distance off shore and with increasing depth. At subsurface levels the horizontal sections of salinity are characterized by an axis of maximum salinit\' extending in a north-northeasterly direction across the middle of the area. Within the limits imposed by the horizontal spacing of the stations the horizontal salinity gradients are not symmetrical with respect to the berg and the gradients indicated by these measurements cannot be said to be the result of the presence of the berg. Referring again to figure 21 two maxima in Ao-, are noteworthy, one in the temperature effect at 10 meters and one in the salinity effect at 20 meters. The former is associated with the thermocline and the latter is associated with the corresponding steep vertical gradient in salinity. In each case the value is sensitive to slight changes in depth whether those changes represent the effects of internal waves or errors in depth determination. The feature of interest is that the thermocline occurs at a slightly higher level than the corresponding steep vertical gradient in salinity. After completion of the oceanographic stations a series of bathy- thermograph casts were made in the form of a section extending from a point 1,300 yards from one side of the berg to a point 2,000 yards from the berg on the opposite side. The resulting vertical section of tempera- ture is shown in figure 26. The course of the isotherms between the thermocline and the deeper temperature minimum is not as smooth as in figures 18 and 19, although it must be borne in mind that figure 26 cuts across the center of the pattern, whereas figures 18 and 19 each represented measurements made at equal distances from the berg. From the foregoing it is concluded that under conditions of a brisk wind a berg floating in cold water probable does not aft'ect the tempera- ture, salinity or circulation of the surrounding water to any marked degree beyond a radius of 500 yards, and that for satisfactory examina- tion of the efl"ect of a berg on its surroundings the measurements of temperature and salinity need to be synoptic to eliminate spatial changes of the berg with respect to its surroundings and changes in the depth of the isotherms and isohalines from internal waves. Other conditions 30 :e it cs 1 je y d 1, ic le Is re ig le 1- Df :h n. ::y le d, ic of le id 28 y- tie which should be met, but which are not possible with the present state of development of instruments and methods of measurement, are that the precision of the temperature, salinity, and depth measurements should be such that errors are less than about 0.02°, 0.005°/oo and 1 meter. The vertical spacing of the measurements should be close (preferably continuous), and individual measurements should occupy as brief a period of time as possible to make them really synoptic. Figure 27 gives the location of the oceanographic stations occupied on the postseason cruise along the section from South Wolf Island, Labrador, to Cape Farewell, Greenland, from 24 to 29 July. The dynamic topography in the immediate vicinity of the section is shown for the sea surface with respect to the 2,000-decibar surface. While the details of the current pattern cannot be ascertained from a single section, figure 27 is useful in estimating limits of current bands and in interpreting velocity profiles of the Labrador and West Greenland Currents for the derivation of the net volumes of flow, heat transfers and mean tempera- tures of those currents. Fortunately the amount and distribution of storis off the southwest coast of Greenland permitted the close approach to Cape Farewell indicated by the location of the innermost station. This permitted the construction of a reasonably complete velocity profile of the West Greenland Current with its analysis resulting in the following figures: Volume of flow 6.46 million cubic meters per second, mean temperature 4.87° C, and heat transfer 3L46 million cubic meter degrees centigrade per second. Using these units, the results of similar velocity profiles for all known occupations of sections across the Labrador Current off South Wolf Island and of the West Greenland Current off Cape Farewell are brought up to 1941 in table 3. The 1928 occupations were by the GodtJiaab in May, and by the Marion in July- September; the March, 1935, occupation w^as by the Meteor; and the remainder are occupations by the General Greene during its postseason cruises. TABLE 3 South Wolf Island Cape Farewell Volume Mean temper- ature Heat transfer Volume Mean temper- ature Heat transfer May 1928.. . 1.7 3.41 2.68 2"76 1.27 2.92 2.69 1.52 2.60 ie's' 25^90 13.50 ii'65 4.22 12.25 12.27 4.17 6.03 4.0 4.4 3.7 5.94 2.91 7.5 8.50 6.37 5.43 6.31 6"46 4.1 5.5 5.3 4.19 5.1 4.0 4.99 4.05 4.69 4.19 4'87 16.4 July-September 1928 5.1 1.3 7.60 5.03 24.1 1931.... 19.5 1933 20.39 1934 14.86 March 1935 30.0 August 1935 4.22 3.32 4.20 4.56 2.75 2.32 42.44 1936 25.83 1938 25.04 1939 26.46 1940 1941 31.46 Average 4.0 2.5 10 9 5.6 4.6 25.1 Because of the decided seasonal increase in the mean temperature of the West Greenland Current off Cape Farewell during the summer 31 nioiillis, tlie average values oi temperature aud heat transfer for lIus section given in table 3 are perhaps misleading as the\- combine values from different parts of the seasonal cycle. A curve representing the approximate seasonal variation in the mean temperature of the West Greenland Current at this section was presented in Bulletin No. 28 of this series.'^ For the time of the season represented by the 1941 occu- pation this curve would indicate a normal mean temperature of 5.0°, from which it would seem that in 1941 the mean temperature was only about a tenth of a degree colder than normal. The volume of flow was somewhat greater than average. Table 3 shows that the Labrador Current off South Wolf Island was about average as to mean temperature but decidedly subnormal as to volume of flow and heat transfer. Ultimately, the data presented in table 3 may help us to understand the year to year fluctuations in the number of bergs appearing in the Grand Banks region. Many factors are involved, including the number of bergs calved, their mortality rates and the transportation facilities available to them. Mortality rates are affected by both stranding and melting of the bergs and along the Labra- dor coast both of these elements are probably related to the relative strengths of the cold part of the current over the shelf and the warmer offshore part of the current. One may infer from table 3 that since the mean temperature was normal in 1941 both parts of the Labrador Current were subnormal in volume of flow. The temperature distribution found in 1941 along the section from South Wolf Island to Cape Farewell is shown in figure 28. On the Labrador side, the cold water core over the shelf and the warmer off- shore portion with temperatures in excess of 4° identify the Labrador Current. On the Greenland side the West Greenland Current is to be seen with a well-developed Irminger Current component with tempera- tures in excess of 6°. The most striking feature of the Labrador Sea is the remarkable uniformity of the water at intermediate depths. At least in the summertime this intermediate water is characterized by a slight temperature inversion. The lowest values found in this temperature minimum were steady at a few hundredths of a degree less than 3.20° C. over the period from 1934 through 1939. As mentioned earlier, this was looked upon as a relic of the previous winter's chilling not completely erased by the mixing processes which follow with the advent of warmer weather. In the 1940 occupation of this section, the area in which the temperature inversion was found was smaller than in previous years and the value of the minimum temperature was nearly 0.1° warmer. Figure 28 shows this temperature inversion to have been missing completely during late July 1941. These progressive increases in temper- ature have been accompanied by slight increases in salinity so that little if any change in density of this intermediate water has been uwL-d. ' Soule, Floyd M. IiUcrn;ttional Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service in the North Atlantic Ocoaii — Season of 1938. Oceanography. V. S. Coast Guard Bull. No. 2S, p. l.'iO (19-10), Washington. 32 CO rO ^ in IT) ID in CO I^-. CO CD O — r\i in IX) in in U3 CD CIJ in rO rOrO rorororo rO 1000 GREENLAND 3000 3500 Figure 28.— Temperature distribul . !-ahrador. and Cape Fartwell, Qreenland, July 24-X Occupation of the seclion onh- once a year, and noting a progressive change from an earher condition through the years 1940 and 1941, leaves us with too few data to pursue the matter further at this time, but it will be of interest to determine whether observations taken in postw^ar years show the change to be a temporary one or the beginning of a long period trend. 33 SUMMARY 1. Three dynamic topographic maps of the Ice Patrol area in the vicinity of the Grand Banks, made during the 1941 season, have been described. 2. The seasonal variations of the Labrador Current in the Grand Banks region during 1941 have been compared with other variations found during the previous seven ice seasons and the volume of flow, mean temperature of the current, and minimum observed temperature have been tabulated for the entire 77 occupations of three selected sections over the 8-year period 1934-41. 3. Temperature-salinity correlations for Labrador Current water, mixed water, and Atlantic Current water found in the vicinity of the Grand Banks during the three surveys made during 1941 have been compared with those for the 8-year mean 1934-41. 4. A long-range trend in water characteristics found in the Grand Banks region at different levels has been discussed in terms of tempera- ture, salinity, and density. 5. Fluctuations in the boundary between the Labrador and Atlantic Currents have been expressed numerically and tabulated for each of the 27 surveys made during the 8-year period 1934-41, and compared with fluctuations in the Labrador Current and with fluctuations in the difi^erence in sea level between Bermuda and Charleston. A tentative forecast formula for predicting the seasonal average position of the boundary between the Labrador and Atlantic Current is discussed. 6. Temperature, salinity, and dynamic topography in the vicinity of an iceberg off the eastern approach to the Strait of Belle Isle from observations made with bathythermograph and reversing thermometers and water bottle methods are presented with conclusions that the measurable effects of the presence of the berg are limited to an area of less than about 500 yards radius from the berg and that a true portrayal of conditions depend on accurate measurements which are truly synoptic. 7. The volume of flow, mean temperature, and heat transfer of the Labrador Current off South Wolf Island and of the West Greenland Current off Cape Farewell found during the 1941 postseason cruise have been tabulated along with comparable values from other occupations of these sections made during the period 1928-41. 8. The change in thermal conditions in the intermediate water of the Labrador Sea, first found in 1940, has been noted as continuing in 1941. In the following table are given the data collected during the 1941 season and post-season cruises. The individual station headings give the station number, date, geographic position, depth of water, and dynamic height of the sea surface used in the construction of the dynamic topographic charts shown in figures 2, 3, 4, 22, 24, and 27; except that for stations 3540 to 3551, taken in the vicinity of an ice- berg, the bearing and distance of the station from the berg has been 34 given and for those stations the approximate position of the berg nia\- be taken as 52°18 ' N., 54°35 ' W., and the approximate depth of water 220 meters. For these stations the dynamic heights are referred to the 140-decibar surface. For stations 3345 to 3539 the dynamic heights are referred to the l.OOO-decibar surface and the depth of water is the uncorrected fathometer sounding based on a sounding velocity of 1,500 meters per second. For stations 3552 to 3575 the dynamic heights are referred to the 2,000-decibar surface and the depth of water is the sonic sounding corrected for sounding velocity and draft but not for slope. Where the depths of the scaled values are enclosed in paren- theses, the data are based on extrapolated vertical distribution curves of temperature or salinity or both. Asterisks appearing before observed temperatures indicate that these temperatures were determined from the depth of reversal and the corrected reading of an unprotected thermometer. The symbol a, signifies 1,000 (density — 1) at atmos- pheric pressure and temperature /. 35 Table of Oceanographic Data STATIONS OCCUPIED IN 1941 Observed values Sealed values Observed values Scaled values Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Saliu- Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity VOO a, Depth, meters •Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- ity VOO Depth, meters Tem- pera- ture °C. Salin- itv 700 !^i./iy OCT 1 1 W^ }DS HOLE, MASS. U. S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT COAST GUARD Bulletin No. 32 INTERNATIONAL ICE OBSERVATION AND ICE PATROL SERVICE IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN C. A. BARNES E. R. CHALLENDER FLOYD M. SOULE GARTH H. READ CG.I88 Season of 1946 (With a description of ice conditions 1942-45) UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1947 TABLE OF CONTENTS Pa«e Foreword III Ice Conditions in 1942 ...._ 1 Followed by figures 1-4 ..facing page 4 Table of Ice Reports, 1942 7 Ice Conditions in 1943 14 Followed by figures 5-11 facing page 26 Table of Ice Reports, 1943 27 Ice Conditions in 1944, including figures 12-27 44 Table of Ice Reports, 1944 . 63 Ice Conditions in 1945 87 Followed by figures 28-40 facing page 100 Table of Ice Reports, 1945 101 International Ice Patrol, 1946 .- 122 Aerial Ice Reconnaissance 124 Ice Conditions in 1946 125 Followed by figures 41-46 facing page 130 Weather 131 Communications 132 Cruise Summaries 133 Followed by figures 47-56 facing page 142 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, 1946 143 Radar Detection of Floating Ice 178 (II) FOREWORD In December 1941, based on then-existing war conditions and dis- ruption to normal maritime commerce and practices in the North Atlantic, the President approved the recommendation of the Com- mandant of the Coast Guard for suspension of the International Service of Ice Observation and Ice Patrol. With the passing of these extraordinary conditions the International Ice Patrol was resumed early in 1946. This does not mean that ice conditions were not ob- served or reported during the seasons of 1942-45, but the methods used and the extent of the area involved were altered to fit the naval needs and facilities of nations at war. In this report of the Inter- national Service of Ice Observation and Ice Patrol for the 1946 season a description of ice conditions and a tabulation of collected ice information are made available for the war years in as near the usual form as the sources and peculiar circumstances surround- ing its collection permit. The section of this report dealing with ice conditions in 1942 was prepared by Lieutenant Commander Clifford A. Barnes, U.S.C.G.R., the sections on ice conditions in 1943 and 1944 were prepared by Lieutenant Commander Barnes and Lieutenant Ernest R. Challen- der, U.S.C.G.R., the section on ice conditions in 1945 was prepared by Lieutenant Challender, the section on ice conditions in 1946 was prepared by Commander Floyd M. Soule, U.S.C.G.R., and Lieuten- ant Challender, and the section on Radar Detection of Floating Ice was prepared by Lieutenant Garth H. Read, U.S.C.G. (Ill) ICE CONDITIONS IN 1942 The Table of Ice Reports gives a summary of the findings for the period February through November. Reference is made to this table for details. November was selected as the terminating month for the ice season as by that time the 1942 ice crop had reached its minimum in almost every area, and navigation for certain of the areas was being closed by the first of the next season's ice. Figures 1 to 4, respectively, show the ice sightings in certain critical areas by months, during the months of February to May inclusive. These figures aid in giving a periodic summary of the ice conditions through the height of the ice season, one that is not readily obtained from the tables. A discussion of the ice conditions in the difl^erent areas is given below. ST. LAWRENCE AREA Reports from the St. Lawrence area are given in the Table of Ice Reports under the heading of area 1: This area includes the Gulf of St. Lawrence proper from the river to the Strait of Belle Isle, and south through Cabot Strait and the Gut of Canso to include the continental shelf south of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton Island. Ice in this area was somewhat lighter than during an average year. Normally, navigation may be expected to open up across the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the mouth of the St. Lawrence River about mid- April, the route becoming ice free prior to 10 May. In 1942 the ice in the central gulf broke up rapidly between 29 March and 4 April. On the latter date the shipping track from Cape Ray to Fame Point was navigable and the ice broken to Quebec. The next day the Cape Ray to Fame Point track was clear. Ice persisted south of Anticosti Island, and in the southern part of the gulf in the vicinity of Prince Edward Island until early May. From time to time during April occasional patches of this ice drifted across the shipping track between Fame Point and Cape Ray but did not close it. On 22 April the St. Lawrence River was open to Montreal. On 6 May all gulf routes from the south were sufficiently clear of ice to permit discontinuing the ice surveys in that area. Excluding the northeastern section of the gulf near the Strait of Belle Isle, two bergs were reported, one at latitude 49° 06' N., longitude 64° 18' W. on 7 May, and the other at latitude 48°33' N., longitude 62°47' W. on 10 May. On the banks south of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton Island the southern extremity of the pack ice during March and April could usually be found between latitude 44°30' N. and latitude 45°30' N. The ice never extended as far as Sable Island, and on only two occa- sions was there any threat of the ice forcing inshore traffic to the south of that island. The westerly extension of ice stopped short of Halifax. Traflfic east from that port was little inconvenienced by the ice and if so desired could always be routed south of the ice and north of Sable Island. Light patches of ice were reported in the vicinity of Louisburg until 4 May, after which no more ice was reported south of the gulf. On 29 March a berg and growlers were reported in a position of latitude 43°42' N., longitude 56°05' W. Only the one report of this berg was received and there were no previous indications of bergs likely to drift to that locality. It is possible for bergs to drift to that position through the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Cabot Strait, or from the Grand Banks area, but over a long period of years few bergs have been sighted thereabout. NEWFOUNDLAND AREA Reports from the Newfoundland area are given in the table of ice reports under the heading of area 2. This area takes in the coastal and offshore waters from the Strait of Belle Isle past Cape Race to Port Aux Basques including those of the Grand Banks and Flemish Cap. During the season for field ice from February through May only scattered patches of field ice were reported south to the latitude of St. John's. At no time did the pack seriously threaten to close St. John's Harbor. Field ice was not reported in the main branch of the Labrador Current along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks at any time during the season. Transoceanic shipping routed south of Newfoundland was entirely free of field ice hazard in this area. The monthly ice charts show the limited extent of field ice. The unusually light season for field ice was reflected by the meager crop of icebergs. From an analysis of the sighting reports and after eliminating duplications in which the same berg was sighted on the same day by different observers, or in which a particular berg was sighted on different days, it is estimated that approximately 30 bergs drifted south of the 48th parallel during the ice season. Those reported were all within 75 miles of the east coast of the Avalon Peninsula with most of them along or within 20 miles of the beach. No bergs whatsoever were reported in the main branch of the Labrador Current following the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. It is quite possible that a few may have slipped down this route under cover of prevailing fog. None were sighted in upstream positions favoring that route and it is con- sidered very unlikely that more than one or two if any made the journey. The berg and growlers reported on 29 March at the rather unusual position of latitude 43°42' N., longitude 56° 05' W. were mentioned in the discussion of the St. Lawrence area. The light- ness of the berg crop is emphasized by comparing the estimated 30 bergs in 1942 to the average number of bergs, 428 per year, that drifted south of the 48th parallel during the 41-year period 1900- 1940 inclusive. The year 1942 was the third of three consecutive years in which practically no bergs reached the banks. The only previous sequence this century of three comparable light ice years is that of 1900 to 1902. Farther north along the Newfoundland coast field ice was found in Notre Dame Bay from time to time until it cleared out completely in June, Bergs were present in the same vicinity through June. This ice is chiefly of local importance as it is seldom blown in any quantity east to the south-setting cur- rents. The Strait of Belle Isle was clear of field ice by June but a few bergs remained. Bergs are normally found in the strait or drifting south past the eastern entrance until August. LABRADOR AREA The Labrador area, area 3 of the table of ice reports, runs from the Strait of Belle Isle north to the entrance to Hudson Strait. Air reconnaissance on 29 March disclosed no pack south of Belle Isle and only a narrow strip, about 30 miles wide, along the Labrador coast from there north to Hamilton Inlet. Small numbers of bergs were in the pack. By 7 April considerably more pack was present in the vicinity of Belle Isle and north along the Labrador coast (please see the ice chart for April). On 25 April a coastal belt of field ice about 100 miles wide extended from Belle Isle to Hamilton Inlet. The belt was slightly wider on 8 May, after which it re- ceded rapidly. On 8 May the inner 40 to 60 miles of ice next to the coast was heavy and very close packed, and contained about 60 bergs, far less than would be expected normally. The outer 40 miles of field ice was mostly open strings ; few bergs were in this offshore ice in a position to drift down the main axis of the Labra- dor Current. By 19 June practically no field ice remained south of Hamilton Inlet, and by 10 July the southern limit had receded to latitude 57°30' N. HUDSON STRAIT AREA The Hudson Strait region (area 4) is one from which scant ice information has been available in the past and little can be added to the sighting reports given in the table of ice reports. On the whole the ice conditions in this area were much less severe than would be anticipated for an average ice year. The southern part of Ungava Bay was free of field ice to approximately 59° 30' N. on 18 June. By 11 July the heavier Arctic pack had entirely dis- appeared from Ungava Bay and Hudson Strait leaving only rotten remains of local ice and loose strings of field ice from Foxe Channel. This ice was easily navigable for an ice-protected vessel. Frobisher Bay above the island barrier was still unnavigable on 26 July due to rotten unbroken sheets of local ice, but opened up in early August. After that all areas were navigable until the close of the season in early November. The critical region in Hudson Strait is at the outlet from Foxe Channel in the vicinity of Nottingham Island. At this point heavy pack from the channel frequently moves south to close the passage between Nottingham and Digges Island, effectively blocking the route in and out of Hudson Bay. The sighting reports indicate the presence of at least some ice in this area most of the navigation season. The formation of new winter ice closed upper Frobisher Bay on 8 November and was critical in other localities of the Hudson Strait area about the same time. DAVIS STRAIT AND BAFFIN BAY Davis Strait and Baffin Bay area, area 5 of the table of ice re- ports, includes Baffin Bay and the western half of Davis Strait north of the entrance to Frobisher Bay. Very little information was obtained from this area in 1942, but the few reports received indicated a light ice season. The Baffin Land coast between the 66th and 68th parallels was practically free of field ice in late September and early October, and was probably open to naviga- tion by ice-protected vessels in August. GREENLAND AREA The West Greenland and East Greenland areas, areas 6 and 7 respectively of the table of ice reports, are treated here in one section. The ice conditions from Angmagssalik (latitude 66° N. on the east coast) past Cape Farewell and north along the west coast varied from normal to considerably below normal throughout the season. At no time did the storis move north of latitude 62° N. on the west coast, and after the end of March was never sighted except in scattered patches north of Cape Desolation at latitude 61° N. The entrances to the fjords emptying into the embay- ment off Julianehaab were blocked from time to time until late in June, but never for any protracted period. From 7 July to the end of the season little if any storis found its way west past Cape Fare- well. The southern limits of the pack was at no time reported more than 50 miles south of Cape Farewell and consequently represented little threat to trans-Atlantic shipping. Bergs and growlers as always were present along the southwest coast and off Cape Fare- well, but were reported in no unusual numbers, nor at positions abnormally distant from the coast. The east coast from Cape Farewell north to latitude 66° N. cleared of storis rapidly during the month of July, and by the first of August the southern limit of the main pack had receded to 30 miles north of Angmagssalik. This section of the coast was prac- tically clear of storis from that date until the first of the new sea- son's crop reappeared at Angmagssalik from the north on 21 Octo- ber, drifting south to Cape Farewell by 21 December. 58° 5r 56° 55° 54° 53° 52^ 51 50° 49° 46 47 46° 45° 44° 43° 49° 1R° m f ^1 ICH I'ATRCh',' AREA ^^^^ GHANOUANKS / 1 ,,,v,.„,N.H <*' ■, '-' ^'4 .. A\^// jf^ »S .;. ' ■■ X ^''''■^w;^^' ..-^^>^/^ J 47° AT '-. \. w^^- \t ?. .™1 ,,-, .'/' {■ ^^ ','' 46 46- ^— 1 '~ . ' , "-^ 1 ' ' gm™ .... /...-■■ '' 45° ' ~- \J /' „ ^,r 44° 43° u .If^ 1 ""T >^v. 4? t2j ^^^ " " ^ * *v :i ICE CHART FEBRUARY 1942 39' ^_^ '""''■' '^" sV"— 58° 57° K°^=^ 34° E 3° E 2° ir '--50° 49° ' 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43" -Ice conditions, February 1942. Figures indicate day of i IS Isl m( Is] Th in wi cri sai po no inc 66 Se tio re.' se( on COi th( on ex' 61 m€ Ju of we thj lit1 ah we ab cle of mi tic soi bei R '- '"-* ''--:' r""...;-' -- BANKS ,', ^/....• 45° - - « ■^'-''c '■' \ ,' 13' ,P x^ 1 '""T"' ^X, \ , 4V J. < '% i 41° 40° W - V ^ 'SiOT" ""■■■^v ""' ;,„i„x. ■>*' 59- — 58° 6° £ Fi 5° 5 GIJBE 4.— 4° 5 ce conditi >ns, May 942:^ Fig ires indica e day of r 9° 4 nonth ice n 8° 4 vas report r 4 d. 6-- 45° 44° 43° .740743 0-47 (Face p. 4) No. 4 Denmark Strait, between Greenland and Iceland, based on the little information at hand from other seasons, was far less encum- bered with field ice than on an average year. At no time was Den- mark Strait completely closed as occasionally occurs. The outer fringes at times, however, approached to within 30 miles of the northwest coast of Iceland. The pack was not reported as having surrounded Jan Mayen Island at any time during the season. Dur- ing August the field ice in the narrowest part of the strait began to scatter and melt rapidly, reducing to a minimum late in Septem- ber. In mid-September a vessel made the journey from Scoresby Sound to Angmagssalik sighting bergs and light field ice only. By 23 September the southern limit of the main pack had receded north along the East Greenland coast to latitude 68° N. with heavy storis beginning at latitude 69° N. At Scoresby Sound and the fjord region from latitude 70° N. to 75° N. definite signs of the ice break-up were evident by 16 July. Most of this region was navigable to ice protected vessels by the end of August but never entirely free of field ice during the season. The last vessel left the Scoresby Sound region on 25 September under very difficult ice conditions. In all the ice was much lighter than considered average for northeast Greenland. CONCLUSIONS Findings of the 1942 season and a comparison with those of pre- vious years lead to the conclusions summarized briefly as follows : 1. The ice crop, both bergs and field ice, in the Grand Banks region which is normally the critical area for North Atlantic ship- ping between America and Europe, was so extremely light in 1942 that it was no menace. 2. The ice crop in all North Atlantic areas was lighter than on an average year, and the ice season was of shorter duration. 3. No ships were reported as sunk from collisions with ice in 1942 although some vessels suffered superficial damage, and some were temporarily beset in ice. The damage was incurred mostly in northern waters by vessels on missions requiring navigation through ice-infested areas. Table of Ice Reporfs, 1942 The table which follows summarizes the individual reports of ice sightings for the period February through November 1942. The first column gives the day of the month on which the sighting was made. The second column gives a number indicating the area of sighting conforming to the following key : I. St. Lawrence Area — Includes St. Lawrence River, gulf proper east to Strait of Belle Isle, and south thi'ough Cabot Strait and Gut of Canso; also banks immediately south and east of Cape Breton Island, and banks south of Nova Scotia. 2. Newfoundland Area — Takes in coastal and offshore waters from the Strait of Belle Isle south past Cape Race and west to Port Aux Basques; also Grand Banks and Flemish Cap. 3. Labrador Area — Coastal and offshore waters from Strait of Belle Isle to entrance Hudson Strait. 4. Hudson Strait Area — Includes Hudson Strait proper from the eastern entrance through to Hudson Bay, Ungava Bay, Frobisher Bay, Foxe Channel, and waters off the eastern entrance to Hudson Strait. 5. Davis Strait and Baffin Bay Area — Western half of Davis Strait from the entrance to Frobisher Bay north into and including Baffin Bay. 6. West Greenland Area — Coastal and offshore waters from Cape Farewell north along the west coast of Greenland. 7. East Greenland Area — Coastal and offshore waters from Cape Farewell along the east coast of Greenland, including Denmark Strait, Scoresby Sound, and the Greenland Sea. This subdivision has been made to aid in locating a particular vicinity referred to when place nanies are used, and also for use in following the reports from a given area. The third column gives the details of location and description of the ice. Some reports are composites of many sightings by dif- ferent observers. Certain of the reports thus outline the findings of a comprehensive survey of an entire region. The terminology of the observer in describing the ice has been retained where prac- ticable, as much of the qualitative value of the report might be lost in rewording. Reports of coverage in an area and no ice sighted are frequently as significant as reports of ice sightings. A few of the more pertinent "no-ice-sighted" or "clear-of-ice" reports have been included in the table. It was often impractical or impossible to check apparent errors in reports. Sighting reports obviously erroneous have been discarded. Positions, where given in degrees and minutes, are in latitude north followed by longitude west. For example a position of lati- tude 46°30' north, longitude 49°45' west is written in the table as "46-30 49-45." A few positions, mostly inshore, are given with reference to a fixed point by bearing in degrees true and distance in miles. Where only a general vicinity has been indicated in the observer's report, as for instance Artimon Bank, locations as re- ceived have been retained in the table. Table of lee Reports, 1942 1 2 2 7 7 Location and Descripti( North and east of St.. John's 6 to 10 miles off shore thence 110 miles seaward heavy floes. Wedge at 47-40 N. Bergs 47-55 52-36, 47-49 52-37. 47-52 52-40. 45-40 5S-10 heavy floes. 48-24 51-46 2 bergs. Cape Farewell to 61-30 N. light pack, bergs, growlers. Belle Isle no ice sighted. MARCH 10 miles north and east St. John's ice floe. 1 mile off Torbay berg. 20 niiles off Ferryland scattered ice, growlers. 30 miles northeast St. John's field to visibility limit. Belle Isle all directions heavy field. Cape Breton Island south to 45-20 N. and east to 58-00 W. heavy field. 44-32 58-50 drift area 2 miles long. Belle Isle all directions heavy field. 66-05 26-40, 67-16 25-25, 67-57 23-47 outer limits pack. 68-12 22-24 brash, 12 mile fringe. Belle Isle all directions heavy, close packed. Belle Isle all directions heavy, close packed. 48-43 52-46 berg. Cape Breton Island field extends 50 miles south and east. Conception Bay clear. Half mile off Flat Rock berg aground. Sydney Harbor frozen. St. George Bay at March Point clear. Belle Isle west and east heavy close packed field. To southeast open. 48-30 52-00, 48-20 51-25, 48-30 52-00 bergs. 48-32 51-30 field limit. Streaks to 51-05 W. 67 N. 57 W. open water north and south to visibility limit. West of 67-00 58-30 heavy ice no open leads. Cumberland Peninsula (67 N. 62 W.) winter ice 5 miles off. 67-44 23-37 pack edge 052° for 65 miles then 021°. 48-52 52-10 pack. 48-00 52-50 berg. 48-00 51-10 field small ice. 66-33 28-22, 67-20 26-05, 67-53 24-03. 68-18 24-35 brash limits. 67-00 29-00 berg ice. 67-18 29-40, 67-20 28-00 solid. Cape Breton Island to Prince Edward Island field. North of Prince Edward Island open channel then broken ice. 59-00 50-00 heavy storis. 60-40 N. light storis 15 miles off shore. Bergs, growlers in and outside storis. Belle Isle both channels strip heavy ice extending 40 miles southeast Cape Bauld with east limit 20 miles off shore. South channel Belle Isle 4 bergs. Fox Point heavy close packed field. Hare Bay full, heavy. Strings field ice extending 20 miles southeast Groais Island. White Bay full heavy ice, large pans, growlers. Compact heavy field to 30 miles east Cape St. John. Pan ice (50 feet diameter) close packed and tight to shore. Cape St. John to Partridge Point Notre Dame Bay heavy pack to 20 miles off shore. Belle Isle all directions heavy ice. From 49-30 59-10 outer edge bearing 045° and 250° loose patches to Cape Breton coast. Sydney Harbor arms frozen. North Sydney open water to sea. 47-23 52-03 berg. Belle Isle north channel and west close packed. To east strings slop. 47-39 52-00 berg. Off Torbay berg. Belle Isle north channel strings. To east close packed. 47-35 52-11 berg. 47-30 52-00 berg. Belle Isle to west strings slob, bergs. To east clear. 46-20 57-40 east edge of pack. Narrow strings heavy pans. 50 to 60 feet across. 60 percent coverage extended south 40 miles. 45-50 59-39 west edge pack. Chedabucto Bay narrow strings. Gut Canso closed. 47-27 52-17 berg. 46-47 52-50 berg. Belle Isle slob, bergs. 46-45 52-53 berg. 47-11 52-34, 47-25 52-00, 47-22 52-03, 47-12 52-08 bergs. 47-35 52-30 loose field. Cape St. Francis past St. John's drift 7 to 10 miles off shore. 47-17 52-20 berg. Sydney arms frozen. North Sydney to sea drift. 46-40 53-01 berg. Baccalieu Island heavy ice. W Cape Breton to 45-30 58-20 pack. Light ice on 10 miles east. North Sydney seawards close packed drift. Cape Desolation to Cape Farewell open light pack (to 30 miles off shore at Julianehaab). Entrance Skov and Brede Fjords blocked (heavy jam). Nanortalik pack to visibility limit. 46-40 52-35, 47-35 52-33 berg. 47-35 52-26 small fields pancake ice. 47-55 51-34 edge shore ice. 46^2 53-02, 47-55 52-55, 47-13 52-47, 47-43 52-41, 46-40 52-55, 47-12 52-30 bergs. 47-00 52-36 sheet ice. Conception Bay floe outside. 47-38 52-36 growler. Gabarus Bay field extends 50 miles east then north to limit visibility. Sydney arms frozen, drift to horizon. Forchu Bay ice 12 miles off. Belle Isle north and west strings slob. Cape St. Francis drift. 49-15 53-26 ice to within 10 miles of shore. 48-33 53-30 ice to shore. 45-51 59-53 scattered drift. St. John's Bay growler. St. John's 043° 3 miles field ice._ Conception Bay ice across entrance. Cape St. Francis field 3 miles north seawards to visibility limit. 66-47 26-43 brash edge bearing 045°. 67-15 26-40 pack. 66-37 26-08 young ice. 6G-49 26-25 brash. 66-55 26-35 drift. 67-05 26-48, 67-47 24-40, 68-1 1 22-07 pack. Table of Ice Reports, 19i2 — Continued 6 1 1,2 1 2 1.2 1,2 M\ncH — Continued 15 miles south of Gabarus Bay field to 40 miles seaward. 45-40 58-42 heavy drift. 46-39 53-00 berg. Cape Desolation to Kingitok close pacli 30 miles wide, bergs, growlers. Arsuk Fjord clear. Mouth St. George Bay large floes. In giilf floes heavy ice. 75 miles south of Cape Ray large area thin ice. Sydney west arm frozen, drift to horizon. Louisburg Harbor drift 8 miles off. 46-35 60-23 field extends south and east. Belle Isle local ice southwest to north. 46-39 53-02 small bergs. 8t. Esprit drift ice 5 miles off east to limit visibility. 48-18 52-30 and 48-22 52-00 loose ice to coast. 46-18 52-56, 46-39 53-03, 46-33 53-32 bergs. Fogo Island shore ice to northeast H mile. Sydney and Belle Isle as 21 March. Cape Farewell to east pack 100 miles wide. Cape Farewell to Cape Desolation pack 40 miles wide, heavy, no breaks. Cape Desolation to Storo Island pack broken with leads; to Fred- erikshaab numerous leads. Sondrestrom Fjord 20 inches winter ice. Sydney west arm frozen, scattered drift to horizon. Louisburg Harbor close packed drift to horizon. 46-05 58-55 ice to coast. 45-35 60-30 ice ends. Cape Breton coast Scatari to St. Esprit open and close pacK. Also to 40 miles southeast of Scatari. Cape Race small berg aground 2 miles off. 46-41 53-flO, 46-57 52-53 bergs. 48-52 52-58 drift to coast. 48-22 52-32 drift southward. 48-22 52-45 pack north to coast. 48-37 52-51 loose ice to coast. 67-05 26-48 brash, edge running 050°. 67-44 27-48 pack. 68-04 27-36 brash. 67-14 26-00 brash, edge running 055°. Sydney west arm frozen, drift on horizon. Louisburg scattered drift H mile off. Entrance Skov Fjord ice 10 to 15 miles off shore to lim't 61-00 N. Sydney scattered ice 3 miles off shore out to 20 miles off. Cape Race berg aground 2 miles off growlers in vicinity. Sydney arms frozen, heavy drift to horizon. Louisburg Harbor close packed drift 7 miles off Berg, growlers 43-42 56-05. Northumberland strait from Cape Tormentine to Hillsborough Bay open then close packed ice to horizon. Cape Tormentine to west point Prince Edward Island close packed on south. Strings 10 miles east Birch Point. Chaleur Bay north side open. Gaspe open to 3 miles Sandy Beach Light House. East of north point Prince Edward Island to south point Anticosti open and close packed ice toward Magdalens and Bird Rocks to Anticosti to 47-55 59-50 to 48-30 59-33. Thence north along Newfoundland coast to visibility limit. Cape North to 40 miles east Scatari along east coast Cape Breton Island heavy close packed. South of line Scatari to 45-10 60-55 open and close pack. Scatari Island, 2-niile string 4- to 5-foot-thick ice, 2 miles off, running north and south. 49-33 53-57, berg. Fogo to Belle Isle no ice. Strait Belle Isle half open. Pack limits 52-00 55-25, 53-00 55-05, 54-00 55-37, 55-00 56-25 roughly follows contour coast. Bergs in pack. No ice seaward from pack. Cape Race berg 1}4 miles south-southeast breaking up. Flat Rock berg grounded. Sydney ice packing into harbor, extends 10 miles off and along coast. 48-00 60-00 floe of 60 square miles. Ice floes through middle gulf. SydneyVest arm frozen, south arm packed drift. Heavy drift to horizon. 5 miles off Louisburg Harbor drift. Drift ice 30 miles south White Head. 10 miles off Green Isle. 5 miles off St. Esprit. 5 miles off Guion Island. Sydney same as 1 April. Louisburg light close pack drift shore to 3 miles off. Greenland coast from 50 miles south of Skov Fjord to 75 miles west of Arsuk clear of pack. Fjords clear. Ice field north of 45-00 61-00, 44-44 60-26, 45-48 58-26. Cape Breton to Madame Island broken pack and pancake extends off shore 20 to 50 miles, dose packed. Above Quebec solid. Quebec to Father Point broken. Fame Point to 63-00 W. mostly clear. Areas Northumberland Strait clear but still closed. George Bay ice loosening. West coast Cape Breton Island ice to Cape North. From 48-30 62-00 to 10 miles south Cape Ray. Track Cape Ray to Fame Point navigable. 23 miles south Cape Ray ice. To 40 miles south and ea.st Scatari ice. Artimon Bank strings and patches. West to White Head 20 miles off shore from Canso west. Louisburg and Sydney scattered ice to horizon. Sydney same as 1 April. Track Cape Ray to Fame Point clear. Pack from Cape Breton Coast to 44-55 60-10 thence edge trends 030° true. 46-37 53-28 large berg. 67 -30 25-45 brash. Pack ice edge runs 060° from 67-35 25-53 for 50 miles thence 66-58 28-58, 67-06 30-37,66-37 33-12. Botwood closed with pack floe. Bay Exploits much ice. Sydney west arm frozen, south arm open. Drift to horizon. Louisburg packed drift to 6 miles off. Limit storis Greenland coast at 59-50 48-00 lying 10 to 20 miles off coast. Trepassey Bay and Cape Race to St. .John's small ice along shore. Shippigan full. Miscou, Pictou, drift outside. Elniira scattered drift in gulf. Sydney same as April 6. 45-21, 60-45 to 45-06 60-40 heavy ice. 44-58 60-07, 45-27 59-22, 45-54 59-22 eastern edge. Northeast and southeast to visibility limit. 45-54 59-22 30 mile wide belt 069° true. Eastern limit field ice Cape Freels north to 50-00 N., 10 miles off Cape St. John, Cape Bauld southeast to 51-05 53-45, 52-00 54-40, 52-30 54-35, 53-10 55-25, 54-20 53-45. 55-00 54-15. Belle Isle Strait some open water north side. Botwood fast ice to 49-20 N. then open to 49-30 N. Notre Dame Bay loose lield ice. TohJc of Ice Reports, i 5^2— Continued Day of Month 2, 3 2 Location and Descripti* APRIL — Continued 48-43 53-10 berg and pack. 47-27 52-25 2 bergs. , r , ^ .. . • • ir . Northumberland Strait closed. East point Prince Edward Island scattered ice in gulf and strait Cape North to St. Paul heavy ice. Also St. Paul to 50 miles east and south of bcatari, Middle Bank west to St. Esprit. Sydney same as 6 .\pril. Heavy ice off Louisburg Harbor all directions. 48-15 53-05 8 miles loose ice. Trepassey Bay berg. 30 miles north of Cape Race berg aground. Notre Dame Bay to 49-50 54-15 pack. 49-35 54-55 pack among islands. Artimon Bank to 47° N. heavy pack ice in large pieces. Trepassey Bay berg at mouth. Skov Fjord pack from 2 miles off entrance to sea 20 miles. 47-23 50-52 berg. 47-10 51-50 patch 50 by 30 feet. ^ , , ^ ^ , , oa i 44-53 60-12 extensive floe. Broken floes St. Paul Island to Sydney and seaward 20 miles. Clear track through gulf. Cape Breton Island west coast heavy pack. Heath Point large field to 48-30 61-00. Also 25 miles southwest Cape Ray to south and east bcatari. Louis- burg open. 47-25 52-09 brash 600 yards across. 47-17 52-12 large section pan ice. Trepassey Bay berg at mouth. j.r, iu- n» Sydney west arm frozen, south arm open to dockyard. Scattered drift to horizon. Cape Breton ice north edge 25 miles south Cranberry to 8 miles south Guion Island to 7 miles south- east Scatari. Area open water Flint Island to Sydney. Southern edge 53 miles east Scatari to 40 miles north Sable Island to 25 miles south Cranberry. Canso opening. Gulf no change. Sydney as 11 April. Loose drift 3 miles off Louisburg extending all directions. Gut Canso, Northumberland Strait open ice. Flat Point close packed all sides. Cape Breton Island considerable ice both sides. 49-00 W. between 55 and 56 north 2 bergs. Trepassey Bay berg aground. Notre Dame Bay slob ice and growlers only. , ^^ .^ ,^ ,a . m ^n .c ^c n Streaks light ice. 60-00 to 60-30 49-00. Close packed 60-15 45-30 to 59-40 45-45. Bergs and growlers. NoTrfoam^e Bay pack Td'te ice 5 to 15 miles off shore. 50-13 55-43 2 bergs^ 50-42 55-26 berg. Berg in cove northeast Bell Island. 51-38 55-25 3 bergs 51-42 56-00 heavy pack Newfoundland almost to Labrador. Labrador coast bergs. 50-15 57-38 berg. 49-15 58-18 large patch loose ice. Loose ice 20 miles west and northwest Gurney Island. Southern edge ice in Gulf 48-25 62-25 to 15 miles north of Bird Rocks then northeast. Ice both sides Cape Breton Island. From 20 miles east St. Paul Island to southeast Scatari to White Head and all sides Canso. orxuor* Mouth Trepassey Bay berg. 30 miles Cape Race 3 pieces 3 'eet by 3 feet._ Prince Edward Island heavy packed to north. Anticosti to 48-25 Bird Rocks then northeast. 48-55 51-10 loose ice to coast. Northumberland and Canso Straits drift ice. 56-12 49-32 2 bergs. 58-20 49-25 berg. . Sydney west arm partly open, south arm packed to limit visibility. Trepassey Bay berg. Simiutak (60-40 N.) light pack, bergs, growlers off shore. Fjord 20 to 30 inches ice. „ ^ ■ .^ ,,r -i tu . Pack ice 5 miles out of Louisburg thence St. Esprit thence 15 miles southeast. Shippigan Bay full. Heath Point heavy close packed. Elmira heavy in gulf and strait, btrait Canso. Canso Harbor drift ice. ,„„•,-, Pack 3 miles off shore Louisburg to Cape Breton then 20 miles off shore. Trepassey Bay berg. Ice fragments 5 miles off Cape Pine. ,, ., ^ a aa in 8 miles loose "ice 120° from Egg Island buoy. 44-25 62-00 floe 15 miles to seaward. 44-30 62-44 pan ice 5 miles by 200 yards parallel to coast. 44-33 62-38 loose ice up coast 8 miles wide. Navigable, to Montreal. Elmira heavy_ close P-ked Heath Point heap, brokers St^^^^ -25 to 15 miles north Arsuk Fjord clear. Sondrestrom Canso drift ice. Sydney Harbor full Aspy to Flint Island. Canso Harbor full. Floes 25 to 30 miles off Coast Spry Bay to Beaver Bay. Gdf ^tttJ a3T2 April. Sydney both ?rms open. Close packed 'o horizon, 44-25 62-50 loose ice 4 square miles. 44-37 62-15 large area loose ice. 44-35 62-20 loose ice 10 by 5 miles. 44-22 63-02 large area ice. Halifax to Cape Breton 10 to 35 miles off coast light open strings. 44-30 62-36 heavy broken field 5 miles to south. 44-31 61-55 090° true heavy broken field ice for 19 miles. , „ . . ■. r, •. » 1 • 66-30 25-21 southern edge brash. Straumnes vicinity 8 miles fast ice. Port Union berg off shore. Grates Cove berg to south. Salmon Cove berg. Berg MuThei^t Fame Point. Heath Point heavy broken ice everywhere. Elmira heavy broken. Tunugliarfik and Arsuk Fjords clear. » j- „ *„. f.„„o„ Pack ice 67-50 18-00 to 70-30 11-00 then cast solid cakes pancake ice 10-foot diameter frozen EdgeTose'Tce 54-15 53-50. 53-30 53-05. 52-40 53-20. 51-50 54-10. 52-00 52-45 to 51-20 52-15 to 50-05 50-50 no ice. Trepassey Bay berg 1 mile inside Cape Pine. , t. * tj- j Heath Point field broken into strings. Have crossed track from Cape des Hosiers to Bird Rocks. George Bay and Strait Canso full; Sydney Harbor full. 48-30 53-01, 47-47 53-08 bergs. ??to etloT S°PoKrings and patches open. Strait Canso open to along west coast Cape Breton Island. Sydney Harbor close packed. Trepassey Bay berg 1 mile east of Cape Pine. Table of Ice Reports, 1942 — Continued Day of Mouth Location and Description APHiL— Continued Solid ice Labrador coast to Belle Isle ) miles seaward. Botwood solid. Quebec coast solid. Belle Isle Strait 9/10 open water. to Cape Bauld. Loose ice from 51-30 N. to 50-00 N. Trepassey Bay berg. As of 27 April except Sydney harbor and to horizon scattered drift ice. Trepassey Bay berg. 47-43 52-42, 48-08 53-01 bergs. 62-30 39-00 to 63-00 37-00 no ice. Heath Point light broken. Tupper light close packed. Shippigan Bay full. Sydney Harbor both arms open, scattered drift to horizon. Gulf route practically clear. Northumberland Strait fairly clear Escuminac to Cape George. Heavy ice George Bay and Canso Strait. East point Prince Edward Island ice loosening. Ice 3 miles ofif Scatari, 2 miles off Flint Inland. Cape Breton coast clear from Cheticamp to Cape North to Sydney. Canso no ice. UAY Trepassey Bay berg. Cape Pine berg 1 mile east. Canso Strait full heavy drift. East Point Prince Edward Island heavy drift and field close packed gulf and strait. East coast Cape Breton ice moved off. Sydney, Canso no ice in sight. Notre Dame Bay, Botwood, Burnt Island clear. Burnt Island to Tilt Cove (Cape St. John) to Horse Island heavy arctic. Bonavista, Trinity Bays clear. Northwest limit from Cape Farewell south of Kitsigsu Islands to 59-50 45-30 and south 30 miles. Bergs and growlers to northwest of this limit. 40 inches ice Sondrestrom Fjord. Trepassey Bay berg. Shippigan Bay full. Pictou ice outside. Entrance Louisburg Harbor scattered drift. 30 miles so'ith of Heath Point patches and strings. Sydney harbor open. Elmira heavy close packed in gulf and strait. Gulf route open except pack from 10 miles east Heath Point to 48-31 62-08, 48-50 63-00 north to Anticosti. Chedabucto Bay and Strait Canso to George Bay to east point Prince Edward Island considerable drift ice. Close packed vicinity Prince Edward Island. Gabarus Bay and entrance Louisburg light patches. Pictou heavy drift outside. Meat Cove open ice to shore. Cheticamp ice off shore fast. Brash edge 67-40 23-10, 69-00 16-21, 70-58 08-30. Horse Island, Cape St. John, Partridge Point loose ice. Notre Dame Bay light loose arctic ice all over bay from 3 miles off Long Point to Cape St. John. Southwest coast Greenland numerous bergs and growlers, practically no pack. Sondrestrom Fjord 24 inches. 55-30, 43-30, 56-00 42-30 bergs. Pack 5 miles northwest Port Hood Island to east point Prince Edward Island to 25 miles off east point Prince Edward Island to 5 miles off Cape St. Lawrence. Loose ice and strings to 15 miles east Cape North. Other gulf routes clear. White Bay heavy field ice Horse Island northwest to mainland and along coast at Williamsport. Belle Isle Strait western half clear, 3 bergs. 47-36 52-36 small bergs (3). From 5 miles east Englee (Canada Bay) to White Bay loose arctic ice. Pictou drift ice outside. Elmira scattered drift off shore in strait. Cheticamp ice on shore. Berg 49-06 64-18. Strait Belle Isle blocked from Cooks Harbor. Flowers Cove clear. Brash edge: 67-30 24-05, 67-05 24-45, 66-58 25-33, 65-50 28-55, 65-32 29-40. 66-03 29-39, 66-29 29-48 66-32 30-10. Trepassey Bay small berg. Field ice: Groais Island to 52-00 53-00 to 54-30 53-00 thence northwest.Al so Burnt Island to Cape St. John to Canada Bay. Botwood open. Bele Isle Strait closed. Bergs 52-22 53-00, 54-18 53-22. 6 bergs 54-50 54-17. 40 bergs South Wolf Island to Venison Tickle. 5 bergs 5 1 -40 54-45 . 1 2 bergs Hare Bay. 5-mile strip storis extending from Simutak Island to 60-40 47-15. Southwest coast Greenland bergs and growlers. Trepassey Bav berg. 48-33 62-47 berg. Skov Fjord entrance to 20 miles towards Cape Desolation to 7 miles offshore broken field ice and bergs. North of 60-00 N. in 48-00 W. scattered bergs. 59-30 48-18, 58-47 48-58, 57-00 48-30 bergs. Southeast of Fogo Island several bergs. Skov and Arsuk Fjords and entrances bergs and growlers. Northwest limit pack 60-30 47-10 then southeast along coast 7 miles wide, light open. 23 inches Sondrestrom Fjord. Pack 69-40 46-30. Trepassey Bay berg. 47-39 52-34 berg. Torbay, Flat Rock Cove growlers aground. 47-22 52-37 berg. Notre Dame Bay blocked from Fogo Island. Trepassey Bay berg. 47-39 52-32 berg. Julianehaab to Farewell pack to 15 miles offshore. Farewell to Cape Trolle extends 3 to 5 miles offshore, to Cape Bille to 5 miles off shore, to 64-00 N. 3 to 5 mies off shore, at 64-00 N. 40 miles off shore. Detached field 60 by 20 miles centering 64-20 3S-00 running east and west. 64-00 N. to Angmagssalik extends 20 miles off shore. 47-06 62-42 berg. Trepassey Bay berg. 50-30 55-40 many bergs and floes. 50-33 57-15 to Canadian coast floes 15 to 20 miles by 20 miles. Belle Isle Strait east of 57-15 W. scattered floes; small medium bergs in south side. North channel mostly clear. 51-20, 56-50 floe. 51-25 55-33 field off Newfoundland shore. 52-10 65-33 heavy pack. 62-45 55-30 pack extends seaward beyond limit visibility. 63-15 65-40 pack broken into floes. 53-50 56-45 same. Hamilton inlet clear. Lake Melville and Inner channel frozen solid. 10 Table of Ice Reports, 19^2 — Continued 6,7 7 6 6 6 2,3 3, 2 7,6 Location and Description MAY — Continued 27 inches ice Sondrestrom Fjord. 49-33 53-44 berg. Off Torbay growler. Scoresby Sound solid ice. 67-20 23-55 scattered floes. (57-58 23-45 80 percent ice cover. 66-30 26-00 ice ends. 4G-39 53-21, 47-15 51-07 bergs. Limits pack 60-30 47-30 thence east and south Sondrestrom Fjord ice softening rapidly. Pack begins 51-15 57-10 extends southwest 15 miles, width 300 to 500 yards. Belle Isle Strait numerous scattered small bergs. South of 50-45 N. only few scattered bergs. Stons limits southwest coast Greenland southwest to 60-00 46-10 thence 40 miles off coast around Farewell to 59-00 42-50 thence to 60-00 42-00. Pack then to fil-50 40-20 to 63-00 40-55. Bergs, growlers numerous. East coast to 63-00 N blocked. Edge heavy pack 67-54 23-12. 69-35 22-12 15 bergs. Lane to coast open. Sondrestrom Fjord open but much ice. Arsuk and Skov Fjords usual bergs, growlers. Pack limit line northeast through 60-00 46-10, ice to 40 miles off shore. Sondrestrom Fjord 17 inches ice. Southwest coast Greenland bergs, growlers. Sondrestrom Fjord open but much ice. 49-35 N. to 49-48 N. by 53-.55 W. to 53-37 W. many bergs. 49-35 52-40 to 49-35 53-40 bergs and drift ice. 51-10 57-15 Belle Isle Strait west end clear. 51-20 57-00 bergs in channel and by north shore, broken floe in channel. North and west Belle Isle pack and floe blocking channel. 52-10 55-30 floes extending few miles off coast. 52-45 55-40 floes. 54-20 57-10 solid pack 3 to 7 miles wide at mouth Hamilton Inlet. Edge brash running 060° and 240° true through 67-05 24-50. No pack Cape Farewell to Sondrestrom. Cape Bonaviota berg 10 miles east. Northern cove (Green Bay), English Head, Old Pcrlican (Grates Point), bergs. JDNE Sondrestrom Fjord clear. White Bay pack ice, 2 bergs. Berg 50-51 59-40, 50-10 59-57, several 50-28 59-06 to 51-10 58-09. Strait of Belle Isle and Labrador coast pack ice. 66-52 25-05 thence 260° true and 350° true heavy packed drift ice. Pack and bergs in White Bay, Strait of Belle Isle and along Labrador coast. Confined to area west of 55 W. and north through 55 N. Pack to Cape Farewell lies east 46-30 W. north to 10 miles south Skov Fjord. 53-28 W. west to Peckford Island at east end Hamilton Sound bergs. Pack 66-34 2.5-50 to 69-03 18-36 to 72-20 16-55 thence southeast by south. South coast Jan Mayen drift ice. Notre Dame Bay full pan ice and icebergs to 50 miles to sea. 49-00 52-33 berg. Denmark Strait edge fast ice 65-29 29-43, 66-28 28-28, 66-42 26-25, 66-55 25-20, 67-15 24-50, 67-09 23-30. Brash impassable 67-10 22-20 then 340° true. Southwest coast Greenland narrow strip pack along coast south of Cape Desolation. Skov Fjord entrance blocked. Ice field tight to land north of Fogo Island. Fogo to Peckford bergs and growlers. Peckford berg aground 2 miles northeast. Berg 51-12 57-23; 2 bergs 51-34 56-32; 3 bergs 52-00 55-12; berg 49-41 54-55. Denmark Strait edge fast ice 68-06 23-11, 67-30 25-00, 67-03 25-20, 67-07 26-44, 66-20 28-10. Packed drift ice edge 67-52 23-10, 67-30 23-37, 67-04 24-23, 67-02 23-48, 66-56 23-55, 66-52 24-31, 65-44 26-00. Brash }i mile wide 66-46 23-30 to 66-49 22-48. Drift H mile wide northward 5 miles. Belle Isle Strait a few small bergs between Belle Isle and Newfoundland shore otherwise clear. Ungava Bay southern part clear of pack to approximately 59-30 N. 10 small bergs, pack ice, and ice glare to north. Belle Isle Strait bergs, no pack; Belle Isle to George Island no pack, north of George Island scattered ice. Notre Dame Bay many bergs, pack mostly gone. Broken pack outside limits 65-40 37-20, 65-00 39-05, 64-25 39-20, 64-10 38-15, 62-20 40-10, 60-50 38-20, 61-30 40-10, 58-34 44-25, 59-00 47-10 to entrance Brede Fjord. Entrance to Angmagssalik navigable, pack to south broken with leads. Entrance Brede Fjord clear. Skov entrance blocked; Brede clear. Stinking Island, Bonavista Bay, 2 bergs bearing 260° true. Outside Bjorneoer and south scattered storis. Cape Tobin to Cape Hope and Cape Hope to Cape Brewster unbroken winter ice. 50-34 58-38 berg. Julianehaab and Skov Fjords loosely broken pack off entrance, Brede clear. Notre Dame Bay roughly 100 bergs and growlers. Ungava Bay pack ice 30 miles off shore in southern part of bay. Fogo Island to mainland large bergs; 4 bergs 40-32 62-23; berg 53-50 50-40: southwest Green- land many bergs. 49-30 52-30 3 bergs. 54-30 52-30 to 53-20 54-00 many bergs. Skov Fjord growlers, bergs and growlers to north o/ entrance. 54-30 50-20 large berg, 54-00 50-34 two bergs, 53-47 50-40 2 small bergs, 49-50 53-50 small berg, 49-45 53-20 1 large berg. Loose pack extends 10 miles off coast east of Angmagssalik with tongues to 25 miles off to Fare- well. Thence 10 to 30 miles off shore to 30 miles south Skov Fjord. Usual bergs and growlers to north. Bergs and growlers Angmagssalik Fjord but open to navigation. 11 Table of Ice Reports, 19^2 — Continued 6 7 6 3.4 3,4 4 fi. 7 JULY — Continued Pack 67-04 25-28 to 67-25 24-28 thence 051° true. Brash 66-48 N. to 66-57 24-16. 30 mile channel between brash and pack. Southwest coast Greenland north Cape Farewell usual bergs, growlers, no pack. 66-42 23-03 berg with others nearby. Southwest coast Greenland no pack, usual bergs and growlers. r.abrador coast light open ice extending 20 to 50 miles off shore 57-30 61-05 to 59-30 62-45 thence larger and heavier to 35 miles east Button Islands. Some heavy strings southern part entrance Hudson Strait. Center and west parts Ungava Bay mostly covered light ice with some heavy strings in this area along line bearing 60-40 65-00 to vicinity Cape Hopes Advance. Shore lead 8 to 20 miles wide Button Island to George River. Southern part Ungava open 59-20 66-35 to Leaf Bay. Central and northern part Hudson Strait to 30 miles east Cape Resolution clear to line from Cape Hopes Advance to Savage Islands. All this area easily navigable ice protected vessels. Usual bergs and growlers from Hamilton Inlet north to Hud- son Strait extending 40 to 50 miles off shore. Very few bergs Hudson Strait. Labrador coast, Hudson Strait, Gray Strait, Ungava Bay navigable by ice protected vessel. Upper Frobisher Bay ice still fast. Southwest coast Greenland small bergs and growlers. Prince Christian Sound open. Skov and Brede Fjords scattered bergs and growlers. East Greenland above 75 N. ice extends indefinitely off shore. Heads some Fjords clearing due streams from glaciers. 2 leads north and south 5 to 7 miles wide 15 miles off shore from 76-20 N. to 77-20 N. and 75-20 N. to 75-40 N. East to west lead 8 to 10 miles wide ex- tending east to visibility limit (50 miles) at 74-50 N., similar leads 74-20 N. and 72-45 N. On to south succession similar leads separated by wider stretches packed drift. Probably navigable to coast from east between 70 and 75 N. Upper Frobisher Bay ice still fast. Southwest coast Greenland bergs and growlers. Angmagssalik pack closed in. Upper Frobisher Bay ice fast, open water 1 mile distance. Skov Fjord normal amount of ice. Pack icelimits 65-58 33-56, 67-00 29-00, 68-10 24-44, 69-05 18-00. 8 miles brash outsidelimits. Pack ice also 65-28 34-05 extending to southwest. Large berg 65-59 24-20. Vicinity Dannebrog Island close packed ice and storis. Vicinity Angmagssalik scattered bergs and pack ice. Greenland coast south of Skov Fjord bergs and growlers. Angmagssalik considerable pack ice. Eskimonaes Shoal ice free, close pack ofif coast. Ikateq Fjord vicinity bergs and growlers. Scoresby Sound coast close pack. Fjord mostly free. 49-45 52-50 berg. Western Ungava to Cape Hopes Advance patches open pans. Diana Bay broken pans, full. Frobisher Bay above Island barrier unbroken sheets rotten local ice, impassable estimated open in 1 week. Frobisher Bay east of islands thin pack adjacent north shore. Entrance clear Gabriel Strait, Gray Strait, Hudson Strait to Big Island clear. Usual bergs all areas. Denmark Strait brash ice from 66-20 25-30 northwest and northeast to 66-50 24-00. Drift 66-50 24-00 to 66-58 23-00 thence pack to 68-10 22-20 to 69-20 20-00. East Greenland pack 66-00 35-30 to 60-00 33-30 thence generally 065° true. Heavy pack 67-00 28-00. Strings outside. West coast usual bergs and growlers. Tunugdliarfik Fjord clear. Angmagssalik southern limit pack 30 miles north extending 12 to 15 miles seaward broading to north. 67-30 25-00 unnavigable pack. Pack from Greenland coast north of 66 N. 35 W. at 060° true to 67-30 28-00 thence east and north past 25 W. Southwest Greenland usual bergs and growler. East Greenland coast from 70 N. through 75-16 13-22 heavy pack poor leads. Denmark Strait large fields bergs centered 65-30 33-30. East Greenland coast Sadlermuit (66-15 N.) to Cape Ryder (69-05 N.) pack paralleled coast extending 10 to 15 miles off. Drift ice to 10 miles outside pack Sadlermuit to Kangerdlugssuak (68-05 N.). Sludge ice edge through 67 N. 33 W., 67-10 30-00, 68-10 25-30, open channel 2 to 7 miles wide from 68-15 24-31 to 69-50 22-12. Pack thence east of channel. Drift ice from 65-46 27-06 to 68-51 21-10 with patches brash to seaward. Bergs at 66-46 24-40, 65-02 24-19, 65-18 25-31. 75-00 15-20 heavy to rafted pack all bearings to excellent visibility limit. Pack to Shannon Island. Good lead through pack Scoresby Sound from 69-40 19-30 to 70-20 21-30. Considerable ice at fjord entrance. 74-30 18-00 heavy pack, leads closed, numerous floebergs. 74-36 18-00 numerous bergs. Heavy rafted pack south and west to beach. Large bergsstranded on beach. Vicinity Eskimonaes, Gael Hamkes Bay west of Cape Mary scattered pack and growlers. Heavy to rafted pack north, cast, and south of 74 N. 20 W. North and south leads 6 miles off beach due west wind. Ice field from Scoresby Sound to 69-30 19-00 thence northeast and southwest to visibility limit. Scoresby Sound full of ice to Cape Hooker with narrow lead south shore. 62-08 55-18 berg. Eskimonaes spring, summer unusually cold and foggy. Continued presence exceptionally heavy pack. New ice forming in pack 15 August; fjords 25 August. Immense numbers bergs. Dove Bay open, navigable from Cape Alf TroUe only. Pack along beach Cape Mary north to Cape Waldemar thence ice free to Isle de France. East edge of pack through 73-50 16-00 close packed north to 74-20 N. thence heavy large floes with edge tending northeast. 12 Table of Ice Reports, 19U2 — Continued Day of Month Location and Description 7 4.5 SEPTEMBER Labrador coast many bergs to 35 miles off coast from 55-10 57-37 northwestward. Foxe Channel pack ice has moved south to line from Leyson Point on Southampton Island to Nottingham Island. Scoresby Sound heavy pack from entrance to visibility limit. Pack extends 10 to 15 miles seaward for at least 30 miles north and south of Cape Brewster. Much pack disintegrated by 70 to 90 mile northerly gale on 4 to 6 Sep. ember. Rosenvinges Bay light to heavy pack and pyramidy bergs. Scoresby Sound to Angmagssalik bergs and light pack. Route through Hudson Strait to Churchill clear south pack ice Nottingham Island to Cape Pembroke. East Greenland sightings 14 to 17 September. Drift ice 3/10 to 10/10 cover e.xtends off coast 20 to 30 miles between 68-40 N. and 70-40 N. Scoresby Sound solid ice on north, 20- k200-foot pans drift ice 7/10 to 8/10 cover across remainder mouth of sound (not navigable). In sound 1/10 drift to 8 mile solid patch. Bergs to 150 feet high, 200 feet long from 67-22 23-33 to ice edge at 68-37 24-08. Foxe Channel ice extends as heavy loose pack Nottingham Island to 15 miles north Cape Pem- broke (with some open strings to south) thence to 63-30 83-15 thence north and northeast to shore. Patches light ice from Foxe Channel extend to 25 miles westnorthwest of Charles Island. Routes south of ice sighted open, safe. Upper Frobisher Bay mostly open navigable water with some paleocrystic ice. Southern limit pack Greenland coast to 68-00 26-30 thence undulating edge to northeast. Pack from south to 69 N. light, thence heavy to rafted. Unusually large bergs in pack. Northerly leads 5 to 20 miles off beach to past 69 N. Entrance to Scoresby Sound im- passable from east. Scoresby Sound heavy pack 8 miles south. Heavy to rafted pack, stranded blocks, pyramid bergs in harbor. Vicinity Scoresby Sound pack ice navigable with extreme difiicultv. Pack ice from Nottingham Island to 3 miles off Cape Pembroke. Large,' patches pack east of Walrus Island. Pack ice Cape Pembroke north to Southampton Island. Padloping Island area practically free of pack ice, navigable. East Greenland coast clear of pack between 68-26 26-54 and 69-40 23-00. Occasional bergs within 15 miles of beach. Brash patch 10 miles long at 67-30 25-50 running 045° true. Berg 66-50 24-35, 5 at 68-21 26-51. Foxe Channel pack ice closing Evans Strait lying tight against Cape Pembroke and on east coast Coats Island. Open ice thence 30 miles southwest hence strings and patches. New ice just forming upper Frobisher Bay. Padloping Island area practically free of pack ice. From Angmagssalik to 66-30 N. southern limits pack ice not sighted. 54-09 53-05 very large berg. Churchill to Frobisher Bay ship sighted no ice. Cape Chidley to Churchill aircraft sighted no ice. 49-58 49-11 berg. 50-35 47-37 berg. 66-40 28-50 brash ice patch 4/5 square mile. 67-06 29-48 berg. Edge drift and brash with no ice fast to land at 67-50 32-00. At 68-00 31-10 loose pack to 10 miles off shore thence drift ice to 25 miles off thence brash to 35 miles off shore. At 68-40 24-10 close packed ice to 45 miles off coast thence drift 10 more miles at 68-50 21-20 pack to 40 miles off entrance Scores by Sound thence drift and brash to 70 miles. 48-44 50-22 large berg. Pack ice from Foxe Channel extends from Nottingham to Coats Island close packed. Open drift ice south to Mansel and Digges Islands. Navigation conditions this area critical. Local ice forming at times upper Frobisher Bay and Coral Harbor, Southampton Island. Some shore ice at upper Frobisher. Angmagssalik extensive ice fields off shore to limit visibility. East Greenland area 66 N. 40 W. 1/10 brash, .\ngmagssalik area open brash 1/10 to 4/10 cover. Same north along coast to 66-20 N. where field ice and brash ice to 20 miles off coast increasing in width to 30 miles at 67 N., 45 miles at 68 N. 67-12 26-32 berg. 67-14 26-50 brash edge extends southwest 3 miles. Ice becomes close packed toward Greenland coast. Occasional bergs about 30 miles off shore. From 67-15 29-57 heavy packed drift northeast to 68-30 22-15 thence edge bears 020° true. Fast ice Scoresby Sound with 5 miles belt packed drift ice to eastward then 3 miles brash. 1 to 8 mile belt ice forming east of brash. Hudson Strait area ice conditions essentially same as on 20 October. East Greenland edge ice pack parallels coast from south through 69-10 21-50 past Scoresby Sound extending seaward north thereof. Entrance King Oscar Harbor many growlers some bergs extending 20 miles off shore. Field ice at offshore edge. East Greenland southern edge pack ice inshore approximately 65-00 N. Koksoak River freeze-up begun prohibiting operation small boats. Koksoak River closed for season by ice. Upper Frobisher 3 inches new ice upper bay and 5 inches inner anchorage end navigation for season. East Greenland at 64-45 36-30 open channel inshore with pack extending to 10 miles off in- creasing to 20 miles off shore at 66-35 33-40. 740743—47—2 13 Table of Ice Reports, 19^2 — Continued Day of Month Area Location and Description 16 29 7 7 NOVEMBER— Continued East Greenland fast ice from 67-50 29-10 to 68-10 28-10 thence north. 8/10 drift, medium sized floes, from 67-10 27-10 to 67-40 26-30, 67-15 25-45, 67-52 24-18, 68-42 21-30, 69-24 20-55, 70-10 21-00, 71-10 19-40 thence northeast. Open lead south from Scoresby Sound 100 miles long by 20 miles wide. Lead 20 by 40 miles 3/10 brash to east. To north brash seaward to 70-40 19-40. East Greenland at 66-00 32-54 10/10 brash for 5 miles towards land then packed drift. Brash edge bearing 032° true 10/10 cover 10 miles deep. From 66-51 32-45 denser packed drift with bergs to 66-58 32-51, 67-07 32-10, 66-59 31-20, thence brash to 66-54 30-44, 67-02 3C-20. ICE CONDITIONS IN 1943 The ice season for the year 1943 was considered as starting on 1 December, 1942. Where far northern waters are concerned a definite break is lacking between consecutive ice seasons, as new ice begins forming in the remnants of the old ice before the latter has entirely disappeared. By the first of December, however, in almost every locality the actual amount of ice present has reached or passed its minimum and increase in the amount of ice comes from the new season's crop. This discussion covers the period from 1 December 1942, to August 1943, and fails to include the terminating months of the season in northern waters. The Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area and Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area which follow summarize the reports of ice sight- ings for the 9-month period ending 31 August. Figures 5 to 11 respectively depict the ice conditions by months for the months February to August inclusive. It has been impractical to show the entire area covered, and, because of congestion, many of the ice sightings could not be included on the close scaled chart. It is believed that the figures aid in giving a periodic survey of the gen- eral ice situation that could not readily be obtained otherwise. The season of 1943 ended the sequence of abnormally light ice crops that had begun in the year 1940. Considering the entire area the amounts of ice, both bergs and field ice, were somewhat heavier than that to be expected on an average ice year. Statements of ice conditions in one part of the area, however, may not be applicable to those in another. The area has been subdivided for purposes of discussion as follows : 1. St. Lawrence Area — Includes St. Lawrence River, gulf proper east to Strait of Belle Isle, and south through Cabot Strait and Gut of Canso; also banks south of Nova Scotia, and south and east of Cape Breton Island. 2. Newfoundland Area — Takes in coastal and offshore waters from the Miquelon Islands over the Grand Banks and Flemish Cap and north to the Strait of Belle Isle. 3. Labrador Area — Coastal and offshore waters from the Strait of Belle Isle north to Hudson Strait. 14 4. Hudson Strait Area — Includes strait proper from eastern entrance to Hudson Bay, Foxe Channel, Ungava Bay, Frobisher Bay and waters oflf the eastern entrance to the Strait. 5. Davis Strait and Baffin Bay Area — Western half of Davis Strait from the en- trance of Frobisher Bay north into and including Baffin Bay. 6. Greenland Area — Coastal and offshore waters from latitude 76° N. on the east coast south through Denmark Strait, past Cape Farewell, and north along the west coast. ST. LAWRENCE AREA The entire St. Lawrence area was open until well after the mid- dle of December 1942, at which time a severe storm accompanied by low temperatures and dangerous icing conditions swept through the gulf. Some local winter ice was formed, principally in shel- tered places. The effect was cumulative in that the lowered tem- peratures of the waters favored the survival of ice drifting south along the Labrador coast. By 30 December the Strait of Belle Isle was all but blocked. A vessel with difficulty made the passage that date, the last reported for the season. Heavy pack ice was but a short distance north along the Labrador coast, and was reported on 4 January at less than 50 miles from the eastern entrance to the strait. This heavier pack ice probably began to work through the strait into the Gulf of St. Lawrence early in January. The straits, however, were considered closed for through traffic on 30 Decem- ber and infrequent reports only are available from this area from that time until the beginning of the spring break-up. During January the pack ice, augmented by locally formed winter ice, pushed through the gulf and out through Cabot Strait. All cross- gulf shipping was at a standstill until the spring break-up. Patches of heavy field ice rafted by wind were reported at a position of 30 miles southwest of the Miquelon Islands on 24 January. This ice came from the Gulf through Cabot Strait as no heavy ice had been passing Cape Race, the other possible course, at that early date. The discharge from the gulf came earlier and was heavier than on an average year. Throughout the month of February heavy field ice drifting from the gulf constantly choked Cabot Strait and occasionally closed in on the Newfoundland coast at Port Aux Basques blocking that harbor. Heavy ice at times was blown east to longitude 57° W., and one one occasion drifted south past latitude 45° N. Except for a few days, about 4 to 7 February, vessels bound from Halifax to Argentia keeping south of latitude 45° N., until east of longitude 57° W., would have encountered no heavy ice. The master of a coastal vessel, long experienced in ice navigation of Newfoundland and Gulf of St. Lawrence waters, reported on 5 February that the ice working through Cabot Strait was the heaviest to that date of any year since 1935. On 13 February what appeared to be a berg was sighted by a plane pilot off the coast of Cape Breton Island, 15 8 miles east of Cape Percy. It was not reported a second time, however, and was appraised as a very heavily rafted floe. On 17 February loose strings of thin ice were reported in the vicinity of latitude 44° N., longitude 57° W. Slush and pancake ice was form- ing quite generally at that time in coastal waters east to Cape Race. This ice was formed only during a cold snap and was light and short-lived compared to the heavier pack drifting from the gulf. Local ice rarely lasted more than a day or two in offshore waters. The prevailing westerly winds during February prevented ice from moving westward along the south coast of Cape Breton Island and Nova Scotia. In March heavy ice continued to push out of the gulf through Cabot Strait. During the first half of the month the ice remained mostly north of a line from a position at latitude 45° N., longitude 60° W., to St. Pierre, but occasional patches were blown almost to the Miquelon Islands, and to within a short distance of the New- foundland south coast. On 17 March loose stringy floes were observed extending from the direction of Cabot Strait to a position of latitude 46°15' N., longitude 56° W. This ice lasted at least 3 days and was probably the beginning of the major ice movement from the gulf during March, which culminated in patches of field ice reaching a position of latitude 44°20' N., longitude 56°45' W., on the 26th. A short distance northwest of this position the ice pieces averaged 2 to 5 feet thick with hummocks to 6 feet above water. On 28 March a vessel ran into heavy ice at latitude 45° 10' N., longitude 56°50' W., and suffered considerable ice damage. The ice was reported as tightly packed and up to 30 feet thick. This heavier ice is believed to be remnants of a huge rafted floe, one such as had been sighted off the east coast of Cape Breton Island on 13 February. In March, as in February, the westerly winds kept the ice from drifting west along the south coast of Cape Breton Island. During early April the ice outside Cabot Strait slowly receded from its maximum extension of March but it opened up consid- erably. By the 19th the outer limits were again inside a line extend- ing from a position of latitude 45° N., longitude 60° W., to St. Pierre. By the end of the month no ice remained in Cabot Strait outside a line from Cape North to Cape Ray. The Gulf of St. Lawrence proper which had been blocked from shore to shore from January to March opened up in April. (For details please refer to the summaries of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ice conditions given in the table entitled "Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area".) By 1 April a channel was broken but not navigable in the St. Lawrence River from Montreal to Quebec. Local navigation was possible from Quebec to Cape Chat. Pack ice filled the gulf. On 16 April navigation was possible through the Gut of Canso into Northumberland Strait. The gulf was still 16 closed, although on normal years it opens by about the middle of April, and was navigable on 4 April of the preceding year. The southern and western part of the gulf opened up rapidly between the 16th and 23rd. On the 24th a navigable track via the Gut of Canso, north coast of Prince Edward Island, and the western part of the Gulf was open to the River and Quebec. On 26 April the Northumberland Strait route could be used. At the unusually late date of 30 April, the regular shipping track from Cape Ray to the St. Lawrence River opened, and navigation was possible to Montreal. During early May the southern limits of the field ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence receded rapidly. By the 10th it was well north of the Bay of Islands and no longer threatened the shipping lanes. Some field ice remained in the Strait of Belle Isle, however, until after the 16th of June. The gradual clearing of the gulf from the south and west in the 1943 ice season is a sharp contrast to that of the 1942 season in which the Cape Ray to Fame Point track opened first, and the Gut of Canso-Northumberland Strait track was blocked by ice until early May. This is in part due to the abnormally heavy westerly and southwesterly winds of 1943 that were so effective in keeping the ice from moving west along the south coast of Nova Scotia. NEWFOUNDLAND AREA For the purposes of this discussion the Newfoundland area proper is considered to take in the coastal and offshore waters from the Miquelon Islands past Cape Race to the Strait of Belle Isle, includ- ing the Grand Banks and Flemish Cap. In time of peace the Grand Banks region is the one of prime importance, for in that vicinity the icebergs and heavy pack ice normally reach their maxi- mum extension to the south. Ships enroute to Europe shaping their courses to pass south of all ice on the Grand Banks may then continue on a great circle with little danger of encountering ice else- where. If, east of the Banks, a more northerly course is taken ice may be met in the Flemish Cap region. Ordinarily transoceanic shipping is not concerned with the ice areas along the Newfound- land east coast and the Labrador Coast, but these areas are vital because they lie in the Labrador Current immediately upstream from the Grand Banks and feed heavy ice to both that and the Flemish Cap area. By virtue of their position farther from the continental land mass, the waters east of Newfoundland are not so quickly affected by winter cooling as are the waters of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and along the Labrador Coast. The first ice of the season to appear in the Newfoundland area was that on 30 Decem- ber, 1942, in the vicinity of the Strait of Belle Isle, as discussed in the section treating the St. Lawrence area. Although no other 17 ice of consequence was reported until 1 February, considerable winter cooling of the Newfoundland waters doubtless occurred during January and perhaps some light ice was formed locally in sheltered positions. In early February, in the wake of a con- tinental storm of severe intensity accompanied by low temperatures, considerable local ice was formed inshore south to Cape Race. North of the Avalon Peninsula a large ice field with pans about 10 inches thick was reported on 1 February as extending offshore to between longitudes 50° W., and 51° W., at latitude 49° N. Light ice, mostly slush and slob, was reported from time to time during the month south to Cape Race. This ice was too light any time during February to endanger ships bound for St. John's. Offshore the southern fringes of somewhat heavier ice, an extension of the Labrador field, drifted south in the eastern branch of the Labrador Current to a southeast corner position near latitude 48°30' N., longitude 49° W. From this position the outer edge followed a northerly course to the 1000-fathom curve at about latitude 50° N., longitude 49° W., and then appeared to follow that contour on north. The inner edge was indefinite due to confusion of this ice with ice formed locally along the coast. Two bergs were reported during February, one off Twillingate, Notre Dame Bay, on the 13th, and the other at latitude 51° 57' N., longitude 49° 10' W., on the 26th. In March the field ice pushing down the offshore branch of the Labrador Current became heavier and the fields more extensive. The eastern edge of main field north of latitude 49° N., followed rather closely the 1,000-fathom contour being temporarily dis- placed east or west depending on the direction of the wind. The ice inshore north of Cape Freels closed to give almost solid cover- age. On 21 March the offshore ice extended in a close packed tongue, with cakes u]) to 6 feet in thickness, down the core of the Labrador Current to a southeast corner at position latitude 47°22' N., longitude 47°23' W. This position marked the greatest extension of the main field during the entire season. Scattered ice extended east and south of this limit for probably 20 miles at that time. This southeast corner of the pack is a critical spot, as the current can carry ice very rapidly to the south, and winds scatter it quickly to the east. The inshore edge of the heavy pack ice tended from the southeast corner towards Cape Freels leaving a deceptive hollow from the coast of the Avalon Peninsula north- east to the field. Vessels could at times get through the ice north of the corner, but there was seldom any assurance that they could, and those trying it more often than not lost time or were damaged, sometimes both, in the attempt. Two vessels were beset in this pack in March, one at latitude 52°00' N., longitude 50°25' W., on the 15th, and the other at latitude 49°09' N., longitude 50°18' W., on the 22d, but both worked clear. 18 Bergs began to appear in numbers in March. Many were scat- tered through the pack ice but individual positions were seldom reported. At that time the limiting boundaries of the pack, and the positions of the bergs outside the pack limits, were of most importance. Until the middle of March most of the bergs working free of the pack did so north of latitude 50° N. These bergs were carried in the pack to its eastern edge where the pack wasted rapidly in the warmer water, but the heavier bergs were trans- ported farther to the east. From the 9th to the 11th of March about 20 bergs were reported east of the pack in the vicinity of longitude 48° W., between the 50th and 53rd parallels. On the 24th, bergs and growlers were reported south to latitude 46° 30' N., longitude 47° 00' W. On the 27th, bergs were sighted northeast of Flemish Cap in the vicinity of latitude 49° N., longitude 43° W. Beginning the last of March, and following a gale that swept through the region, pack ice started to move south along the east coast of Newfoundland. On 1 April heavy slob ice was sighted off St. John's harbor and later in the day was reported 15 miles farther south. By the 3rd it had reached a latitude slightly north of Cape Race, its farthest extension to the south during the season. Offshore winds kept a shore lead open to St. John's. Continued easterly winds at this time would have blocked the harbor with ice. Some pack persisted south of St. John's until after the 11th, but by the 17th the southern limit had receded north to Cape St. Francis removing the threat to St. John's for the remainder of the season. During early April the field ice in the offshore branch of the Labrador Current so receded from its maximum extension of March that little pack was left south of a line from Cape Race to latitude 50° N., longitude 49° W. About the 17th, however, the main pack north of latitude 49° N., and west of longitude 50° W., began to break up rapidly and large sections up to 40 miles long by 20 miles wide separated from the main field and quickly strung out to the south and east. One such field reached the position of latitude 47°20' N., longitude 47° 15' W., on the 21st. This breaking up and scattering process continued until well along in May. It should be noted that when a major break-up occurs the ice moves very rapidly and its limits are the least predictable of all times. Broken ice, because it scatters, takes up far more room than did the compact sheet before breaking. It is true that there is often much open water in the ice but little of this open water is accessible to navigation, and the probability of finding a series of connected leads in the direction of a desired course is small indeed. The outstanding feature of the berg situation in April is that of the many bergs sighted none were reported south of latitude 47° N. Moreover a number drifted east at latitudes north of Flemish Cap. In early April of normal years bergs are well on their way to the 19 Tail of the Grand Banks in latitude 43° N. The abnormal situa- tion in the spring of 1943 may indicate either a less than average strength in that part of the Labrador Current setting south between the eastern edge of the Grand Banks and the Gulf Stream system, or an unusually strong easterly set in the eddy north of Flemish Cap. Considering, however, the frequent and abnormally heavy westerly and southwesterly winds that swept through the area from January to April, it appears that bergs were released from the pack not at its southern extremity, but mostly along its eastern edge close to a line from latitude 49° N., longitude 49° W., to latitude 52°30' N., longitude 51° W. Pack blown east of this limit was quickly melted in the warmer water but the heavier bergs persisted and were carried farther to the east. It is believed that the eastern limits of the pack were farther off shore in this locality than normal, but too little information is available from former years to establish a norm. The wasting of the pack ice initiated by the April break-up accel- erated in May. By the 11th the offshore pack was still stringing southeast to latitude 48°00' N., longitude 47°30' W., but the inshore ice edge had moved well off the coast in the vicinity of Cape Freels. The pack had receded to the north of a line from Fogo Island to latitude 50° N., longitude 51° W., on the 20th. Coastal vessels were going into Notre Dame Bay by the 25th. By the end of the month field ice in this area was no longer a consideration, even for Greenland bound vessels. May, as in most years, was a heavy month for bergs in the Grand Banks region. The ice chart for May shows only a fraction of the number of bergs sighted but it gives a fair idea of their general distribution. The concentration of bergs along the main part of the Labrador Current following the eastern edge of the Grand Banks is evident in the ice chart, as is also that along the inshore branch of the current immediately east of the Avalon Peninsula. The abnormal delay in the southerly movement of the bergs was pronounced at the beginning of the month, and it was not until the 11th that bergs were sighted south of latitude 46° N., in the main stream of the Labrador Current. The general break-up of the pack released hundreds of bergs at its southern edge, however, and during the remainder of the month bergs moved south towards the Tail of the Banks in large numbers. Approximate berg limits were south to latitude 44° N., and east to longitude 42°30' W. It was not until after the 25th of May that bergs began to move south past St. John's in the inshore branch of the Labrador Cur- rent. Hundreds of bergs were present off shore from Cape Freels throughout May. They were in such numbers that observers in planes could not count them but turned in reports as "entire area practically saturated with bergs," "innumerable bergs," and "area 20 polkadotted with bergs," to mention a few. Even on the Banks bergs were frequently too numerous to count from a plane and reports as "many bergs in area" or "bergs numerous along course" were received. Positions of individual bergs could not be given in such cases. With so many reports of this nature it is difficult to estimate the number of bergs drifting south during the season, or during any of the peak months. An estimated 840 bergs drifted south of the 48th parallel during 1943. Field ice was no more than a local problem in the northern part of the Newfoundland area in June. By the 16th it was confined to patches inshore north of latitude 50° N., and west of longitude 55° W., and in the Strait of Belle Isle. Bergs continued to move south over the Grand Banks in great numbers in June. Reports of sightings indicate that bergs pene- trated farthest south and west during that month. On the 12th several bergs were sighted at latitude 42° N., longitude 52° W. On the 14th one was sighted at latitude 41°55' N., longitude 48°50' W. Owing to fog, visibility conditions were bad over the southern and eastern edges of the Banks during June, and it is believed that only a small number of the bergs drifting to that area were reported. Bergs probably drifted south well past latitude 42° N., although none were reported south of the position given above. Bergs were reported west to the unusual positions of lati- tude 42°17' N., longitude 55°51' W., on the 10th, and latitude 45°56' N., longitude 56°18' W., on the 29th. These bergs were not reported a second time. Several bergs, however, were sighted in positions indicating a possible drift to those points. The berg crop on the Grand Banks is estimated to have reached its peak between the last of May and 10th of June, an abnormally late date, but in agreement with the retarded release of bergs from the south- ern edge of the pack. Dozens of bergs drifted south past St. John's harbor in June. Several grounded near the harbor entrance, and frequently broke up to give dangerous growlers. Two vessels struck bergs in the vicinity of latitude 44° 55' N., longitude 48°53' W., on 6 June. One was able to proceed under its own power. The other put into a nearby port with a bent stem and 30 feet of water in the fore peak. The bergs were struck at night in dense fog, one of the vessels striking an underwater projection. The concentration of bergs on the Grand Banks decreased rapidly in late June and during July. By early August no bergs appeared to be in a position to drift south in the eastern branch of the Labrador Current, but considering the large amount of fog in that area during July, a few bergs could easily have escaped detection. Many bergs drifted south along the east coast of the Avalon Penin- 21 sula in July and a few in August. An occasional berg was almost invariably present in the vicinity of St. John's during this period. Bergs were present in large numbers inshore from Cape Freels north throughout July and into August, but no attempt has been made to plot these on the ice charts. Most of these bergs ground and disintegrate without moving farther south. Bergs were pres- ent in the Strait of Belle Isle in numbers until after the middle of August with occasional bergs in that vicinity through September. Conclusions regarding the ice conditions in the Newfoundland area during the 1943 season are : (1) The crops of field ice and ice- bergs were both somewhat heavier than on an average year. (2) The southerly drift of bergs to the Grand Banks was unusually late. (3) A stronger tendency of bergs to drift east at latitudes north of Flemish Cap prevailed early in the season that would be expected on the basis of records of other years. LABRADOR AREA The Labrador coast from the Strait of Belle Isle north to Hudson Strait is ice bound from January until June of the average year. The field ice, however, never extends off shore to menace normal shipping lanes. Consequently the ice conditions in this area are little known and of little importance to shipping except at the beginning, during, and at the end of the local navigation season. The extent of field ice and number of bergs oflf the coast from late autumn to early spring would give a good indication of the ice to be expected later in the area of the Grand Banks. The reports from the Labrador area in the winter of 1943 were too few to give this picture. Reports of ice sightings for the Labrador area are included in the table entitled 'Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area." Please refer to that table for details. A few points worthy of special mention follow. Field ice was reported extending from north to the Strait of Belle Isle on 4 January, and it was not until 9 June that local navigation opened for the spring at Battle Harbor, just north of the Strait. Lake Melville was still frozen solid on 14 May but had entirely cleared of ice by 8 June, although on the latter date scattered patches of field ice still remained in Hamilton Inlet. On 13 June field ice extended 30 miles oflf shore at latitude 56° N., increasing to 90 miles at latitudes 58° N., and 60° N. On 16 June coastal vessels reached Battle Harbor and the coast was open to latitude 53° N. It was most likely navigable into Hamilton Inlet at that time. On 24 July heavy pack was still present from about latitude 58° N., to the eastern entrance of Hudson Strait, and extended up to 80 miles ofi" the coast. The offshore edge of the main ice field along the Labrador coast, as along the Newfoundland coast north of latitude 49° N., appeared 22 to have an equilibrium position near the 1,000-fathom contour. This condition held to the north to between latitudes 55° N., and 56° N., and until the spring break-up. North of latitude 56° N., sightings were insufficient to fix the outer limit. The ice fields were much more extensive off the Labrador coast in the 1943 season than in 1942. Data from years prior to 1942 are too meager to justify comparison. HUDSON STRAIT AREA The ice sighting reports from Hudson Strait and adjacent waters are given mostly in special Hudson Strait summaries appearing in "Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area." These summaries cover the period of the break-up of ice from 30 May to 21 August, Little can be given here that does not appear in the tables. Ice conditions in this area were more severe than during the 1942 season. On 8 July, 1943, Ungava Bay was still closed by heavy ice and as late as 27 July was navigable only with difficulty. In the year 1942 all of the heavier ice had entirely disappeared from Hud- son Strait and Ungava Bay by the 11th of July, a condition com- parable to that of 21 August in 1943. One point may be emphasized here. In early June considerable open water was reported in Hudson Strait and Ungava Bay, con- ditions which might be taken to indicate an early opening date for navigation. At this time, however, there were large areas of almost solid sheet ice fast to land along the west coast of Ungava Bay and along the south side of Hudson Strait. The ice in this condition holds closely to rather definite limits. During the break-up the ice detaches from the coast and moves with the wind, and as it breaks into smaller pieces, quickly spreads to occupy a much greater area and block channels formerly open. It may refreeze with cold w^eather. This explains partly the apparent increase in the amount of ice in Hudson Strait and Ungava Bay that occurred during June. DAVIS STRAIT AND BAFFIN BAY AREA Three sighting reports only were received from the area in Davis Strait north of Frobisher Bay and Baffin Bay. These are given in the "Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area" under the dates of 22 February, 7 June, and 21 August. In February, the "west ice" between latitudes 65° N., and 66° N., extended about half way across Davis Strait from Baffin Land towards Greenland. The eastern limit of the ice field was approximately the same at about latitude 67° N., on 7 June, but the ice was broken. On 21 August mostly scattered field ice but with some close packed ice was present along the Baffin Land coast between latitudes 63° N,, and 66° N., with no further field ice sighted to latitude 67° N. This area was navigable at that time, which is probably average. 23 GREENLAND AREA The Greenland area takes in coastal and offshore waters on both the east and west coasts of Greenland and those of Denmark Strait. The sighting reports for this area are given in the table entitled "Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area." The season's first storis passed Cape Farewell on 21 December. 1942. Patches of storis reached latitude 60^40' N., on the west coast by 25 January but not in quantity to interfere with naviga- tion to Skov Fjord. The northern limit of storis on the west coast fluctuated between Cape Farewell and Cape Desolation during the period January through April but did not completely block the embayment off Julianehaab at any time during this period. In the months of ]\Iay, J une and July the northern limits of this ice were quite frequently reported between latitudes of 61° N., and 62° N., with ice extending off shore to longitudes of 50° W., to 51° W. The embayment off Julianehaab was completely blocked for short periods during this part of the season, but not for any protracted period. The entrance to Arsuk Fjord was not completely blocked at any time. After 11 August storis was no longer a threat to navigation west of Cape Farewell. The same winds that were so effective in keeping the storis from moving north along the west coast from January to the end of April pushed it well off shore to the south and southeast of Cape Farewell. The outer limit of the pack was reported 100 miles south of Cape Farewell on 20 April, its greatest reported extension to the south during the season. On 23 April pack was reported at latitude 58°30' N., longitude 40° W., about 130 miles southeast of Cape Farewell. In March the outer edge of the pack was never reported as more than 80 miles south of Cape Farewell, and after the ice started to push up the west coast in May the southern limit was seldom more than 50 or 60 miles off the coast. By the 3d of August storis had all but disappeared south of Cape Farewell. Few reports giving positions of individual bergs were received from the Greenland area. Bergs near the coast generally are pres- ent in such numbers that positions of individuals lose their signifi- cance. A few bergs and growlers appear to have drifted to between 100 and 150 miles southeast of Cape Farewell with the greatest extension occurring in March. On 19 INIarch a vessel struck a berg in latitude 58° 05' N., longitude 43° 50' W. The accident occurred at night during a snow storm. The vessel was apparently turning to avoid the berg and struck on the quarter. It sank on 21 INIarch. Approximately 32 people were on board when the vessel sank, some of whom were rescued. A total of 132 survivors were taken from the ship prior to the sinking or were picked up later. The amount and extent of both bergs and pack ice in the vicinity of Cape Farewell and along the west coast during the 1943 season is considered about average. 24 The ice in Denmark Strait interfering with passage of vessels is that spreading out from the Greenland coast towards the north- western tip of Iceland. The navigability of the strait is in most cases determined by the width of the channel of open water lying between the outer edge of the pack and the Iceland coast in the vicinity of North Cape. The width of this channel averaged roughly in the neighborhood of 75 miles in February, 50 miles in March, and 25 miles in April. At one time in April the channel was almost closed. In May and June the width of the channel increased to an average of about 40 miles, but constricted in July to about 20 miles, practically blocking the channel on occasion. In August the channel opened rapidly to give about 100 miles of open water. Only in July did the ice show any tendency to spread east along the north coast of Iceland. It should be borne in mind that the outer contour of the ice in Denmark Strait is often very irregular and may contain deep bays, peninsulas, and closed leads. Thus an average position given for the ice edge is at best a very crude estimate. The ice conditions prevailing in Denmark Strait during the 1943 season when compared with records of other years are evaluated as approximately normal. The fjord region of the Greenland east coast between latitudes 70°N., and 76°N., was characterized by heavier than normal ice until the end of August. This region was practically inaccessible during the 1943 season. ICE DAMAGE TO VESSELS Seven vessels were reported damaged by ice, or entrapped in ice fields during the season. One of these sunk as the result of a collision with a berg. An undisclosed number of lives, variously estimated up to 60, were lost in the disaster. Of the other vessels four made port with considerable ice damage. The remaining two continued on their way and are presumed to have suffered only minor damage. Vessels purposely sent into ice infested areas have not been considered. Neither have those subject to super- ficial damage in very light ice. The report from one of the damaged vessels contained no details other than that it made port with heavy ice damage. Of the remainder, three struck bergs and three were damaged by field ice. CONCLUSIONS A review of the 1943 ice season bearing in mind conditions of previous years leads to the following conclusions : 1. The crops of icebergs and field ice in the Newfoundland and Grand Banks regions were both somewhat heavier than usual, but far more severe ice conditions have occurred in the past and may be expected from time to time in the future. 2. Field ice was abnormally heavy in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 25 and in the discharge from Cabot Strait, and persisted later than usual in the spring. 3. The ice both south of the outlet to Cabot Strait and east of Newfoundland exhibited a stronger than average tendency to drift eastward. 4. In the Canadian Arctic, Labrador, and Greenland areas the ice crop varied from near average to heavier than average. 5. Seven vessels were reported to have suffered damage from encounters with ice, one sinking with loss of life. EXPLANATION OF THE TABLES OF ICE REPORTS The individual reports of ice sightings for the period Decem- ber, 1942 to August, 1943, both months inclusive, are summarized in two tables, namely, "Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area," and "Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area." Included in the New- foundland reports are those from coastal and offshore waters of Newfoundland proper, the Grand Banks, Flemish Cap, the Nova Scotian Banks, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Labrador, Hudson Strait, and the western part of Davis Strait north into Baffin Bay. The Greenland area reports include waters from the Greenland Sea through Denmark Strait past Cape Farewell and the eastern part of Davis Strait. The first column of the table gives the day of the month on which the sighting was made. The second column gives the type of ice reported. The term "ice line" as used in this column, unless qualified in the descrip- tion given in column 3, refers to the offshore edge of the main body of field ice. Field ice in most cases extends from the Green- land or Newfoundland coast, depending on the area given, to the position of the ice line. Other terms appearing in column two are those commonly used in referring to ice. The third column gives the details of location and description of the ice. The policy followed has been to list separately each report. An individual report, however, may be a composite of many sightings and at times covers an entire area. Reports obviously in error have been discarded. Most of the reports have been greatly abbreviated. The terminology of the observer in describing the ice has been retained where practicable as consid- erable of the qualitative value of the report might be lost in rewording. A few of the more pertinent "no-ice-sighted" reports have been included in the table as these frequently are as signifi- cant as reports of ice sightings. Positions where given in degrees and minutes are in latitude north followed by longitude west. For example, a position of latitude 47°32' North, longitude 51°17' West is written in the table as "47-32 51-17." A few positions, mostly inshore, are given with reference to a fixed point by true bearing in degrees and dis- tance in miles. Where only a general vicinity has been indicated in the report, locations as received have been retained in the table : 26 tjcy 5B° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 49" yj K b P \l KOI \R1 \ :cr ^ ^ ■■■'"'7"\ V /t"---.. \- > \ / / ^ / ^ f^ ^ :.< ■' , -.O" N V. / 48" I ^^.^ ^^v^Aa ^'^^^^MiP^ r iM i ? ,ii5,... '- ^ >"^' V -/ ' ;' X- '^t> /^^ •% ^ '- \ . ^ A. ' N H ^ . '\ ^ f ,:; L ■ 7 ':_/ ./•• V" ;y /' . ' •-V GKAND BANKS / ,, / L. ^ I 1 9« 1 , j . .' ;-,-\"v"f i» — \ ! 44' r- 43° \ * Iff y1< ,r>.. «T>, >K. 41 , ' y% •1 - "J IC E CHARJ M/ ROM 19^3 \ *v J "" -MXIHUH LWn SO.. ■H, '««',i,„ : I. >>" 39 ^_J L — ^ 1Q° 39° )8° 7° E t- 5 4° " 5 3^ 5 2° £ 1° 5 0° 9° 4 8° 4 6° -45° 44° 43° Figure 6. — Ice conditions, March 1943. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 26) No. 2 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 26) No. 3 59' 58° sr 56° 55° 54° 53° g62° ^ 51° 50' 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54' 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° FionHE 9.— Ice conditions, June 1943. 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 26) No. 5 5^ 58" 5r 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 5 ° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 49' .:Ar^: !■: PATROL arf;a. '%Br % ?^ :. " 6 ...^ A : p ' ''' a -^ C ^ ■ v^ tm 4>. \ .A^ h^ U ^i> ^ /I V " - — •' '^'v^~4A4 m / * ^ # "^■..,_ , \.'X, *-^ " - :k :i ^ \ :'- ': _ 'hmtKnc ■« ;:,/■' 46" ^L- \ f \k 0 — : ■•■- '' ' , ,> ,- ;V\ N ' 10 f^ ri. ■Y :;..f; '■; _ / , - i^m ' f ^--' S^^ ■% ■ ' s 44 '*'^\[\ — — \ — -r- - u"^^ 44° 43* — — — — V ^ -^ ,,■■'& ' 43° 4?* x^ •"?""" '""'T' ^>x I''" 41' r '% \ * 40 V* '_ / KECHAFT JULY 1943 '''<4" '."I »,,li«' ly 39 L^ =?= =« 39° Figure 10.— Ice conditions, July 1943. 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 26) No. 6 -1^ 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° ICECHAFT U BUST IS 43 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43' Figure U.— Ice conditions, August 1943. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 2«) No. Table of lee Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1943 14 None 30 Chop 4 Pancake, pack. 24.25 Pack. . 31 do 1 Floe Pan Floe. Pancake 3 Winter None 4 Pack 5 Field Pack. Scattered.. .. Pack do Scum Pack.... .. 6 do -—do do do „ Field. Pack s do do Drift... 9 Pack -...do. .___do_ Berg. Slob. Pack nECEMBER, 1942 Belle Isle Strait free of ice. Strait of Belle Isle blocked by chop ice from Forteau Bay to Little Harbor and on New- foundland side froni point opposite Forteau Bay to Daniels Harbor. .lANDARY, 1943 Labrador coast. Pancake and young ice from Stony Island (52-58 55-47) 35 miles east. Heavy pack coast to 53-00 55-20, thence axis extends north to visibility limit and southsoutheast past Double Island thence soutbeouthwest into Strait of Belle Isle. 30 miles southwest of Miquclon Islands rather heavy pack rafted by wind. Lighter ice off Cape Breton. South of Louisburg to 45-30 N., off coast west to 62-20 W. FEBRUARY Cape St. Francis to near Cape Race loose floe off shore to 51 W. Conception Bay loose floe. 49 N., 50 W., to 4S N., 52 W., pan ice 10 inches thick. St. John's loose floe to 30 miles off coast. From 49-24 51-25 to 48 N., 52 W., to coast at 47-10 N., close packed pancake ice, S inches thick. Argentia inner harbor 4 inches winter ice. St. John's, Cape Spear, no ice visible. Loose strings close to east shore Newfoundland vicinity 47 N., to 10 miles out. Heavy ice encountered vicinity Artimon Bank to 45-OS 59-02. Port Aux Ba.sques Harbor full open pack ice. Heavy ice from inside channel head to limit of visibility. Scattered in approaches Sydney Harbor. Harbor closed. Southern limit 45-03 N., field extended to at least 10 miles east of .\rtimon Bank. Nearly impassable in some areas. Ice edse 10 miles off Guion Island at 45-44 59-52 then light field for next 10 miles to 45-40 59-40, then heavy ice in very large sheets. Very heavy pack over Misaine Bank south of Scatari Island. East edge at 45-45 5S-00. Southern limits not visible. St. John's to Cape Race 3 to 5 miles out. Coast to 49-34 52-16 light scattered pack everywhere. Thin loose pack shore to 15 miles off coast Bull Head and Bear Cove point. To 50 miles off east coast Newfoundland, 46-09 N., to 47-19 N., loose pack. Beginning 5 miles off Cape Breton Island close packed ice extends to 60 miles off shore, southern limit not visible (Course Sydney to Argentia). From Cape Ray along Newfoundland coast to 59 W., thence irregularly to 45-50 59-00 45-40 59-15, 45-40 59-40, to Scat?ri Island. Scattered drift 10 to 15 miles in width, off shore from Cape North to Scatari. Off Louisburg and south of southern contour drift ice. From 50-07 50-30 to 48- 45 51-53. 2/10 coverage to Limit of vLsibility from coast to 47-19 29-40. (Visibility 8 to 10 miles). In Port Aux Basques Harbor and to limit of visibility. From west through 47-40 60-40, 47-40 59-30, 46-40 59-10, 45-40 59-00, 45-40 59-40, thence Scatari. Large block scattered drift ice vicinity Port Aux Basques. North and east contour extends through 47-15 60-00, 47-35 59-15 irregular to 45-45 59-15 to Scatari. Open water St. Paul Island to Cape North and along east coast Cape Breton Island. 3 solid packs 48-36 49-35. Each floe 5 to 10 miles in length 1 mde across and 1 foot thick also ice floes eastward. Cape Breton Island to eastern limits 59 W., broken drift ice to eastward. Port Aux Basques Harbor clear. Field enclosed by 47-25 59-40, 47-20 59-35, 47-20 59-15, 47-10 59-20, 46-10 59-00 46-05 59-05, 45-55 59-30, 46-15 59-50, 46-20 60-10, 46-40 60-20, 47-10 60-05, 47-20 60-00. Second field to east and south of 45-40 59-10, 45-55 59-20. 46-00 59-00. Patch open light ice about 5 miles square off Trepassey Bay. Loose pack from 25 miles east of Newfoundland to 100 miles east of Newfoundland on course St. John's to 49-29 49- 17 to 49-07 48-55 to Bull Head. Loose ice 5 lo 10 miles east of Cape Race. Gulf coverage complete along course Gander to Goose Bay. Field from west and through '47-30 59-40, 47-25 59-00, 47-10, 59-10, 47-05 60-20. Second field from east through 47-10 58-55, 47-05 59-20, 46-50 60-00, 46-30 60-10, 46-30 58-50. Open water south of 46-30 N. Coverage complete in Strait of Belle Isle except for few wind leads. Ice along shore and among islands of Notre Dame Bay. Clear towards center of bay. Open and close pack from 30 miles off coast Cape Breton to 50 miles west of Miquelon Island. Little ice observed to south of course. Large jagged piece 46-13 59-38 (berg ^ or huge rafted floe). Very large berg off TwiUingate, Notre Dame Bay. Small amount off St. John's Harbor. From 45-47 58-05 to eastern limit at 46-00 57-30. South' edge not visible. Some large pans from Gulf of St. Lawrence. Loose pack covered sea to limit visibility from vicinity 46-00 57-00 (visibility 20 miles). Loose west of 57 W., vicinity 46-30 N., to limit of visibility (5 miles). On west coast Cape Breton Island width 20 to 30 miles, north and east shores Cape Breton Island clear. Patch light ice 30 miles wide centering at 46-50 58-50 thinning toward east to 57 W. South edge estimated as 46 N., in 57 W. 27 Table of Ice Reports, Neivfonndland Area, 19Jf3 — Continued Day of Month Type Pack. ....do. ....do. Drift... Field... Pan.... Scum.. Pan... ....do. Slab. Pack. Pancake. Pack.... Pancake. Pack.... ....do.. Slob. Pan.... Pack... Slush.. do. ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... Pancake.. Pack Slob. Pack Pan, pack. Slob... Pack... do. Slush.. Pack... Berg.. Drift. Slob.. Pi.ck. Location and Remarks None.. Pack... Slush.. .....do Pack.. .....do Pan.. Pack. FrBRU.*.Ry— Continued From west to oast and north through 47-10 60-30, 47-05 59-50, 47-30 59-30. Second field enclosed bv 46-30 BO-00, 46-35 59-45, 46-25 59-45, 46-25 59-50. Broken ice east of line through 47-35 59-25, 47-05 59-25, 46-10 59-10. Heavy ice north of 46-40 N., and west of 59-10 W. Open water off Port Aux Basques. South of 46-40 N., to 45-40 N., scattered ice. 49-23 51-56 tending south westward. Loose strings flat ice to limit of visibility off Cape St. Francis. Loose scattered scum between St. Pierre and Cape Race. Long strings of thin flat ice general in area 47 to 50 N., from 47-35 to 43-20 W. Loose strings scum and pancake in are? 48 to 50 N., from 48 to 53 W. Loose strings in are? Placentia Bay to 44-20 57-10. Local slab close packed to shore, thence 20 to 40 miles open water, thence 40 miles of ice, thence clear water to Miquelons. Shore lead open from St. John's to Cape Race. Fringes of pack in places with ice to sea- ward. Heavy close pack from east shore Cape Breton Island to 40 miles out on course 075° from Cape Percy, ihence narrow lead open water (15 to 20 miles) thence ice to east. Eastern limits could not be seen because of overcast. Gulf of Lawrence conditions: No ice in sight at Cape Ray. Heavy close packed ice every- where in gulf. Ice extends southeast from 10 miles off Cape Ray to 60 miles east and southeast of Scatari and over to east coast of Cape Breton with south limits not visible. South coast cf Newfoundland clear from Cape Rav east. South coast Cape Breton clear. Drift ice Northumberland Strait and in Strait of Canfo. Channel to Montreal broken, not navigable. Quebec to Cape Chat local navigation possible. Strait of Belle Isle frozen over solid. Scattered pack west of Miquclon Islands. Loose pack from coast to 80 to 100 miles east of Cape St. Francis. 2 at 47-40 50-15. St. John Bay frozen solid except for 2 miles (west coast 50-50 57-15). 47-18 52-25 10 miles across running northeast to southwest; loose to southwest. Large area 8 miles off beach and seaward from north ppst St. John's to 47-28 52-28. Patches at 47-24 52-13. Sydney Harbor and approaches clearing. Along east coast Cape Breton Island open water thence broken pack east to 58 W. Ice apparently breaking up; considerable open water showing. Ice line 49-20 50-00. 52-08 44-42, 52-20 44-15. Numerous in area 30 miles radius from 48-45 48-55. Several bergs position 47-28 50-18 , Patches pack ice north and northeast of Cape St. Francis. Conception Bay clear. Ice to 70 miles along course 075° true from Sydney. From west west to dock area Sydney Harbor ice still unbroken thence much open water towards harbor entrance. Bounded by positions 47-18 51-31, 47-23 50-58, 47-48 51-00, 47-50 49-35, 49-10 50-00 48-08 52-40,47-18 51-31. Pack ice north of this area. 47-37 50-43, 48-40 50-10, 48-30 49-00, 48-40 48-20, 48-50 48-30, 49-00 49-04, 49-20 48-57, 50-08 50-00. Solid pack coast to 50-50 W., at 49-20 N. Loose pack 50-50 W., to 50 W., at 49-20 N. Scattered thin ice east of 50 W. 49-43 4.5-53, 49-35 49-30. Gulf St. Lawrence conditions: Entrance improving. At Scatari and 5 miles off Louisburg moving west. On coast (east) Cape Breton and closing on south coast. St. Pauls (all directions) close packed. Grindstone, Magdalen (all directions). Heavy along shore vicinity Gaspe and Cape des Rosiers. (Open water outside to limit of visibility.) Canso Harbor and Chedabucto Bay. Strait of Canso full. Wide strip along east side of George Bay from Port Hope to Strait of Canso. Limits 47-06 52-42, 47-11 52-40, 47-15 52-05, 47-38 52-06, 47-30 52-38, 47-32 52-32 thence curves towards Torbay Point where it touches shore. Southernmost part extended east 10 miles. Ice about 10 miles off St. John's. 51-05, 45-30, 50-10 45-45, 50-15 46-25, 50-20 48-05, 50-07 48-00. All approximately 100 feet high and 100 yards long. East winds may close St. John's with ice. From coast to 51-20 W., between 49 N., and 51 N. Ice opening up off east coast Cape Breton Island. 1 5 to 20 miles open water then scattered ice with much open water for 25 to 30 miles east. Ice lines: 49-00 50-00, 62-20 49-45, 49-40 50-50. 31 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^3 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Bergs. Pack. Bergs Pack. Bergs.. Pack... Bergs.. Various Pack.... Ice line. Bergs... Ice line. Bergs... Slob.... Pack ... Ice lini Bergs. Pack- ice lines. Bergs... Pack.... Bergs... Pack-... Bergs. . . Pack.... Berg.... Pack.... ...do... Ice lines. Berg.... V anous. Pack, berp— . APRIL — Contmued Large bergs vicinity 49-00 50-00, large berg 49-15 53-15, berg 51-51 49-58. Loose pack consider?ble open water, from Sydney 100 miles east on course across Miquelon Islands (north and south to limit visibility, 20 miles). 49-58 45-24, and 49-45 45-14. No indications of pack ice. Extending from 10 to 15 miles off north shore of Prince Edward Island to 10 to 15 miles north of Magdalens. Rather heavy pack from 10 to 20 miles off Cape North to 15 miles wide extending northeast of bydney almost to Newfoundland coast. Field of ice visible from Louisburg tending east southeast. Scattered patches of ice to within 60 miles of Miquelons on course 076° true from bydney. 48-18 4ti-40, 2 at 48-28 46-36, berg 48-28 46-31, 2 bergs sighted between last 2 positions. Ice lines: along 49-50 W., at 50 N., 50-00 50-00. 49-30 50-55, 48-40 51-25, 51-42 50-30. 49-58 48-50, 49-10 48-03, 49-27 47-03, 49-45 49-00, 49-48 51-45, 49-29 52-33, 51-30 45-28. Large berg at 50-15 45-50. 2 large bergs in vicinity 49-20 51-10. Large berg at 50-15 45-50. Large berg at 51-42 50-30. 6 large bergs vicinity 50-10 48-30. Summary Gulf of St. Lawrence conditions. Quebec to Cape des Rosiers mostly open water. North of line from Cape des Rosiers to 48-30 63-00 to south coast Anticosti open water with scattered pans. Eastward from 63 W., to 20 miles west of Cape Ray, over usual steamer track to River, heavy close pack everywhere. Drift ice Cape Tormentme to Pictou thence clear to Cape George. Route from Pictou vie Strait of Canso navigable during daylight. Light ice in Canso btrait. Bay clear. Eastern edge ice from 15 miles off Cape Ray to 46-00 58-30, 45-20 58-25, 45-30 59-50 to 7 miles ofl bcatari. Ice moved off shore along east coast Cape Breton Island. Scattered ice Louisburg, Chedabucto Bay. Conception bay entirely free of ice. Inshore edge 10 miles out at 47-40 52-25 bepring towards Baccalieu Island. Ice to south very light strings less than 1/10 cover. 5/10 cover light ice 5 miles to north at 47-40 52-10, no ice to south. Scattered brash ice 5 to 10 miles north then large patch open water with extensive field beyond. Ice corner at 47-50 52-00 tending uorthnortheast. 49-40 61-00, 47-25 50-42, 49-55 49-35, 49-48 49-05, 49-22 50-57, 49-40 50-40, 48-52 60-40. 49-49 46-05, 49-32 45-08 (50 to 100 feet high 30 to 50 yards wide), 60-30 46-35, 49-25 49-12, 49-30 51-20. Field ice to 30 or 40 miles off Newfoundland coast south to 48-00 N. 10 bergs 48-50 N., between 61 W., and 62 W. (up to 2000 feet long). Drift ice, little open water. Strait of Belle Isle. W hitc Bay, Notre Dame Bay considerable ice. 49-02 49-41, 49-20 48-00, 49-40 49-15, 49-30 48-32, 49-47 50-26, 49-28 48-20, 48-12 46-42. From coast to 49-47 49-16. 48-06 50-15 (large). Eastern edge of ice pack at 48-42 48-17 bearing north. Scattered pack extending from about 15 miles off north and east shores Cape Breton Island to line 47-10 67-20 to 46-40 68-30. Appeared to be 16 to 20 miles clear water on south coast Newfoundland. 49-30 51-30, 60-50 50-30, 50-20 49-40, 50-48 51-20, 50-20 49-40, 50-30 51-00. 61-45 49-55. Summary Gulf of St. Lawrence conditions: Montreal to Quebec not navigable. Quebec to Red Islands navigable scattered ice. East from Red Islands to Cape des Rosiers and along north shore Seven Islands mostly clear. Also mostly clear east from Cape des Rosiers north of 48 N., to 62-30 W., with narrow ice strip along south coast Anti- costi Island. Orphan Bank to Bonrventure Island and wesi into Bay Chaleur to New Carlisle scattered ice. Gaspe harbor and approaches to Douglastown solid. East from 62-30 W., over usual steamer track to Cape Ray ice loosening. Loose around Cape Ray. East edge of pack extends from Cape Ray southeast to 75 miles east and south- east of bcatari. Ice has moved off east coast Cape Breton. Loose patches south from St. Paul Island. Sydney Harbor and approaches thence Scatari clear of ice. Loose ice along shore Scatari to Guion Island, btrait of Canso a little scattered ice. George Bay clear. West coast Cape Breton clean to vicinity Cheticamp. Cape George west through Northumberland btrait mostly clear. Some patches drift in Strait between Cape Bear and Pictou Island. Narrow strip along north shore of strait to West Point. Solid ice in Summerside and Egmont Bays. Pictou harbor clear. Route from Pictou through Strait of Canso navigable. Southern limit off east coast Newfoundland about 48 N. 49-30 60-65. 50-11 46-20 2 bergs. 50-16 50-25, 53-30 64-40, 61-44 49-30, 49-00 49-00, 49-30 60-65. Small 51-00 43-40. Large 50-26 45-20. Several 49-00 46-36. Berg 50-1 1 45-50, 49-38 44-49. String of rotten ice outside Louisburg harbor not over 300 yards wide. Pocket in pack at 48-12 49-18. Clear to east 10 miles with maximum extension of pack 48-06 49-00. Axis of pack from 48-00 49-00 to northwest. 4 miles unbroken ice in center along axis of pack. Pack 30 miles wide from 48-12 49-18. Pack appeared to thin out 30 to 40 miles to northwest this position. This patch probably detached from main field. Occasional bergs visible in area northeast of pack. 50-26 52-30, 60-30 63-30, 49-11 48 30, 60-22 52-38, 49-21 51-10, 50-25 63-30, 50-33 53-30, 60-25 62-30. 50-33 53-30.50-30 63-30. Detached field with axis 47-20 47-15 to 48-00 48-00, width 20 to 25 miles. Open water 48-00 48-00 to 48-10 48-40 then pack northwest through 50-00 49-40. Southern edge through 48-20 50-00 and from 48-00 51-45 to Baccalieu Island. 47-68 51-42 to 48- 10 51-02 fiat cake ice in broken fields. Ice fields at 48-30 60-30 edge running about 030° true for 60 miles. Several large berge to 26 miles east of field. From Torbay through 49- 45 50-46 broken ice fields. 32 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19/^3 — Continued Day of Month Type Pack, bergs. Pack -.-do —do ---do ..do Reres Pack- Tee line Bergs Pnrk, bergs Berg? ...do. Pack- ---do. ---dn .--do Bergs. Pack, -..do Bpres. Pack. Bergs. Pack. Brash.. Pack.-. Bergs. - Pack... ...do.. Borgs.. Pack -. .-..do.- Bergs- . Various 27,28 28 None. Pack. Location and Remarks Bergs... Ice line. APBiL — Continued Limits pack ice Baccalieu Island, 48-00 51-50, 48-20 50- 50, 48-40 51-10, 48-25 50-00, 48-05 48-40. 48-25 48-40, 49-15 50-00. Detached pack 47-40 47-55, 47-20 47-15, 48-05 47-50. Solid cores in peninsula and detached pack. Large bergs vicinity 48-05 47-40. Heavy pack ice 47-45 48-41. Heavy pack ice extends from 48-40 50-20 to 48-10 49-00 thence in northerly direction. At Stephenville ice moving off shore, only 100 yards out. Just started to move 20 .^pril. Ice close inshore north to Bay of Islands. Close packed to unbroken ice off shore. On course 075° true from Sydney ice from about 10 miles off coast Cape Breton Island to east. Coverage 5/10 to 7/10. Little ice to south of course. Edge of ice pack 48-15 52-36, 48-32 52-15, 48-33 52-32, 48-48 52-36, 48-52 53-33. From 49-15 53-15 to north ice into shore. East edge 49-48 51-00 to 49-59 51-15 to 50-27 52-43. Small beres in ice packs. Numerous bergs off northeast edge. Floes from coast to 50-20 52-50. 49-05 48-25, 49-45 51-00, 50-32 52-10. 3 at 48-47 48-42, 1 at 49-00 47-09, l?rge berg at 49-07 46-00. 1 at 51-30 51-58. Ice beginning to break vicinity Cape Freels. Vicinity Togo Island solid ice with cracks. From 50 N., 52 N.. to 51-10 51-00 appears to be open towards Belle Isle. Numerous large bergs north of 51-10 N. Loose pack with some solid areas within limits 59-20 53-00, 58-10 52-10, 58- 25 51-00, 49-10 50-05, 49-25 50-10, 49-40 51-40, 50-10 52-00, 49-20 53-00. Clear coast to area but no observations northwest and southeast therefrom. 5 bergs within 15 mile radius 49-10 51-20. Scattered bergs beyond pack to line northwest to southeast through 50-20 50-00. 48-30 50-20 huge berg plus 10 large bergs within 10 mile radius. 49-20 48-02 berg (14 mile by 1/8 mile by 200 feet), plus 6 bergs within 25 mile radius. Limits Cape Freels. 47-50 50-40, 49-05 50-00, 48-50 48-20, 50-00 48-20, 51-10 50-00. Detached field 30 by 50 miles believed centering 49 N., 47 W. 50-12 44-52. Ice pack 15 to 25 miles distant from shore along north coast Prince Edward Island extends to about 15 miles southwest of Cape Ray. Small patch of broken ice east of Scatari Island. Eastern ice edge from 48-30 49-12 to 47-55 48-45. Light ice vicinity Prince Edward Island north of 46-40 N. Strings 46-10 58-45. Eastern edge through 48-30 49-15. 47-56 48-50, 47-50 47-40. Many large bergs up to 20 miles northeast of line. 47-36 47-39. Pack ice 48-00 49-00 to 47-46 47-40. Bergs from 48-00 49-00 to 47-30 47-00 all sides. Scattered ice near 47-55 47-53 becoming heavier between 47-50 47-40 then lighter to limit at 47-33 47-35. 47-35 47-53,47-32 47-45,47-25 47-34. Summary of Gulf of St. Lawrence conditions: South and west limits of field as follows: from 20 miles northwest Cape St. Lawrence to 20 miles north of East Point Prince Edward Island to 16 miles northwest of North Point to 20 miles east of Birch Point to 47-40 62-00 to 48-40 62-50 thence north to Anticosti. Navigation possible to Quebec skirting this field to George Bay and Gut of Canso. Father Point. Bersimis, Points des Monts, Point Tupper to Meat Cove and Cape Ray clear of ice. West Point, Heath Point, and Shippigan heavy open ice. Shediae light close pack. Gaspe ap- proaches drift ice. Gaspe Bay west of line from Douglastown to Little Gaspe solid. Small patch 46-10 48-45, East coast Cape Breton Island clear. Ice edge about 20 miles north of Prince Edward Island extending to vicinity Magdalen Island. No ice east or west coast Cape Breton Island. Little ice visible Northumber- land Strait. Small patch dirty ice visible about 46-50 49-20. 48-00 50-00, 47-50 49-20. 47-20 48-40. 47-40 47-50. 47-40 47-40. 47-50 47-10. Edge Baccalieu Island to 48-10 50-20 thence northerly. Field ice 48-02 48-04. and 35 miles east, heavy. Berg 48-42 47-19. Several in vicinity 47-50 48-00. Ship in ice at 49-45 50-52. Heavy pack ice centering 150 miles northeast of St. John's. Numerous in and around pack. Gulf summary: Western part of Gulf breaking. Scattered ice in field about 30 miles long by 28" miles wide south of South Point. Anticosti. Another within following limits: 47-20 64-00 to 48-00 63-40 to 47-20 63-40. Open water between above field ice and Magdalen Islands (about 40 miles wide). Close pack from 25 miles north of Bird Rocks to vicinitv Cape Ray. South edge from 15 miles north of Cape St. Lawrence to 20 miles north of East Point Prince Edward Island to 15 miles north of North Point Prince Edward Island to 30 miles east of Birch Point. Then mostly clear south and west of the above limits to west coast of Cape Breton, north coast PrinceEdward Island and east coast of New Brunswick. Na%ngation possible through Strait of Canso via Northumberland Strait or East Point passing south and west of ice field to river St. Lawrence and Quebec. Scattered pack from St. Paul Island southeast to about 46 N. Sighted no ice on flight Argentia to Sydney and return (visibility up to 20 miles). From Bird Rocks to 20 miles west of Cape Ray open and close pack. Gulf west of 61 W.. clearing. Occasional strings, from 25 miles north of East Point Prince Edward Island to Magdalens with narrow strip along west coast of Magdalens. Open pack from 15 miles west of Cape St. Lawrence to 20 miles west of Cape Ray. Lane 10 miles wide north of a line from Cape St. Lawrence to Cape Ray. East edge extends from 15 miles southwest of Cape Ray to 47-10 58-55 to 46-50 58-50 thence St. Paul Island. Very numerous from 49-00 47-30 to 47-30 47-30. No other ice sighted. 50-00 52-00. 50-05 51-45. 49-20 49-50. 49-20 51-48. 50-00 50-53, 49-35 49-30. 50-03 51-28. 33 Table of Ice Reports, Ncxvfoimdland Area, 19U3 — Continued Bergs -do Bergs, Hoes Pack Bergs Various... Berg Pack, growlers. Pack Ice line Bergs.. Pack ....do Ice line . Bergs... Broken.. Ice lines. ....do... Bergs... ....do... Pack. Ice lines. Bergs Ice lines. Bergs... Ice line.. Bergs... Ice line.. Bergs... Ice line.. Bergs... Ice lines. Floes... - Ice lines. Bergs... Ice line.. Bergs... Ice lines. Bergs. Pack.. ...do. Bergs. Pack.. Bergs, growlers. Bergs - Pack Berg .\PHiL— Continued 49-07 44-05 (75 feet high 500 feet long), 49-30 49-45, 49-30 50-00 (70 feet high 400 feet long), 49-00 46-10 (75 feet high 500 feet long). Vicinity 47-20 46-35 about 15 bergs. Several bergs and scattered floes 48-20 46-57 to 49-00 47-00. Ice visible to north of Cape North. None between Sydney and Argentia (visibility 50 miles). Numerous, small, 48-25 45-40. Very large 48-22 46-07, 48-20 46-15, 48-18 46-15. Altered course to avoid numerous bergs. Numerous 47-35 46-34 (one very large berg 250 feet high). Encountered frequent bergs to 46-50 47-27. Gulf summary: Navigable through Gulf of St. Lawrence to Montreal via Strait of Canso, East Point Prince Edward Island or Northumberland Strait. Also via Scatari, Cape North and Bird Rocks. Route from Bird Rocks to Cape Ray now navigable. Loose ice south of line from Bird Rocks tc Cape Ray. Field from 1 to 20 miles wide but navigable. Open ice extends from 5 miles off Cape Ray north along Newfoundland coast to limit of visibility. Ice is 2 miles west of Cape Anguille. No ice south of line from Cape Ray to Cape North except occasional string 20 to 40 miles off east coast Cape Breton. Bras D'Or Lakes now open. Gulf of St. Lawrence: River and Gulf practically clear with heavy ice only in northeast part of gulf north of Cape St. George. Open ice 7 miles west of Cape St. George ex- tending 25 miles southwest and to 40 miles northwest. Clear along Newfoundland coast to Bay of Islands. Point Amour heavy close packed arctic ice, 10 bergs. Small patch ice 10 miles wide east of Bird Rocks. Small field midway between Bird Rocks and St. Paul Island. Broken ice from Cape St. George 30 miles southwest. Extends west and northwest this line to limit of visibility. Isolated string 2 miles wide about half way between Cape Anguille and Cape St. George. 47-57 45-52 (large). 52-36 51-27 heavy pack and growlers. Off Cape Harrison 4 to 10 miles to sea. Poor visibility beyond. No ice line on course 134° true from Gander. 2 at 48-30 52-22, 1 at 49-10 53-27. On course north passed out of pack at 52-44 51-26. Ice edge runs between positions 51-30 51-25, 50-10 50-05, 49-42 49-06, 52-05 52-10, 50-48 53-05, 50-16 50-35, 50-07 49-52, 50-05 49-30, 49-15 52-00. 51-15 52-10, 50-47 52-35. 52-23 51-18, 49-13 47-20. Extending from about 15 miles north of Stephenville to the north. 49-15 52-00 to 49-20 50-00. 52-00 50-40 to 50-15 52-00. 49-47 50-49 to 50-05 49-30 8 at 49-20 52-55, 12 at 49-40 51-30, 1 at 49-26 45-55, 3 at 4S-52 45-05, 1 at 49-10 44-50. 48-15 44-55, 5 within 8 miles of 48-48 43-52, 3 within 9 miles of 48-36 44-03, 2 within 5 miles of 48-27 44-30, 1 at 48-25 44-34, 1 at 48-20 44-45, 1 at 49-26 43-55. From 15 miles north of Bay of Islands to 50 miles off west shore, heavy, not navigable. Lying tight against west Newfoundland coast north of 49-25 N. No ice sighted south of above. 52-10 52-50.51-08 51-45. 51-40 49-00, 51-40 51-13, 51-50 46-00, 51-20 47-00. 50-10 52-50. 51-08 51-35. 52-40 49-10, 51-35 50-42, 50-40 52-00. 50-30 52-00. Several medium at 49-40 46-00, 2 at 49-40 46-25, 1 large berg at 51-50 47-40. 50-11 52-30 to 50-26 52-30. 51-40 50-00. 51-30 51-05. 3 vicinity 52-30 49-35 (about 25 miles apart). 50-09 52-52, 51-00 51-40. 50-00 53-00,51-42 50-40 (several in group), 52-00 49-10, 52-10 49-00, 51-30 50-10, 51-10 50-10. 51-50 50-40. 52-53 52-03, 50-50 51-30. 52-10 49-05. 52-09 49-05. 50-47 52-05. 51-15 51-32. 6 vicinity 51-40 51-03. Ice broken away from shore line about 70 miles at 49-43 51 55. Ice about 10 miles wide at this point, navigable, broken up in small pieces. 50-40 49-20, 50-18 48-40. Many between 49-43 51-55 and shcrc. Extending 140° from 48-47 48-22. Extends to 48-00 47-30. Numerous in area 49-38 48-18 to 49-56 40-15 to 48-35 45-34 to 48-14 48-13. 4 large bergs 46-09 47-48, several bergs 46-15 47-49 and vicinity. Labrador coast vicinity 54-40 N., northeast edge ice belt 75 miles off Shiphead Harbor. Outer 25 miles open, remainder very close packed and very heavy. Few bergs. Ap- parently open shore water from Brig Harbor south. Lake Melville solid. Hamilton Inlet clear to Rigolet. From 48-50 47-00 to 48-00 47-45. Well scattered but some of considearble size (400 yards long 100 feet high). Numerous (estimated 90) vicinity 48-00 47-30. Labrador coast pack ice to 60 to 70 miles off Cape Harrigan. Lake Melville frozen solid. 47-14 48-03 (large). 34 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^3 — Continued Day of T, „ Month ^yP^ Location and Remarks Ice lines Bergs.. Pack.... 9-39 50-42, 49-37 51-24, 49-38 50- M.^T — Continued Bergs ._._! 8 at 50-09 52-55. 1 very large and 3 small at 52-10 51-30. Singles at 50-37 51-58 ' 50-35 52-30, 50-25 53-00, 50-43 53-00. 50-20 52-30 and 52-30 50-25. Several large inside ice line. Inner edge begins -at 50-10 53-30. Ice continues for 25 miles cast well broken up. Broken ice at 51-10 52-20 and east 50 miles (apparently southern edge). Ice line .50-35 52-42. On course 035° true ice floe continues in sight 30 miles to left. 51 -OS 52-00 ice line. 51-20 52-10. From 52-35 50-05 on course 215° numerous bergs until ice floe met. Bergs 1 15 to 20 within 25 mile radius of 49-30 52-50. 1 large 49-40 52-10. Ice line '50-22 52-45. Bergs... 51-20 51-30, 51-00 51-40, 51-46 50-45, 50-45 49-40. ---do 4 large in 20 mile radius of 51-06 51-43. 50-06 50-02 single berg. Pack Southern limits from 48-50 51-30 to 49-00 49-40 to 49-20 47-40. Bergs .Approximately 70 in area 30 mile radius from 49 N., 49 W. Large numbers to either side 05 miles) of line from 46-00 48-20 to 47-35 46-55. Pan.. Pan ice in Belle Isle with bergs and some open water. Pack White Bay full. Considerable in Notre Dame Bav but also some open water in southern I part of bay. ' Bergs i Quite numerous in area 75 miles east of Torbav. Large bergs sighted northeast of Gander. Ice line 49-50 49-50. do 51-27 50-58. Bergs 50-36 50-28,50-20 49-45. do 50-20 49-50,50-00 50-45,49-42 51-51. .---do 50-14 50-30, 49-40 50-05, 49-38 50-23, 49-47 50-56, 51-33, 50-00 4S-.50. None On course 063° from Gander no pack to 50-00 \V. Bergs 50-05 51-10, 50-30 50-35, 50-25 49-.55, 49-30 54-20. --.-do 47-10 49-10, 51-05 49-25, 49-50 52-40, 50-40 51-10. ----do Scattered for 20 miles off shore vicinity 49-30 N. 50-20 51-10, 50-38 49-3 49-30, 50-30 50-00. --..do All around area 10 miles northeast of Deadman's Bav (49-25 53-30), near Funk Island (49-45 .53-11) and area 50 N., 52 W., practicallv saturated with icebergs, -.--do .50-20 49-50, .50-00 50-45, 49-42 51-51, 48-38 53-31, 50-00 48-50, 50-14 50-30, 49-40 50-05, 49-30 54-20, 50-05 51-10, 47-10 49-10, 15 to 20 bergs at 48-10 51-13. At 47-00 47-15 .several. Pack Fogo Island up to 60 miles north of Island and about 50 miles west. Bergs Scattered over area from coast to about 100 miles north (same vicinity). Berg 47-00 47-15. .-..do 46-28 47-34. None No solid pack ice seen following course 065° true from Gander. Cakes Scattered cakes ice within 50 miles of shore. Pack Pack edge runs along 51-20 N., to west of 50-30 W., thence southwest to 50-40 52-10 thence southwest to Fogo Island. Bergs 50-15 48-30, 50-50 46-20, 50^0 51-10. Ice line 49-50 52-05. Bergs 49-55 52-00 (280 feet high), 50-30 48-25. Floes In area 58-39 42-46. Pack ice Off Fogo Island. Ice line 49-47 50-45, 50-00 54-00. Bergs In area 51-00 N., to 49-50 N., and 54-00 W., to 48-00 W. Ice line 49-50 49-50. Bergs 50-26 52-40, 51-00 49-22, 51-10 48-00. Small bergs are strung out in groups from the coast of Newfoundland to 51-10 48-00. Pack Heavy close packed ice everywhere at Point Amour, moving west. Bergs Numerous Point .4mour. Berg Large berg 46-12 45-57. Bergs 1 large at 45-40 47-40, 2 large at 45-22 48-20 (within 5 miles of each other). 1 large at 45-40 48-18. Pack Covers Hamilton Inlet and extends approximately 100 miles into Davis Strait. This ice is slowly breaking to give a few clear spots. Bergs 49-30 50-35, 49-15 50-00, 49-38 51-30, 49-46 53-00, 50-10 51-10, 48-35 47-25, 48-40 45-45, 49-35 52-00. -.-do 1 at 44-12 49-57, 3 at 44-45 49-10. ---do 45-50 49-25, 46-00 49-00, 46-10 48-20, 46-10 49-15, 45-07 50-10, 45-30 49-55, 4^30 -..do I 49-44 51-20, 50-10 51-10, 49-55 50-31, 49-30 52-11, 49-15 52-15. --.do " 49-35 52-00, 49-30 50-35, 50-15 49-40. do 49-30 51-50 (150 feet high), 49-38 51-30 (several), 49-46 52-00 (large). Bergs, pack.-.. 55-34 53-33, 54-02 52-31, scattered field at 55-17 53-49. Bergs Field of bergs bounded by 50-30 46-10, 48-07 45-30, 48-15 46-50. Quite a large number of bergs in this field. 48-40 45-45 (about 250 feet high), ---do..-- 49-57 51-21, 48-42 47-19, 48-35 47-25, 47-48 47-52, 47-28 47-58 (given as ice lines but probably bergs). --do 10 in vicinity 48-00 51-00. 15 bergs vicinity 47-40 50-20, approximately 30 at 47-25 49-40 (also some floe ice). Pack Small patch north of Fogo Island. Small patch northeast of Fogo Island 20 miles. Pack edge at 51-00 54-00 running east and west, and 53-20 53-30 running east and west. Bergs, pack-... Scattered north of Fogo Island. 53-40 53-10,53-20 53-20. Scattered ice due north of Fogo, stretches inland to west, and east to the 53rd meridian. Berg 48-53 42-36 (verv large). Bergs 49-1 8 45- 00, 49-09 49-20 . Berg 47-20 46-40. 35 Table of Ice Reports, Neivfoiindland Area, 19^3 — Continued Bergs ---do Ice lines Bergs ...-do .-..do Berg Bergs Pack, bergs Bergs ...-do ---do Pack Bergs Ice line Bergs Ice line Bergs —do Pack Bergs ...do ...do Pack Bergs ---do Bergs, pack. Bergs ...do ---do -..do Pack- Bergs. ...do- ...do. ...do. .-do. ...do- ..-do. Ice line. Bergs.. ...do. ...do. .-.do. ...do. ...do... ...do... ...do. Pack.. Bergs ....do ...do ....do ....do MAT — Continued Concentration at 48-40 51-10, others 48-43 49-54, 49-02 51-55, 48-50 48-28, and 48-57 46-20 (scattered bergs). 47-46 50-15, 47-44 46-45, 47-10 47-10. General area polkadotted with icebergs. 54-50 53-30, 54-40 53-20. Scattered for 25 miles around 49-30 52-00, 49-08 53-14, 49-04 53-19. Many bergs from shore to 49-45 50-15, 1 at 49-42 48-39, and 49-28 51-35 (250 feet highl. Numerous from 48-41 46-31 to 48-12 46-45 on both sides of course, all quite large with several growlers about, several bergs between 48-12 46-45 and 47-10 56-59. 45-13 49-43. 48-45 49-45. Number of bergs and growlers vicinity 48-21 50-17. Point Amour heavy close packed ice everj-where, numerous bergs. In area 15 mile radius 48-05 47-03, and in area 15 mile radius 47-25 47-15. Area 48-00 44-00 to 49-00 44-40 to 48-25 45-30 to 47-00 45-00. Strings of bergs from 46-45 46-00 to 47-20 51-00. 1 at 46-08 45-30. 1 at 46-15 46-35. 46-30, 48-10, 46-29 48-00, 46-28 47-50, 46-40 47-52. Edge at 49-48 53-12 with field small ice extending north. 50-40 52-28, 50-30 51-40, 50-55 51-48, 51-22 50-55, 49-20 50-50, 49-25 51-00. 50-24 53-04. 49-40 53-30, 51-00 52-10. 51-05 52-50. Small bergs inside ice line. 2 at 49-05 51-10, 4 scattered over 20 mile area at 49-20 50-07, 1 at 49-30 49-20. Northerly winds blowing ice to vicinity Cape Bonavista. 46-40 46-30, 46-42 46-33, 46-50 47-10. From 49-00 53-30 to 49-17 50-25. North and east of Cape St. Francis and south to east of Torbay. 49-58 52-50 area 2 square miles, ice appeared slushy. Scattered over area as far out as 100 miles north of Newfoundland (from vicinity Cape Freels). 50 to 100 vicinity 48-00 50-00. From 49-26 53-50 to 50-20 52-20 no pack ice but field of bergs. Very large field of ice and icebergs 51-30 51-30. Field of bergs 51-15 51-00. At 52-25 51-03 ice field. 2 at 50-30 51-40, 2 at 50-35 52-10. 5 large, 10 small several growlers vicinity 57-30 52-00 moving south at 4 knots. 3 large bergs several growlers in vicinity 47-30 52-00 moving south at 2 knots. 2 Bonavista Bay close in. Occnsional bergs and growlers in Bay of Exploits becoming numerous at outer fringes of islands. Southern edge in Notre Dame Bav at about 49-55 54-50. 7 large, 4 small, 6 growlers in 47-35 52-30. 5 large, 5 small, 4 large growlers near 47-35 52-30, moving south at 2 knots. 48-20 50-00 (200 feet high). Numerous bergs in area from north coast of Newfoundland to about 100 miles off (vicinity Cape Freels north). In area 47-06 51-35 to 45-11 48-23 to 45-07 46-40 to 45-18 47-07. Large berg 47-35 51-30. One at 45-37 49-00. 2 large bergs and 2 large growlers at 47-30 52-00 (mo\-ing south at 2 knots) 51-00 51-20 (large 200 feet high 500 feet long), 51-00 51-00. 5 at 46-03 45-35, 3 at 47-55 52-00, 4 at 47-45 51-25, 4 at 47-30 50-25 (scattered), 6 at 47-20 50-15 (scattered), 9 at 46-50 48-35 (scattered), 15 at 46-55 48-35 (scattered over 30 mile area), 6 at 48-40 47-45, 1 at 46-15 46-10. Scattered, large, at 49-28 49-48, numerous on course 229° true for St. John's. 1 at 49-22 47-56, 3 at 49- 10 50-20. 50-01 52-50. 52-30 52-10, 50-55 51-05, 49-52 51-30, 49-43 51-55, 49-35 52-30. Numerous bergs in area 49-00 N., to 50-00 N., between 52-00 W., and 53-30 W. 5 large 46-09 49-00, 1 large 45-37 49-00. 46-20 47- 10, 47-20 48-10, 45-28 45-32, 46-01 46-32. Bergs of considerable size sighted as follows: 46-17 48-35. 46-14 48-29, 46-08 47-57, 46-10 47-55. Numerous small bergs were sighted along a track from 46-10 48-40 to 46-20 46-57. 8 bergs, 15 growlers at 47-35 52-30. Bergs following areas: 47-06 51-35, 45-11 48-23, 45-07 46-40, 45-18 47-07, 45-20 47-23, 46-00 48-00. 3 large at 47-15 52-55 (aground near Witless Bay). 3 large bergs and several small pieces off St. John's Harbor. Widely scattered up to beach at St. John's and down coast around Cape Race. 48-45 50-52, 48-07 51-20. Very numerous in area 30 miles north and south and 05 miles east and west from position 45-26 47-20. • 3 at 45-24 48-48, 1 at 45-08 48-02. 1 (tabular 150 feet high, l-i block long) at 45-50 48-20 thence scattered bergs to 46-50 52-00. 1 at 48-08 46-31 and 20 within 10 mile square centering at this position. Many bergs on direct course from this position to Cape Spear. 1 at 46-45 42-25. Numerous bergs 47-00 47-20 to 47-10 50-55. 47-20 50-30, 47-20 50-20. Belle Isle Strait packed solid entire length on north side. Looser floes along entire south side. 9 large, 3 small, several growlers within 12 miles of Cape Spear. 1 very large berg 47-31 52-31 (moving south at } 2 knot). 48-47 51-50, 48-37 51-45, 48-50 52-15, 46-45 46-00. Very large berg aground near entrance St. John's Harbor just south of shippmg l?ne. 10 large and 8 small 46-00 N., to 46-35 N., between 46-10 W., and 48-10 W. 48-50 52-15, 48-48 51-18, 47-08 45-00. 48-47 51-50, 48-37 51-46, 48-33 51-00, 4.8-40 49-40, 49-50 48-40. (Reported as ice lines but most probably bergs.) 36 Table of Ice Reports, Neivfo midland Area, 19^3 — Continued Location and Remarks Berg.. Bergs. ....do. ....do. ....do. ....do. ....do. ....do. ....do. Floe.. Bergs. .do. ....do. Pack.. Bergs. Ice line. ....do... Bergs ... ....do... ....do... ....do.. ...-do... ....do.. ....do... ....do... ..-.do.. ....do... ....do... Bergs.. Ice line. ....do.. Berg... Bergs.. ....do.. Pack... Bergs., -...do.. -..-do.. ...-do.. ....do.. ....do.. ....do.- ....do . ....do. ...-do. Pack- MAY — Continued Large berg in entrance St. John's Harbor, growlers breaking off. 50 vicinity 46-57 47-26. 48-15 50-55, 47-58 49-40, 45-45 45-00. From 48-08 N., to 45-00 N., and from 47-00 W., to 49-30 W., bergs everywhere, less than 15 miles apart. 6 large, three small within 15 miles St. John's Harbor entrance. 5 large, 5 small within 12 miles St. John's Harbor entrance. Several aground near by. 10 bergs, 4 growlers in area from 46-55 N., to 47-15 N., and 51-10 W., to 51-35 W. (All large) 44-24 48-48, 44-23 48-44, 44-16 49-02, 44-17 50-09. 3 at 48-55 49-28. 48-40 49-42. 75 (mostly in western half following area) 46-27 52-20 to 46-27 47-38 to 45-53 47-38 to 45-53 52-20. 10 (1 very large) within 15 mile radius of 44-38 48-30. 48-55 51-28, 3 at 48-40 49-45 (1 berg square shaped 50 feet high, 2,500 square yards in area). 7 large and several small off St. John's Harbor. Some bergs aground this vicinity. Hudson Strait summary: Koksoak River solid ice, mouth open. Ungava Bay south shore clear of ice to 59 N., thence west coast to north solid, large floes to shore line. Mouth Payne River and upstream clear to within 2 miles of trading post. Solid ice floes in Hudson Strpit between Button Islands and Resolution Island, few breaks, little open water. Apparently cracking in middle of strait. Resolution to lower Savage Islands some open water. Labrador coast ice free to 10 miles off then solid ice to 65 miles off. Outer limits roughly from lower Savage Islands to 59-00 60-00 thence curving towards shore to 55-00 56-00. 2 at 46-50 52-00, 1 at 46-25 52-55, 1 at 46-40 53-00, 1 at 46-45 52-53, 4 or 5 bergs close in Cape Race to St. John's (probably aground). 5 bergs aground vicinity St. John's Harbor entrance. Several large bergs at 50-00 47-00. JUNE 55-18 65-40. 55-25 55-18. 3 large bergs and several growlers aground vicinity St. John's. 2 small bergs at 45-30 50-00. Large berg 46-23 52-45. Numerous scattered bergs 45-00 48-00 to 46-35 45-55. Numerous scattered bergs all along course St. John's east to 47 W. 47-50 50-05. 2 at 48-05 50-52. 9 bergs (several aground) vicinity St. John's. 47-30 49-45, 47-40 49-25, 48-13 50-58. 46-30 53-05, 46-40 52-50. From coast out 150 miles at 055° true from Cape Race innumerable bergs with at least 25 large ones. All along east coast of Newfoundland. 25 large bergs sighted from Cape Race to 45 N., 50 W. Numerous scattered large bergs 20 to 30 miles southwest of shore, course Cape Race to Virgin Rocks. 7 bergs vicinity St. John's, several pieces in harbor entrance. 54-56 56-30. 54-40 55-45. 55-25 54-50. 2 bergs and 2 growlers aground vicinity St. John's. 2 large bergs 6 miles southeast of Cape Pine. Inshore Grey Islands northwards (reported as ice jam). 2 bergs moving south across St. John's Harbor entrance. Several more within 10 miles. 1 berg 300 feet high 10 miles southeast Cape Race. 2 large bergs, many small ones this area. 3 large bergs aground vicmity St. John's Harbor, east of harbor entrance. Several growlers in sa 7 large and 3 small 30 miles southeast Cape Race 2 medium size 15 miles south of Cape Pine. 1 medium and 1 small 15 miles south of Cape Pine. Occasional bergs and ice at 46-34 49-32. 30 to 40 in area 50-30 W., to 51-00 W., from 47-40 N., to 47-55 N. at 47-50 48-28, 15 to 30 within 10 mile radius 47-50 50-00. 15 to radius 46-48 48-56. 1 at 44 N., 52 W. 1 at 43-50 52-30. 3 at 46-50 52-50. Scattered bergs Cape Race to Virgin Rocks, also north to St. John's. Several vicinity 46-07 52-52. Apparently hundreds vicmity 47-21 48-12. Many large bergs 5 to 50 miles east of Cape Race and north to St. John's. Hudson Strait Area: Solid ice Akpatok Island to Cape Hopes Advance and along south coast Hudson Strait. East Coast Hudson Bay from Smith Island to Kovic Harbor solid ice extending 2 miles off shore then open lead 6 to 10 miles wide then hea^'y floes. Mansel Island to Coats Island broken floes. Hudson Strait Area: Ungava Bay open from south to 59 N. North of 59 N., and west of 57-30 W., solid ice or broken pack. East of 57-30 W., large penetrable floes to coast. Open water in Hudson Strait north of line 61-30 70-00 to 63-20 74-00 to Salisbury Island to 64-00 79-00 to 65-00 81-00. Open channel north in Foxe Channel to visi- bility hmit but all ice south and west of above line frozen solid. Occasional loose floes in open channel. Frobisher Bay open from mouth to Gabriel Island thence loose floes to Fletcher and Bates Islands thence solid ice. Cumberland Sound frozen solid from Davis Strait to 67 W., then open water to west. Padloping Island area frozen with heavy broken ice off shore in Davis Strait to 58 W., at about 67 N., then clear to east. 4 drifting easterly 2 to 10 miles south- le area. 1 (200 feet high) 10 within 10 mile 37 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1943 — Continued Bergs. ...do... ...do... ...do... Pack.... ....do. Bergs. ...do. ...do. ...do_ ...do. ...do Pack, bergs. '!:io:::::: Pack Bergs Pack, bergs Bergs ...do Berg Bergs , ...do ...do ...do Floe Bergs ...do Ice line Bergs ...do Pack Bergs. . Bergs.. !!'do" Bergs.. Winter i Berg.. Pack. uergs. Pack.. Bergs. JU.VE^Continued First sighted 46-54 47-40 others at: 47-06 47-52, 46-52 4S-14, 47-07 48-06, 46-59 48-22, 46-48 48-29, 46-52 48-33, 47-04 48-50, 3 at 46-58 49-25, 46-58 49-52, 47-06 49-55. Numerous bergs between last position and Cape Race. \'ery large berg 46-39 52-52. Several 47-04 52-34. 7 bergs vicinity St. John's Harbor, manv small pieces in entrance. 53-00 43-00, 49-00 47-00. 20 within 15 miles of beach Cape Race to St. John's. One breaking up in harbor entrance. To 30 miles off Cape Harrison (5/10"to 7/10 coverage), Hamilton Inlet scattered patches (5/10 to 7/10 coverage). Lake Melville entirely free of ice. Hudson Strait Area: Koksoak River clear of ice (cleared out 7 June). South shore Ungava Bay from Stony Point east past George River clear to 15 to 20 miles off. From Stony Point west past Payne River heavy floe ice; Payne River to Cap^ Hopes Advance mostly solid ice with some breaks, thence solid with few cracks and small leads to south coast of Baffin Land. Same conditions northwest up strait and east down strait past Reso- lution Island to 50 miles in Davis Strait where fairly open water found. Frobisher Bay solid ice. East coast Hudson Bay from Cape Smith to Nuvuc solid ice to H mile o£f shore, then 6 to 8 miles open water then heavy floe ice. Several large bergs from shore to 49-18 52-52, 1 at 49-33 51-41, 1 at 49-27 52-35. 20 either side of line 43-50 49-10 to 42-50 47-30. 3 vicinity St. John's. 4 vicinity St. John's. 49-50 51-30, 2 at 50-30 52-10, 4 at 49-56 51-49. Scattered numerous bergs inshore from 52 W., between 48-40 N., and 50 N. . 25 large bergs (1 estimated 300 feet high) in area 45-30 49-24, 44-38 49-40, 44-12 48-48, 45-08 48-07. Considerable scattered pack ice from Mary's Harbor to Battle Harbor. This was first date small boat was able to get through. Many bergs throughout area. 3 bergs aground south of St. John's Harbor entrance. 3 bergs aground, 1 berg afloat vicinity St. John's. Close packed ice to about 25 miles off Cape Harrison. Lake Melville entirely clear. 42-17 55-51, 42-40 49-02, 42-30 49-40, 42-41 50-46. Loose pack in south part Belle Isle Strait to Cape Bauld. Bergs numerous Belle Isle to Battle Harbor (mostly toward Belle Isle). 3 off Hare Bay. Scattered small bergs Notre Dame Bay and White Bay. Pack ice from Grey Islands to St. Barbe Island. 3 aground within 3 miles St. John's Harbor. Several pieces drifting seaward 5 miles off. 46-58 52-47. Large berg at 47-08 .52-23. 48-50 51-15. Several vicinity 49-35 51-25, 1 at 49-10 51-20. From coast to 49-20 52-30, 4 within 10 mile area at 49-20 52-30, 4 within 10 mile area at 49-40 52-30. 48-40 51-32, 48-45 51-30. 4 bergs up to 100 feet high, breaking up, at 42-17 47-37. 2 aground vicinity St. John's Harbor entrance. Cape St. John extending northward and seaward 15 miles, large. Scattered, thick, down coast to Cape Freels. Scattered but thinner Cape Freels to Cape Bonavista. 49-10 51-20, several vicinity 49-35 51-25. 49-55 52-45. 2 aground vicinity St. John's, several pieces off shore. Several bergs 42-00 52-00. 47-OC 47-30, 47-30 49-10, 47-18 48-55, 47-15 48-18, 47-10 47-48. Labrador coast Hudson Strait Area: Vicinity Cape Harrigan ice extends 30 miles off shore, at 57 N., 70 miles off, at 58 N., and 60 N., 90 miles off. Small pieces at Cape Harrigan becoming larger and close packed at 59 N., large floes at 60 N. Occasional small bergs in pack. Ice penetrable between Resolution and Button Islands, and possible to Koksoak River through east part Ungava Bay. Clear channel east and part of south coasts of Southampton Island. Western ice broken Southampton to Churchill. Churchill Harbor still frozen solid. 3 at 47-15 49—15. Large berg 46-30 53-00. Berg at 41-55 48-50. 2 aground vicinity St. John's Harbor entrance. Several pieces nearby. Very numerous for 15 miles either side of course from Torbay to 48-25 50-00. 4 or 5 within 50 miles of coast on course 120° from Ferryland Head. Several small bergs 45-52 53-32. Large berg 46-40 52-25 (150 feet high) with smaller berg same vicmity. Berg lower end Trinity Bay. 6 bergs Conception Bay vicinity Bell Island. South of St. John's Harbor entrance 2 bergs aground and breaking up. Hudson Bay Area: James Bay clear north to 51-50 N. At 52 N., ice broken in patches, about 5/10 cover. At 53 N., heavy floe ice with considerable open water along east shore. At 54 N., heavy ice, small cakes, numerous small patches open water. Signs of break-up at Cape Jones (53-35 N.) mostly floes with patches open water. At 55 N., ice solid with occasional breaks. .At 56 N., ice solid Belcher Islands to east coast, some cracks with open water around islands. At 57 N., solid ice with occasional cracks to 50 mileg off east coast and appears solid beyond. 46-35 52-48. Growlers nearby. Ice floe in area 51-24 57-33 to 51-09 57-32 to 51-09 57-58 to 51-14 58-02; scattered ice in area 51-34 56- 39 to 51-27 56-37 to 51-22 56-49 to 51-14 57-20 to 51-22 57-13 to 51-26 56-44. Numerous from 51-30 56-30 northeastward in strait to Belle Isle. In area 51-50 55-15 to 51-35 55-37 to 51-42 55-49 to 51-48 55-37. In area 51-30 55-18 to 51-20 55-17 to 51-08 55-30 to 51-20 55-28 ice floe with scattered bergs. Scattered ice in Hare Bay. Floes and scattered ice in area 51-12 55-39 to 50-46 55-23 to 50-40 55-46 to 50-53 55-38 and area 50-23 55-33 to 50-08 55-21 to 50-05 55-37 to 50-16 65-39. Scattered bergs at 49-25 52-40. 2 at 50-15 52-10. Scattered small bergs along east coast Avalon Peninsula. One very large berg 46-33 52-54 38 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 194S — Continued Bergs. ...do. Location and Remarks Bergs, growlers Bergs Growlers Pack Bergs ....do -___do -.--do -.-do Bergs, growlers Brash Growlers Bergs ---do ----do .---do __--do Pack Berg do .'^^::::::::: -...do ....do ....do Pack Bergs. Pack.. Bergs. ....do Berg. ....do ..--do -...do Bergs. Berg.. -^.To ....do Berg. ....do jc.\E — Continued Scattered bergs for 20 miles all directions from 49-35 53-05. Many within 75 miles of coast vicinity Cape Freels. Thinly scattered from 75 to 125 miles out. St. John's to 100 miles east numerous bergs and small pieces. Hudson Strait Area: I'ngava Bay clear from south to 59 N., where light floe ice begins. West coast 95 percrnt clear to 20 miles off shore north to Payne River then ice 10 miles off narrowing to coast at Cape Hopes .\dvance. Thence solid ice across strait to south coast Baffin Land with no sign of general break-up. Southeast coast Ungava Bay clear to George River thence 10 to 20 miles open water along east coast to Port Burwell. Heavj- floe ice vicinity Port Burwell. Only numerous growlers and bergs Battle Harbor to Lewisport on route well off coast to east Belle Isle. 49-10 53-30, 48-30 52-58, 48-40 53-00. Numerous along east coast (vicinitv Cape Freels) for about 40 miles off shore. Several large ones in area 49-10 52-10. Large berg 8 miles east of Cape Race. 1 large and 1 small 12 miles off shore center Trc- passey Bay. Several bergs vicinity Bell Island, Conception Bay. Several bergs in Trinity Bay. 3 to 5 miles off St. John's Harbor entrance drifting south. Light open ice inshore at Grev Island and St. .\nthonv. 47-35 50-20, 46-45 52-07, 46-40 52-15 (long, flat not over 10 feet above water), 46-30 52-55 (large 200 feet high). Several vicinity Cape Race and 2 Cape Race to Cape Pine. 2 small bergs 46-05 54-05, 1 medium berg 45-56 53-00, 2 large bergs (one exceedingh- flat on top) at 44-45 52-30. 1 particularly large berg with small bergs in vicinity at 46-52 44-38. 46-40 48-30, 46-20 48-30, 46-45 49-05, 47-49 50-40 (smaU sizes), and 48-30 52-50 large group of bergs. 46-45 49-47, 46-30 48^0, 46-22 48-30, 2 at 46-10 47-50, 44-13 44-15. Several growlers and 2 medium sized bergs sighted 44-30 46-00. Large berg at 45-00 48-49. Less than 2 feet thick at 46-47 47-25. Several, large at 46-53 47^8. 2 at 48-31 50-06. Several off St. John's 10 to 15 miles, small. 47-35 51-05, large. Several off shore Cape Pine to Cape Race. 3 bergs off Cape St. Francis. 48-00 50-54, 47-59 51-32. 48-35 49-50 (very large, reported 400 feet high). Many off coast from 50 to 120 miles east. Many off east coast Newfoundland. Hudson Strait Area: .Average width loose pack ice belt along east coast Labrador 45 miles. Ice Resolution to Little Button Island penetrable with open passage along east shore Ungava Bay to Koksoak River. Hudson Strait north of Cape Hopes Advance refrozen pack fills passage reported open at earlier date. Western mouth of strait open. 47-44 52-27. 47-40 52-30 (large). Several others in sight. 45-50 48-10, 44-10 45-10, 45-00 47-00. 46-20 51-10, 46-20 51-45 (large), 46-40 52-50 (small, appeared to be breaking), 42-10 49-40 (large). 4 adrift within 10 miles St. John's. 2 aground south thereof. 46-06 53-16, 47-57 50-40. 2 bergs S to 10 miles off St. John's. Hudson Strait area: 30 miles open water along south and southeast shore Ungava Bay. East coast from George River to 60 N., clear 10 to 20 miles off. From 60 N., to Gray Strait 2/10 to 3/10 cover pack ice. Gray Strait open, 1/10 cover light ice. Button Island to Resolution Island broken ice 5/10 cover southern half of strait, northern half hea\-y ice with some open water. 5/10 cover Resolution to Lower Savage Island. Lower Frobisher Bay, Noble Inlet to Harper Brothers Island ice broken but heavy; thence up by ice solid without cracks or breaks. 45-56 56-18 approximately. Hudson Strait Area: From Cape Hopes .Advance to 62 N., 10/10 ice cover large pans and pieces then open water to Baffin Land coast. Frobisher Bay unbroken ice from north to Ney Harbor then 10 10 cover large pans and pieces to Gabriel Strait. Entrance Frobisher scattered pack 5/10 cover. Resolution to Cape Chidley 5/10 cover pack, heavy. Gray Strait mostly filled. Large ice fields, pans, and heavy pack, extend to 75 miles east Button Island 6/10 cover, then open pack to over 100 miles east. Heavy pack to south this line 100 miles. Central part Ungava Bay 10/10 cover heavj- pack. Ice tight on shore south of Port Burwell. .Average of 15 miles open water, along southeast, south and southwest coast Ungava Bay. Entrance Hudson Strait considered not navigable. 4 afloat 3 to 10 miles off St. John's with 2 aground south of harbor entrance. Several off Torbay moving south. 2 afloat south of St. John's Harbor entrance. 4 vicinity Torbay Point. 46-10 54-00. JULY 46-16 53-20. 10 miles off St. John's. 47-35 52-26. 45-36 45-50, 45-30 48-34 (75 feet high 160 yards long), 45-40 48-30. 47-30 52-24, 2 aground south of St. John's Harbor entrance. 41-38 48-37 large berg, 46-25 53-05 small bergs, 46-32 53-57 smaU bergs. Trinity Bay 17. Conception Bay 8, 3 in vicinity Bell Island. Vicinity Botwood and lower Notre Dame Bay 6. Trinity Bay 17 47-16 52-43. 47-30 52-26. 39 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^3 — Continued Growlers. Growlers. Bergs. ..do. ...do Pack, bergs Bergs... ...do... Growlers Bergs... ...do... Berg.... Bergs. __ ...do... Berg.... ...do... Bergs... Pack.... Bergs. __ Berg.i;; do... Bergs... Berg.... Bergs... Pack.... ...do... Bergs... Pack.... Bergs. -- ."'.do'.W Pack.... Bergs... Berg.I!- Bergs. . . ....do... ....do... ....do... Berg.... Pack.... Berg.... JULY— Continued Several south of St. John's Harbor entrance. 2 off St. John's. 5 off St. John's Harbor entrance. Several off St. John's Harbor entrance. 4 off St. John's. 3 vicinity 48 N., 52 W. 3 miles off St. John's. Koksoak River entrance clear water to 12 miles off then scattered pack to 33 miles off. 10/10 cover thence to Akpatok Island thence heavy pack 7/10 cover to Gabriel Strait. Latter filled with pack. Edge heavy close packed ice from 20 miles south Resolution Island to 40 miles east thence southeast to limit visibility. East part Ungava Bay shore water 8 miles wide, but Bay considered unnavigable. Navigable to Acadia Cove from eastward by ice protected vessels. Few bergs in area. 20 scattered in area enclosed by Cape Race, 45-30 51-20, 45-10 52-10. 10 fairly large vicinity 47-35 50-10. 10 scattered along coast from Cape Race to 30 miles north. 3 miles off St. John's. 2 miles off St. John's. 46-39 53-03. 46-38 53-40. 25 miles off coast from St. John's numerous bergs all sizes. Too many to plot or count. 20 along coast Cape Race to St. John's. 44-51 45-03. Two within 10 miles Torbay. Several off month Trinity Bay. Numbers off Bonavista Bay and in Notre Dame Bay (15 or more visible at all times from plane). Bergs off Horse Islands. Large numbers off Grey Islands, and Hare Bay (30 to 40 bergs visible at all times with 15 miles visibility). 2 at 45-55 48-02. Aground south of St. John's. 48-13 46-20 occasional single berg. Many bergs to over 50 miles east of St. John's. Loose ice around Nottingham Island. Cape Hopes Advance ice closed to horizon. 45-20 49-00 3 bergs. Vicinity St. John's several scattered close inshore. 51-50 51-46. Off Cape St. Francis. 2 at mouth of Conception Bay. 1 aground north of entrance to St. John's Harbor. 48-58 52-04. 53-13 44-49, 53-12 44-51, 48-02 51-48. Heavy pack to 80 miles seaward from eastern entrance Hudson Strait thence south along Labrador coast probably past 58 N. 58-13 67-10 in Ungava Bay heavy pack. 40 in Belle Isle Strait. No ice sighted St. John's to Cape Norman. 48-34 50-51. ADQUST Ungava Bay full heavy drifting pack containing numerous large pans. Shore lead open from Button Islands narrowing vicinity George River there opening and closing with wind and tide. Belle Isle Strait large number small bergs Belle Isle to Cape Norman. 47-58 52-34 bergs. Funk Island to Cape Bauld to Cape Norman numerous bergs. Belle Isle to Labrador coast ice dangerous to navigation (presumably bergs and growlers). Ungava Bay ice 15 miles or more off shore in southern part, 8 to 10 miles off in east part. Button Islands to Resolution Island and east clear. Ice .situation materially improved in past week. Strait of Bell Isle southwest of Red Bay scattered bergs. Strait of Belle Isle 10 north side, several south side. 47-51 52-01. 3 off Belle Isle, 3 aground Baldock Point, 2 off Forteau Bay. Strait of Belle Isle north side 11, south side 3. Berg 8 miles off St. John's. Numerous bergs and growlers north side Belle Isle Strait. Strait of Belle Isle many large and small. 47-40 52-37 huge berg. Davis Strait scattered pack along Baffin Land coast from 63-00 N., to Cape Micklesham thence tongue close packed ice eastnorthcast 32 miles then clear to 67-00 N. Ungava Bay pack open scattered navigable. Ice field from 20 miles northeast Churchill to 140 miles, passable to west. ^ Hudson Bay route clear otherwise. Aground north of St. John's Harbor entrance. Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 1943 4 Brash Drift Packed drift... 10 Winter 14 ....do.... 17 -..do 21 Open pack Winter 23 27 Bergs, growlers. Winter DECEMBER, 1942 Edge bears northeast-southwest through 66-50 26-35. Edge through 66-55 26-43, numerous lanes. Edge through 67-49 28-19, 68-02 26-30, 68-10 24-30, 68-17 22-33, thence brash i Upper reaches Sondrcstrom Fjord 6 miles 4 inch ice. Sondrcstrom Fiord 38 miles 6 inch ice. Tunugdliarfik Fjord light ice. Southwest coast Greenland. First of season to pass Cape Farewell. Sondrcstrom Fjord 30 miles 6 to 12 inch ice. Southwest Greenland inner edge bears 260° past 46 W. Extends south over 25 miles. Scattered along southwest coiist Greenland. Berg 59-50 47-35. Tunugdliarfik Fjord light winter ice. 40 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 194.3 — Continued Location and Remarks Winter .—do.. Storis. . ....do.. Bergs.. ....do.. Drift, brash - Storis. Drift.. Brash. Drift.. Storis -...do Bergs, growlers Storia Pack Bergs, pack- Storis Brash Drift. Berg.. Bergs. ...-do.. -..do.- Berg... Bergs. - Bergs. Pack.. Storis. Pack.- Storis. .do. Bergs, growlers Storis Berg Storis ...-do -do. Bergs. Storis. Bergs - Storis- -do. Brash. JANUARY Sondrestrom Fjord 12 inches ice. Sondrestrom Fjord navigation closed'for season'by ice. Vicinity 60-30 N., Greenland east coast small fields within 5 miles of beach. Cape Fare- well westward rotten patches 20 to 40 miles off shore to 46 W. Narrow strips and small fields 10 to 25 miles off Skov Fjord thence 47-00 W. Scattered to 15 miles off coast Skov Fjord to Arsuk Fjord. Scattered to 15 miles off coast Arsuk Fjord to Skov Fjord. From 67-27 27-04, 9/10 cover drift ice pieces under 200 feet diameter eage tnrough 67-52 25-32, 68-10 24-38, 68-10 25-00, 68-20 23-48, 68-36 22-58, 68-22 21-30, 68-20 20-35. From 67-52 25-32 brash belt 6 miles wide expanding to 30 miles at 68-20 20-35. Patches drift ice approximately 1 mile by 180 yards, pieces under 200 feet, in brash. Patches storis 15 miles off southwest coast Cape Farewell to Skov Fjord. Edge 9/10 drift ice, pieces 200 to 600 feet, through positions 66-51 26-27, 67-12 25-48, 67-30 24-30, 67-48 22-55, 68-02 21-48, 08-05 20-49, 68-14 18-35, 68-22 17-55, 69-00 16-00, 69-35 13-44, 69-48 12-15, thence Jan Mayen Island. Close packed extending 50 miles south from Cape Farewell and from east coast 50 miles east to at least 61-30 N. Edge at 67-19 24-00, thickened rapidly into drift ice, narrow belt, no leads. Edge through points 67-57 24-12. 67-42 22-40, 68-02 20-31, 67-58 18-30, 68-00 18-00, Ice edge 7/10 coverage pieces less than 20 feet in size. Increasing 30 miles towards coast to 10/10 and exceeding 600 feet in size. Considerable quantity around Cape Farewell. Storis vicinity Cape Farewell did not move north to seriously interfere at Julianehaab during this period. Numerous bergs and growlers present west coast. Northwest edge from 59-50 45-20 to 59-40 45-50 tending south from that point. West ice extends from Baffin Land about half way across Davis Strait vicinity 65 N., to 66 N. MARCH Vicinity Cape Juel (63-14 N., on east coast) to horizon. Prince Christian Sound no ice since 12 February. Extends 5 miles south Cape Dan (65-30 N.) in loose medium floes. Angmagssalik and Ikateq Fjords mostly clear. Edge 9/10 brash through 66-20 26-18, 66-25 26-11, 66-37 27-54, 66-56 27-56, 67-27 28-41, 66-20 26-20, 67-00 23-00, 67-23 22-40, 67-00 20-00, 67-30 19-30, thence due Edge drift ice through 66-40 27-50, 67-14 25-20, 67-05 24-00, 67-32 23-05, 67-30 22-10, 68-10 20-10, 68-00 19-05, 68-03 18-00 thencs due east. Area to north unnavigable. 59-06 38-04. Numerous bergs and growlers within 100 miles of coast from Farewell to Julianehaab. No storis. Tunugdliarfik Fjord above Narsak tight winter ice. No storis south or west of Cape Farewell but very numerous bergs south for 100 miles therefrom. Cape Farewell southwest for 60 miles many bergs and growlers. No storis visible. 58-05 43-50 vessel struck berg. 58-35 44-50 to 58-30 45-10 no ice fields visible but blink to east. Numerous bergs and growlers in area. From Cape Farewell storis 10 miles south extending up east coast. Tongue to 30 miles west of Cape. Numerous bergs from 57-40 46-30 northeast towards Greenland coast. Ice with large patches clear water to northwest of 71-10 12-00 to 68-30 17-10 thence 67-00 21-15. Western limit storis 46-30 W., extends 25 miles off shore. Edge 9/10 drift ice, pieces to U mile across, 66-27 25-51, 66-55 26-36, 66-42 25-27. 67-06 25-24, 67-12 23-10, 67-38 21-19, 67-45 20-33, 67-39 21-20. Occasional small leads observed at eastern limit. 6/10 to 10/10 pack and bergs observed at 67-12 23-10. Western limit loose storis from 60-34 46-34 to 60-10 48-00 thence southeast paralleling coast. Shore lead 6 miles wide Skov Fjord to Nanortalik. Northern limit of storis becoming loose inshore at 60-22 47-15, 60-12 47^9, thence beyond limit of visibility at 60-35 48-30. Open water off shore 15 to 30 miles wide. Then tongue of close packed storis 10 miles wide extending from main pack along center line 59-40 46-00 to 59-44 46-45, 59-42 47-45, 59-47 48-15, to visible limit at 60-20 49-00. 58-10 42-00 many bergs. 57-42 40-49 growler. Northern limit 60-40 49-00 to 60-20 47-45 to 60-35 46-30 thence eastsoutheast. 57-50 40-49. Outer limit Nanortalik to southern limit at 58-30 44-00. Numerous bergs and growler north of storis to Cape Desolation. On southeast coast 60 to 70 miles wide. Scattered bergs outside storis. Patches extend from Cape Farewell to 47-00 W., and south to 59-30 N. Numerous bergs in vicinitv of storis. Northwest limit at 60-15 46-30 light scattered for 5 miles then trends south and esat. Numerous bergs scattered north and west of pack. Northwest limit at 60-26 46-38. Storis moved toward Cape Farewell by westerly winds. Scattered bergs no pack ice north or west of 60-10 46-20. 66-30 26-15. 41 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^3 — Continued Location and Remarks 10 10, 12 __-do Pack, brrgs. Storis. ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do Storis, borgs. Storis ...do ...do Pack. ...do Storis ...do Bergs, growle Storis ...do Pack Storis Pack Bergs Floes Storis Bergs, growlers Storis Pack Storis ..-do... Pack.... Solid ice. APRIL — Continued Main ice edge running eastnortheast and westsouthwest through G6-33 26-22. East coast belt 20 miles wide at 61-40 N. Loose open storis from 59-00 46-30 to 58-30 46-30. Edge 1/10 to 9/10 drift ice through 65-33 25-25, 66-05 26-41, 66-12 27-46, 66-20 27-20, 66-30 27-45,66-42 28-01. Small bergs 66-42 28-01 (possible rafted pack). Ice edge through 65-58 28-07, 66-20 26-30, 66-43 25-02, 66-37 22-45, 67-25 22-11. Southern limit 100 miles south of Cape Farewell. Outer half probably scattered pans. 59-16 40-01 heavy ice fields. Limits 60-40 46-15 thence 60-00 47-00 thence 59-30 46-00 thence with scattered pans to 100 miles south of Cape Farewell. Close packed storis extends 30 miles east from Lindenow Fjord on east coast. Ice field at 58-49 40-13 with edge bearing 160° for 30 miles. No bergs sighted outside pack. Western edge at Frederiksdal. Pack ice and bergs vicinity 58-30 40-00. Outer limits Frederiksdal to 60-00 46-30, 59-00 46-30, 59-00 45-15, 58-25 44-40, 58-45 42-00, thence north to 60-15 N. Outer edge through 60-02 47-48 and 60-12 48-10. Outer edge 62-10 40-40 to 62-49 39-06. 3 miles off entrance Skov Fjord thence south and southwest. Outer limit at 64-27 36-20. Northern limits off entrance Arsuk Fjord. Shore lead 5 miles wide to Cape Desolation. Inner edge pack Desolation to Kekertat to 60-30 47-00 to 5 miles south Simiutak Island. Outer edge 59-00 44-00 to 60-10 47-30, bergs seaward. Limits from northward to 59-10 42-10 hence 59-00 43-10, 59-05 44-40, 59-45 46-3C' 60-25 48-20, 60-18 47-00, 60-18 46-20 thence Nanortalik. Belt 30 miles wide with 10 mile shore lead east coast 60 N., to 61 N. Northern tip at 61-15 49-06. Edge 66-58 25-50 runs eastnortheast for 100 miles. Edge 67-21 23-08 runs 055° true to 18-40 W. Along coast vicinity 60-25 43-15. Inner edge from Storo thence 60-35 48-30, 60-00 47-40, 59-50 46-45, 59-35 45-45 thence on beach Nanortalik to Farewell. East of Farewell belt 30 miles wide with shore lead 20 miles wide at 60 N., closing to beach at 61-20 N. 59-47 38-00 to 59-05 41-00 scattered, up to 800 yards long and 200 feet high. Northern limit 61-20 50-30 moving northwest. 10 mile wide shore lead around Nunarsuit. Patch 5 to 10 miles off beach from 61 N., to 61-40 N., then open except for small pieces to main pack with limits 60-40 46-25, 60-32 46-50, 60-32 47-50, 60-38 48-20, 60-33 48-30, 60-25 48-10, 60-20 46-30, 59-40 45-50. Angmagssalik solid with some open water towards bay. Had been almost open late in March but ship got stuck in ice and still there 40 to 60 miles off coast. Usual bergs Farewell to Desolation. Probably bars passage around Nunarsuit. Edge ice passes through 67-08 24-47, 67-18 25-05, 67-25 24-58, 67-28 24-55, 67-41 24-39, 67-56 24-12 thence northeasterly. Brash along this edge with 9/10 ice cover to westward. 58-37 42-50 small berg with large berg on horizon. 58-29 42-46 large ice floes. Inner edge from beach along east coast at 60-10 N., to 59-30 43-00, 59-30 45-00, 59-45 45-15, thence beyond limit of visibility at 47-00 W. Outer edge 59-10 42-40 to 60-10 41-40 thence north beyond 61 N. Patches off Brede Fjord; filling Skov Fjord. Limit from north through 60-20 42-00 thence 59-20 42-10, 59-05 43-00, 59-08 44-00, 59-50 44-20. Narrow tongue extends from 59-08 44-00 to 59-30 47-00. Patches in fjord entrances Frederiksdal to Cape Thorvaldsen. Brede Fjord open. Numerous bergs and growlers north of Nunarsuit.. Outer limit from north through 60-00 42-50, 59-12 44-10, 59-12 45-40, 60-10 48-50, 60-45 48-45, 60-23 48-20, 60-22 46-30, 59-50 45-30, 59-42 44-35, thence beach at Cape Farewell. Ice west of 47 W., loose with many leads. Edge runs through positions 66-12 28-00, 66-30 26-45, 66-54 25-00, 67-17 23-02, 67-42 22-04, 68-00 21-37, 68-22 21-18, 68-27 20-10, 68-36 19-47, 68-47 20-02, 69-08 18-08, 69-13 17-11, 69-13 16-10, thence bearing 070° true. Brash fringe about three miles wide outside pack edge. Belt on beach east coast 20 miles wide from north through 60-30 N., rounding Cape Farewell. Navigable scattered ice extends from 48-30 W., to at least 49-30 W., with inner line 60-00 48-30 through 60-20 49-30. Outer line 60 N., 49 W., through 69-35 49-45. 60-32 49-28. JUNE 67-00 23-45 light small floes. Ice broken loose into coastline to northern end of Liver pool coast. Edge extends due north from northern end Liverpool coast to middle of Bontekoe Island (73-10 21-30) thence about 10 miles west of Cape Hold With Hope thence following coastline to Cape Broer Ruys, to .Jackson Island to Cape Mary on Clavering Island and from Cape Breusing on Clavering Island to Cape Bcrghaus on WoUaston Forland. Coast WoUaston Forland to Cape Wynn ice free. Edge extends from Cape Wynn to Germaniahavn on Sabine Island thence to Cape Desbrowc on Pendulum Island, thence northeastwards indefinitely. Pack ice along whole coa.st is slack. Some big floes, but wide open lanes between. Large areas open water outside of Scoresby Sound, Clavering Island, and Sabine Island. Now navigable to Scoresby Sound, Cape Hold With Hope, Clavering Island, and Sabine Island. The warm weather with heavy melting is rapidly breaking the ice northwards. 42 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^3 — Continued Location and Remarks Bergs. Storis. ...-do_ ...do_ ...do. Pack.. Storis. ....do. ...do. Pack.. ...do. ...do. Pack.. -do. -do. -..do. ...do. ...do. Storis. JUNE — Continued Vicinity 67 N., Davis Strait covered from Baffin Land coast to 68 W. Broken ice in packs near coast, looser at fringes, clear east of 58 W. Sondrcstrom Fjord open to a point 45 miles from mouth, thereafter for 20 miles fjord open but ice apparently submerged. Remainder of fjord frozen solid. Edge runs through 66-05 29-30 to 66-08 27-39 to 66-21 26-30 thence northeast. 8/10 brash and floe ice, size from 2 to 20 feet extend as far as 20 miles from ice edge. Numerous bergs (large) and growlers off Narsarssuak. Narsarssuak Reach clear. Skov Fjord heavy storis north to entrance. Northern limit navigable scattered storis from mouth Skov Fjord to 60-30 48-00, 60-32 48-30, 60-45 49-00, thence due west to 50 W., beyond which no visibility. Northern limit in vicinity 60-45 50-00. Shore lead around Capes Desolation and Thor- Northernmost limit storis at present about 60-40 N. Northern limit at 60-56 50-59. Shore lead around Nunarsuit navigable. Ice edge through 68-06 22-00, 67-45 23-16, 67-44 23-42, 67-38 23-57, 67-37 24-02, 67-27 24-00, 67-18 24-16. 66-53 25-01, 66-40 25-25, 66-35 24-45. North of 67-15 N., firm packed drift ice with light brash extending 2 to 5 miles from edge. South there- from normal drift ice and brash fringe 2 to 10 miles. Ice edge through 66-14 25-50, 67-18 27-43, 67-26 26-20, 67-06 26-18, 67-08 23-46, 67-43 22-22, 68-12 21-10, 68-17 20-34, 68-24 20-20, 68-50 19-33, 69-17 19-06, 69-39 18-20. Ice 7/10 to 10/10 cover. Outer edge pack at 59-34 45-35. Outer limits from 60-37 50-57 to 61-00 51-14, 61-33 51-24, 61-43 50-46. Narrow lead between last two positions with considerable storis north of this line. Northern limits 61-00 49-30 to 61-00 49-00 to 60-37 48-20. Scattered ice north these limits. Navigable with caution north of 61-10 N. Ice edge through 67-12 26-56, 66-50 26-30, 67-19 23-45, 66-56 22-56, 67-13 22-10, 67-18 21-16, 67-28 21-09, 67-22 20-19. Ice edge 6/10 to 8/10 drift ice with areas navigable brash. Ice field 61-04 49-53 to 5 miles east, broken, with growlers, navigable. Northern limits 61-10 49-10, 61-18 49-40, 61-16 50-45. Navigable belt broken storis within 40 miles southwest coast Greenland; ice rotting. Ice edge runs through 66-13 25-45, 66-37 26-30, 66-45 27-14, 67-07 27-09, 66-58 27-48, 67-01 28-20, 66-55 28-50, 66-59 29-39, 67-11 29-54, 67-16 30-22, 67-13 31-14, 67-13 31-48, 66-38 31-22, 55-23 30-35, 65-44 30-31, 65-23 31-57. 5/10 to 10/10 drift and pack pieces 10 to 200 feet diameter. No passable lanes nor leads. Ice edge 68-17 18-20, 68-00 18-32, 68-12 19-45, 68-12 20-32, 68-00 21-18 thence south- west as reported 3 July. Thick drift ice 66-35 25-20, unnavigable at 66-35 25-22 small bergs bevond. Ice edge 66-53 22-55, 66-57 22-52, 66-46 24-10, 66-38 24-40, 66-13 24-45, thence north- west, 3/10 to 7/10 packed drift, negligible brash. Not navigable. Lead at 66-20 25-59. Edge 7/10 drift 66-50 22-35, 66-56 23-12, 66-37 25-01. Edge 3/10 drift 66-01 26-28, 65-47 27-30, 66-57 28-52, 66-54 30-20, 66-53 31-07, 65-36 33-21, 65-40 34-25. Pieces to 200 feet diameter. Drift ice from 66-47 19-20 270° for 22 miles. Some clear water to north. Drift ice from 66-55 20-42 to 66-44 21-30, 66-27 21-40, thence 6 miles 270° thence 66-47 21-45, thence northwest. Edge 7/10 brash ice 66-44 22-35 to 66-48 22-38, 66-53 22-57 decreasing to 4/10 brash navigable through 66-53 23-37, 66-16 25-58. Edge unnavigable drift ice through 66-50 22-50 to 66-43 22-20 to 66-43 22-00. Drift ice tongue 3 miles wide from 66-38 21-20 through 66-15 21-20 navigable in places. Belt storis 30 miles wide at 61-20 N., on east coast past Cape Farewell to southern limit 59-25 N., thence 60-10 48^30 thence to northwest limit at 61-10 49-45 thence Cape Desolation. Cape Desolation to Frederiksdal shore lead 0 to 10 miles wide changing with the wind. West of 48 W., ice open. Broken drift ice limits pass through 66-51 22-48, 66-45 22-15, 66-42 21-52, 66-27 21-20, 66-30 21-10, 66-38 20-12, 66-40 19-32, 66-32 18-54, 66-40 18-42, 66-55 19-00, 67-00 19-28, 67-14 19-22, 67-18 20-00, 67-27 20-08. Ice not navigable towards Greenland coast more than a few miles inside limits. Main edge heavy pack runs 015° and 195° through 66-31 24-48. Small berg at 66-31 21-38. Scattered storis from off entrance Arsuk Fjord to 61-10 50-10, navigable. Scattered storis from off entrance Aisuk Fjord 70 miles to sea, navigable. 67-15 27-00 small brash, 67-30 27-40 drift ice 7/10 cover, pieces 20 to 200 feet diameter, navigable. 68-05 28-10 to 68-40 23-50 edge packed drift ice 9/10 cover, pieces 200 to 600 feet diameter. Ice free channel to 69-18 20-00 thence ice edge running 035° true. AUGUST Ice edge through 67-16 23-06, 67-39 22-50, 68-04 22-00, 68-40 21-41, 68-19 21-00, 69-39 18-16, 70-23 17-25. Brash ice 2/10 to 5/10 cover with patches 7/10 cover. 71-20 17-01 open channel 10 to 20 miles wide southwest 30 miles thence south 40 miles. Belt storis 3 miles wide 4 miles off Cape Thorvaldsen extends east and southeast increasing to 25 miles wide south of Julianehaab. From Frederiksdal 3 to 5 mile belt along coast past Cape Farewell to Cape Discord there increasing to 20 miles. Scoresby Sound seaward much ice no open water. Cape Desolation to Frederiksdal scattered storis navigable, greatest concentration off entrance Brede Fjord. Frederiksdal to Cape Farewell bergs and growlers, no storis. 43 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 194.3 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks s Pack AUQUST— Continued Edge ice runs from 67-03 23-45 to 67-50 21-56. Drift ice 6/10 cover, pieces under 20 feet diameter. Ice edge 67-49 23-17, 67-59 22-59, 67-55 22-05, thence runs approximately 060°. 5 bergs 67-36 23-20 to 67-44 23-28. No ice visible to 20 miles west of line 66-54 22-28 to 67-28 22-48. Well defined ice edge through 68-50 23-00, 67-59 23-00, 67-41 24-00, 67-28 24-38, 67-13 25-10, 67-00 25-34. Some small lanes not navigable. Scattered navigable storis off Simiutak Island. 9 10 11 ..._do — -do Storis 26 28 30 Arctic pack Pack .._.do 74-09 19-09 very heavy broken ice. Outer edge pack at 74-09 18-10. (Ice navigable only at times and then with great difficulty). Edge of 1/10 to 7/10 packed drift ice considered unnavigable through 67-53 29-12, 67-48 30-20, 67-42 30-46, 67-13 31-15. Channel running west 30 miles at first position. Limits ill defined due poor visibility. Dense along Greenland east coast vicinity 74 N., Gael Hamkes Bay full. Vessel sur- rounded by pack 12 miles off Cape Borlase Warren (74-10 18-45) unable to move towards coast. Two vessels fast in ice within 5 miles of Dead Man's Bay. Tempera- tures abnormally low and ice conditions severe throughout season. ICE CONDITIONS IN 1944 This section of the report covers the period from 1 September, 1943, to 31 October, 1944, and treats the North Atlantic ice areas from the Nova Scotian banks to the Greenland Sea. For purposes of discussion the areas have been subdivided as follows : 1. St. Lawrence Area — This includes the lower reaches of the St. Lawrence River, the gulf proper east to the Strait of Belle Isle, and south through Cabot Strait and the Gut of Canso, and the banks southeast of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton Island. 2. Newfoundland-Labrador Area — Embraces the coastal and offshore waters from the Miquelon Islands over the Grand Banks and Flemish Cap and north to Hudson Strait. The area between the Strait of Belle Isle and Hudson Strait is properly the Labrador area. 3. Canadian Arctic Area — Takes in Hudson Bay, Hudson Strait and the western part of Davis Strait from the entrance of Hudson Strait north into and includ- ing Baffin Bay. 4. Greenland Area — Coastal and offshore waters along the west coast, past Cape Farewell, and along the east coast through Denmark Strait into and including the Greenland Sea. The reports of ice sightings for these respective areas are sum- marized in four tables entitled "Table of Ice Reports" and bearing the name of the appropriate area in the heading of the table. Monthly ice charts covering the period February to August 1944, inclusive, have been constructed to show the ice conditions prevailing for those months. Figures 12 to 18 inclusive show graphically the conditions in the St. Lawrence and Newfoundland- Labrador areas south of latitude 57° N., and figures 20 to 26 inclu- sive those in the Greenland area. Individual sightings have not been shown on these charts, as the confusion would have defeated the charts primary purpose of giving a general picture of the ice conditions. The ice conditions encountered during the season have 44 MINIMUM LIMIT HEAVY FIELD ICE MAXIMUM LIMIT I SEA ICE BERG LIMITS FEBRUARY I 1944 KiGURB 12.— Ice conditions, Newfoundland and adjacent areas, February 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 1 p s L si be th CO MINIMUM LIMIT HEAVY FIELD ICE MAXIMUM LIMIT SEA ICE BERG LIMITS MARCH 1 1944 60- 55* 50" 45' 40* Figure 13. — Ice conditions, Ncwfoundlanil and adjacent areas, March 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 44) No. 2 Figure 15. — Ice conditions, Newfoundland and adjacent areas, May 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 44) No. 55' 50" 45' 40' Figure 16. — Ice conditions, Newfoundland and adjacent areas, June 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 44) No. 5 Figure 17. — Ice conditions, Newfoundland and adjacent areas, July 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 44) No. 6 55* 50' 45* Figure 18. — Ice conditions, Newfoundland and adjacent areas, August 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 44) No. 7 been outlined chronologically in the following four sections appear- ing under the respective area headings. ST. LAWRENCE AREA Owing to the relatively high temperatures in the St. Lawrence and Newfoundland areas during the autumn of 1943 and early winter of 1943-1944 the Gulf of St. Lawrence remained open much later than usual. Little ice was reported before early February whereas normally the entire gulf is considered unsafe for naviga- tion after the first week of December. Using Sydney Harbor as an index ice began to form in the bays and sheltered waters of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton Island about 12 January. Heavy ice was reported in Northumberland Strait on the 28th. Scattered patches of light ice only were present in Cabot Strait prior to the end of January. About that time, a vessel made the passage from Corner- brook, Newfoundland, to Sydney, and St. George Bay was still open and easily accessible. February, the coldest month of the winter in this area saw the amount of ice increase rapidly. By 4 February, Belle Isle Strait was covered with heavy ice and a belt of solid ice 30 miles wide extended westward along the south shore of Quebec to the vicinity of Anticosti Island. The center of the gulf was open, but heavy floes were sighted in the vicinity of Cape Ray. Ice began to move out of the gulf through Cabot Strait and southward along the east coast of Cape Breton Island. This movement continued through- out the month, the outflowing ice becoming heavier and pushing farther to the south over the banks. The extreme limits of this ice together with ice formed locally on the banks during cold weather was reached on the 23rd of the month and was about as shown in figure 12. The maximum limits of sea ice shown in the figures denotes the limits to which some sea ice including slob and lighter ice (slush) extended at anytime during the month, but ice seldom if ever extended to these maximum limits over the entire area at the same time. In February, however, the maximum exten- sion over most of the area downstream from the gulf was approxi- mated on the 23rd. On this date ice reached positions of 44°26' N., 58°23' W., and 45°25' N., 57°00' W. A 30-mile-wide belt of locally formed ice extended along the south coast of Nova Scotia from Cape Canso west past the 63rd meridian. The center of this field off the east coast of Cape Breton Island was heavy pack sufficient to stop ice-protected vessels. Cakes up to 18 inches in thickness, where not rafted, extended to the vicinity of 45°30' N., 58°40' W. Outside this heavier core pans of clear young ice to 1 foot thick were encountered. In March the maximum southern extension of sea ice on the banks off Cape Breton Island and Nova Scotia was about the 740743—47—4 45 same as that in February. Southwesterly winds at times, how- ever, pushed the ice to about 30 miles east of the February limits. Heavy pack filled most of the central gulf throughout the month and a compact core of this ice extended through Cabot Strait to the vicinity of 46° 10' N., 59° 00' W. The actual position of this core changed from time to time depending on the wind force and direction. Occasionally the heavy ice was tight against Scatari Island but never extended eastward as far as the Newfoundland coast south of Cape St. George. At times leads may have opened through the core from west to east but these at best would have been of brief duration. Heavy ice did push at times almost to the southeast extremes of the limits shown for sea ice, but was gen- erally open near the outer edge. Heavy ice seldom was encoun- tered west of longitude 60° 30' W., off the south coast of Cape Breton Island. The formidable character of this heavy ice pushing from the gulf is illustrated by the besetting in early March of the S. S. Kyle south of Scatari Island. This vessel is strongly reenforced against ice damage and under a master of many years experience in ice navigation. It made practically no progress in the ice during the period 2 to 6 March, but had freed itself and was making good progress on the seventh. During the last 10 days of March the ice in the lower St. Lawr- ence River and in the gulf immediately south of Anticosti Island dissipated rapidly. By the end of the month the St. Lawrence River was mostly clear from Quebec to the river mouth, and little ice remained in the gulf thence to 48°00' N., 61°00' W. Except in sheltered bays the fast ice in the gulf west of the 64th meridian had broken loose and this area was clear. Heavy ice still blocked the southern part of the gulf in Northumberland Strait and from Prince Edward Island and Cape Breton Island north past the Mag- dalen Islands. This heavy belt continued northeasterly across the gulf but was opening rapidly. The normal steamer track across the gulf from Cape Ray passing north of Bird Rocks the'nce to Cape des Rosiers and up the river to Quebec was navigable on 4 April, and to Montreal on the 20th. In 1942, also, this route to the river opened on the 4th, but in 1943 was closed until the 30th. In most years it can be expected to open about the middle of the month. By 11 April all ice of consequence north of this steamer track had receded to the north of a line from the Newfoundland coast near 49°00' N., 58°30' W., to a position of 50°00' N., 61°00' W. Heavy ice persisted in the southern part of the gulf in the area extending from the northwest and west coasts of Cape Breton Island to Prince Edward Island until late in the month. It was not until the 26th that this ice was sufficiently dis- persed to permit passage of vessels to the gulf over the Gut of 46 Canso-George Bay route. This route had opened on 24 April in 1943. By the end of April the gulf was practically clear except for the northeastern portion in the approaches to the Strait of Belle Isle. The opening- of the gulf along the track from Cape Ray to the mouth of the St. Lawrence River with the ice subsequently receding both to the north and south of that route appears to be a normal occurrence. The behavior of the ice in the year 1943 in which the gulf cleared more or less uniformly from southwest to north- east appears anomalous, and is attributed to the abnormally fre- quent and strong southwesterly winds occurring during the winter and early spring of that year. Ice continued to push out through the Gut of Canso and Cabot Strait during most of the month. The southeastern tip of the main pack reached a position of 44°25' N., 56°50' W., on the 12th. This was the maximum extent reported during April and exceeded that of March although in general the southern and eastern limits were about the same for the 2 months. On the 9th of April a patch of compact ice floes was reported southeast of Sable Island at the unusual position of 43°07' N., 58°06' W. Owing to its erratic nature this ice is shown diagrammatically in figure 14 outside the maximum limits of sea ice. No further reports were made of ice in that vicinity, which is not strange as the ice would melt within a few days at most. Eddy currents are prevalent along the conti- nental slope in the area and could easily have transported ice to the position in question from the southeastern tip of the main pack which at that time was about 90 miles to the north-northeast. Un- usual drifts of pack ice are especially apt to occur during a major break-up in the spring. At this season the ocean currents are erratic and freshening, and the variable winds are effective in scattering the ice to positions where it will be influenced by dif- ferent currents. In April, as contrasted to February and March, no ice was re- ported along the south coast of Nova Scotia westward from Cape Canso (approximately the 61st meridian). The ice reported in that area the preceding months was mostly, if not all, formed on the spot during periods of cold weather. In the spring when the ice is breaking up, that encountered near the fringes of the field is not the light ice frequently met at the edge during periods of ice formation. The ice on the lee side of the field is at times open and rotten, but is the remnants of heavy pack and may be both compact and heavy where first encountered. More often than not a heavy close packed border will be found along the windward side of the field. Rather heavy ice at one time or another in April reached the maximum limits for sea ice as shown in figure 14. An area of heavy close packed ice 15 to 20 47 miles wide was reported between 44°59' N., 58°30' W., and 45° 10' N., 58°10' W., on the 27th. Heavy ice had persisted in this general vicinity at the southern edge of the pack throughout most of the month and vessels were able to pass north of this ice for about a week before it had disappeared. The Nova Scotian banks were entirely clear by the first of May and the only ice of consequence in the entire St. Lawrence area was that in the Strait of Belle Isle and immediate approaches. The vicinity of the Strait will be treated further in the discussion of the Newfoundland area. In summarizing, the 1944 ice season in the St. Lawrence area was less severe than an average year. The ice was late in forming in the early winter ; the gulf broke out earlier than usual in the spring, the ice was relatively light, and spread over the banks to an average or less than average extent. At no time was the route north of Sable Island entirely cut off by ice, but the margin occasionally was close. For the period February through April routes outside of Sable Island were preferable for trans-Atlantic traffic, and traffic from the United States to Newfoundland. NEWFOUNDLAND-LABRADOR AREA In January pack ice was pushing south along the Labrador coast and new ice was forming in that area. The field in the vicinity of Cape Harrison, near latitude 55° N., was 65 miles wide on the 18th of the month, but it was not until early February that appreciable amounts of heavy ice reached Newfoundland waters. As in the St. Lawrence area the season was retarded up to a month or more as compared to a normal year. A period of cold weather during early February caused new ice to form rapidly which by the 6th of the month extended south to a latitude of about 48°30' N., and off the coast to the 51st meridian. Apparently none of the heavier pack from the north was south of the 52d parallel at that time. On 11 February the forming of new ice in the Newfoundland area apparently reached its greatest extent for the season. Patches of slush distant from the main ice area were reported that date at positions of 44°40' N., 53°45' W., and 48°57' N., 44°18' W. These are shown as isolated patches on the February chart. Absence of further reports of ice at those positions indicates that the ice was short-lived. North of latitude 52° N., the eastern edge of the ice on the 11th was about as shown for the limit of sea ice for the month. East of Newfoundland the ice limits on the 23d cor- responded closely to those shown on the chart. On the 25th some broken pans of hard clear young ice to over 5 feet in diameter and 1 foot thick had reached the vicinity of St. John's near 47°35' N. The next day onshore winds and swell rafted this ice across the entrance to St. John's harbor closing that port to navigation. St. John's Bay acted as a funnel and the ice barrier piled up to an estimated thickness of 20 feet during the iiext few days. Prac- 48 tically all of the ice off the east coast of the Avalon Peninsula from Cape St. Francis to Cape Race was blown inshore into a belt whose outer edge at the widest point was not much more than one-half mile off the headlands. Ordinarily this amount of ice would have had little effect on navigation in the area, but the persistent easterly wind kept the coast blocked until early 2 March, when a wind shift to the north moved the ice off shore and cleared the harbor ap- proaches, A few bergs were reported during the month in or near the pack off the Labrador coast. As a rule bergs entrapped in the heavy sea ice drift south with it and are liberated at the edge of the field by its melting. This movement was not sufficiently advanced in Feb- ruary to release any bergs from the southern edge of the pack or to bring them near that edge. Rather, the expanding of the ice areas off the Newfoundland coast during the period was primarily due to ice forming locally and not to an influx of berg bearing ice from the north. Too few reports of berg sightings are available from the latter part of February to accurately establish the berg limit. But by considering also conditions in early March it is believed that the limits as shown on ice chart, figure 12, are very nearly correct. March was characterized by an increased flow of heavier ice from the north and a reduction in the amount of sea ice formed locally. The ice throughout the pack averaged considerably heavier than in February. By referring to the monthly ice chart the effect of the two branches of the Labrador Current east of Newfoundland are seen as reflected in the contour showing the maximum limit of sea ice. The inner branch of this current hugs the east coast of Newfoundland south past Cape Race thence trending westerly. The outer branch upon striking the northern shoulder of the Grand Banks between 47°30' N., and 48°30' N., is deflected towards the east and flows south between the Banks and Flemish Cap, with the core of the current paralleling and slightly off shore of the 100-fathom line. This current not only carries pack ice and bergs to the south, but its mean temperature is considerably lower than that of bordering waters, and its salinity less, both factors favoring formation of sea ice locally during periods of low air temperatures. Local ice forms more quickly in the inshore branch which is shallow and in the lee of the land, whereas more of the heavier ice and bergs drift south in the stronger flowing and deeper offshore branch. Strings and patches of light pack ice were present in the inshore branch past Cape Race at intervals throughout most of the month. Two maxima of locally formed ice were reached, one about the 6th and the other about the 23d. After the port of St. John's opened on 2 March it was not blocked again, a favorable wind shift moving the ice off shore the few threatening times. It frequently was necessary for vessels making the port from the 49 south or southeast to avoid patches of the heavier ice but this was not difficult. The advance of ice in the outer branch of the Labrador Cur- rent, noticeable in February was pronounced in March. Figure 19 shows the outer edge of the relatively heavy ice as observed for various dates from 10 March to 5 April. The tendency of this ice to push east on striking the shoulder of the Banks then south between the Banks and Flemish Cap is apparent. The movement is irregular owing to the variable forces of wind and current alnd to the melting of the ice. Between the 10th and 13th the southeastern tip of the pack advanced at approximately 35 miles a day, then slowed to 20 miles a day for the next 3 days. From the 16th to the 26th the net gain was 35 miles, although at times, as shown for the 22d, the ice was beyond the limits of the 26th, This apparent lull, attributed in part to melting and to contrary winds, was followed by an advance of 145 miles during the next 10-day period. It is believed that most of this latter distance was covered from 28 to 31 March, during the height of strong north- erly winds. Ship reports of the 1st and 2d of April in which ice was encountered south to 44°50' N., 48°25' W., support this con- tention. The ice in this outer branch of the Labrador Current was mostly compact and heavy with individual cakes up to 70 feet in diameter. Although leads occasionally do open across the long peninsulas protruding from the main field, this cannot be relied upon. A report was received of pack extending seaward to 49° 40' N., 47°00' W., on 20 March. This ice is represented as an isolated patch on the monthly chart as careful aerial surveys indicated that the eastern edge of the main field did not approach that posi- tion. Further north the maximum limit of sea ice off the Labrador coast lay west of the February limit until reaching the 55th parallel. As in the St. Lawrence area heavy ice persistently was present in a greater area in March than in any other month. The extent, a minimum at the beginning, increased throughout the month. Icebergs were far inside the southern limits of the field early in March, but were being released from the southeastern extremity before the end of the month. Most of the bergs drifted with the heavy pack in the offshore branch of the Labrador Current, sea- ward of the 100-fathom line. On 10 March all bergs observed were north of 49° 30' N., and west of 52^20' W., with many in the general vicinity of 50° N., 53° W. The most southeasterly berg sighted was at 49°38' N., 52°37' W. On the 13th and 16th bergs were scattered southeast to the respective extreme positions of 48°16' N., 50°10' W., and 47°45' N., 47°41' W. From the above, and assuming that the bergs traveled in a direct course they aver- 50 52" 51" 50' 49* 48* Figure 19.— Field ice limits in Grand Banks region on various dates in March and April 1944. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. so) aged 15 miles per clay rroiii tlit' lOtli to l;Uh and 35 miles per day Irom the 13th to 16th. During these same periods the outer edge of the pack in which the bergs were drifting advanced at 35 miles and 20 miles per day respectively. Part of this apparent difference in drift rate of bergs and pack arises from the wasting of the pack ice, which is especially rapid at its outer border. The wake of open water frequently observed in the lee of a berg in an ice field is evidence, however, of the actual difference in drift rate. At times, these clear wakes may extend from the berg for a distance of several times the width of the berg. When scouting from a plane the contrast of the dark water of the wakes against the white ice field is an excellent aid in spotting bergs. The movement of bergs owing to their great draught is predominantly determined by the subsurface currents, but that of the field ice by surface currents and winds. On a very windy day small wakes may often be seen behind the growlers and heavier cakes of pack ice. Icebergs were little menace to navigation during most of March as they were well inside the pack limits. It was not until the 22d that bergs were observed clear of the pack near its southeastern extremity at that time in the vicinity of 46°23' N., 46°50' W. After the 22d such bergs as were released probably scattered rapidly to the south, although the ones sighted were near the pack limits. By 5 April bergs were strung out as far as 43°26' N., 48° 18' W., approximately 190 miles from the position of the tip of the pack on 22 March, but others easily may have been scattered farther. In April the forming of new ice in the Newfoundland area no longer was a factor, any extending of the ice limits stemming from a southerly drift of heavier ice. The maximum limit of sea ice shown on the monthly chart corresponds roughly to the limits at which relatively heavy ice was seen at one time or another. The greatest drift of this ice to the south occurred during the first few days in April. On 5 April (see figure 19) heavy ice was ob- served at a position of 44°17' N., 48°25' W., but south of 45^10' N., the remnants of what had probably been a compact tongue on the 2d was broken into scattered patches. A few vessels encountered the tongue on the first and second and detoured to the south although one was fortunate to find a break. The ice was compact and heavy and except at the occasional breaks navigable only by strongly ice- reinforced ships. After 5 April the pack receded rapidly with none sighted south of 45°40' N., 48° 15' W., on the 9th. Patches but no extensive areas of compact ice remained south of the 48th parallel on the 22d. Along the inshore branch of the Labrador Current patches of quite heavy pack were sighted south past St. John's from time to time threatening but not blocking the port. For the area south of the 50th parallel the maximum limit of sea ice shown on 51 the May chart closely approximates the extent of broken and scat- tered pack on 30 April. The minimum limit of heavy field ice shown on the April chart corresponds to the approximate boundary of the compact core of the ice field at the end of the month. Fast ice in protected arms and bays from the south to 49°40' N., was breaking out leaving open water with loose drifting ice inshore. A considerable area of open water was forming ofl" the Labrador coast at the eastern entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle. The outer limits of the pack off the Labrador coast averaged little different than in March. With the receding of the pack in April numerous bergs were liberated and spread rapidly south over the Grand Banks. A recon- naissance flight on the 5th disclosed 142 bergs mostly from 5 miles inside the south edge of the pack to 10 miles outside, and all but two south of 48° N. Actually only a small portion, although the most prolific, of the total probable berg area was covered on this survey. The maximum number of bergs south of 48° N., at that time is estimated as less than 200. On the 6th 111 bergs were sighted upstream between the 48th and 50th parallels. These mostly were concentrated from the coast to from 50 to 75 miles off. At least 60 were in a position to drift without grounding south past 48° N. Although many of the bergs sighted on the 2 days were relatively small, some were as much as 1,000 feet long at the water line. One twin-peaked berg about 600 feet long and rising 260 feet out of the water as measured by radio altimeter was sighted at 47°40' N., 51°45' W., on the 5th. On the 9th this berg was sighted at 47°45' N., 51°45' W., with half of one of its peaks broken off, and on the 22d at 46°35' N., 51°24' W., little changed in general appearance but riding at a different angle. Its slow traveling speed of 70 miles in 13 days indicated that it was probably bump- ing along on the bottom on a course where most soundings ranged from 50 to 90 fathoms. It is difficult to estimate with any accuracy the number of bergs that drifted south of the 48th parallel during the month. The area is too large and the weather too variable to cover entirely on one day, or a few consecutive days, even by plane. Many of the reports were of a general nature indicating a number of bergs in a general area and not suitable for a statistical analysis. Many duplications are bound to occur in reports from different sources andiat different times and these cannot always be spotted. A total of 564 berg sightings aside from general reports, were reported during April in the area south of 48° N. After eliminating possible duplications 143 bergs were sighted south of that latitude on the 5th alone. Considering the speed at which the bergs were moving and the number upstream from the area it seems probable that 300 or more 52 may have moved past 48° N, during the month. As in March there was no movement of bergs west through the Strait of Belle Isle. In early May the rapid receding of the field ice south of the 50th parallel continued. On the first a few very scattered strings of heavy pack were present to over 60 miles off the Newfoundland coast north of 47° 10' N. Individual pieces of the heavier pack and growlers, characteristic last remnants of a rapidly melting ice field, extended approximately to the limit of sea ice shown on the monthly ice chart. By the third these scattered pieces had al- most all, if not all, melted and the main field had receded to the north of 49° 40' N., with its eastern edge west of the 53d meridian. Most of the arms emptying into Notre Dame Bay were broken out on this date but shifting ice north of the off-lying islands blocked the seaward approaches for larger vessels. Compact heavy pack with sheets up to a mile and more in diameter extended through the Strait of Belle Isle to a latitude of approximately 50° 50' N., in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. A strip of open water up to 10 miles wide extended along the Labrador coast between 51° 50' N., and 52° 40' N. Except for open ice near the eastern edge the main field was compact but broken north past 53° N. By 10 May deep vessels had reached the ports of Botwood and Lewisport and some open water was present inshore along the Newfoundland east coast north to Hare Bay at 51° 15' N. The area of open water along the Labrador coast at the eastern approaches of the Strait of Belle Isle extended past Bell Isle itself. The outer edge of the pack had moved east past the 53d meridian. On the 20th and 21st the south- ern edge of the field was at 50°20' N. The Strait of Belle Isle was clear and open water was appearing inshore along the Labrador coast as far as 55° N. The eastern edge of the ice continued to move off shore with heavy ice extending as far as longitude 50° 55' W., at a latitude of 53° 16' N. Although in February light ice had been formed to about that position, this appeared to be the season's greatest extent of heavy ice to the east near that latitude. During the remainder of the month heavy ice continued to push south from the main pack area from time to time. A peninsula of the field extended from the northwest to a position of 49° 56' N., 53° 05' W., on the 29th. The curve depicting the minimum limit of heavy field ice on the monthly ice chart, encloses the approximate mean position of the core of the heavy field. The actual position of this core changed from time to time depending largely on the winds, but heavy ice persistently remained in the general area, and at no time was an open route observed entirely through the pack from the Strait of Belle Isle eastward. It is believed, however, that an ice-protected vessel could have made the passage at certain times in the latter part of the month. In the pack area east of Newfoundland and Labrador icebergs 53 were numerous at all times during May. Hundreds were released from the pack to drift south but many of these grounded on the Newfoundland east coast or set into the bays between Cape Freels and Cape Race. Some drifted west of Cape Race along the south coast past 55° W., with a few grounding in Trepassey, St, Marys, and Placentia Bays. The outer limits were in general somewhat farther to the south and west than in April. Fewer bergs were sighted on the Grand Banks south of 46° N., than in April (12 individual positions as compared to 75) but the increasing preva- lence of fog in that area reduced greatly the scouting efficiency of the planes. Fog was especially bad near the edge of the banks where the cold water of the Labrador Current mixes with the warm water of the Gulf Stream and Atlantic Current, and it is in this region that bergs going far to the south are most likely to drift. The sightings of the 13th illustrate the berg conditions prevailing during most of the month inshore along the east coast of New- foundland. On that date 230 bergs were sighted within 45 miles of the coast from 50° N., 54° W., past Cape Race and west to the Burin Peninsula (55°10' W.). Of this number 111 were south of 48° N., and 55, many aground, were within 3 miles of the coast between Cape St. Francis and Cape Race. On the 29th there were approximately 150 bergs in this same area of which 68 were south of the 48th parallel. Bergs had not started to move west through the Strait of Belle Isle on 3 May but one was sighted at the western entrance on the 21st and were almost invariably present in the strait for the remainder of the season. As in April it is difficult to make a reliable estimate of the number of bergs passing south of the 48th parallel during the month but 250 is probably a conservative figure. A total of 770 sightings were made in that area. After eliminating all probable duplications it appears that a minimum of 140 were bergs present at one time about the middle of the month, but the actual number could have approached 200. There was an average of above 80 within 40 miles of the coast of the Avalon Peninsula throughout the month. An escort vessel fully equipped with radar and underwater- sound gear collided with a berg at 47°03' N., 52°09' W., before daybreak on 5 May, but suffered slight damage. In maneuvering to avoid one berg the vessel struck a second a glancing blow. No other reports of ice damage during the month were received. In June the southern limits of the pack ice receded from 50° N., to 53° N. As the pack broke up large floes drifted west into the Strait of Belle Isle to block it after it had once been entirely free of pack. On the 9th the southern fringes of the main pack ex- tended south to the vicinity of Hare Bay (51°15' N.) on the New- foundland coast. East of Belle Isle the ice was quite o])en, one- 54 tenth to three-tenths coverage, and a vessel could have made the passage through the strait by hugging the Labrador coast. A ship was beset on this date, however, in a rather compact field which extended from Cape Norman and Cape Bauld on the New- foundland coast to within 4 miles of the north side of the strait. By the 20th the main pack had receded beyond latitude 52°40' N., but a detached field still persisted in the Strait of Belle Isle. This ice extended from the north shore to within 3 miles of the south shore between the longitudes of 56°10' W., and 56°40' W., and a few strings extended through the strait past 57° 10' W. Several ships were held up in Forteau Bay waiting for the ice to clear, which apparently happened in the next few days. By the end of June no field ice was left south of 53° N., and the passage into Hamilton Inlet and Lake Melville had opened. The first major vessels of the season reached Goose Bay on the 29th. Fog blanketed most of the Grand Banks area throughout June, and to such an extent that it was possible to get only one flight under good visibility conditions to the Tail of the Banks near 42°30' N., 50° 00' W. Combining the sightings of bergs on the 9th and 10th and eliminating the probable duplications there were 60 bergs south of the 48th parallel at that time. About half of this number were in bays or grounded along the east and south coasts of the Avalon Peninsula. On the 20th 21 bergs were sighted within 25 miles of the Avalon coast with 14 of this num- ber in bays or within 3 miles of the beach. At this time there were about 40 others south of 50° N., that were far enough off shore to indicate a probable drift south past 48° N. Approxi- mately 140 bergs were reported sighted south of 48° N., during the month, but there are many duplications in this number. A minimum of 100 bergs are estimated to have drifted to that area in June. From the 48th parallel north to the pack the numbers of bergs and growlers increased. Many of these grounded along New- foundland's irregular coast or were trapped in the bays, mostly from Trinity Bay through Notre Dame Bay. The berg reports of the 9th and 20th (please refer to the table of ice reports) are representative of the conditions existing during June. On the 9th 1,074 bergs were sighted from 53° N., south past Cape Race. Of these 1,027 were north of the 48th and 737 north of the 50th parallels respectively. It was practicable to plot the individual positions of about half the bergs only, but the others were spotted by groups in rather definite areas, so that a rough break-down could be made of the distribution in rectangles of 1 degree of latitude by 1 degree of longitude. The actual number of bergs is far greater than those recorded, however, as it was not possible to adequately cover the -entire area. The bergs were of all sizes 55 with a large portion of those north of 50° N., relatively small. In addition to the bergs countless growlers were present in the area, so concentrated in places as to give on the horizon the general appearance of pack ice. On the 20th 975 bergs were sighted of which 954 and 747 respectively were north of the 48th and 50th parallels. Many bergs were scattered through the Strait of Belle Isle and in the immediate eastern approaches, but the horizon was clear farther to the east where large numbers were concen- trated on the 9th. In July the remaining field of ice oif the Labrador coast melted rapidly. By the 12th the southern limits of any sea ice of con- sequence had receded beyond 55°30' N., and on the 18th past 56° 15' N. By the end of the month none, except perhaps a few scattered floes, remained south of the eastern entrance to Hudson Strait. Bergs persisted in considerable numbers off the Newfoundland and Labrador coasts north of 50° N., throughout July, and many invariably were present in the Strait of Belle Isle or on the steamer track to the east. No bergs were reported on the Grand Banks south of 46° N., although several were sighted in position to drift to that area. The usual summer fog reduced the efficiency of aerial reconnaissance on the Banks. A total of 51 bergs were reported sighted south of the 48th parallel, 18 of these on 12 July. It is estimated that a minimum of 30 bergs drifted south of that latitude during the month. Two vessels were reported as having struck bergs in July, both on the Belle Isle route. One collision occurred on the 29th at a position of 52° 15' N., 50° 52' W., and the vessel was towed to St. John's, Newfoundland, for repairs. The other hit a berg off Cape Bauld near the eastern entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle, late in July, but made Cornerbrook, Newfoundland, under its own power. There was no pack ice in the Newfoundland-Labrador area in August and only one berg was reported south of 48° N. Bergs were still plentiful from Notre Dame Bay north along the Labra- dor coast. There were always a few in the Strait of Belle Isle, and were reported in that vicinity as late as 18 October. A berg was sighted at the unusual position of 49°15' N., 88°30' W., on 14 October. In general the ice season in the Newfoundland-Labrador area was somewhat worse than average. The pack was troublesome more from the standpoint of distribution than from abnormal amount. The ice formed later than usual because of the relatively high air temperatures in the fall and early winter. It closed the port of St. John's for 5 days at the end of February when prac- tically all the ice in the locality was blown to form a coastal belt averaging less than a mile wide. In early April a narrow tongue 56 of heavy ice extended along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks to block the east-west routes south past latitude 45° N. In June a detached field of heavy ice drifted into the Strait of Belle Isle to keep that route closed until about the 25th, approximately 10 days after the eastern approaches had cleared. The approaches into Hamilton Inlet were blocked until the last few days of June, but the entire Labrador coast had cleared by the end of July. It is estimated that a minimum of 700 icebergs drifted south of lati- tude 48° N., as compared to the yearly average of 431 during the period 1900 to 1946. The bergs scattered to normal limits. The peak of the season apparently occurred in late April or early May, somewhat earlier than usual, and at least a month earlier than in 1943. CANADIAN ARCTIC AREA In mid-July the eastern entrance to Hudson Strait was still filled with heavy broken pack such as would prevent through pas- sage of any but strongly ice-reinforced vessels. East of Resolu- tion Island the approach to the strait was clear, the southern tip of the heavy Baffin Bay pack having receded north of 62° 20' N. Southeast of Resolution Island pack ice extended seaward about 80 miles and continued as a coastal belt of that width past Cape Chidley and along the Labrador coast. Coverage in lower Fro- bisher Bay to the barrier of islands near 63° 15' N., averaged about four-tenths heavy broken pack. At the island barrier a 2-mile-wide strip of compact ice blocked the channel. North of the barrier some unbroken sheets to a mile or two in diameter remained but these were rotting rapidly. The head of the bay was less than one-tenth covered, no fast ice remaining. The con- dition of the ice indicated that the bay would be practically clear within 2 weeks. In Ungava Bay all fast ice had broken loose, but the coverage was more compact averaging about eight-tenths, with some sheets still exceeding 1,000 feet in diameter. A shore lead of open water of 30 miles maximum width extended with one break from the mouth of Payne River around the southern end of Ungava Bay to the Button Islands. This lead was not suitable for navigation at that time owing to the not too well known and treacherous nature of the coastal water. That much open water in the bay, however, with all fast ice broken loose, and the larger sheets broken meant that the ice would waste rapidly during the following 2 weeks. The entrance to Hudson Strait between the Button and Resolution Islands was blocked by a belt of broken dense pack 5 to 10 miles wide. Inside this barrier the strait averaeed about five-tenths coverage to the limit of visibility in the vicinity of Big Island. Ice conditions in the eastern half of the strait made navigation impractical for any but ice-protected ves- sels. The Hudson Bay Company vessel, Nasrople, negotiated the 57 pack to reach Lake Harbor about July 16, but this vessel is strongly ice-protected and the master thoroughly familiar with the region and ice navigation. By 29 July most of the pack had cleared out of Hudson Strait from the eastern entrance to the vicinity of 76° W. Scattered ice to four-tenths coverage extended from the outlet of Foxe Channel across the western entrance to Hudson Strait to Digges Island and to the limit of visibility towards Coats and Mansel Islands. This scattered pack was the last barrier preventing ready access to Hudson Bay. The ice appeared quite rotten indicating that much of it would be melted within a week. The southern boundary of heavy close packed ice at the outlet to Foxe Channel was near 64° N. extending from Mill Island to the Bell Penninsula of South- ampton Island. Frobisher Bay was mostly clear and easily naviga- ble at this time, but pack was still scattered over approximately half the area of Ungava Bay. The heavy pack from Baffin Bay had receded north of a line from Cape Murchison (63° 15' N., 63°50' W.) to 64°20' N., 58°20' W., and was no longer a threat to the eastern entrance of Hudson Strait. Ungava Bay by 4 August had cleared to leave an average of two-tenths cover restricted to less than one-third of the area of the bay. This ratio of free surface to ice cover was such that regardless of winds an open passage could always be found through the bay. The last remnants of this ice were gone before the middle of August. By 18 August the southern limit of the pack in Foxe Channel had receded to 65° N., and the entire route from the eastern entrance of Hudson Strait to Churchill was free of pack ice. The Baffin Bay pack receded gradually during the season. In the middle of August scattered floes were still present off the en- trance to Cumberland Sound at 64°30' N. Heavy broken pack from two-tenths to five-tenths cover extended to over 20 miles off shore (visibility limit) between 66°30' N., and 67°30' N. By 9 September the main pack had receded into Baffin Bay and had been reduced to a narrow core of compact ice about 2 miles wide and lying 30 to 50 miles off shore extending northward from the vicin- ity of Home Bay (68° N.) . A few scattered floes of less than one- tenth coverage remained inshore from this ice but no fast ice remained south of 70°20' N. ; scattered ice lay eastward from the core of heavy ice. By 21 September the southern limit of the pack in western Baffin Bay was at 71° N. Icebergs were quite numerous at all times along the eastern coast of Baffin Island and the Labrador coast. Some penetrated Hudson Strait past Big Island and a few past 73° W. These bergs mostly were scattered from the Baffin Land coast to the center of the strait but a few penetrated well down in Ungava Bay, one being sighted 58 at the extreme position of SS'TjS' N., 67^24' W., on 14 July. Bergs drifted up Frobisher Bay with a number reaching the vicinity of Gabriel Island. Only an occasional berg, however, was sighted beyond the northern tip of Chase Island (63°02' N.). Comparing the 1944 season with that of 1943 the ice appeared less severe over the entire area in 1944. The ice cleared out of Ungava and Frobisher Bays at least a week earlier than in the pre- ceding year. In Hudson Bay pack had persisted across the steamer track near Churchill until the latter part of August 1943, but was entirely gone by the middle of August in 1944. Indications point toward less ice formed in the entire area during the winter of 1943-44 than the winter of 1942-43. GREENLAND AREA The Greenland area embraces coastal and offshore waters off both the east and west coasts of Greenland, including the Green- land Sea, waters adjacent to Iceland, Denmark Strait, and the eastern half of Davis Strait. The reports of ice sightings for this area are given in the "Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area." Figure 20 to 26 respectively show for the months of February to August inclusive the extreme limits of field ice reported, and the estimated average limits of the main field of heavy Arctic pack ice, commonly called "storis" in the Greenland area. Figure 27 shows the position of the edge of the main ice field off the east coast at various times from July through October, More than an average amount of storis was present in the fjord region of east Greenland north of the 70th parallel in the late summer of 1943. The southern edge of this ice pushed south along the coast to reach the vicinity of Prince Christian Sound near the 60th parallel by 2 December. A few patches drifted past Cape Farewell and up the west coast to the vicinity of 60° 20' N., 47°30' W., by the 15th. From January through March the ex- tremity of the main pack was in the general vicinity of Cape Fare- well. Although an occasional patch drifted along the west coast as far as Cape Thorvaldsen, 60°40' N., this ice was short lived and of little hindrance to navigation. Few sightings from along the Greenland east coast were re- ported during the winter months but it appears that the major ice movement of the period was toward the east in the region north of Iceland. On 21 February the southeast boundary of the Arctic ice was within 50 miles of the northwestern tip of Iceland and extended to Jan Mayen Island. By the end of the month the outer fringes of the pack were only a few miles off the Iceland coast near North Cape. The passage around the north coast of Iceland was continuously blocked from 6 March to 21 March and at times until 9 April. On one occasion the ice extended to the Iceland west coast 59 south to 65°30' N., and on another to 65°20' N., on the east coast. The outer Hmits of the pack in this area were far beyond those normally encountered during March and April. Winds which push the ice eastward north of Iceland tend to reduce the amount of ice that drifts south along the Greenland east coast. During the latter part of April the ice field north of Iceland shrank toward its normal limits and an increased amount of ice moved south to round Cape Farewell and drift north along the west coast. Here the northern limits of the storis had pushed beyond the 62nd parallel by 24 April and in June a tongue extended to an extreme limit near 64°10' N., 55°30' W. Large quantities of this heavy ice continued to feed past Cape Farewell until early August, and, except for occasional breaks of short duration, blocked the coast north to Cape Thorvaldsen. The direct approach to the coast from the entrance of Arsuk Fjord (61° 05' N.) northward was occasionally blocked for a week and more at a time during the period April through July. The approach to Arsuk Fjord could generally be made by skirting the northern tip of the pack and then coming south between the pack and the coast, but this was not always possible owing to the ice frequently reaching the beach north of the fjord. The 1944 ice season was the worst encountered for some years along the west coast of Greenland. Navigation through the areas was dependent largely upon taking advantage of the local condi- tions such as wind shift clearing the ice from the coast or opening leads through the pack. Not many sightings were reported from the area along the east coast of Greenland between Cape Farewell and the 65th parallel. Those few indicate, however, that the storis belt along that part of the coast was relatively narrow, averaging not more than 20 to 30 miles wide, and did not presage the large amount of ice that appeared along the west coast. In August the pack cleared from the west coast and by the middle of the month all ice south of 65° N., on the east coast was in broken fields or patches. Figure 27 shows the outer limits of the main Arctic pack off East Greenland during the period 21 July to 31 October. The field receded to its minimum near the 73rd parallel about 23 September, after which it again spread southward her- alding the approach of another winter. Icebergs are so abundant in the Greenland area that the posi- tions of individual bergs except those near or beyond the pack limits have little significance. From the available reports of posi- tions it has not been possible to make a reliable month by month estimate of the berg limits. During the period at which the area occupied by the field ice is expanding most bergs will normally be found in the field or within 20 to 50 miles of its outer edge. A reced- 60 n V b 0 A tj c \^ P g t] n n a ti- le c< T 0 t( a o: fi A 0 al aJ ti li ti 0( fc Figure 22.— Ice conditions, Greenland area, April 1944. 47 (Face p. 60) No. 60- 55- AVERAGE LIMIT HEAVY FIELD ICE MAXIMUM LIMIT FIELD ICE PROBABLE LIMITS MAY 1944 U,^^ I I Figure 23. — Ice conditions, Greenland area Mav 1944 60- 55' AVERAGE LIMIT HEAVY FIELD ICE IIMUM LIMIT FIELD ICE PROBABLE LIMITS 40* 35* FiGUKE 26. — Ice condit AUGUST 1944 Greenland area, August 1944. Figure 27. — Field ice limits off northeast Greenland coast on various dates from July to October 1944. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 60) No. 8 iiig field liberates bergs which may drift hundreds of miles beyond its limits. In the Greenland area occasional bergs may be found at any time far beyond the pack limits. Near the end of January 12 bergs were sighted scattered along a course line from 56°45' N., 51°15' W., to 59°25' N., 36°00' W. I'nfortunately the individual positions of these were not given but the closest point on the course was about 190 miles off Cape Farewell, and shows the normal early season tendency of bergs to drift far to the southeast of the cape. A single berg was reported at this time in a position of 54°21' N., 44=24' W., but if of East Greenland origin, had probably taken a circuitous course well to I he westward of Cape Farewell rather than drifting directly from that point. On 16 INIarch six bergs were sighted south of Cape Farewell between latitudes 57° and 59° N. During the remainder of the season none were reported south of 58° N., but a few could easily have been present from time to time in that area and not have been sighted or reported. On 15 March two bergs were re- ported off the east coast of Iceland at 65° 10' N., 13°29' W., and were probably carried to this unusual position by the field ice which extended far bej^ond its normal limits at that time. During September and October scattered bergs well clear of any other ice were reported towards the center of Denmark Strait between Greenland and Iceland. Others were sighted up to over 150 miles east and southeast of Cape Farewell. The Portuguese fishing schooner Maria Preciosa was sunk by collision with an iceberg off Greenland on 14 June. The crew was reported as being picked up by other vessels of the fishing fleet but the position and other details were not reported. No other sinkings were reported but several vessels operating of necessity in the ice were damaged. As a whole the ice conditions in the Greenland area were more severe than on an average year. Until mid-April the storis en- croached abnormally on the Iceland north, west, and east coasts, and at times completely blocked Denmark Strait between Green- land and Iceland. This was followed by an excessive amount of storis on the Greenland west coast from mid-April through July, during which time the amount on the east coast decreased to normal and below^ normal. The extent of the pack along the east coast north of the Arctic Circle in the late season appeared slightly below normal and was less than at a corresponding period in 1943. CONCLUSIONS The general conclusions to be drawn from a review of the 1944 ice season are as follows : 1. The amount of ice formed during the winter months of 1943- 44 in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Newfoundland, Labrador, and 740743—47—5 61 Canadian Arctic areas was less than during an average winter. The ice started forming later at the beginning of the season and cleared out of most of the region somewhat earlier than normal. More difficulty was occasioned by abnormal distribution of the ice rather than by excess amount. 2. The number of bergs to reach the Grand Banks area south of latitude 48° N., estimated at 700, was more than on an average year. The bergs may have been smaller on the average but there are no quantitative data to support this hypothesis. The distri- bution of the bergs was approximately normal. 3. In the Greenland area until mid-April heavy pack ice covered an abnormally large area off the east coast north of latitude 65° N., at times enveloping the entire north coast of Iceland. From mid- April until August more storis than usual was present on the west coast of Greenland, during which time the amount on the east coast dropped to below normal. 4. Four vessels, one of which sank, struck icebergs during the season. One of the vessels was equipped with modern radar and underwater sound gear, and«two vessels were in convoys in which the escorting vessels presumably were so equipped. These acci- dents emphasize the care that must be used in navigating ice- infested areas regardless of the equipment carried by the vessel. EXPLANATION Of THE TABLES OF ICE REPORTS The first column of each table gives the day of the month on which the sighting was made. The second column gives the type of ice reported. The third column gives the details of location and description of the ice. The policy has been to list separately each report received. Some reports, however, may be composites of many sightings and some cover an entire area. It occasionally was impractical or even impossible to check apparent errors in reports. Reports obviously in error have been discarded. Most reports have been greatly abbreviated. The terminology used by the observer in describing the ice has been retained in so far as practicable where the quali- tative value of the report might have been reduced in rewording. Positions given in degrees and minutes are in latitude north fol- lowed by longitude west, with the degrees and minutes separated by a hyphen. For example, a position of latitude 46° 51' north, longitude 49°38' west appears in the table as "46-51 49-38." It has been impractical to give individual positions for all icebergs sighted as the numbers on a single flight may run well up into the hundreds. An attempt has been made to give individual posi- tions for those sighted more than 2 or 3 miles off shore south of latitude 48° N., and those in critical spots north of that latitude. Many of the bergs have been grouped in areas of 1 degree of lati- 62 tude by 1 degree of longitude. As an illustration a berg report as follows : 53/54 N. : 52/53 W.— 84, 53/54 W.— 80, means that between the latitudes of 53° N., and 54° N., and longitudes 52° W., and 53° W., 84 bergs were sighted, and between the same latitudes and longitudes 53° W., and 54° W., 80 bergs were sighted. Where general vicinities only have been indicated in the observer's reports, these in most cases have been entered in the tables without change. A few of the more pertinent "no-ice-sighted" reports have been included in the tables as these occasionally are as significant as reports of ice sightings. Table of Ice Reports, St. Lawrence Area, 1944 Type Location and Remarks Winter., ...do... Pancake. Winter.. Slob... Winter. Slob, winter. Drift Various Pack ...do Plob Pack, slob. Pack_- ...do. Pack, slob. ...do Pack ....do Slush, pack. Pack.. ...do. Pack... Slush.. Slob... Winter. Pack... JANUARY Light ice upper south arm Sydney Harbor. Cabot Strait, Sydney, and Louisburg harbors and approaches clear. Heavy ice upper south arm and light ice lower south arm Sydney Harbor. Sydney and Louisburg harbors and approaches clear. Large floes in Gulf of St. Lawrence near river mouth from Mingan to Cape Magdalen. 5/10 ice. Heavy ice upper south arm Sydney Harbor. (Note: This upper south arm remained frozen solid until 12 Apr.). Sydney Harbor. Heavy ice in Northumberland Strait. Gut of Canso clear. Cabot Strait from Sydney to Port Aux Basques scattered ice only to this date. Sydney to Argentia clear. Sydney Outer Harbor. FEBRUARY Sydney Outer Harbor. Heavy ice south arm. Light drift ice in Sydney outer harbor and to visibility limit in approaches. Belle Isle Strait solid cover. 8/10 cover heavy floe ice in 50-23 59-43. Solid ice extends 30 miles from south shore of Quebec. Drift ice around Magdalen Islands. Center of Gulf of St. Lawrence open. Light drift ice Sydney outer harbor and to visibility limit in approaches. Scattered small ice extending 10 to 20 miles off east shore Cape Breton Island. Light ice Louisburg inner harbor. At 47-38 59-20, 8/10 heavy cover. Sydney outer harbor and approaches clear to 46-25 60-05. Slob thence to 46-40 59-50. Patches heavy pack thence to 46-55 59-45, thence lighter with open stretche.= to 47-10 59-30 and clear from 47-15 59-25 to Port Aux Basques. Light slob Louisburg H?rbor. .\iea 7/10 cover extends from Sydney Hprbor 25 miles sepward and nonh along coast. To 30 miles off east coast Cape Breton Island on course Sydney to Argentia. Cover heavy to north lighter to south. Limits not visible. Louisburg Harbor. Approaches clear. Clear Port Aux Basques to 47-10 59-30 thence close pack very hea^'y in places to 46-40 59-50 with slob extending to Cape Breton coast. Broken pack with some open water both sides course Sydney to 46-20 59-05. Open and close packed heavy ice along coast Sydney to Louisburg. Slob in Louisburg Harbor and approaches. Heavy ice to visibility limit from 10 miles southwest of Louisburg to 15 miles southeast of Guion Island. Slob from Louisburg to 46-00 59-20 thence heavy remote ice to 46-20 58-50 thence patches to 46-55 59-00 thence open water to Port Aux Basques. Close packed drift ice Sydney Harbor and approaches. Slob Louisburg Harbor and approaches. Southern limit ice field 44-50 60-30. Eastern edge 6/10 cover 46-20 59-00 to 47-21 60-00 thence northwesterly. Closer cover heavy ice towards Cape Breton coast. Extended to visibility limit (25 miles) south. Many recemented pans and some new ice in the open leads. 9/10 cover in Strait of Belle Isle. \'icinity Scatari Island thence with heavy slabs to visibility limit north to northeast. Slob Louisburg Harbor; heavy ice Sydney Harbor. Irregular edge broken pack from southern limit 44-50 60-30, 45-30 58-30, 46-15 59-00, 47-40 60-00. Eastern edge large field vicinity 46-25 58-15. 9/10 cover extends from coast Cape Breton Island between Cape North and Glace Bay to limits through 47-50 60-00, 47-00 59-30, 46-10 59-45. East of line joining 47-50 59-30 and 46-10 59-45 7/10 cover between 46-15 N., and 47-15 N. Light ice vicinity Scatari Island and Louisburg. No ice along line 44-30 61-00 to 45-40 58-00. 46-20 59-15 1/10 to 2/10 cover loose strings. 46-27 58-40 2/10 cover strings. 46-30 58-30 3/10 to 4/10 cover strings and patches with large cakes from Gulf of St. Lawrence present. 46-05 58-05 only occasional small piece apparently eastern edge. Outer Sydney Harbor and approaches. Louisburg Harbor and approaches. Strip 8/10 cover 4 miles wide along north side St. George Bay vicinity Stephenville. Str?it of Belle Isle 10/10 solid ice with small channel. Gulf of St. Lawrence mostly 10/10 cover with some small patches open water. Heavy pack 45-47 58-07. Approaches Sydney Harbor close packed drift to visibility limit. Light slob Louisburg Harbor and approaches. 63 Table of Ice Reports, St. Lawrence Area, IQJ/.^ — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks 2 2-f) 4 5 Brash. P9ck.. Drift,.. Pack... ....do.. ...do.. ...do.. Slob... Pack... _..do. ...do. Slob.. Various. Pack.... ....do.... 14 ....do 15 10 ....do ....do ....do 20 ....do 21 ....do Slush 22 Pack FEBRDART — Continued At 44-15 63-05 western edge slush. Pancake ice ?t 44-26 62-23. Slob 6 inches thick in 7- to 10-foot diameter cakes at 44-48 61-24. 2/10 to 9/10 cover 44-53 60-25 to 45-18 59-10. Heavy pans at 45-20 59-45 with young clear ice to 1 foot thick thence to 45-26 59-00. Eastern edge at 45-22 58-00. Heaviest cakes 18 inches thick. Small patch vicinity Artimon Bank (45-10 58-10). Very scattered at 45-25 57-00. Eastern edge field at 44- 26 58-23. Heavv scattered young ice all sides at 45-34 58-24. Outer limits pack 45-40 60-00, 46-00 59-00, 46-20 58-00, 46-40, 59-20, 47-00 59-20, 47-40 59-40, 47-50 60-00, 47-50 60-20. Pack in Sydney and Louisburg approaches. Cape Breton coast to approximately 46-25 58-40. Approaches to Sydney and Louisburg Harbors. Heavy in Louisburg Harbor. Gut of Canso and Chedabucto Bay 7/10 cover. Fingers ice streaming out of bay to east. Some ice along south coast Cape Breton Island. Sydney Harbor and approaches 10/10 cover. Eastern edge appears west of 46-25 59-00 m poor visibility. Sydney approaches filled. To visibility limit in Sydney approaches. Heavy in approaches to I,ouisburg. Very heavy in all directions from Louisburg to 45-30 60-05 thence heavy slob with open patches to 45-25 60-10 and slush with occa.sional heavy pans to 45-00 61-25. Heavy pack in approaches Sydney and Louisburg Harbors. Close packed ice along ea.'t coast Cape Breton Island past visibility limit at 25 miles off shore. Ice protected vessel (S. S. Kyle) stuck in heavy pack ice vicinity Scatari Island from 2 March to 6 March. Almost complete cover heavy ice from east coast Cape Breton Island past visibility limit at 10 miles off shore. Sydney appropches blocked. Louisburg approaches clear. Heavy ice south coast Cape Breton Island from east to Gut of Canso extending over 25 miles off_ shore. Solid ice in George Bay and Northumberland Strait from Fictou to East Point. Close packed off Sydney. Slob in Louisburg Harbor and approaches. Belle Isle Strait solid except for strip open water along northwest side. Fairlv solid from Cape Breton coasi to 46-20 59-00 thence scattered to 46-30 58-20. Outer edge main field St. Paul I.-land through 46-36 59-10, 46-00 58-50, 45-08 58-39, 44- 25 59-45 thence southwesterly. Last position to Gut of Canso 2/10 to 7/10 cover. Pictou Island to East Point (PEI) to Cape North solid ice. Cape North to St. Paul Island 9/10 cover. 4/10 to 9/10 heavy ice vicinity Scatari Island. Slob Louisburg Harbor and approaches. Edge slush ice at 43-55 63-20, thence slush, slOD, and open patches to eastern edge at 44-35 58-00. Heavier pieces vicinity 44-30 58-40 only ice causing reduction of vessel's speed: Extreme limits ice through irregular limits 44-25 61 -00, 44-20 58-50, 44-42 57-50, 45-15 57-48, 46-23 58-55 and 46-50 59-10. Southern border light open ice with some slush and slob. Heavy pack to beach along east coast Cape Breton Island also over Misaine Bank. Some pieces heavy ice to over 300 feet diameter. Tendency noted for heavy pieces to drift towards southeastern limits of the pack. New formed slob inshore west of Louisburg. Western limits bevond 61-00 W., not visible. Heavy pack encountered from 44-53 57-34 to 44-28 59-30 thence pancake to 44-25 62-31 thence slush to Halifax. Eastern edge 47-09 59-14. Heavj' ice in vicinity 45-38 59-39. Light slob Louisburg Harbor with heavy close packed ice in approaches. Solid thick ice from Cape Breton coast to 46-25 5900, 46-40 58-45, 46-55 59-00, 47-15 60-00. Lighter ice becoming broken and scattered to outer limits through points, 45-10 61-00. 45-55 57-55, 47-00 58-15, 47-40 60-00. Cape Breton coast to 46-30 58-05. Scattered near outer limits and close cover witL.i. 30 miles of beach. Edge heavy pack extends past Scatari Island to irregular limits through 45-20 60-05, 45-27 57-40, 46-28 58-29 and north-northwest beyond visibility limit into Gulf. Scat- tered strings and patches up to 15 miles outside limits with slob westward past line Guion Islandto 45-15 60-30 (visibility limitt. 3/10 to 4/10 cover outer edge increasing to 9/10 to 10/10 in main bodv. Many cakes upwards from 20 to 40 feet diameter. Eastern edge from north to 47"-35 60-20, 47-00 59-20, 45-50 58-00. Southern edge this heavv ice westward along 45-20 N. Light ice south this line. Eastern edge through 45-50 57-34, 45-20 57-18, 45-12 57-35. Light slob Louisburg Harbor with scattered drift in approaches. Close pack Sydney approaches. Cape Breton Island to 46-35 58-00 with some scattered pieces to eastward. Eastern edge 47-40 60-00 through 46-30 5S-00. Western edge Cape North clearing coast to 46 00 59-20, 45-50 59-40, and south through 45-15 N. 10/10 cover vicinity St. Paul Island decreasing to 5/10 cover east of Scatari Island. .\pproaches to Sydney and Louisburg clear. From off coast Cape Breton Island cast to 46-35 58-05. Entire pack considerably broken with outer edges stringy. Eastern edge from beach vicinity Cape Ray to 47-20 59-40, 47-20 59-00, 47-00 58-35 and southerly. Strings and scattered floes Cape Breton coast to vicinity 46-30 58-10. Sydney approaches. Louisburg approaches clear. Lower St. Lawrence River open and close packed with broken ice at Quebec. Gulf to Gut of Canso and Cabot Strait 7/10 to 10/10 cover. Outer limits Cape Ray to 46-21 58-41 thence an undetermined distance southeast thence 45-25 58-00 thence 44-50 60-00. Clear from latter position through Gut of Canso. Scattered ice Sydney approaches. 7/10 to 9/10 pancake off mouth Louisburg Harbor. 64 Tabic of Ice Rcporffi, St. TAnrrence Area, J94A — Continued ....do. ....do. Location and Remarks MARCH — Continued Light open ice Quebec to Father Point thence open water along north coast and open and close packed ice along south coast to 64 W. Close packed in gulf south of 48-30 N., becoming very close packed from 61 W., to Cape Ray. Outer limits pack ('ape Ray to 46-37 58-32. 45-22 58-08, 44-36 .-58-08, 44-36 59-43 to Scatari Island. Strings Chedabucto Bay and west of Canso. George Bay close packed. River and Gulf approximately as on 24th except west shore of gulf beginning to open. Outer limits pack from 7 miles off Cape Ray to 40-00 58-10 to 45-05 58-05 thence 230" true. South coast Cape Breton Island clear. Sydney approaches clear but heavy ice still remains in harbor. From 4 miles off e;ist coast Cape Breton Island to 46-30 58-30. Edge clears northeast coast of Cape Breton Island 4 to 10 miles thence extends from 4 miles off Scatari Island to 46-08 59-00, 44-58 58-18, 45-00 56-43, thence irregularly to 40-13 57-16, 46-25 58-40, 47-15 59-00, thence northwesterly into gulf, clearing Cape Ray by estimated 8 to 10 miles. Scattered strings and patches to 15 miles north of pack between 57-15 W., and 58-50 W. Southern and eastern edge quite widely scattered with less than 3/10 coverage near border. Very heavy along line from 47-00 59-50 to 45-30 57-30. Quebec to Father Point light broken ice thence mostly close to 64 W., and loosening up across gulf to Cape Ray. Close packed in George Bay. Sydney south and west arms still frozen with remainder of harbor and approaches clear. Open water to 25 miles off Cape Breton coast at 46-10 N., thence pack, heavy in places, to 46-35 58-00. Mostly clear water from Quebec to 48-00 6 1-00 in gulf. Gulf mostly open west of 64-00 W. Heavy ice in George Bay blocks Gut of Canso. From 48-00 61-00 to Cape Ray open and close pack becoming very open vicinity Cape Rav. Outer edge thence to 46-35 58-30, 46-15 57-10, 44-57 57-07, 44-65 58-10, 45-15 59-05, 45-50 59-20, 45-40 59-45, to Scatari Island. Western edge thence to 3 miles off Flint Island northward to Ingonish. Approaches Sydney and Louisburg Harbors clear. Eastern edge extends southeastward through 47-00 59-15. East coast Cape Breton Island blocked north of 40-10 N. APRIL Close packed drift ice in Sydney Harbor and approaches Louisburg and Sydney Harbors. Mostly open water from 48-00 01-00 up river to Quebec. Close packed ice in Str?it of Canso and George Bav. Pack along east coast Cape Breton Island to Scatari Island thence western edge dears coast to 45-20 00-30 thence 44-58 60-30, with southern edge easterly through 44-25 58-05. Extends from east coast Cape Breton Island to 46-25 58-40. Eastern edge heavy ice through 46-00 57-55 and 45-30 57-55. Heavy close packed Sydney Harbor and approaches. Drift ice 3 miles off Louisburg. George Bav packed. Outer edge through 47-42 00-02, 45-45 57-20, 45-20 57-00, 45-00 57-10, 45-10 59-00, 45-25 59-15, 45-17 59-40, 45-17 60-33, 45-40 60-00 to Scatari Island with some open water along coast to north. Ice vicinity St. Paul Island heavy with some recemented floes greater than H mile in diameter. Only occasional strings in gulf south 48-30 N., east of 60 W. Pancake ice with large areas open water in St. George Bay inside line Cape St. George to Cape Anguille. Quebec to Red Island some light broken ice thence mostly clear to Cape des Rosiers with steamer track thence to Bird Rocks to Cape Ray navigable and mostly clear. Northern edge ice in south part of gulf from 47-25 59-40 to Bird Rocks thence 47-55 61-30, 47-50 62-00, 47-16 02-13 thence westward. Heavy ice in George Bay and North- umberland Strait to 63 W., thence open water to westward. Occasional strings Cape Ray to 60 W. Approaches Sydney Harbor blocked by close packed ice extending along east coast Cape Breton Island. River and gulf navigable Cape Ray to Quebec with practically no ice remaining on steamer route. Heavy pack from Cape Breton Island to outer limits 47-35 64-00, 47-16 62-13, 47-50, 62-00, 47-57 61-09, 47-25 59-40, 45-20 56-55, 44-49 57-15, 45-10 00-40 thence clearing coast to Scatari Island . George Bay and Northumberland Strait blocked to 63 W. Outer edge through approximate limits 46-25 58-53, 45-05 57-30, 44-24 59-00, 44-35 59-30, 45-10 60-00. Shore lead 5 or more miles wide along Cape Breton coast from Louisburg west. Moving off east coast Cape Breton Island. Inner edge 5 miles off Louisburg. Gut of Canso clear with ice in George Bay opening up. Loose ice all bearings from Magdalen Islands Edge from 5 miles off Louisburg to 45-25 60-30 to 45-10 60-20 thence easterly. 6/10 to 10/10 cover in body of pack from St. Paul Island to 45-30 N. Gulf west of 62d meridian between 47 N., and .\nticosti Island practically clear. Northern edge ice in southern part of gulf from Brion Island to 47-38 59-50 thence outer edge southeasterly. Western edge from 7 miles off Sydney Harbor past Scatari Island and southwesterly. Heavy ice along north coast Cape Breton Island extending through George Bay into Northumberland Strait. Patch 10/10 at 43-07 58-06; 2/10 brash 44-40 57-12, 44-33 57-20. Pack in north gulf now receded north of line from Heath Point to Cape St. George, New- foundland. A few scattered strings on steamer track from Cape Ray north of Bird Rocks to Gaspc. Open water around Magdalen Islands. George Bay blocked. 10- mile wide strip close packed ice along north coast of Cape Breton Island broadening along east coast. Upper south arm Sydney Harbor still frozen with remainder of harbor and approaches clear. East edge of pack 18 miles off Cape Ray extending southeasterly. Pack in northeast part of gulf has receded to the north of a line from 50-00 61-00 to Newfoundland coast near 49-00 68-30. No ice along route from Mingan to Stcphen- ville. Some light ice inshore Port Au Port Bay, also near Sandy Point, St. George Bay. 65 Table of Ice Reports, St. Lawrence Area, 194^i — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks .-.do.._. ...do.... -do.__ -do... ..do... ..do... None. Pack. APRIL — Continued Western edge pack in southern part of gulf from 46-00 62-20 to 40-07 61-40, 4(5-47 61-26, 47-10 60-45, 47-08 60-24, 47-38 61-22. Northumberland Strait west of 63 W., clear. Northern edge through 47-25 62-05 to Brion Island to 47-23 60-25, 47-34 60-09, 47-00 59-45, 47-20 59-30 thence southeasterly. Eastern edge from 47-25 60-10 to 47-05 59-20, 46-20 57-55, 46-00 57-50. Southeast limits not defined. Narrow strip open water along east coast Cape Breton Island past Scatari Island. Southwest corner pack near 45-10 59-40. Extreme limits pack including strings and patches from Cape Breton through 45-43 59-48, 45-25 59-15, 45-16 59-22, 44-52 59-15, 44-52 58-46, 45-10 57-45, 44-25 56-50, 45-30 57-00, 46-23 58-00, 46-47 59-00, 47-14 60-02, thence westerly and northerly towards Bird Rocks. Density of coverage 2/10 to 10/10 with individual cakes to over a mile long. Core of heavier ice broken in places to near southeast and southwest extremes of pack. Sydney and Louisburg Harbors and immediate approaches clear, with pack visible off shore from Sydney. River and gulf navigable to Quebec via Cape Ray, also via Strait of Canso, George Bay, and Northumberland Strait. Southern limits pack in eastern part of gulf from South Point, Prince Edward Island, clearing Cape George to Cape Breton corst near 45-52 61-30. Western edge 46-27 61-61 to 47-18 00-85 to 47-35 61-25. Northern edge from 6 miles off Amherst Island to 20 miles off Brion Island to Bird Rocks to 11 miles northeast of St. Paul Island to 10 miles south Port Aux Basques thence trending south- east. Open water along east coast Cape Breton Island from Cape Smoke (46-37 00-21) past Scatari Island. Narrow strip ice along south coast past 00 W., with some scattered in Louisburg Harbor. Ice field along west coast Cape Breton Island north of 46 N. Otherwise river and gulf practically clear west of 61 W. Routes open through Gut of Canso via both sides of Prince Edward Island. Louisburg Harbor full. Sydney Harbor clear. Only ice of consequence in southern part of gulf is that surrounding Cape Breton Island through outer limits 45- 40 61-40, 45-55 61-47, 40-08 61-35, 46-33 61-30, 46-50 61-00, 47-20 61-00, 47-37 60-50, 47-37 59-40, 47-23 59-15 thence in a southeasterly direction to over 60 miles east and southeast of Scatari. Narrow strip open water inshore along west coast Cape Breton Island to 46-50 N. Open water along east coast from 15 miles off Cape Smoke to south. Scattered ice Louisburg Harbor and vicinity Guion Island. Gut of Canso cle?r but northern exit into George Bay blocked. Limits broken pack and patches from 1/10 to 10/10 cover with much open water from gulf to 46-23 60-00, 40-30 59-50, 40-20 59-48, 40-00 59-32, 45-45 59-55, 45-42 58-53, 45-54 58-45, 45-34 58-22, 45-10 58-40, 45-07 58-25, 45-17 58-20, 45-27 57-56, 45-42 57-12, 46-00 57-15, 46-07 58-56, 46-20 58-50. and northerly towards gulf. This field opening up and dissipating rapidly. Ice protected vessels could cross field in many places, and escort type vessels at a few points north of 46 N. Some 10/10 heavj' ice persists at southern extremity of pack. Gulf and river navigable to Montreal via Cape Ray, Bird Rocks and Fame Point. Bay Chaleur navigable. Heavy ice remains in northeast gulf blocking Strait of Belle Isle. Gut of Canso route blocked by ice in George Bay. Western edge ice off Cape Breton west coast from Cape George to 4 miles off Port Hood thence strip 2 to 4 miles wide to Cape St. Lawrence. Scattered ice vicinity St. Paul Island with eastern edge trending southeast through 47-15 59-10. Sydney and Louisburg Harbors and ap- proaches clear. Considerable ice in Chedabucto Bay and Gut of Canso. Close packed ice in George Bav with western edge 45-55 62-00 to 46-00 01-55, 46-00 61-40 thence narrow strip along north coast Cape Breton Island to Cape North. Narrow strip running 40 miles north- east to southwest centers at St. Paul Island. Northern edge ice on east coast Cape Breton Island from Aspy Bay to 46-40 59-55, 47-34 59-37, thence southeasterly. Western edge clears coast from 45-35 60-15 past Scatari Island to Aspy Bay. Fieid mostly open with large area open water. Field enclosed by positions: 46-24 59-38, 46-13 59-31, 45-30 59-50, 45-18 59-00, 44-30 58-46, 44-52 58-05, 45-14 57-40, 45-35 57-50, 45-45 58-08, and 46^0 59-09. Except for area closely packed ice near southern extreme these limits ice mostly broken and scattered. Only a few scattered patches north these limits to Cape North and St. Paul Island. St. George Bay entirely free of ice. Bay of Islands clear except for fast ice in north arm and Goose Arm. Southern edge pack beyond visible limit at 49-20 N Gut of Canso blocked by ice in George Bay. Narrow strip 1 to 4 miles wide extends up west coast Cape Breton Island to Cape North. Open ice vicinity Scatari Island with a few scattered strings and patches along south coast to 00-10 W. Entire cast coast Cape Breton Island navigable between beach and pack. Remnants in George Bay navigable with route through Gut of Canso open. Pack remnants in George fiay extend from 5 miles west of Cape George to Cape Bear to 40-15 02-00 thence very scattered along west coast Cape Breton Island. East coast clear except for small patches. Field off south coast bounded by 40-40 60-08, 45-45 58-00, 45-10 58-10, 44-49 58-30. Mostly strings wet of 59th meridian and strings and patches east thereof, except for heavy close packed area 15 to 20 miles wide from 45-10 58-10 to 44-49 58-30. Little ice now left in Gulf except for northeast portion near Straight of Belle Isle. No ice ."ighted cnroute Sydney to Argcntia. Except for northeast portion of gulf remaining ice of only local importance. George Bay clear to visibility limit. Banks south and southeast of Cape Breton now clear of ice. 66 Table of Ice Reports, St. Lawrence Area, 1944 — Continued Day of j Month Type Location and Remarks Majority of Gaspe Harbor still frozen. Solid ice across Belle Isle Straight extends to southwest in Gulf to southern limit hctwc 50-15 N.. and 50-30 N. Giispc Hprbor mostly open with large areas drifting and solid ice remaining. Only small pans drifting ice remain in Gaspe Harbor. Note— No further reports from gulf area except for the northeastern portion and the Strait of Belle Isle. These Imports are included in the Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland .\rea. Table of fee Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 1944 Day of Month Type Location and Remarks SEPTEMBER, 1943 in Berg, growlers Off coast south of St. John's. OCTOBER, 1943 (i -..-do 47-34 52-32 large berg and many growlers. 18 Bergs North side Belle Isle Straight 2 bergs at 51-35 56-15. 20 ....do.... 51-15 57-00, 51-33 56-27, 51-40 56-33. NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, 1943 No reports. JANUARY 18 Pack 8/10 cover Labrador coast to 65 miles off Cape Harrison. Small patches thin ice vicinity 50-00 51-30. 22 Winter 30 Berg 54-21 44-24, small. FEBRUARY 4 Pack- .At 53-10 53-33 solid cover heavy floe ice with some bergs. Vicinity Canada Bay (50-45 56-00) large floes. Belle Isle Strait solid. Patches loose ice off mouth Trinity Bay. Slush, pancake 48-25 52-18 to 49-40 52-30 thick slush and pancake with many open leads. 49-50 52-35 to 50-40 53-00 heavier pancake. 5 Various 50-31 51-31 small cakes, slush, and pancake. 50-58 51-35 heavier, but some navigable lanes. 52-00 51-50 pack and very heavy pancake. ..-do Close pack extends 60 to 70 miles off Labrador and east coast of Newfoundland. Floe ice extends 60 to 70 miles beyond pack. Field of pancake and sludge extends to southern limit of 48-30 51-40. G Pack 52-58 51-45 up to 5 and 6 feet thick, somewhat rafted and hummocky, compact. Eastern edge at 53-06 51-15. 9 ----do ..-. 9/10 cover west of 54-14 52-47, clear to east. 10 ---.do 10/10 cover west of 54-50 51-55, practically clear to east. Slush Small patches at 44-40 53-45, 46-38 52-38, 47-58 49-50, 48-57 44-18. Pack, bergs.... Solid belt 78 miles wide off Cape Harrison (54-55 57-55) with additional 26 miles light open ice along eastern edge. Few bergs. 12 Pack-... 10/10 cover at 52-56 51-53. Solid from shore to 54-26 52-28. At 52-35 51-20, 9/10 cover; 52-56 51-53, 7/10. Drift 52-35 50-25, 2/10; 52-35 49-55, 1/10; 52-15 49-45, 1/10. Clear of ice at 52-51 49-58 and 52-35 49-35. 12 Bergs 52-35 49-55, 2, small; 52-35 51-20, medium. 14 Pack Straight of Belle Isle, White Bay, Notre Dame Bay 9/10 ice cover. Between 51 W., and 52 W., southern edge vicinity 48 N. 15 Drift..... 20 Pancake, slu.sh. Forming in Little Placentia Harbor, also thin strip, outside peninsula. 21 Various Fast ice forming at heads of small bays and coves emptying into Placentia Bay with slush and pancake forming at edges main bay. Little Placentia Harbor 2/3 covered. Solid ice with snow at head of Exploits Bay. Pancake From St. John's to 46-56 52-12, light. Drift 9/10 cover from north to 46-30 52-20, approximately 25-mile wide belt. Pancake 9/10 cover pancake and sludge from Conception Bay to 48-00 51-00, to 46-30 52-20 to Cape Rpce. Light close pack at Cape Bonavista. 22 Pack From coast to edge at 47-30 51-30. 8/10 cover thinning to 6/10. From coast to 48-09 52-10, 7/10. White Bay, light, 9/10. Belle Isle Strait, 10/10 solid with small channel. Notre Dame Bay clear of ice. Slush.. Scattered over large are? vicinity 47-35 48-37. Along coast Trinity and Conception Bays strip about 200 yards wide. 23 Pack... Cape Race to 50 miles east, 5/10 cover, light; same from coast to 46-30 53-00 through 48-10 50-30 to north; also coast to 47-10 52-02 with southern edge trending towards Cape Race. From coast to 47-12 50-46, 5/10 cover drift ice with southern limit 40 miles to south. ---do Large Oeld small pieces westward of line 48-00 50-00 to 48-20 49-15. 67 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, IdUU — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Pack. Slush. Pack. ....do ....do 27 Slob Pack 28 Slush Pack Pack 29 Slob 1 Pack 2 .._.do 3 Slob 5 Sludge Pack Fast fi Pack ....do -..do Slush Slob Pack 7 ....do Pack, slob 8 Pack 10 ....do Pack, bergs.... Bergs Pack. shore. Strip o FEBRUARY — Continued Limits 5/10 cover Cape Race to 46-30 53-00 through 48-10 50-30. From 47-59 50-09 to 48-01 50-19 slush and light ice with cakes to 6 inches thick. Head of Little Placentia Harbor 10/10 cover mushy and slob ice up to 8 inches thick. Slush with occasional pans extends off shore to limits Cape Race to 46-20 53-05, 46-45 52-15, 46-58 52-12. Scattered strings light ice 46-25 52-45. From 46-58 52-12 to Cape Broyle 5/10 to 8/10 cover locally formed ice. Off Bay Bulls, pans 3 feet to 4 feet in diameter. St. John's to Torbay pans clear hard ice to 5 feet in diameter and to 1 foot thick, but mostly light pans and slob. Conception Bay strings pancake and slush, 5/10 cover at mouth decreasing to 2/10 at head of bav. 48-42 50-31, heavy ice. 7/10 cover near shore diminishing to edge at 4R-50 52-00. Rafted across entrance to St. John's Harbor closing port to navigation. (Rafting caused by onshore winds and swell.) Light ice along course within 15 miles of beach from 47-20 N., to St. John's. Rafted ice across entrance blocked St. John's Harbor. Some ice to 10 miles south of Cape Race. Very light ice 2/10 to 3/10 cover in patches from 46-39 52-22 to heavier pack vicinity St. John's. Very close packed ice to 1}^ miles off entrance. Vessel penetrated to within H mile of entrance but forced to withdraw. Mostly clear inshore south past Cape Race. From 49-1 0 50-45 to vicinity St. John's scattered pack, cakes less than four inches thick. Fills head of Little Placentia Harbor. Rafted heavily across approach to St. John's harbor to }. 2 mile off entrance. Along coast Cape Ballard (46-47 N.) to Cape Race. Ice at St. John's harbor entrance rafted by wind and swell to estimated 20 feet thickness. Extends seaward to over 3 miles. At Bay Bulls close packed and somewhat rafted ice in harbor with approaches clear. Strings 2 miles off shore at Torbay; clear at Flat Rock. Conception Bay vicinity Bell Island no ice in sight. Solid from Cape Spear to M mile off shore. St. John's Bay full. Strip fast ice ]/2 mile wide reported along coast Cape Race to Cape St. Francis. In Little Placentia Harbor reduced to half that present on the 27th. MARCH Bonavista Bay, light, scattered. St. John's Harbor opened this date with northerly winds movin ice 200 yards wide 3 miles off harbor entrance. Bay Bulls clear. Practically cleared from Little Placentia Harbor. Patches 6/10 cover to 10 miles off coast Cape St. Francis to Cape Race and decreasing to nil within 40 mile radius of the latter. 6/10 to 10/10 cover Torbav to 47-40 51-30. Compact from Baccalieu Island to 48-10 51-40. 10/10 cover Bonavista Bay to 47-50 51-25. Trinity Bay to 1 mile off shore. From 48-09 52-48 to within 5 miles off Cape St. Francis patches 9/10 cover, cakes up to 100 feet in diameter. Extends eastward to visibility limit. 2/10 cover to 8 or 10 miles off coast St. John's to Cape Race. Slush to 4 miles south of Cape Race. 8/10 to 9/10 cover from 47-40 52-30 to 47-40 51-15 thence diminishing to eastern edge at 47-40 51-00. From coast Avalon Peninsula to 47-00 51-40, compact to 30 miles off shore. Belle Isle Strait solid except for strip open water along north shore. From coast to 47-00 52-00. Placentia Sound and most of Ship Harbor filled. Shore fringe in coves and along beach in Trinity and Conception Bays. Fa.st ice in more protected coves. Strings off Cape St. Francis with large areas seaward from north to south. Open water inshore. Eight to ten miles off shore between 46-40 52-40 and 48-05 52-40 extending to visibility limit (15 miles) eastward. Edge of approximately 5/10 pack and slob through positions: 48-05 52-40, 46-40 52-50, 46-19 51-52, 47-21 50-40. Open water strip about 10 miles wide inside this ice along beach. Patches off St. John's Harbor. 46-55, 52-43, patch 8/10 cover 3 miles in diameter. Outer limits pack ice from north through 52-00 52-10, 50-06 52-20, 49-38 50-34, 48-52 50-10, 48-40 50-20, 48-18 51-40, 47-37 51-32, 47-22 51-40, 47-45 52-10, 47-38 52-25 thence inner edge to north clearing headlands bv 10 miles and reaching beach near 49-20 53-40. Heavy pack north of 49-30 N., from 4/10 cover near edges to 9/10 and 10/10 cover 15 miles inside edge. Some unbroken sheets to more than a mile in diameter. Lighter ice to slob predominant near southern limits, but a few heavier pans to 20 feet across extend to vicinity 47-40 51-40. Detached patches slush south to 46-45 52-53. Scattered icebergs in pack north of 49-30 N, and west of 52-20 W., with many vicinity Funk Island. Positions of 57 bergs and several large growlers were recorded. These bergs were distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 49/50 N.: 52/53 W., -12, 53/54 W., -22; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W., -3. 53/54 W., -15; 51/52 N.: 52/53 W., -4, 53/54 W., -1. Along Labrador coast at Cape Harrison, heavv, 120 miles wide. Southern extremity main pack bounded bv limits: 48-20 49-28, 47-17 48-45, 48-05 50-38, 47-13 51-00, 47-22 52-23, 47-50 52-25, 48-10 52-05. 48-23 52-45. Pack 2/10 to 10/10 cover. Southern border in strings and patches; eastern edge, strings; western edge, close packed. Southern limits slob to pans 20 feet in diameter. Farther north no slob but heavy sharp edged cakes up to 50 feet across. 48-10 50-10, 48-25 50-28, 48-30 50-18. Southern limits bounded by positions: 48-25 52-45, 48-00 52-00, 47-35 60-45, 47-40 49-00, 47-03 47-29, 47-26 46-53 thence eastern edge through 48-00 47-45 and north westerly. Some sc:ittered strings extend 4 to 6 miles south these limits. Eastern border scattered with much open water. Occasional patches slush between coast and western edge. Conception and Trinity Bays clear. 68 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19U — Continued Davof Month Typo Borgs. Pack.. Bergs. Bergs Pack. ....do Bergs. Slob Pack, bergs Slob Pack Bergs Fast. Pack, bergs Pack .-..do —do Berg. Location and RomRrks Berg. Pack. Berg. Slob. Pack. Bergs. Pack. do ...do .MARCH- Continued ■•".•*5,^.":;t''f;48 47-58, 47-53 48-31, 47-57 48-37, 4S 02 4S -53, 48-03 48 32, 48-07 48-Ui, 48-08 49-31. Outer edge pack from North through 53-14 51-53 to 52-27 51-25 to 51-10 51 47 50-00 iV"b ^^~f^ nn~?„^ i^''"''®. southeasterly. Inner edge 48-20 53-14 clearing Baccalieu Island to 48-00 52-25 and southerly. Most of pack 7/10 to 10/10 cover except for scattered ice along eastern edge. New formed ice cementing older cakes along inner ^u^e near 48-30 N. Heavier ice off shore and to north. Large sheets in shore 50 N., to f)2|iccbergs within 30 mile radius of 49-00 51-40 and manv to north in pack. Individual positions south of 49 N., are: 48-33 52-19, 48-36 51-55, 48-37 52-02, 48-38 51-44 l^rl'^ii?; ^?il ^^"*^'*- ^^-'^^ S^-39, 48-49 51-41, 48-52 52-08, 48".53 51-35, 48-53 Al'Ki',ifif ^^o^h \^,-M^\-^^.- '•^-55 51-3'- -"S-SS 51-46, 48-55 51-50, 48-56 51-26. 48-56151-54, 48-58 51-38, 48-58 51-40, 48-59 51-18, 48-59 51-31. Distributed iii Hsquares north of 49 N., as follows: 49/50 N.: 50/51 W., -1. 51/52 W . -35 52/53 ^■■i ~J;A^(^^ ^■'- 5'-" ^^'- -- 52/53 W., -3: 51/52 N.: 51-52 W., -1, 52/53 W, -3. 55^/56 W., -1; 52/53 N.: 51/52 W., -6, 52/53 W., -10, 53/54 W., -9, 54/55 Inner edge from north clearing coast with slush to 47-32 52-00 thence southern edge pancake and pack through 47-31 50-55,47-40 50-30,47-55 49-45,47-42 49-10 47-40 4,-45, 47-40 46-55 thence eastern edge through 47-55 47-24 and northwesterly. 'Large, heavy floes recementod pans vicinity 47-45 N.. between 50-10 W., and 50-30 W., and at 47-50 N., between 48-15 and 48-45 W. Small strings slash onlv in southern portion Trinity and Conception Bavs. 47-5S 48-05. ^"/m' ^L'^L^^^^X *^u'5 52-00, 47-46 50-48. 47-40 50-47 6/10 cover. Edge of .c^^l'^/o' !^^° ^^'^^ ""^^ */'0 '=°^" *° ^'«^«'»- Small isolated floe at 47-25 46-47: 48-45 48-52. Little Placentia Harbor filled. (Northeasterly winds preceding 24 hours broke ice loose in Hacentia Sound and drove it into harbor.) ^^o'^'L^fJI^L^f 1^^°. ^- °° '=°"''^^ ^^''^ to 48-00 49-47. Thin ice 47-18 52-26 to .o a;r?^'*%^0. Thin ice in St. John's Harbor (formed during preceding night). 48-20 49-47; several vicinity 48-30 49-50 and 49-00 51-00. Decreasing from coast at 49 N., to 49-15 49-51. ^Ig W° *^ ^"' ^^ '^' ^'°'' ^^°'"*' *° ^^ ^^' ^^^"""^ P''" '"^^ ^'^^ ^^"^ ^"^^ decreasing to ^"/-39, 48-45 49-46, 4^-45 50-24, 48-47 49-52, 48-47 50-57, 48-51 l,,c^' «? „ 51-03 Distribution in 1° squares north of 49 N.: 49/50 N.: 50/51 W..-1. 51/52 W.,-8, 52/53 W.,-21, 53/54 W.,-4; 50/51 N.: 51/52 W.,-6, 52/53 W..-1 ice cakes drifting seaward from Placentia Sound and Ship Harbor. 5/i^,!?J'''!0 cover drift ice in area 48-15 52-40, 46-55 50-35, 46-30 51-00, 46-20 52-00 8/10 broken pack with a few bergs from 49-00 48-00 to Bonavista Bay. Patches light ice vicinity 46-02 54-15 (probably from coves in one of 1 St. Marys or Trepassey). ^°i'c^^n° ii/^l^ '"'''" fi^''* 49-00 52-35, 48-10 51-48, 47-52 50-48, 47-43 49-00. 47-40 48-29, 47-28 48-26, 47-09 47-40, 46-57 47-45, 46-35 47-18. 46-33 47-07. 46-55 47^00 thence tending north. Heavy pans to approximately 50 feet across near southeast corner and south side main pack, west of 50-00 W., patches heavy ice giving way to slob south these limits. Southern limit heavy patches 47-40 50-15 to 47-40 50-40 thence approximate outer limits slob to 47-40 51-50 to 49-00 52-35. Scattered bergs and many growlers in southeast corner of the pack. Individual berg ?°'oiT.- 1^1^ 5"°' • 46-37 47-23, 46-51 47-26. 46-52 47-32. 46-55 47-31, 46-57 47-23, 46-59 47-29, 46-59 47-32, 46-17 47-39. o . to o, In Placentia Bay only a very little local ice left in coves. Trinity Bay clear. Western edge heavy ice field with scattered bergs and growlers runs north to south through position 46-03 48-45. 5 miles off entrance St. John's Harbor. Southern extremity at 45-18 48-45. (Trawler cut through field north of this position.) Western edge from north through 45-50 48-25 to southern limit at 44-50 48-25- heavy compact ice. ' ^ 44-55 48-00, large. local bays as 69 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, IQJfJt — Continued Day of Month Location and Rpinarks Pack None Pack Pack, bergs.... ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do -- ...do ...do._ - ...do Berss Bergs. Pack, bergs Bergs Pack, bergs Pack APRIL — Continued 44-35 49-02, large. Heavj' pans at 45-19 48-35 and to visibility limits east and west. Clear from northeast to 48-00 50-00. Clear at 47-50 49-12. 48-45 49-50, heavy. 44-46 48-32, 1/10 cover pack and brash, occasional bergs. Edge at 47-25 48-18. Heavj' drift at 45-32 48-36. Clear at positions 44-33 46-54 and 46-45 47-49. 45-12 48-18 (southern limit not determined). Edge at 46-00 48-10 running 215°. Heavy ice from beach at 47-37 N.. to 47-38 52-36, 47-34 52-33, 47 33 52-35. Scattered from ten miles off St. John's to beach at 47-43 N. Moved in to 1^2 miles off St. John's Harbor. Southern edge at 45-00 48-40. Patches between 47-31 N., and 47-37 N., 3 miles off east coast Avalon Peninsula. 46-19 49-50, edge. Heavy in area 4S-10 52-50 to 48-:0 51-50 to 47-35 52-40; channel to east; northern limit not visible. Fairly solid in area 48-20 51-40 to 48-20 51-30, 47-35 51-20, 47-40 51-50; eastern and northern limits not visible. 44-20 48-18, 44-21 48-06, 44-21 48-28, 47-40 52-05, 47-40 52-10, 48-02 51-47, 48-06 52-42, 48-09 52-20, 48-10 52-30, 48-10 52-52, 48-12 52-22. Southern limits main pack 48-00 52-35, 47-33 52-25, 47-23 52-08, 48-00 51-55, 48-05 51-25, 47-45 50-55, 47-25 50-50, 46-40 49-00, 46-49 48-37, 46-00 47-55, thence tongue 10/10 cover heavy pans from 4 miles to a few hundred yards wide extending through 45-18 48-24, where first east to west break occurs, and continuing with occasional breaks to 45-00 48-36 thence scattered patches to 44^17 48-25. Icebergs and growlers scattered through pack and outside pack limits entire area. Posi- tions as follows: 44-23 48-17, 44-25 48-15, 44-28 48-36, 44-30 48-11, 44-30 48-20, 44-30 48-24, 44-32 48-22, 44-32 48-23, 44-34 48-09, 44-34 48-18, 44-37 48-20, 44-45 48-31, 44-53 48-38, 45-02 48-35, 45-13 48-39, 45-15 48-31, 45-16 48-25, 45-16 48-33, 45-17 48-24, 45-17 48-25, 45-18 48-23, 45-19 48-24, 45-28 48-27, 45-32 48-22, 45-37 48-06, 45-39 48-06, 45-40 48-08, 45-42 48-05, 45-44 48-04, 45-45 48-03, 45-45 48-04, 45-46 48-01, 45-46 48-02, 45-46 48-03, 45-47 48-01, 45-47 48-02, 45-48 48-01, 45-48 48-02, 45-51 48-06, 45-54 48-05, 45-56 47-57, 46-00 47-56, 46-06 48-07, 46-08 48-04, 46-10 47-57, 46-10 47-59, 46-10 48-03, 46-18 48-05, 46-20 48-17, 46-23 47-58, 46-23 48-10, 46-23 48-18, 46-28 48-27, 46-28 48-32, 46-29 48-20, 46-30 48-27, 46-31 48-21, 46-34 48-39, 46-36 48-31, 46-37 48-27, 46-38 48-20, 46-39 48-38, 46-40 48-37, 46-40 48-55, 46-41 48-27, 46-41 48-49, 46-41 49-04, 46-42 48-45, 46-42 48-51, 46^2 48-54, 46-42 48-55, 46-42 48-58, 46-44 48-57, 46-44 48-59, 46-44 49-11, 46-46 48-45, 46-46 48-57, 46-46 49-09, |46-47 49-09, 46-53 49-11, 46-53 49-19, 46-54 48-59, 46-55 49-10, 46-58149-29, 47-05 49-33,|47-06 49-27, 47-08 49-52, 47-10 49-38, 47-11 49-52,147-05 50-08, 47-07 50-02, 47-08 50-05, 47-09 50-23, 47-13 50-22, 47-14 50-00, 47-18 50-45, 47-20150-14,147-20 50-26, 47-20 50-50, 47-15 50-35, 47-24 50-29, 47-24 50-58, 47-25 50-37, 47-31 50-43,147-32 50-22,|47-35 50-52, 47-37 50-47,147-40 50-48, 47^0 50-53, 47-41 150-43, 147-41 50-46, 47-23 51-05, 47-26 51-13, 47-30|51-15, 47-32 51-15, 47-33 51-06,147-33 51-35, 47-34151-01, 47-34 51-03, 47-37|51-51, 47-38 51-19,147-38 51-38, 47-39151-19,147-40 51-45, 47-42 51-11, 47-46 51-05, 47-46 51-53, 47-47 51-34, 47-49 51-18, 47-51 51-18, 47-52 51-13,147-53 51-35, 47-54 51-07, 47-54 51-50, 47-57 51-06, 47-43152-58,147-53 52-23, 47-54 52-07,148-02 51-11, 47-33 51-59, 47-41 52-32, 47-43 52-40. Field with small bergs and patches clear water from Bonavista Bay to edge at 46-50 47-00. Southwestern limit of pack at 47-26 52-27. Scattered ice 10 miles off Cape Spear. 5/10 ice cover north of line 47-35 51-00 to 47-35 51-30, 47-50 51-30, 47-50 52-15, 47-30 52-30 to 47-37 52-38. 46-15 45-52 (small bergs), 46-25 48-00 (small bergs), 47-34 51-15, 47-35 51-56 (several), 47-40 51-52, 47-45 51-33, 47-45 52-35, 47-45 52-42, 48-00 51-28, 48-12 52-10, 48-13 52-23 (small bergs). From Trinity Bay to 45-42 47-12 3/10 cover with occasional small bergs. Single bergs at 43-26 48-18, 46-10 50-25. Western edge from beach near 49-16 53-27 through 48-43 53-05, 48-10 52-35, 47-59 52-28, 48-00 52-24, with peninsula to 47-25 52-22. Conception, Trinity and Bonavista Bays practically free of pack. Eastern edge from visibility limit at 47-42 48-48 through 48^0 49-22, 47-58 48-38, 48-12 48-24, 48-34 49-48, 49-09 49-53, 50-00 51-19 through 50-13 51-20 thence northerly. Southern limits not definitely established. Coverage varied from 1/10 to 10/10 being less dense on southern and eastern edges and heavy close packed near western edge. Bergs sparse in eastern 50 miles of pack but concentrated from coast to 50 to 75 miles off shore. Individual positions for bergs south of 49 N., are: 47-43 52-39, 47-48 52-28, 47-51 52-47, 47-52 51-12, 47-52 52-22, 47-53 51-23, 47-53 52-18, 47-54 51-26, 47-55 51-27, 47-57 50-41, 48-00 50-47, 48-00 50^9, 48-00 51-12, 48-00 51-59, 48-00 52-28, 48-01 50-49, 48-01 50-58, 48-01 52-01. 48-02 50-37, 48-02 51-04, 48-02 51-32, 48-02 51-43, 48-02 51-47, 48-02 51-53, 48-02 52-22, 48-03 50-47, 48-03 51-12, 48-03 51-30, 48-03 51-37, 48-03 52-32, 48-03 53-14, 48-04 50-22, 48-04 50-52, 48-04 51-33, 48-04 52-07, 48-05 50-54, 48-05 51-14, 48-05 51-27, 48-05 51-29, 48-05 51-30, 48-05 51-35, 48-05 51-37, 48-05 52-22, 48-05 53-09, 48-05 53-16, 48-06 51-04, 48-06 52-02, 48-07 51-35, 48-08 51-04, 48-08 51-12, 48-08 51-35, 48-08 51-45, 48-08 53-00, 48-09 52-49, 48-10 51-20, 48-14 53-24, 48-19 53-11, 48-21 52-53, 48-23 52-48, 48-23 53-01, 48-24 52-49, 48-24 52-52, 48-24 52-58, 48-29 52-51, 48-30 53-00, 48-31 53-00, 48-32 53-00, 48-33 52-51, 48-33 52-53, 48-36 52-49, 48-36 52-57, 48-36 52-58, 48-38 52-58, 49-39 52-57, 48-39 52-,59, 48-39 53-00, 48-40 53-18, 48-41 53-13, 48-42 52-58, 48-42 53-09, 48-42 53-10, 48-44 52-53, 48-45 53-55, 48-45 52-59, 48-47 53-08, 48-48 52-43, 48-50 53-09, 48-57 53-01, 48-58 52-53. Distribution of bergs by 1° squares north of 49 N.: 49/.50 N.: .50/51 W,-l, 52/53 \V.,-19, 53/54 W.,-12. 70 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19JfU — Continued Day of T,„„„ Month T>P^ Location and Remarks Pack. ...do Borgs Pack. IkTflS. ...do.. ...do.. Pack... Bergs.. Pack... Bergs.. ...do.. Pack... ...do.. Bergs.. Berg... Growler Bergs.. Pack... Bergs - Bergs Pack. Bergs. Pack. Berg. Bergs ...do APRIL — Continued Large fioe vicinity 47-40 52-30. Western edge at 47-26 52-27. 42-52 49-42, 2, large. Southern limits from 48-22 52^5 through 48-10 52-30, 47-47 52-20, 47-47 51-45, 47-55 51-30, 48-08 51-12, 47-28 50-10 to visibility limit at 47-26 49-45. From last position to 45-40 48-15 surface visible in places only and no ice sighted, thence to 45-00 47-40 no pack. Some small strings and patches outside limits given. Main field 1/10 to 10/iO cover heavy cakes with some to greater than 70 feet in diameter. M: 45-03 48-05, 45-05 48-25, 45-07 48-05, 45-12 47-52, 45-23 47-54, 45-31 48-05, 45-34 48-10, 45-38 48-11, 47-27 50-00, 47-30 50-02, 47-32 52-10, 47-35 49-56, 47-38 50-15, 47-38 51-45, 47-40 51-45, 47-41 50-39, 47-41 50-40, 47-44 51-20, 47-45 50-32, 47-45 51-45, 47-45 52-52, 47-46 49-45, 47-48 51-25, 47-49 50-40, 47-49 51-21, 47-50 50-43, 47-50 52-45, 47-51 50-37, 47-52 50-45, 47-53 51-20, 47-53 51-34, 47-53 52-30, 47-55 52-22, 47-56 50-43, 47-57 50-37, 47-59 52-05, 48-00 50-53, 48-00 50-59, 48-01 52-10, 48-02 52-24, 48-02 52-26, 48-02 52-49, 48-03 52-11, 48-03 52-16, 48-03 52-25, 48-04 52-30, 48-05 52-52, 48-06 53-15, 48-07 52-49, 48-08 52-30, 48-08 53-04, 48-09 52-27, 48-09 52-47, 48-09 52-49, 48-10 52-16, 48-10 52-38, 48-13 53-27, 48-18 52-38. 47-28 51-20, 47-42 52-40, 47-43 52-23, 47-45 52-25. 45-22 52-32, 47-25 52-10, 47-28 52-24, 47-45 52-27. From 47-45 52-27 to 48-10 52-27 field extending north and east to 15-niile visibility limits. 44-28 48-10, 44-30 48-16. Field and pancake ice north of 47-44 N., and east of 51-48 W. 47-27 51-50, 47-35 51-41 (both drifting south). 5 in area: 44-40 50-20, 44-40 49-40, 45-10 49-40, to 45-10 50-20. At 48-20 50-00. 5/10 cover, limits not observed. Eastern edge main field including tongues and patches from 51-30 51-45 through52-30 53-10, 54-30 53-15, 55-00 53-40, 55-30 56-00. Single bergs at 51-28 51-43, 52-24 53-19, 52-27 53-18. Others grouped in 1° squares as foUows: 53/54 N.: 54/55 W.,-11; 54/55 N.: 53/54 W.,-4, 54/55 W.,-6, 56/57 \V.,-4, 57/58 W.,-4; 55/56 N.: 54/55 W.,-8, 55/56 W.,-12, 56/57 W.,-19, 57/58 W.,-15. 47-2152-01 47-26 52-30 9 from 6 to 12 miles off St. John's. Limits: 49-00 53-05 to 48-47 53-05 with broken tongue to 48-38 53-28, 48-42 53-00, thence edge solid pack to 48-30 52-30, 48-10 52-16 thence edge broken to 47-40 52-05, 48-00 51-50, thence edge scattered to 47-53 51-00, 47-50 49-50 thence edge solid to 47-34 49-08 and through visibility limit at 47-34 48-40. Trinity and Conception Bays clear. 44-12 49-05, 47-27 52-09, 47-30 52-09, 47-30 52-30; 8 off St. .Tohn's; 47-44 52-42, 47-53 50-52, 47-58 51-34, 47-58 52-53; 5 in area 48-00 52-50j to 48-00 52-40 to 48-10 52-45; 48-04 51-38, 48-16 52-22; S in mouth of Trinity Bay. 6 of the above bergs were re- ported as from 200 to 300 feet high. 13 off St. John's Harbor (2 within 2 miles of entrance others 5 to 10 miles out). 42-58 48-47, 42-58 49-21, 43-00 49-15, 43-40 49-30, 43-45 48-45, 44-20 48-25, 44-24 48-40, 44-30 50-35. Southern limits main pack 10 to 15 miles north of islands in Notre Dame Bay from Twil- lingate past Fogo Island thence trends towards Funk Island. Sir Charles Hamilton Sound clear except for occasional patches but fast ice to headlands in tributary bays. Patch open water at mouth of Gander River. 10 bergs south of pack from Fogo to Funk Island. Trinity Bay clear to Grates Point with western edge of pack east of Baccalieu Island. 46-00 49-00, 46-00 49^0. Southern limits from Fogo Island to 49-35 53-30, 47-53 51-15, 48-00 50-30, 46-57 48-15. thence broken tongue heavy ice southward through visibility limit at 46-25 47-32. Eastern edge from last position through 47-00 47-28 and northwesterly. Compact area heavy ice from 47-00 N., to 47-30 N., between 48-15 W., and 49-30 W. Otherwise most of ice near eastern edge becoming scattered. Individual positions south of 49 N., are: 46-42 48-15, 46-42 48-41, 46-49 49-51, 46-50 48-27, 46-53 48-29, 46-55 48-13, 46-58 49-26, 46-59 49-18, 47-02 49-12, 47-04 49-02, 47-05 48-50, 47-06 49-35, 47-06 48-53, 47-06 49-03, 47-06 49-05, 47-06 49-19, 47-08 49-04, 47-08 49-30, 47-10 49-09, 47-10 49-13, 47-11 49-11, 47-11 49-50, 47-14 50-07, 47-15 49-24, 47-15 49-30, 47-15 49-50, 47-17 49-26, 47-17 49-58, 47-18 49-28, 47-18 49-32, 47-19 50-37, 47-22 50-41, 47-25 50-40, 47-25 50-49, 47-27 50-28, 47-27 50-50, 47-27 51-32, 47-28 49-24, 47-28 50-03, 47-28 50-24, 47-28 50-39, 47-28 51-02, 47-29 50-54, 47-30 50-50, 47-31 51-02, 47-32 50-26, 47-32 50-48, 47-32 51-22, 47-33 49-40 47-33 51-22, 47-34 49-37, 47-35 49-34, 47-35 51-26, 47-38 51-19, 47-41 49-37, 47-43 51-24, 47-47 50-08, 47-49 50-26, 47-49 50-33, 47-52 50-43, 47-50 50-41, 47-53 50-38 47-58 50-38, 47-59 50-47, 47-59 50-52, 47-59 51-20, 48-01 51-17, 48-01 51-54, 48-03 50-52, 48-04 51-10, 48-05 51-02, 48-05 51-26, 48-06 50-58, 48-06 51-05, 48-06 51-56, 48-07 51-22, 48-07 51-25, 48-07 51-55, 48-07 51-59, 48-10 51-19, 48-10 52-03, 48-25 52-13, 48-25 52-53, 48-25 52-55, 48-26 52-12, 48-26 52-13. 48-31 52-27, 48-31 52-29, 48-32 52-34, 48-32 52-32, 48-32 52-56, 48-34 52-21, 48-34 52-51, 48-36 52-33, 48-36 51-42, 48-36 52-56, 48-37 52-55, 48-37 52-57, 48-38 52-55, 48-38 52-58j 48-39 52-56, 48-40 53-01, 48-40 53-02, 48-41 53-02, 48-42 52-58, 48-42 53-12, 48-43 53-08, 48-44 53-07, 48-44 53-12, 48-45 52-58, 48-53 53-02, 48-54 53-24, 48-59 53-08. Bergs grouped in 1° squares north of 49 N., are: 49/50 N.: 52/53 W.,-3, 53/54 W.,-29. Patches with cakes to 30 feet in diameter in Sir Charles Hamilton Sound. One mile off St. John's Harbor, large. 47-21 52-14, 47-37 52-33, 47-39 52-30, 47-42 52-24. 43-35 52-11, 45-26 54-21 (probable), 46-06 51-.59, 46-36 51-19 (0), 46-45 51-55 (3) 47-18 52-30 (several). 71 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19 UU — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Brrgs . Pack, -.do Bergs. Growler Berg. Pack Bergs Bergs, growlers Bergs Pack, bergs Bergs, growlers Pack Bergs Berg Fast Berg Pack Fast.. Pack ._ Bergs Pack Bergs. Pack, bergs. Bergs, pack. APRIL — Continued Limits from beach near 49-30 54-00 (Cape Togo) to 49-30 53-33, 49-46 53-00. 49-35 52-40, 4g-52 52-52, 48-22 52-31, 48-05 51-44, 47-45 49-22, 48-33 49-32, 49-36 51-35 thence estimated through 50-33 51-30 and northerly. Eastern edge mostly open and scattered except for heavy 9/10 cover near 48-17 49-35. Some very scattered patches south of main pack to estimated 47-30 N., between 51 W., and 52 W. Scattered strings from Cape Bonavista to pack. Heavy floes 4 by 10 miles extended northwest of Cape Bonavista. Fast ice in Bay of Exploits and Burnt Bay with small area open water near Botwood. Singles at: 46-53 51-44, 46-54 51-32, 46-56 50-38, 46-57 51-51, 46-58 51-37, 47-10 52-23, 47-11 50-50, 47-12 52-33, 47-12 50-58, 47-13 50-56, 47-13 52-49, 47-15 51-04, 47-18 50-48, 47-20 51-30, 47-20 52-37, 47-22 52-11, 47-23 52-13, 47-23 52-13, 47-23 51-56, 47-24 51-27, 47-24 51-09, 47-25 51-04, 47-26 51-07, 47-26 52-38, 47-27 49-47, 47-27 52-13, 47-28 52-40, 47-28 52-38, 47-30 48-27, 47-30 50-03, 47-30 52-06, 47-31 52-13, 47-33 51-31, 47-33 51-59, 47-33 52-37, 47-34 52-13, 47-35 51-07, 47-35 51-33, 47-37 49-07, 47-37 52-27, 47-38 50-37, 47-38 51^0, 47-39 51-28, 47-39 52-02, 47-39 52-04, 47-40 49-25, 47-40 52-57, 47-42 49-22, 47-42 51-43, 47-42 52-20, 47-47 52-27, 47-50 52-29, 47-51 52-27, 47-53 52-18, 48-08 49-13, 48-08 49-27, 48-17 49-32, 48-36 49-57. Others grouped in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 47/48 N.: 53/54 W.,^; 48/49 N.: 52/53 W.,-23, 53/54 W.,-20; 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-19. Western edge 8 miles off coast at Battle Harbor. Southern limits main pack 48-12 52-15 to 48-00 50-38 to 48-15 49-38. Strings south from pack at intervals to line from 47-45 51-58 to 47-33 51-09. Singles at: 44-18 48-42, 44-22 48-37, 44-42 48-40, 44-47 48-55, 44-48 48-57, 44-49 48-30, 45-20 48-20, 45-53 48-22, 45-54 48-27, 46-07 48-26, 46-14 48-22, 46-25 51-24, 46-25 52-22, 46-38 51-59, 46-39 51-46, 48-39 52-47, 46-43 51-50, 46-43 52-00, 46-48 51-52, 46-49 52-48, 46-53 52-54, 46-56 51-51, 46-57 52-41, 46-57 52-53, 47-11 48^4, 47-12 52-45, 47-13 50-58, 47-15 51-08, 47-16 51-50, 47-16 50-58, 47-17 52-45, 47-18 51-26, 47-18 49-37, 47-20 49-00, 47-21 51-42, 47-22 52-41, 47-23 51-19. 47-26 49-52, 47-26 52-03, 47-27 52-18, 47-28 50-00, 47-28 50-14, 47-28 52-07, 47-30 50-24, 47-30 51-50, 47-32 52-18, 47-33 50-44, 47-33 52-35, 47-35 50-50. 47-36 52-03, 47-36 52-05. 47-37 52-06. 47-37 52-23, 47-38 51-28, 47-38 51-06, 47-38 52-18, 47-38 52-35, 47-39 50-16, 47-39 51-38, 47-39 52-23, 47-40 51-43, 47-40 51-50, 47-40 52-09. 47-41 51-50, 47-41 52-21, 47-42 52-23, 47-43 52-13, 47-44 51-11. 47-46 51-59, 47-49 51-33, 47-50 51-54, 47-50 52-05, 47-51 51-50, 47-53 50-51, 47-55 51-54, 48-00 50-40, 48-00 51-54, 48-00 52-09, 48-01 51-50, 48-03 50-50, 48-10 52-04, 48-06 52-10. 11 inshore from 47-25 52-41 to 47-31 52-37, thence S inshore to 47-49 52-47. 44-59 48-23, large. 46-14 51-50, large. 2/10 cover at 49-00 50-00. 6 within 5 mile radius of 47-10 52-11. Several vicinity St. John's approaches with some grounded north and south of harbor entrance. 47-28 52-28, 47-28 52-33; several 8 to 15 miles east of Cape St. Francis. Field of 7/10 cover with occasional bergs from coast to 48-00 50-00. 2 large bergs within 10 miles of 46-20 53-00. Several vicinity St. John's approaches. Large field 3 miles off coast from 47-38 52-35 to Cape St. Francis. 45-28 51-26, 45-50 50-00, 46-01 52-33. 46-20 53-00. 46-28 50-56, 46-34 52-10. 46-50 52-06, 46-51 52-32, 46-57 52-17, 47-15 52-18; many within 20 miles of 47-00 52-00. 43-50 46-39. 3 miles unbroken ice vicinity Phillip Head (49-13 55-18) blocks approach to Botwood. Open water seaward and some inside this barrier. 42-33 50-22. probable. Heavy, close, between Change and Fogo Islands and easterly. Patches in Gander Bay and Sir Charles Hamilton Sound. Consierable ice still remains in Botwood Harbor and approaches but clearing quite rapidly. Approximate southern limits strings and patches from coast near 47-38 52-40 to 47-30 52-00. Heavy floes with considerable open water in the vicinity of Belle Isle at the entrance to the strait. 46-19 53-05, 46-25 53-30, 46-30 53-32, 47-15 52-20, 47-17 52-24, 47-23 52-28, 47-53 52-23, 47-53 52-25, 47-58 52-04, 47-58 52-08. 28 close inshore along east coast .\valon Peninsula from 47-13 N., to 47-40 N. Others distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 48/49 N.: 50/51 W.,-4, 51/52 W.,-16, 52/53 W.,-18; 49/50 N.: 51/52 W.,-2; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W., -2; 51/52 N.: 53/54 W., -1, 55/56 W., -29. (These latter at the entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle.) Patches off entrance St. John's Harbor with a few cakes inside harbor. Several off entrance St. John's Harbor. Outer edge about 75 miles seaward from Cape Harrison, Labrador. Some scattered bergs in pack. Numerous scattered icebergs with only occasional scattered cakes from 47-13 50-01 to Cape Race. Very scattered strings heavy pack from Newfoundland coast cast to 51-20 W., from 47-10 N., to 49 N. Numerous isolated pieces heavy pack and growlers in same area, last remnants of receding ice field. Southern edge main pack northward of 49 N., not 72 Table of Ice Reports, SewfoKinlldinl-Ldhrddor Arcd, Hm — Continued Day of Month ._.do. Berg,. Bergs. ...do. Growlers. Bergs Growler.. Bergs Location and Remarks Growler Bergs... ....do... MAY— Continued 46-26 52-59. 46-27 62-57. 46-27 63-07. 40-31 53-40. 46-32 62-62. 46-36 62-38. 46-37 52-48. 46-39, 52-26. 46-39 53-02, 46-39 52-30, 46-43 52-43, 46-43 52-53, 46-50 62-44. 46-52 52-30. 4(1-53 52-49. 40 53. 52-54. 4(i-54 52-55, 46-56 52-52. 46-57 52-53. 47-{)() 52-50, 47-01 52-50, 47-02 52-51, 47 ^4 52 50, 47-05 52 34. 47 05 52-52, 47-00 52 41, 47-08 52-50, 47-09 52-50, 47-10 52 50, 47-10 52-51. 47-1 1 52 -49, 47-12 52-49, 47-27 62-26. 47-28 52-20, 47-28 52-29, 47-29 52 -20, 47- 29 52 -21, 47 30 52-20. 47-33 52-03. 47-35 52-00. 47-37 52-20. 47-37 52-38. 47-39 51-50, 47-39 52-22, 47-40 52-39, 47-41 62-25, 47-41 52-42, 47-43 52-42, 47-45 52-42, 47-46 52-33, 47-47 52-44, 47- 48 52-38, 47-48 52-44, 47-48 52-45, 47-50 52-18, 47-50 52-48, 47-51 51 -47, 48-00 52-50, 48-02 51-31, 48-08 52-13, 48-10 52-52, 48-11 52-16, 48-14 52-17, 48-15 52-48; 14 close inshore along cist coijst .\valon Peninsula between 47-26 N., and 47-34 N.; 4 in Con- ception Bay; 0 near head of Trinity Bay. 46-30 53-10. Ice broken up in Botwond approaches with small craft operating to Twillingate. Solid cover in Strait of Belle Isle extending into Gulf of St. Lawrence to southern limit between 50-16 N., and 50-30 N. Considerable pack in White Bay. 41-51 50-22. 46-42 53-00, small bergs in area. 47-12 51-30, bergs in area. 47-42 51-18, scattered bergs in area. 47-20 50-30. loose, appeared navigable. 47-01 51-12, 47-04 50-45, 47-35 49-50, 47-40 47-20, 47-42 51-20. In Burnt Arm, Botwood area. Loose ice in Norris Ann but none immediate vicinity Botwood. 46-00 52-00, small bergs in area. Vicinity Cape Race, bergs. 45-56 54-22, 46-13 54-14, 46-30 53-51. Outer edge field through irregular limits from Fogo Island to 49-43 53-55, 50-00 54-32, 50-14 54-32, 50-26 53-35, 50-46 53-14, 51-37 54-05, 53-15 53-07. 53-30 53-35 and northerly. Southern limits in the Gulf of St. Lawrence west from Newfoundland coast at 50-52 N., to visibility limit at 58 \V. Strip open water along Labr,idor coast between 51-50 N., and 52-40 N., greatest width, 10 miles. Except near edges field mostly 8/10 to 10/10 cover, heavy and broken, but with some unbroken sheets to over a mile acrass in west end of Belle Isle Strait. Exploits and Burnt Bays clear to Botwood and Lewisport respectively, but pack lying from 1 to 4 miles off islands in Notre Dame Bay blocks approaches from seaward. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 47/48 N.: 53/54 W.,-9; 48/49 N.: 52/53 W..-27, 53/54 W.,-46; 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-30, 55/56 W.,-1: 50/51 N.: 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-2, 54/55 W.,-60, 55/56 W.,-35, 56/57 W.,-7; 51/52 N.: 54/55 W.,-6, 55/56 W.,-10; 52/53 N.: 54/55 W.,-154, 55/56 W.,-5. None were sighted in the area between latitudes 48-30 and 51-00 lying between longi- tudes 50-30 and 52-30, visibility excellent. The bergs south of the pack were mostly close inshore or in bays. Of the 392 bergs sighted, 76 were concentrated within a 20 mile radius of 50-51 54-56, and 127 within a 20 mile radius of 52-45 54-30. No bergs were in the Strait of Belle Isle west of 55-40 W. .Almost entirely gone from Botwood area, only occasional small pans in vicinity. Numerous within 1 mile of coast Cape Broyle to Cape St. Francis. Singles at 47-51 51-36, 48-07 51-40, 48-07 52-29, 48-08 52-24, 47-50 52-47 (flat). Southern limits in Notre Dame Bay from 49-38 55-20 clearing northern edge of islands from 2 to 4 miles to 49-50 53-50 thence eastern edge trend? northerly. Passages clear from Botwood and Lewisport to southern edge pack. Fast ice in Dildo Run. Sir Charles Hamilton Sound clear except for occasional bergs, growlers, and ice cakes. Main pack 7/10 to 10/10 heavy cover with many bergs. Bergs along the east coast of Newfoundland in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 46/47 N.: 52/53 W.,-24, 53/54 W.,-2; 47/48 N.: 52/53 W.,-67, 53/54 W..-4; 48/49 N.: 52/53 W.,-44, 53/54 W.,-17; 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-44. Of these bergs individual positions of those south of 49 N., which might menace navigation are: 46-37 52-51, 46-39 52-35, 46-44 52-59, 46-45 52-46, 46-49 52-09, 46-50 52-52, 46-55 52-46. 46-57 52-46, 47-02 52-40, 47-06 52-35, 47-07 52-36, 47-08 52-27, 47-08 52-40, 47-08 52-42, 47-09 52-11, 47-09 52-40, 47-10 52-30, 47-12 52-42, 47-13 52-19, 47-18 52-12, 47-20 52-34, 47-22 52-17, 47-22 52-20, 47-24 52-17, 47-26 52-31, 47-28 52-23, 47-33 52-08, 47-33 52-39, 47-45 52-25, 47-51 52-45, 47-56 52-45, 48-01 52-00, 48-06 52-43, 48-07 52-45, 48-08 52-46, 48-09 52-40, 48-13 52-49, 48-14 52-30, 48-15, 52-48, 48-17 52-23, 48-21 52-31, 48-23 52-50, 4S-26 52-46, 48-30 52-55, 48-33 52-36, 48-34 52-52, 48-39 52-32, 48-45 52-55, 48-48 52-50, 48-50 52-50. The others were mostly in bays or within 2 miles of the beach, 60 being close inshore from Cape St. Francis to Cape Race, and most of these grounded. 47-03 52-09. 2 fship collided with 1). 47-50 51-47. 47-02 51-55, 2; 46-52 51-05, 3; south of Cape Race, scattered. 44-49 48-23, 44-50 51-27, 44-52 48-26, 45-04 48-27, 46-08 53-31, 46-10 53-20, 46-11 53-23, 46-11 53-36, 46-13 53-56, 46-21 53-24, 46-21 53-35, 46-22 53-28, 46-24 53-32, 46-29 48-18, 46-30 48-28, 46-40 53-59, 46-42 48-54, 46-43 48-32, 46-44 48-48, 46 40 52-47, 46-48 52-54, 46-49 52-49, 46-56 52-04, 46-58 52-22, 47-00 48-38, 47-00 52 39, 47-05 52-23, 47-07 50-04, 47-10 51-51, 47-11 52-26, 47-14 52-30, 47-15 52-42, 47-10 52-23, 47-19 48-33, 47-20 49-22, 47-34 51-49, 47-35 50-03, 47-36 53-07, 47-47 52-03, 47-49 52-43, 47-50 52-19, 47-50 52-47, 47-53 52-05. Numerous additional bergs close inshore Cape St. Francis to Cape Brovle. 45-30 53-10, 46-34 53-27, 46-38 48-31, 47-30 52-23. Scattcred|46-30|54-45|to 47-32 52-18 Singles at 46-15 53-40, 46-20 53-27. 48-01 51-32. 46-10 54-00. 46-00 51-00. 46-22 52-22, 46-30 50-00, 46-34 50-20, 47-32 52-17 (2); several north and east of Cape St. Fiancis, large. 47-33 52-28 44-53 50-23, 47-41 62-24 (2); large berg in St. John's Harbor approaehef. 46-09 62-00 (200 feet high); 46-12 52 30, 2. 73 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 194i — Continued Day of Month Bergs. Berg.... Bergs... Berg.... Growler Berg.... Bergs... Pack.... Bergs.. 14 Berg Bergs 15 Pack Bergs Growlers. Berg Bergs Pack Location and Remarks MAY— Continued 46-22 54-03, 46-31 53-19, 46-33 53-59, 46-35 53-35, 46-36 53-2S, 46-37 54-02, 46-39 54-00, 40-47 55-00, 46-49 54-28, 47-38 53-09, 47-45 53-42. 47-47 52-33, 47-48 52-34, 47-48 52-56, 47-49 52-40, 47-49 52-46. Numerous bergs inshore Cape Spear to Cape St. Francis. Several in Trinity Bav. 46-22 54-02. Eastern edge main field from north through irregular limits 53-20 52-47, 52-00 52-37, 51-32 53-00, 51-42 53-27, 50-47 53-13, 50-25 53-27, 49-53 53-00, 50-06 52-45, 49-45 52-45; thence southern edge 49-50 53-00, 49-55 54-00, 49-40 59-13, 49-43 55-32, to Cape St. John. Notre Dame Bay south this ice clear to Botwood and Lewisport (large vessels just completed first passage of season to those ports). Some open water inshore Cape St. John to Hare Bay with White Bay mostly clear. Pack extended through the Strait of Belle Isle to 50-49 57-15, 51-18 57-12 to Quebec coast near 51 N. Area open water along Labrador coast with western edge of ice from coast near 53-20 55-42 to 52-13 54-53, to Belle Isle to 51-50 56-00 to beach near 51-30 N. Body of pack heavy broken ice rather open south of 51 N., and along eastern edge. Recemented pans up to 2 miles across in the Strait of Belle Isle. Bergs were distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-8, 54/55 W.,-11, 55/56 W.,-9; 50/51 N.: 53/54 W.,-3, 54/55 W.,-1, 55/56 W.,-64, 56/57 W.,-3; 51/52 N.: 53/54 W..-9, 54/55 W.,-9, 55/56 W.,-7, 56/57 W.,-4; 52/53 N.: 53/54 W.,-83, 54/55 W.,-1, 55/56 W.,-2; 53/54 N.,-51, 54/55 W.,-66. Area 50/53 N., 54/55 W., too distant for complete observations. Bergs were small on the average. 46^55 54-25. 47-10 49-20, 47-20 50-30. 47-21 52-12. 47-20 52-22. 47-10 54-17. 46-10 53-45, 46-18 53-31, 46-26 53-26, 46-29 53-30. Southern limits main field Cape St. John to 49-43 55-30, 49-43 55-01, 50-00 54-00, 49-45 52-26. Eastern edge trends northeasterly from last position. Lewisport and Botwood approaches clear with passage north of Fogo Island feasible by passing through 2 narrow strips of pack ice, both navigable. Bergs south of the pack limits were distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 46/47 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-28, 53,/54 W.,-14, 54/55 W.,-6, 55/56 W.,-1; 47/48 N.: 52/53 W.,-53, 53/54 W.,-8, 54/55 W.,-1; 48/49 N.: 51/52 W..-1, 52/53 W.,-34, 53/54 W.,-39; 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-44. Of these 230 bergs, many were in bays or close to the coast with some aground. 55 were less than 3 miles from the coast between Cape Race and Cape St. Francis. Individual positions of those south of 49 N., which might menace navigation are: 46-02 52-59, 46-07 53-03, 46-08 52-58, 46-08 54-23, 46-08 53-32, 46-08 53-48, 46-10 54-05, 46-17 52-50, 46-26 52-38. 46-26 53-30, 46-27 52-50, 46-27 53-27, 46-28 52-49, 46-33 53-58, 46-34 53-03, 46-35 52-53, 46-37 53-02, 46-37 54-20, 46-38 53-50, 46-39 51-54, 46-39 52-09, 46-42 53-57, 46-43 52-53, 46-43 54-08, 46-44 52-56, 46-45 52-51, 46-45 52-53, 40-45 54-09, 46-45 54-11, 46-40 52-54, 46-47 52-20, 46-51 52-26, 46-51 52-50, 46-52 52-32, 40-55 52-09, 40-55 52-48, 40-56 52-42, 46-57 55-08, 47-11 54-17, 47-13 52-07, 47-21 52-33, 47-31 52-37, 47-34 52-37, 47-37 52-36, 47-39 52-04, 47-56 52-45, 48-01 51-53, 48-01 52-34, 48-01 52-51, 48-09 52-49, 48-10 52-47, 48-11 52-23, 48-11 52-50, 48-24 52-13, 48-26 52-51, 48-29 52-55, 48-34 52-02, 48-34 52-39, 48-35 52-45, 48-35 52-57, 48-38 52-37, 48-38 52-42, 48-40 52-26, 48-40 53-00, 48-42 52-20, 48^2 53-00, 48-43 52-51. 48-44 52-57. 46-25 54-05. 45-07 50-15, 45-13 49-49, 45-55 48-50; numerous in area 44-15 52-00 to 42-55 50-40. 3 at 49-17 47-47, huge. None south of 50 N., in area between 52-30 W., and 54 30 W. 46-26 50-30, 46-32 50-57, 40-34 50-58, 46-37 51-14, 46-40 50-17, 46-48 50-40, 46-53 51-13, 46-54 50-52, 47-00 50-04, 47-04, 51-05, 47-09 51-25, 47-14 49-52, 47-15 50-40, 47-32 50-31, 49-57 52-56, 50-01 53-08. Others distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 48/49 N.: 53/54 W.,-17; 49/50 N.: .53/54 W.,-27. Most of these latter were vicinity Cape Freels or in Bonavista or Trinity Bavs. 42-52 51-36, 46-18 51-19, 40-20 53-32, 40-25 53-33, 46-28, 47-10, 46-28 53-29, 46-30 53-28. 46-30 53-02, 46-32 52-10. 46-36 54-06, 46-37 53-08, 46-38 49-29, 46-44, 52-42, 46-46 54-09, 46-48 54-17, 40-49, 54-00, 46-50 52-50, 46-52 49-52, 46-57 50-08, 46-57 50-37, 40-59, 51-41, 40-59 52-51, 47-00 47-40, 47-00 47-47, 47-00 52-38, 47-02 51-33. 47-03 50-29, 47-03 52-00, 47-04 52-2S, 47-05 52-43. 47-05 52-51. 47-00 52-16, 47-08 50-25, 47-09 49-26, 47-11 51-54, 47-12 51-09, 47-13 52-08, 47-13 52-35, 47-14 50-53, 47-14 51-13, 47-14 51-50, 47-15 49-40, 47-16 52-00. 47-18 52-07, 47-20 48-02, 47-20 49-03, 47-21 51-52, 47-20 49-32, 47-28 52-09, 47-39 53-02, 47-48 51-35. 46-59 47-47, 47-05 53-39, 47-07 51-53. 47-19 51-17. 43-16 49-34, probable berg (Radar target). Vicinity 42-12 52-55. 3 probable bergs (Radar targets). None sighted from south to 50-20 N., in area 52-30 W., to 55-00 W. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 46/47 N.: 52/53 W., — 14, 53/54 W.,-14, 54/55 W.,-3; 47/48 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-68; 48/49 N.: 52/53 W.,-22, 53/54 W..-22; 49/50 N.: 53/54 W.,-30, 54/55 W..-14, 55/56 W..-2; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W..-2. 53/54 W..-1, 54/55 W.,-6, 55/56 W.,-4. Of this number, individual positions of those south of 49 N.. menacing navigation or in unusual places are: 46-00 52-25, 46-26 53-43, 46-29 53-30, 46-29 53-35, 46-32 52-05, 46-34 53-02, 46-34 53-03, 40-35 53-33, 46-36 52-20. 46-36 53-04, 46-36 53-56, 46-38 53-28, 46-41 53-19, 40-45 52-48, 46-47 54-07, 46-47 54-09, 46-48 52-52, 40-50 52-14, 46-50 52-30, 40-50 54-20, 40-51 52-41, 40-51 53-50, 40-53 52-51. 46-53 53-54. 47-01 52-47, 47-04 52-38, 47-15 52-29. 47-17 52-37. 47-21 51-48. 47-28 52-27. 47-39 52-11, 47-50 52-25, 47-50 52-37, 47-54 52-21, 48-03 52-17, 48-11 52-41, 48-12 52-50, 48-20 52-53, 48-35 52-54, 48-40, 52-59, 48-45 52-56, 48-46 52-53 48-46 52-56, 48-47 52-60, 48-50 53-02, 48-56 62-39. The others were mostly in bays or close inshore, 56 being within 3 miles of the beach between Cape Race and Cape St. Francis. 74 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19 U — Continued Day of rp „„ Month TyP" Borg. Pack. Bergs. Berg.. Bergs. Location and Remarks Pack. Bergs. Pack. Bergs. Pack.. Bergs. ...do. Berg.. Bergs. ...do. Berg.. Bergs. ...do. ...do. Pack.. MAY— Continued 47-00 54-19. Eastern limits main pack from northwest through 55-45 56-45, 55-27 56-23, 55-58 54-55, 55-13 53-00, 53-35 52-25, thence southeast through visibility limit estimated as 53-30 52-15. Shore lead open water 2 miles wide vicinity Cape Harrison at 55 N., extending through visibility limit at 54-30 N., probably continues with varying width to Strait of Belle Isle. Western edge field from North through 52-20 55-00, 52-00 54-55 51-40 54-20, 51-28 55-17, 50-25 56-10, 50-20 55-45, thence southern edge to 50-40*55-40 50-42 55-00, 50-32 54-20, and easterly beyond visibility limit. Pack varied from' 3/10 to 8/10 cover in most of area with 1/10 near edges and areas 10/10 in main body ofheldnorthof53 N. Strait of Belle Isle clear of pack. Hundredsof bergs and growlers throughout pack with many outside pack limits. Lake Melville solid ice west of 59 VV Mostly open water east of 59 W., in both Lake Melville and Double Mer. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 49/50 N.- 54/55 W —15 55/56 W.,-17, 56/57 W.,-1; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-1. 54/55 W -40 ' 55/56 W.,-42, 56/57 W.,-10; 51/52 N.: 54/55 W.,-5, 55/56 W.,-17; 52/53 N.-' 53/54 54. 54/55 W.,-21, 55/56 W.,-2; 53/54 N.: 52/53 W.,-84, 5.3/54 W. -80 \V., Berg. ...do Pack. Bergs. Berg.. ...do —do Bergs. Berg.. Berg.. Pack. Bergs. ...do. Pack., Bergs. 54/55 W.,-2; 54/55 N.: 52/53 W.,-6. 53/54 W.,-124, 56/57 W.,-1, 57/58 W -10 55/56 N.: 53/54 W..-14. 54/55 W..-7, .56/57 W.,-34, 57/58 W.,-10, 58/59 W. -1- 56/57 N.: 54/55 W.,-2. Area bounded by 52-30 55-40, 53-45 53-50, 55-20 55-00' ^ and 54-30 57-00 beyond limits of visibility. !?trip up to 1 mile wide .along the north side of Belle Isle Strait vicinity 57 W 47-1154-06,47-27 54-17,51-25 57-05. ^'50-55 ^*'^^ ^^ '^"' ^'^^ ''°^" "* ^^"^'' ^^"'°' ^'''° ** ^^"^^ ^^~^^'' ^^'° ^' ^^"^'' 46-01 48-51, 46-15 49-05 (several), 46-38 48-10, 47-12 49-57, 47-17 50-50- 10 within 15 miles of 53-45 51-33, 54-15 57-10 (large). Southern limits scattered strings heavy ice at 51-45 51-40. 46-52 52-13, 46-53 52-26, 47-24 52-22, 47-32 52-24. 46-57 55-07, 48-50 53-05, 48-51 53-28, 48-53 52-47; 10 off Cape Bonavista. 47-11 54^07 (This berg remained grounded in this immediate vicinity until 7 June, re- grounding at 47-18 54-04 on 8 June and entirely disintegrating by 14 June). 47-35 50-55, 47-48 50-40. Numerous 20 miles south of Cape St. Mary and Cape Race. 45-22 50-42, 46-21 52-40, 46-25 53-50, 46-29 53-42, 46-35 53-19, 46-42 52-50 46-46 51-45, 46-53 53-55, 46-54 52-11, 46-59 52-39, 47-03 52-22, 47-11 54-07. 4l' others close inshore Cape Race to Cape Spear. 60 miles southeast of Cape Race; also vicinity St. John's Harbor. 46-20 52-52, 46-40 52-15. Loose broken pack extends from north to limits 52-35 50-30, 52-20 51-30 52-05 53-08 ^?i2 ^2"^°' ^^-"^^ 52-35, 50-52 52-25, 50-15 54-12, 50-47 55-00, 51-18 53-55, 52-35 .54^2, 52-25 54-50, 52-35 55-10, 52-45 54-55, 53-08 55-18. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 48/49 N.: 52/53 W -5 tn^if ^-TBo^^v^^O N-- 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-25, 54/55 W.,-4, 55/56 W.,-lo'; 50/51 N :52/53 W.,-4, 53/54 W.,-35, 54/55 W.,-32, 55/56 W.,-13, 56/57 W.,-i: \V\l ^r'- 50/51 W.,-2. 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W..-6, 54/55 W.,-9, 55/56 W. -8' 56/57 W.,-2; 52/53 N.: 50/51 W.,-2, 51/52 W.,-15, 52/53 W.,-8, 53/54 W.,-6, 54/55 W.,-12, 55/56 W.,-7. Many additional bergs in center of area not fixed as to position. 47-1154-07. 46-13 53^6, 46-16 53-36. 46-18 52-45, 46-28 53-34, 46-31 51-56, 46-31 53-25, 46-35 52-32, 46-37 53-10, 46-42 53-20, 46-44, 53-44, 46-46 52-48, 46-51, 53-58, 46-56 52-18 46-56 52-35, 46-59 51-33, 47-01 52-39, 47-04 52-22, 47-06 51-17. 47-11 54-08 47-15 52-03, 47-18 52-37, 47-24 50-46, 47-24 51-01, 47-26 52-19, 47-28 50-53, 47-3o'52-31 47-31 49-03, 47-34 48-15, 47-37 48-09, 47-43 51-13, 47-43 52-08; 39 others within 5 miles of beach between Cape Race and Cape Spear. 47-1154-08. 47-1154-07. Peninsula of pack ice extends from the northwest to limit at 49-56 53-05. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 46/47 N.- 51/52 W -1 52/53 W.,-12, 53/54 W.,-8; 47/48 N.: 51/52 W.,-3, 52/53 W.,-41, 53/54 W;!-2' 54/55 W.,-1; 48/49 N.: 51/52 W.,-4, 52/53 W..-9, 53/54 W.,-22; 49/50 N.- 52/53 W.,-6, 53/54 W.,-40; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-19. Of these bergs 47 were within 3 miles of the beach between Cape Race and Cape St. Francis; and offshore bergs south of 49 N., were at positions: 46-25 53-43, 46-28 53-38, 46-32 53-34, 46-36 52-10, 46-45 53-41, 46-47 52-29, 46-48 52-03, 46-58 51-47, 47-07 51-07, 47-11 54-08 47-19 52-11, 47-31 51-15, 47-37 51-58, 47-37 52-14, 47-41 52-30, 48-01 52-41 48-03 52-47, 48-13 52-54, 48-20 52-53, 48-42 52-51; 4 within 15 miles of 48-47 51-40 4/-12 54-07. 46-00 52-32. 47-12 54-07. JUNE 46-06 52-42, 46-36 52-21, 46-48 52-22. 6 vicinity Belle Isle; no pack visible. 47-14 54-05. Southern edge loose broken pack along line 50-03 52-40, to 50-30 54-52. 50 sighted near coast from pack south to Trinity Bay. 51-24 56-57 (2). Outer approaches to Hamilton Inlet blocked by heavy broken pack with western edge at 57-20 W. Ice on beach south to 53-30 N., thence western edge heavy pack 15 to 20 miles off coast to 52-02 52-56, but some open ice inshore. Eastern edge not determined. Strait of Belle Isle clear of pack. Many bergs and growlers on steamer route from Belle Isle east past 52 W. Bergs near Belle Isle at: 51-35 56-05, 51-41 55-35, 51-44 55-55, 51-45 55-20, 51-48 55-20, 51-51 55-35, 51-58 55-25. 75 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19H — Continued Location and Remarks Fast, pack. Pack Bfrgs. ...do Pack, bergs. Berg. Growlers. Various.. Berg. Pack. Bergs . Pack, bergs. Bergs Growler Various Pack, bergs... Growler Pack.... Bergs. Pack.. Bergs Bergs, pack... Pack Bergs, growlers Pack Bergs. Pack.. JUNE— Continued Rotten ice in Lake Melville eastward from Mulligan Shoal. Heavj- close packed ice blocks approaches to Hamilton Inlet. From a southeastern limit of 49-52 53-12, a 15 mile wide strip of pack extended to 50-00 54-40. Eastern limits of a second field were: 50-38 54-16, 50-54 53-20 and 51-12 53-29. A third field extended northwestward from 51-4S 52-48. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 45/46 N.: 52/53 W., — 1; 46/47 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-8, 53/54 W.,-3: 47/48 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-6, 53/54 W.,-8; 49/49 N.: 51/52 W.,-2, 53/54 W..-7, 53/54 W.,-14; 49/50 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-70, 53/54 W.,-46, 54/55 W.,-25; 50/51 N.: 52/,53 W.,-150, 53/54 W.,-111, 54/55 W.,-40; 51/52 N.: 52/53 W.,-69, 53 54 W., — 26, Of these bergs, offshore positions of those south of 49 N., are: 45-56 52-14, 46-05 52-01, 46-09 53-16, 46-16 52-57, 46-29 53-35, 46-35 52-41, 46-37 52-40, 46-40 52-36,46-4152-06,46-41 52-57, 46-42 51-12, 47-00 52-01, 47-11 52-06, 47-14 51-56, 47-29 52-05, 48-39 51-05, 48-40 51-56, 48-58 52-06, 48-59 52-29. Many of the bergs north of 50 N., were small and hundreds of growlers were present in addition to the bergs. 46-40 52-14, 46-55 52-20, 47-09 52-27, 47-25 52-28. Scattered pack 15 to 20 miles west and northwest of Belle Isle with bergs and growlers to east and south. 47-18 54-04. 46-42 52-22 (3), 47-08 52-21. 47-25 52-24 (scattered), 48-50 52-44. 47-50 52-51, large. Open navigable ice in Lake Melville from 58-55 W., to 59-51 W. Outer approaches to Hamilton Inlet blocked by heavy close pack with western edge at 57-10 W. Open and close pack extends to visibility limit offshore south to Belle Isle. Open ice in the Strait of Belle Isle from Chateau Point to Cape Norman and Cape Bauld. Many bergs this this area moving southward. 47-22 49-15. Outer limits pack (including strings) extends from northerly direction through 52-50 52-55, 51-50 54-40, 51-15 55-40. Inner edge pack extends from Labrador coast near 52-30 N., to 52-00 55-05, 51-50 55-20, 51-55 55-42, to Cape Norman. Ship beset in ice 10 miles northeast of Cape Norman. Navigation through pack feasible by passing along north side of the Strait of Belle Isle thence south of Belle Isle and easterly, but not recommended. Hundreds of icebergs and thousands of growlers from pack south past Funk Island thence 130 bergs within 50 miles of coast Cape Freels to Cape Pine. Distribution by 1° squares of latitude and longitude follows: 46/47 N.: 52/53 W.,-7, 53/54 W.,-3; 47/48 N.: 51/52 W-,-1, 52/53 W.,-36; 48/49 N.: 51/52 W.,-2, 52/53 W.,-23, 53/54 W.,-25; 49/50 N.: 52/53 W.,-33, 53/54 W.,-104, 54/55 W.,-73, 55/56 W.,-30; 50/51 N.: 52/53 W.,-25, 53/54 W.,-130, 54/55 W.,-115, 55/56 W.,-42, 56/57 W.,-2; 51/52 N.: 51/52 W.,-24, 52/53 W.,-167, 53/54 W.,-120, 55/56 W.,-36; 52/53 N.: 51/52 W.,-6, 52/53 W.,-17, 53/54 W.,-15, 54/55 W.,-3, 55/56 W.,-35. Scattered bergs and growlers were too numerous to count in the area 51/53 N., bv 54/55 W. Offshore bergs south of 49 N., were in positions: 46-27 53-22, 46-37 53-21, 46-45 52-16, 46-45 52-50, 46-51 52-42, 46-55 52-50, 46-56 52-12, 47-02 52-46, 47-03 52-45, 47-12 52-35, 47-33 51-58, 47-40 52-15, 47-40 52-27 (2), 47-43 52-37, 47-43 52-40, 47-54 52-42, 48-06 52-38, 48-07 51-29, 48-07 52-26, 48-08 52-33, 48-29 52-53, 48-31 52-43, 4S-36 52-48, 48-38 52-21, 48-38 52-24, 48-38 52-40, 48-40 52-37, 48-40 52-51, 48-46 52-04, 48-57 52-50, 48-58 52-27, 48-59 51-54. 42-10 50-00, 45-42 52-43, 46-25 53-31, 46-38 49-07, 46-38 53-18, 46-43 52-02, 46-45 49-52, 46-47 52-42, 46-50 47-35, 46-52 47-51, 46-55 47-33, 47-08 52-00, 47-09 52-30, 47-14 48-14, 47-18 50-50, 47-20 51-51, 47-20 54-01, 47-23 48-11, 47-24 52-32, 47-27 51-43, 47-29 48-32, 47-36 51-57, 47-28 49-40. Bergs inshore between Cape St. Francis and Cape Race not listed. Loose pack in eastern end of Belle Isle Strait, scattered bergs and growlers. 46-00 45-42, scattered bergs. 47-20 53-59. Only isolated strings winter ice remain in Lake Melville. Western edge heavv close ice in Hamilton Inlet from 54-28 57-12 to 53-56 57-08. Open and close pack extends ■ south to 52-16 55-33, to Belle Isle thence southern edge trends eastward. Some open ice in southern part of the Strpit of Belle Isle from Cape Bauld to 5 miles north of Cape Norman. Numerous bergs and growlers in pack and southward into the Strait of Belle Isle. Loose pack and scattered bergs and growlers all directions from Belle Isle. 47-21 53-59 (broke up and disper.'sed). Limits main field from northwest through 55-42 57-36, 55-02 55-42, 54-36 54-55 (strings to 54-21 54-37), 54-15 56-00, 53-58 55-22, 53-.55 55-27; sc.nttered pack thence to 53-26 55-05, 53-02 55-15, 52-48 55-12 and within 25 miles of coast to Belle Isle with some strings across the strait to Cape Norman and past Cape Bauld to 51-02 55-44. Hamilton Inlet clear west of 57-20 W. Lake Melville clear. Most of field 6/10 to 9/10 cover. Bergs and growlers numerous throughout entire area. Western edge heavy close pack in Hamilton Inlet at 57-20 W., with ice moving inshore. Approaches not navigable. 47-42 52-19, 47-45 50-15, 47-50 52-20. Several bergs and some pack in the Strait of Belle Isle near Point Amour and Red Bay. Western edge pack in Hamilton Inlet from Green Island to 54-25 57-18 tc 54-02 56-33 and eastward. Open and close pack south to 53-25 N. Numerous from Hamilton Inlet south along coast and through the Strait of Belle Isle. .\long the north side of the Strait of Bello Isle moving southwest v.t 1 knot, extends past Red Bay to Forteau Bay. Numerous southwest of 50 N., 49 W. Scattered loo.sc ice from Bollc Isle to Point Amour, moving west. 76 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, 19H — Continued Location and Remarks BerRS Pack. Bergs Pack, bergs.... Pack Bergs , ....fo"::::::: Pack 23 Pack, bergs.... Pack LM .—do Berg. 25 Bergs 2() Bergs, growlers Bergs. 27 Pack . 2S 29 ....do None 2U I'ack Bergs 3 Bergs, growlers Pack ■t Bergs... Pack, bergs. Bergs... ....do... Growler. Bergs... Growlers Berg.... Growlers Bergs... 740743—47—6 JDNE— Continued Scattered all directions from Belle Isle and through strait past Point Amour. Southern tip pack strings 52-20 55-10 but main pack receded beyond visibility limit of 52-40 N. Scattered floes inshore vicinity Battle Harbour. In Strait of Belle Isle area heavy open ice 1/10 to 4/10 cover extends from north shore to within 3 miles of south shore between 56-10 W., and 5G-40 W. Some strings west past 57-10 W. Numerous icebergs and growlers throughout area south to Cape Bonavista becoming sparse Cape St. Francis to Cape Pine. Distribution of bergs by 1° squares of latitude and longitude follows: 46/47 N.: 52/53 W.,-5, 53/54 W.,-2; 47/48 N.: 52/53 W.,-14; 48/49 N.: 52/53 W.,-41, 53/54 VV.,-60: 49/50 N.: 52/53 W.,-11, 53/54 W.,-130. 54/55 \V.,-50, 55/56 W.,-16; 50/51 N.: 53/54 W.,-9, 54/55 W.,-135, 55/56 W.,-93, 56/57 \V..-15: 51/52 N.: 54/55 W.,-20. 55/56 W.,-238, 56/57 W.,-77, 57/58 W.. -10; 52/53 N.: 54/55 W.,-1, 55/56 W.,-60. Of these single bergs were at the fol- lowing offshore positions south of 49 N.: 46-18 52-54, 46-31 52-27, 46-32 53-30, 46-54 52-45, 46-55 52-25, 47-05 52-28, 47-25 52-13, 48-00 52-00, 48-08 52-23, 48-11 52-20, 48-11 52-40, 48-12 52-08, 48-12 52-17, 48-13 52-15, 48-14 52-40, 48-19 52-21, 48-20 52-09, 48-20 52-43, 48-21 52-09, 48-21 52-44, 48-21 52-53, 48-21 62-56, 48-24 52-12, 48-24 52-31. 48-25 52-09, 48-26 52-39, 48-27 52-02, 48-27 52-48, 48-29 52-31, 48-29 52-55, 48-30 52-14, 48-31 52-13, 48-33 52-18, 48-39 52-49, 48-40 52-48, 48-41 52-47, 48-42 52-46. 48-50 52-56. 48-51 52-43, 48-53 52-47, 48-56 62-40, 48-57 52-45. 48-58 52-40. Loose ice and bergs Red Bay to Point Amour; numerous bergs and growlers in all directions from Belle Isle. Western edge close packed ice in Hamilton Inlet from 64-28 56-55 to 54-09 57-09, 54-04 56-34. with bay to east thence 53-37' 55-47, 53-24 55-40, thence edge curves to north- east. Open ice to 53-05 N., and pieces inshore to 52-15 N. Scattered ice in the Strait of Belle Isle from Barge Bay to Bradore Bay. extends to within 5 miles of Newfoundland coast. Numerous between 49 N.. and 50 N., from 49 W., to 50-15 W. 46-02 53-01. 46-05 52-51. 46-13 52-47, 47-,54 52-38. Conditions from the Strait of Belle Isle to Hamilton Inlet practically the same as on 20 June but with the pack beginning to move off shore from White Bear Island north to Cape Harrison. Eastern edge heavy pack at 53-26 N.. is 55-25 W.; blocks passage of vessels to north and west towards Hamilton Inlet. Bergs and growlers numerous through area. No ice in Hamilton Inlet west of 56 W., but open ice near 53-35 N., between 55-35 W., and 55-45 W. Vicinity 53-26 55-13; none west of 56 W., iu Hamilton Inlet. Bergs and growlers in area. 48-10 47-51. Vicinity Point Amour in Belle Isle Strait, few. Numerous in vicinity 46-20 52-40. 48-22 61-54, 49-26 51-48. Strings encountered between 55-23 62-46 and 54-67 52-40. Open pack along Labrador cosst from 53-35 N., to 53-15 N., probaby extends to 63 N. Icebergs and growlers only from 53 N., south through Belle Isle Strait. First vessels of season arrived at Goose Bay. Between Twillingate and Hare Bay 85 bergs distributed in 1° squares of latitude and and longitude asfoUows: 49/50N.:54/55iV.,-17, 56/56 W.,-6;60/51 N.: 54/55 W,-4 56/56 W.,-47, 66/57 W.,-1; 51/62 N.: 65/66 W.,-9. Western edge heavy close pack in Hamilton Inlet from 54-30 66-45 to 53-47 55-40 thence trending eastward. Belt scattered ice 7 to 15 miles wide along coast from 53-15 N., to 63-00 N. JULT Scattered vicinity Red Bay and Point Amour. 600 bergs and many growlers in the area west of 54 W.. and from the Newfoundland coast in Notre Dame Bay to 52-30 N., with some of these scattered through the Strait of Belle Isle to 57-20 W. 200 of these bergs were in the area extending from the eastern approaches of the strait to 56-25 W., in the strait. West of 56-25 the bergs were mostly in shore along the Labrador coast. No pack this area. Close pack extends from the northeast to 54-37 56-50; western edge open pack thence to 53-66 55-48 to 53-37 65-16. Ice very open south of 54-30 N. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 47/48 N.: 52/63 W..— 4; 48/49 N.: 51/52 W.,-1. 52/53 W..-8. 53/54 W..-8; 49/50 N.: 51/52 W..-1, 62/63 W.,-22, 63/54 W.,-67, 54/66 W.,-37; 60/51 N.: 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-6, 53/54 W..-25. 64/65 W..-16; 61/52 N.: 62/63 W.,-1. 53/54 W.,-1. 54/55 W.,-36, 55/56 W..-26. Of these, those off shore south of 49 N., were at positions: 48-12 52-17, 48-22 52-16. 48-28 61-46, 48-29 52-25, 48-32 52-38, 48-35 52-47, 48-42 52-35, 48-54 52-08. Western edge close pack trends north and northeastward from 64-02 56-56. Western edge open ice from 53-57 56-13 to 63-36 66-38 to 63-26 55-26 thence southeasterly. Occasional scattered pieces in shore from ihis ice. Bergs and growlers numerous in area. Several, large, vicinity 53-13 55-25. 46-20 62-39, 46-34 63-04, 47-12 52-60, 47-39 62-28. 47-03 54-09, aground. Many, large, across the Strait of Belle Isle. Vicinity Cape Norman (Belle Isle Strait). 46-26 52-26. 48-38 50-35. 47-34 52-38 (2), 47-40 52-26 (2), 47-52 52-35, 47-56 62-37, 48-10 52-33 (3), 48-10 53-00 (2), 48-20 52-45, 48-33 52-58, 48-36 61-25, 48-37 53-16 (6), 48-43 53-10, 49-01 51-36, 49-02 53-15, 49-14 53-17 (4), 49-17 51-26, 49-20 51-11, 49-27 53-02, 49-46 52-42. Numerous in the Strait of Belle Isle. Small bergs vicinity 47-11 46-32. 77 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland-Labrador Area, IdUU — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Bergs, pack. ...do. ...do. ...do_ ...do. ...do. Pack, h 19 20 25 26 27 28 ....do ..--do ..-do ----do -..-do Bergs 29 Berg Bergs 31 -.-.do 2 3 -.-do ----do-- ---.do ---do 4 9 10 — -do —do — -do Bergs, growlers Bergs .do... .do... JULY — Continued Numerous scattered icebergs and growlers within 20 miles either side of a line from eastern limit at 54-40 53-25 to Labrador coast vicinity 53-45 57-00. Occasional scattered strings and floes mostly north of this line and between positions 54-45 53-50 to 54-17 56-15. These latter only remnants of main pack recently dissipated this area. Easily navigable. 143 icebergs in area 54-40 57-30 to 55-30 56-05 to 56-05 56-35 to 55-05 58-15. (This is approximately a 45-mile wide strip running from Cape Harrison seaward 75 miles along a course of 045 degrees). Remnants 1 /lO to 2/10 cover heavy pack bounded bv southern and eastern limits of 55-45 57-00 to 55-35 56-20 to 55-48 56-13 through 56-10 56-47. Very scattered floes less than 1/100 coverage vicinity 55-25 56-50. Many growlers in all above areas but no ice to seaward across Davis Strait until near Greenland coast. 46-36 53-02, 47-02 52-47, 47-10 52-49, 47-17 47-28, 47-22 47-16. 47-22 48-47, 47-24 47-05, 47-35 52-27, 47-38 49-07, 47-47 48-38, 47-48 49-58, 47-48 50-03, 47-51 50-02, 48-01 50-22, 48-01 51-37, 48-04 50-10, 48-10 48-38, 48-18 50-17, 48-20 50-40, 48-27 50-34, 48-35 50-36, 2 bergs St. John's Bav, 3 bergs Conception Bav. 47-37 52-20, 47-52 50-04, 47-53 50-02, 47-55 49-05, 48-00 50-03, 48-14 48-09. 46-27 51-42, 46-40 53-00, 46-49 53-55. 48-20 47-50 (2, small), 48-40 46-20. 46-pq 47-23, 46-12 49-25 (8, large), 49-30 51-30 (scattered), 49-57 50-33 (scattered). Vicinity Belle Isle, scattered. Main pack extends from north along Labrador coast to limits: 58-27 62-33, 58-12 62-27, 58-22 60-48, 58-14 50-10, 57-52 60-55, 57-32 60-00, 57-33 59-45, 58-38 59-18, 58-47 59-35, 58-27 60-10, 58-48 60-53, thence to northward paralleling coast. This pack heavy broken 3/ro to 7/10 cover. Detached field 1/10 to 5/10 cover and up to 35 miles wide from 57-32 59-45 to 56-15 58-05. No pack inshore south of 58-12 N. 160 bergs within 80 miles of the coast between 56-45 N., and 58-30 N.; 53 between 53 W., and 56 W., from 49-30 N., to 51-30 N. Several scattered vicinity Belle Isle. 51-40 56-10 (3); 18, 10 to 20 miles west of Belle Isle. Vicinity Belle Isle, 9 to west, 3 to southwest. 47-19 51-58, 48-17 50-24. 52^6 51-07, 52-07 51-04, 52-07 51-14. 2 vicinity Belle Isle. 12 in strait between Barge Bay and Cape Norman. Vicinity entrance St. John's Harbor, large. Several south and east of Belle Isle. Two Point Amour to Red Bay. 52-15 50-32, ship damaged by collision with berg. Numerous off Labrador coast 53-25 N., to 53-45 N. 3 in Strait of Belle I-'o in v.cinit\- Point Amour to Red Bay. 7 from west to southwest of Belle Isle; 2 in vicinity Red Bay. Several vicinity 49-00 51-00; 1 near Red Bay. 2 west and 1 southeast of Belle Isle. 49-40 55-50 to SO-00 55-10 (10, large); 50-10 56-00 (4); 50-30 56-10; 51-50 55-50 (4, large); 52-05 54-58 (3, large); 52-07 55-20 i'300 feet high); 52-15 53-40. 9 in Notre Dame Bay south of a line from Twillingate Island to Cape St. John; 5 inshore Cape St. John to Partridge Point; 2 off mouth of Orange Bay. 7 west and 2 south of Belle Isle. 8 east, 5 southeast, and 9 west of Belle Isle. 47-38 52-38, 48-15 48-44, 49-37 51-11. Numerous along Labrador coast between 58 N., and 59 N. No pack. Distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows; 48/49 N.: 53/54 W.,— 5; 49/50 N.; 52/53 W.,-1; 50/51 N.: 50/51 W.,-4, 51/52 W.,-6, 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54- W.,-2, 54/55 W..-2, 55/56 W.,-2; 51/52 N.: 50/51 W.,-2, 51/52 W.,-1, 62/53- W.,-4, 53/54 W.,-7, 54/55 W.,-16, 55/56 W.,-6; 52/53 N.; 50/51 W.,-1, 51/52- W.,-5, 52/53 W.-7, 53/54 W.,-8, 54/55 W.,-14, 55/56 W.,-11. Bergs numerous on steamer route from 150 miles to 50 miles east of Belle Islo with some west through the strait. 51-20 50-20, 54-45 54-45 (5 in vicinity). East of Belle Isle, distant; Resolution Island (2). Eastof Belle Isle, 3, distant. Isolated bergs at 48-56 49-39, 50-00 49-37, 50-53 50-39. Others distributed in 1° squares of latitude and longitude as follows: 49/50 N.: 55/56 W.,-7 50/51 N.: 54/55 W.,-2, 55/56 W.,-8; 51/52 N.: 49/50 W.,-4, 50/51 W.,-7, 54/55 W.,-5, 55/56 W.,-18, 56/57 W.,-3; 52/53 N.: 50/51 W.,-4, 51/52 W.,-1, 52/53 W.,-2, 53/54 W.,-4, 54/55 W.,-10, 55/56 W.,-21; 53/54 N.: 52/53 W.,-1, 53/54 W.,-7, 54/55 W..-5, 55/56 W..-(i. 1 1 bergs vicinity BiUc Isle as follows: 7 west, 2 south, 1 southeast and 1 east. 7 in the Strait nf Billi- Islo from Point .\mour east. 7 inshore in Notre Dame Bay. 2 St. BarbelslaiulstoCapc Fox. 3 west of Belle Isle. SEPTEMBER 54-07 51-19, 6 bergs in vicinity OCTOBER 49-15 38-30 51-00 58-20" (large); 51-10 57-10 (small); 51-43 55-22 (very large); 51-50 56-10 (1 large and 2 small). .50-10 54-20 (300 feet high). 78 Table of he Reports, Canadian Arefic Area, 1944 Pack Winter. ...do.. Slob... Winter. Pack... Fast Pack, bergs. Pack Pack, bergs. Pack, bergs. ...do Pack Pack, bergs. SEPTEMBER, 1943 Field licavy close ice, approximately 30 miles wide by 120 miles long, across steamer route to Churchill until late August but gone by 1 September. Western edge reported as 20 to 30 miles off beach, and at times within 20 miles of Churchill. Northern ex- tremity south of 01 N. Passage navigable around northwest end. OCTOBER, 1943 Upper Frobisher Bay J i inch new ice in Koojessc Inlet. Upper Frobisher Bay only patches of new ice remaining. Appeared in Churchill River. Insufficient to interfere with navigation in Frobisher Bay. NOVEMBER, 1943 Off east coast Baffin Island vicinity 67 N-, hindrance to navigation. No reports. DECEMBER, 1943-JUNE, 1944 TOLT, 1944 Fast ice broke out of Lake Harbor, Baffin Island (62-49 69-50) after heavy rain. Re- ported to break out usually on 15 or 16 July. Eastern edge of Labrador pack through 60-10 61-22 to 61-00 62-07, 1/10 to 6/10 cover increasing to 7/10 to 10/10 within 30 nailes of coast. Gray Strait approaches blocked, and 1/10 to 4/10 ice in strait. 8/10 to 10/10 cover north of Button Islands to visi- bility limit estimated 20 miles. Some open water along east coast Labrador south of 60-20 64-25 with inner edge running 135 degrees. Ungava Bay mostly filled with 7/10 to 10/10 pack of pieces to over 600 feet in diameter. Shore lead along east and south coasts Ungava Bay beginning at 60-22 64-52 thence ice edge through 60-00 65-30, 59-25 66-08, 59-03 66-43, 59-00 68-25. Lead ranges from 5 to 30 miles wide but not accessible for use. Icebergs scattered through pack mostly east of Labrador coast but a few in Ungava Bav. Positions of some follow: 58-55 67-24, 59-47 65-35, 60-17 63-48, 60-18 62-16, 60-19 62-30, 60-20 64-13 (8 within 4 miles), 60-22 61-24, 60-24 62-24, 60-25 63-34, 60-26 63-02, 60-26 63-04, 60-26 63-41, 60-27 62-58, 60-29 60-59, 60-30 61-50, 60-30 62-17, 60-30 62-21, 60-33 62-18, 60-33 62-24, 60-36 61-31, 60-36 62-20, 60-37 61-19, 60-37 61-39, 60-37 61-43, 60-38 62-13, 60-41 61-28, 60-43 61-28, 60-50 61-41, 61-12 57-12. Hudson Bay Company vessel reported to have reached Lake Harbor, Baffin Island, negotiating heavy pack Ungava Bay mostly filled with 3/10 to 9/10 cover heavy broken pack ice with occasional pieces to greater than 500 feet in diameter. Open shore leads west of line 60-05 69-40 to 58-55 68-40 and south and east of line 58-50 68-25 to 58-45 67-45 to 60-50 65-00. Hudson Strait filled from Resolution Island to 72-00 W., with average 5/10 to 6/10 heavy pack. Entrance to strait between Button and Resolution Islands blocked by 5- to 10-mile strip 3/10 to 10/10 cover. Gray Strait 3/10 to 9/10 covered with 8/10 to 10/10 ice north of Cape Chidley blocking eastern approaches. Clear approach to Resolution Island from seaward. Eastern edge pack from Cape Resolution to Loks Land (approximately 61-40 64-10 to 62-15 64-10) with 10-mile strip along east side Loks Land thence clear to eastward with possibility of pack finger terminating near 62-30 62-40. At mouth of Frobisher Bav and in Gabriel Strait 2/10 to 7/10 pack. Frobisher Bay to Island Barrier 3/10 to 4/10 cover with 10/10 strip vicinity barrier and 3/10 to 8/10 north of barrier. Fast ice in upper Frobisher Bay vicinity Koojesse Inlet reported to have been breaking out grad- ually for 2 weeks past. 20 bergs in Frobisher Bay south of Gabriel Island and 1 near Chase Island. Scattered bergs general throughout Hudson Strait with many east of entrance and a few in Ungava Bay. 35 bergs within 10-mile radius of Cape Resolution. Single at 58-57 67-28. Shore lead in Ungava Bay from 60-50 69-15 around southern end of bay to Button Island, 30 miles greatest width. Some open water east of Button Island, thence heavy and scattered to Frobisher Bav with 10/10 cover blocking entrance. Southern edge main field from Cyrus Field Bay near 62-45 64-40 to 62-45 61-00 Some heavy ice near 61-45 61-00. Broken pack in Ungava Bay west of a line from 59-05 68-05 to 59-30 66-55 to 60-30 66-25. Shore lead along western edge of bay. Several bergs southeast of Akpatok Island. Western half of Ungava Bay broken to scattered pack; eastern half clear. Northern half Hudson Strait clear with entrance apparently clear. 6 large bergs vicinity 61-00 62-57. Scattered pack in central Ungava Bay 30 to 60 miles off east coast. Gray Strait clear. Frobisher Bay clear except for scattered pack vicinity island barrier. Grabriel Strait and eastern entrance to Hudson Strait clear. No pack to visibility limit of 40 miles east of line from Cape Resolution to Loks Land. Pack extends eastward from Cape Murchison at 63-15 N. Icebergs numerous vicinity Resolution Island. Scattered pack in Cyrus Field Bav. Edge heavy broken pack from Cape Murchison (63-15 N.) to 63-25 62-50, 64-10 62-00, 64-20 58-20 thence northward. Some open water south of Cape Walsingham. Heavy ice in entrance to Cumberland Sound. Bergs numerous throughout pack and south past Loks Land with a few in the entrance of Frobisher Bay and up bay to Chase Island. Many large flat bergs vicinity 64-30 61-00. 79 Table of Ice Reports, Canadian Arctic Area, 19Jf.J, — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Pack, bergs. ...do. Bergs. Pack.. Bergs. None Pack, bergs. Pack Bergs - Pack, bergs. ....do. Bergs. JULT — Continued Eastern half of Ungava Bay and Hudson Strait clear of pack. No pack sighted from Labrador coast to 100 miles off. Numerous large bergs off Labrador coast and some in Hudson Strait. Central Hudson Strait free of ice except for fringe 10 to 15 miles wide along northern shore from Big Island to Cape Dorset (71-00 W., to 76-30 W.). Eastern edge pack at b3-00 76-00 thence scattered to Digges Island and Salisbury Island. Heavy pack from Mill Island into Foxe Channel. I/IO coverage Nottingham Island to Bell Penin- sula. 3/10 coverage towards Coats Island and 4/10, WMth large rotten pans to 1,000 feet in diameter, toward Mansel Island. Scattered in Digges Sound and 1/10 coverage from Nottingham Island to Digges Island. Icebergs west of Big Island at 62-48 71-25, 63-22 73-02, 63-26 73-25 (2). Scattered pack across Ungava Bay from Cape Hopes Advance to Akpatok Island to east coast near 59 N. Some scattered to 20 miles off Baffin Island coast along north shore of Hudson Strait between 66 W., and 70 W. Except for a few bergs, Hudson Strait clear from entrance to 68 W. Gabriel Strait clear. Pack area in Ungava Bay west of line from Akpatok Island to 59-00 66-50 to Payne River; 2/10 cover at southeast tip to 5/10 at Akpatok Island. Eastern Ungava B»y and Gray Strait depr. Ungava Bay clear of close packed ice. Area averaging 2/10 cover with an occasional piece to 500 feet in diameier lies west of line from Cape Hopes Advance to north tip Akpatok Island to south tip Akpatok Island to 58-54 67-30 to Leaf Bay. Bays and patches open water in this area; also occasional small patch ice up to 6/10 cover but much of cover 1/10 or less. Easily navigable to mouth of Koksoak River. Occasional iceberg, growler and isolated cake of ice in remainder of Ba\-. Hudson Strait from eastern entrance at Resolution Island to visibility limit at 74 \V., entirely free of pack ice except for scattered cakes inshore near Baffin Land coast, 1 string 7 miles long by VA mile wide west of Big Island and a few isolated strings near 61-20 67-10. Icebergs and growlers scattered from entrance of strait past Big Island to about 73 W. (estimated 100 bergs). Most of these in center and near north side of strait. Scattered bergs and growlers in entrance Frobisher Bay becoming sparse vicinity Gabriel Island and none insida island barrier. No pack ice in Frobisher Bay. Positions of some but not all bergs seen were recorded as follows: 33 in area 61-15 67-30 to 60-55 65-35 to 61-27 65-15 to 61-45 67-10. Others at: 61-30 68-52, 61-32 69-06 (3 bergs), 61-38 69-39, 61-43 70-06, 61-45 69-42, 61-48 69-27, 61-52 69-43, 61-55 69-24. 61-57 69-25, 62-01 70-32, 62-02 70-24, 62-03 69-57, 62-03 70-28. 62-10 70-37, 62-18 70-53. Patch of pack vicinity 62-00 68-00. Small area scattered pack east of Akp?tok Island. 31 small bergs inshore in northern part of Hudson Strait from 67 W., to Big Island. Occasional bergs in Ungava Bay and in strait to north. No pack in visible area west and south of Akpatok Island. Southern limit 2/10 cover Foxe Channel at 64-30 N. No ice sighted Churchill to South- ampton Island. 61-18 68-17 (3); 61-24 68-20; 30 within 20 miles of Baffin Island coast between 67-35 W., and 68-40 W. Scattered ice floes at entrance Cumberland Sound west of 63-45 W., vicinity 64-30 N. Pack ice off east coast Baffin Island from beach to visibility limit at 20 miles off shore between 67-30 N.. and 66-30 N. This ice broken pack, with pieces to greater than 200 feet in diameter; 2/10 to 5/10 cover vicinity Padloping Island decreasing to 1/10 to 3/10 cover off Cape Dier and less than 1/10 to visibility limit near 66-30 N. 40 bergs within 20 miles of coast Padloping Island to Cape Dier thence scattered south past 64-30 N. Hudson Bay (between Churchill and Southampton Island), Fisher Strait, Evans Strait and outlet of Foxe Channel entirely clear of pack ice. Southern limit main pack in Foxe Channel at estimated 65-00 N. Strip pack up to 10 miles wide south along east coast Southampton Island to vicinity Terror Point (64-05 N.). East Bay filled with 1/10 to 5/10 cover dirty floes. Hudson Strait obscured except for occasional break from 72 W., to 78 W. No ice sighted through breaks. Scattered bergs and growlen in strait and along Baffin coast between visibility limits 69 and 72 West but positioni of a few only recorded as follows: 62-19 71-05, 62-20 71-00, 62-29 71-17, 62-29 71-20, 62-34 71-20, 62-41 71-43 (2), 62-43 71-28. No ice sighted with good visibility en route Churchill to Fort Chimo crossing Hudaoo Bay near latitude 59 N. Southern edge 2/10 to 6/10 cover from Cape Dier (66-48 61-16) to visibility limit i 66-48 59-34. Numerous bergs south of pack. Southern limit main pack in Foxe Basin at 65 N., with 9/10 coverage at 66 N. Rae^ Strait and Roes Welcome open. Frozen Strait and Boothia Bay solid. BEPTEMBER Numerous bergs off east coast of Baflin Island and Labrador with the greater concen- tration now south of Resolution Island. Cumberland Sound clear of pack. Between Padloping Island (67-15 N.) and Clyde Inlet (70-20 N.) numerous bergs and some scattered floes to 1/10 coverage along coast. No fast ice. Pack 30 to 60 miles off coast vicinity Home Bay with core solid cover 2 miles wide. Scattered ice east o( pack but mostly clear to westward. Southern limits pack off east coast of Baffin Island at 71 N.. thence no pack within UK miles of coast south past 67-15 N. Bergs numerous from beach to 50 miles off shon this entire area. Numerous along east coast Baffin Island to 50 miles off shore vicinity 67 N. No pack 80 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 1944 Storis. . . ....do... ...do... ....do... ...do... Bergs... Growlers Storis... Winter Storis Winter Storis Bergs, growlers. Storia Winter.. ...-do Storis Bergs, growle Winter Pack, bergs Winter Storis Winter Bergs, growlers. Bergs.. Berg Slob Winter Bergs, growlers. ...-do Bergs, growlers. Winter Bergs, growlers. Pack Bergs, growlers. Pack .-..do Winter Bergs, growlers. Winter Pack Storij Bergs, growlers Pack. Location and Remarks BEPTIIMBCR, 1043 Eastern edge near 73-10 10-27. Vicinity Clavering Island almost unnavigable. Approaches Scoresbv Sound. Edge 6S-15 24-45 to GS-30 23-40 to mouth Scoresby Sound to 70-59 19-65 thence West. Appeared unnavigable to Scoresby Sound. Approaches Scoresby Sound blocked. Normal numbers near coast Disko Island to Cape Farewell to Cape Dan. Occasional off shore Davis and Denmark Straits. Occasional small floe moves south of Cape Dan. South edge main pack estimated near 36-45 33-50. No reports. OCTOBER, 1943 NOVEMBER, 1943 Upper reaches Tuiuigdliarfik Fjord. DECEMBER, 1943 Vicinity Prince Christian Sound (60 N., 43 W.). Upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord to 45-40 W. Several strings near 60-20 47-30. Navigable through leads. Numerous 60-20 47-30 to beach. Southern end string 20 miles off mouth Skov Fjord. Upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord to 45-40 W. New ice 1 to 4 inches thick Skov Fjord. 20 inches older ice upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord to 45-40 W. Outer edge from beach near 59-50 43-30 to 59-47 43-00, 59-20 42-40, 59-20 41-10, 59-30 41-25 thence north through visibility limit at 6&-30 N. String southeast from 59-20 42-40. Numerous between Capes Farewell and Desolation. J.\NUART, 1944 15 miles 18-inch ice upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord. Scattered strings light ice and numerous bergs along southwest coast Greenland vicinity 60-40 N. 15 inches .\rsuk Fjord vicinity Grondal. Worse in Tunugdliarfik Fjord. Trending southeast from Cape Farewell past month but none west that Cape. Occasional off shore patches between Capes Farewell and Thorvaldsen. Numerous capes Farewell to Arsuk Fjord. 12 from 56-45 41-15 to 59-25 36-00. Small 54-21 44-24. .\long beach from Lindenows Fjord (60-25 43-10) to Egger Island in belt 5 to 10 miles wide. Loose heavy string 1 to 2 miles wide 10 to 30 miles off beach between Capes Farewell and Thorvaldsen. Many in above area. FBBRUART, 1944 Patch 25 miles square adjacent beach vicinity 60-00 44-37. Another Cape Farewell south 40 miles thence 59-00 43-00 thence north and northwest to Egger Island. South- ern edge field east-southeast from 59-53 43-30 ppst visible limit at 42 W. Ice closely packed off north landing Jan Mayen Island past 2 weeks except during periods .strong southerly winds. South landing clear. Northwest of visibility limit at line extending southwest from beach at 44-20 W. No storis. Heavy string 5 miles wide 59-20 44-15 to 59-50 45-45. String 1 mile wide 58-57 45-15 to 59-30 46-10. Loose scattered along beach 60-41 46-32 to 60-20 47-45 to Cape Desolation. Numerous Cape Farewell area south to 59 N. Outer edge through 66-30 26-00, 67-15 22-00, 69-10 12-45, 70-00 09-40 thence to west and north of Jan Mayen Island. Within visible 20 mile wide coastal strip 60-00 44-37 to 60-41 46-32. Southern edge 60-45 22-59, 66-34 23-44, 66-34 24-43. In area 66-31 23-56, 66-44 23-40, 66-48 23-10, 66-59 23-10, 66-56 23-24,66-38 24-22. Upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord to 45-40 W., 34 inches thick. Off shore Skov Fjord to Arsuk Fjord. Fast vicinity Ivigtut dock. Heavy Tunugdliarfik east of 45-40 W. Southern edge from 050° true to 67-02 24-29 thence 66-44 24-45, 66-34 25-30, 66-27 25-59, 66-30 26-39, 66-08 28-03, thence bearing 250°. Scattered vicinity North Cape, Iceland, to within about 5 miles of beach. Bad icing conditions. From east end Egger Island along southwest coast Greenland. No storis this area. I MABCH Heavy close packed field from north to 66-39 18-00. east- west line. Southern edge approximately 81 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19UU — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks 6,7 7 9 ....do ....do Brash 10 Pack 11 -...do 12 Bergs, growlers Winter Pack 13 14 ....do ....do... -...do.... None 15 Pack Bergs. Pack...::::::: 16 Storis Bergs 18 Pack.::::::::: 25 Pack 26 Storis Bergs, growlers Pack Brash _... None... . 29 Winter , Storis 3 Pack 5 ..--do Storis 6 Winter Storis... MARCH— Continued Scattered ice: Southern edge 66-50 22-59, 66-52 23-09, 66-39 23-19, 66-33 23-23, 66-37 23-59, 66-32 24-10. Northern edge 66-56 22-56, 66-58 23-09, 66-48 23-58, 66-44 24-18, 66-34 24-24. Ice extends 10 miles eastward from 66-19 14-45. Between Jan Mayen and Iceland closed passage north coast Iceland making necessary use of passage around East coast. Thick ice area— southeast edge extends through 66-55 22-55, 66-57 23-09, 66-59 23-19, 66-40 23-42, 66-43 24-06, 66-36 24-05, 66-23 24-32, 66-22 24-32. Isolated floes at 66-49 24-36, 66-46 24-49. Ice edge— 66-48 23-14 to 66-47 23-22 to 66-48 23-29. Edge of additional patch— 66-45 24-11 to 66-38 24-28 to 66-32 24-32. Edge ice floes— 66-52 23-09 to 66-30 23-53. Edge from 240° true to 66-07 29-00 thence 66-01 28-35, 66-09 26-10, 66-12 25-51, 66-23 25-40, 66-28 25-02 thence trending 070°. Extended 2 to 6 miles outside pack edge near 28-35, 26-10, and 25-40 W. Scattered ice in area 66-21 23-12, 86-29 23-18, 66-28 23-33, 66-15 24-16, 66-13 24-49, 66-54 23-38, 67-03 23-09, 66-56 22-19. Southern edge widely scattered ice 66-27 24-10, 66-30 23-53, 66-36 23-25, 66-37 23-03. Outer limit from beach on east coast at 60-28 N., to 60-40 41-45 thence northerly in belt 30 miles wide to beyond 61-50 N. From storis limits past Cape Farewell and along southwest coast, mostly within 10 miles of beach. (Only ice sighted this area). Skov and Tunugdliarfik Fjords navigable ice protected ships only. Between Straumncs (66-26 23-07) and Bjargtanger (65-30 24-32) ice being driven ashore by westerly winds. Navigation not feasible. Encroaching on Iceland coast from north of Patreksfjordur (65-38 24-15) to Raufarhofn (66-27 15-56). Coverage 5/10 to 9/10. Blocks passage vicinity Petreksfjordur (65-38 24-15). Vicinity Langanes (66-23 14-32). Vessel effected passage around this point. Immediate vicinity Jan Mayen clear of ice 7 to 14 March. Vessel effected passage Isaf'jordur (66-05 23-08) to Siglufjordur (66-10 18-59) south of pack. Considerable coastal ice Isafjordur to North Cape thence none to Siglufjordur. 2 at 65-10 13-29. Southern edge scattered ice 66-37 23-03, 66-23 23-42, 66-14 23-29 with outer edge through 66-54 22-55, 66-48 25-09, 66-23 24-11, 66-10 23-38. Southern end tongue from Greenland coast at 60-10 N., to 59-40 42-45 to 60-00 42-30 thence north past 60-20 N. 6 near 44 W., between 57 N., and 59 N. About 4 miles off Iceland coast from 66-23 14-32 to 66-27 15-56 thence coast clear to North Cape with south edge through 66-35 23-05 and on beach west coast from 66-10 N., to 65-55 N. Southern edge from 66-19 24-02 to Iceland north coast from 22-40 W., to 21-05 W. Ice very heavy and close to shore in Hunafloi. Receding to 66-26 18-31 thence to beach vicinity 16-00 W., with heavy ice breaking up vicinity Raufarhofn. Light pack ex- tends to 65-22 13-23. Edge pack ice through 66-40 23-01, 66-36 23-24, 66-23 23-41, 66-21 23-40, 66-19 23-28, 66-10 23-34. Estimated limits: 65-50 30-00 then east to coast. From North Cape to 66-40 16-00 to 66-05 13-00 to 66-30 10-00 thence close to Jan Mayen to 73-30 06-00 E., thence 010° to coast and southe.ist along coast 20 miles off South Cape, 5 miles southwest of Bear Island. Narrow strings open ice in area 59-50 44-20, 59-35 45-10, 59-21 44-45, 59-21 44-00 to Cape Farewell. Western edge main pack from Prince Christian Sound to 59-30 42-55 to visibility limit at 59-12 42-25. Eastern edge through 65-15 37-00 to 63-20 40-00 through 62-08 41-20. Vicinity Kjoge Bay (64-50 N.) occasional tongues 5 to 10 miles wide extend from edge as much as 30 miles seaward. Passage around northwest Iceland south of pack clear since 22 March. Southern edge main pack 60-10 42-50, 59-45 43-05, 59-50 42-30, 60-10 42-15. Scattered patches to 59-15 43-25. Only ice west of Cape Farewell. None south of 67 N., between 14 W., and 23 W., but extends southwesterly from 67 N., 23 W. Southern limit 66-50 N., between 17 W., and 22 W. Scattered heavy floes 66-33 14-30 to 66-38 15-55 and from 1 to 4 miles off Iceland coast North Cape to Straumnes. Immediate vicinity Jan Mayen Island. Upper reaches Tunugdliarfik Fjord 30 to 36-inch ice. Ice jam vicinity Narsak. APniL Closely packed from Julianehaab seaward. Pack outside islands off Cape Desolation. Extends eastward from 66-39 23-46. Loose pack and floes driven bv northeasterlv to Iceland coast between 66-07 20-06 and 66-23 14-32. Southern edge 66-28 22-28 to 66-32 18-00 thence skirting Langanes with loose ice to southwprd. Seydisfjordur (65-20 13-45) blocked by heavy pack. Passage around North Cape completely blocked. Deteriorated storis in 5 mile wide belt from Cape Thorvaldsen southeastward past Simiu- tok to visibility limit. Scattered small pieces only in Skov and Tunugdliarfik Fjords. Coastal belt 5 miles wide from 60-39 47-55 to 60-30 46—30. .\nothcr belt extends from 46-00 W., to eastward. 82 Table of Ice Rej)orts, Greenland Area, 194^ — Continued Day of T, Month T>P<' Pack... —do.. Bergs, growlers Storis Pack.. ...do. Location and Remarks Winter. Storis.. ...do.. ...do. Pack.. Brash. Storis- ...do. ...do. ...do. ...do. ...do. .do. APHiL- Continued Cape Desolation to fiO-44 48-30 to 60—33 47—39 thence northeast to beach. Occasiona patches to main body of limits (iO-00 45-10, 59-48 45-45, 59-12 45-05, 59-20 45-10, with 30 mile wide belt continuing up east coast past 00—10 N. Outer edge 100 miles north of Jan Mayen Island. Southern edge pack along east-west line north of Grimsey Island (60-33 18—00). Naviga- tion possible around northwest Iceland, Hunafloi (66 N., 21 W.) clear. Entrance Seydisf jordur clear. East coast— 15 miles wide from beyond visible limits at 62-00 N., to 60-35 42-15 to 60-25 42-40 to 60-00 42-50 to 59-40 43-30 to 59-40 45-27 to 60-02 45-55 to 60-38 47-15 where icc becomes scattered. Narrow shore lead from entrance Bredefjord to Fred- eriksdal. Numerous along south coast east of 50 W. -Along east coast of Greenland from north of 60-15 N., around Cape Farewell to outer limits 59-20 44-00, 59-25 45-45, 00-02 46-35. 60-25 48-25 to beach near 60-40 46-30. Patches and strings to 00-50 49-00. Heavyat 67-30 10-10. Gradually receding from Iceland north coast clearing passage around island. Strip ex- ^ tends 2 miles to seaward between 00-28 15-50 and 06-31 16-34. Small drifting pieces ice in Brede and Tunugdliarfik Fjords. Tight on beach Julionehaab Bight. From visibility limit at 59-45 46-05 through 00-10 40-15, 60-18 40-54, 60-18 47-15 00^30 48-30, 01-00 48-40 to Cape Desolation. Scattered north of 61-00 N., past visible limit at 61-15 N. 2 to 5 miles open water inshore 47-40 W., to 40-00 W Outer edge from 01-10 48-31 through 01-00 49-00, 60-30 48-30, 59-55 47-00, 59-38 45-00, 59-42 42-20 with 25-mile wide coastal belt continuing along east coast past 60 N. Ice edge through positions 72-30 08-00, 71-10 07-55, 09-55 13-03, 69-30 14-02, 68-56 12-40, 68-05 14-20, 67-23 13-44, 67-30 10-00, 07-53 20-33, 07-29 24-40, and 66-45 Belt 5 to 20 miles wide borders ice edge. Blocks approaches Narsarssuak. Heav>', outer edge from beyond limit of visibility at 59-30 45-45 to 59-55 47-30, 59-55 48-30, 60-10 49-30, 61-00 49-30 to approaches ,\rsuk Fjord. Heavy, scattered, 5 to 20 miles outside these limits and northward beyond visible limit at 61-30. Tight on beach around capes Thorvaldsen and Desolation. Outer limit storis from limit of visibility at 61-00 49-00 to 60-05 49-00 to 59-35 47-10 (limit of visibility). Scattered along outer edge. Ice observed tighter on beach excepl between Cape Thorvaldsen and Brede Fjord. Field off Cape Desolation with narrow lead inshore. Field off Cape Desolation blocks navigation to seaward. Inshore lead wider due north- east winds. Outer limit from north through 60-00 42-10, 59-35 42-30, 59-00 45-30, 59-10 46-00 59-50 46-35, 59-50 48-00. Inner edge through 60-10 48-10 thence east and northeast! Entrance Skov Fjord clear. Large field from visibility limit at 60-20 50-17 to 60-25 50-10, 60-50 50-15, 60-50 50-25, 61-20 50-25, 61-20 51-20 to visibility limit at 60-55 51-30. Open lead 5 to 10 miles wide north of above field, thence another large field extending northward beyond 62 N. Large field off entrance of Arsuk Fjord. Navigable lead from north of entrance to outer edge ice near 61-20 50-10. Field to visible limits both sides of lead. Large field west coast Greenland to beyond 62 N. Open lead inshore from Skov Fjord north. Lead through pack from inner edge at 61-30 N., to outer edge near 62-00 51-00 Outer limits from east past Cape Farewell through 59-10 44-00, 59-10 45-00 59-50 46-30, 60-10 47-10, 60-02 48-00, 60-20 46-20 to beach near 60-32 45-30. Scattered ice (not navigable) thence northwest beyond visible limits estimated north of 62 N.. and west of 51-30 W. Shore lead 20 to 40 miles wide from north. \ essel clear of western extremes storis at 60-30 52-02. Navigable channel through ice field off west coast Greenland at about 61-30 N. Inshore edge ice field at 61-27 50-30. Navigable to west at 62-00 N. Outer limit from North through 00-00 42-00 rounding Cape Farewell to 59-02 43-40 59-20 45-20, 58-50 47-10, 59-50 48-30 thence westerly estimated from surface reports 27th to 00-10 52-30, 01-05 53-55, 61-45 53-10 thence easterly and southeasterly to sightings 61-06 50-27, 60-30 48-15. 00-20 48-25, 00-18 47-45, 60-20 47-00, to beach "j 60-30 N. Detached field of undetermined extent lies to north of 61-45 53-10. \\ idely scattered fields to horizon north of Jan Mayen Island with 200-yard strip light ice along beach. South coast clear seaward to visibility limit. Iceland coasts free of ice. Outer edge from limit of visibility at 60-00 46-55 to 59-08 45-05 to 59-18 44-30 to 58-56 43-45 through 59-45 42-51 and northward. Westward of Cape Desolation and Arsuk Fjord only deteriorated storis in loose strings up to 1 mile wide and 5 miles long. Inner edge: 60-29 48-00 to 60-23 47-00 to beach at 60-30 N. Outer edge: 69-05 43-00 to 59-00 43-35, 59-12 44-55, 59-55 40-45, 00-10 46-55, 00-15 48-00. Edge extends through 71-00 09-50, 70-15 13-45, 08-15 15-15, 67-22 22-10, 67-25 25-05. Extends south and east of ice edge from 5 to 10 miles. Navigable scattered ice from Torstein Islands to entrance Arsuk Fjord (60-45 48-27 to 61-05 48-25). Some leads from Cape Thorvaldsen (60-39 47-53) to Julianehaab (60-43 46-01). Outer limits: 35 miles southeast of Prince Christian Sound (59 38 42-18) to 58-55 43-00, 58-55 44-30, 59-00 45-00, 59-30 46-30. 60-10 47-10. Southern limit main belt on east coast Greenland at about 60-10 N. Field about 20 miles I in diameter centered at 59-19 45-40. Broken scattered pieces south of main pack east coast and within 50 miles southwest coast. Bergs, growlers I South of Farewell to 58-30 N., and along coasts. 83 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^4 — Continued 11 15 Storis _._.dn 17 __..ilo 22 ._._do 23 26 ...-do ..-_do 27 28 29 31 --.-do ....do ....do ----do 3 4 ....do -...do 6 7 Storis, bergs.. - ....do .-..do -..-do 14 -.-.do 16 Ptoris 16 17 ....do - .-..do— ....do 18 .-.-do -... .--.do... Bergs Storis.-- 19 ....do -...do... 20 ..-do-. ...do. ...do. MAY— Continued 59-24 41-46 southern edge scattered storis. Limits from northeast through 59-42 44-00, 59-49 44-45, 59-42 44-45, 59-37 43-20 to 59-15 43-30 thence northeastward. From visibility limit at 63-02 39-00 through 61-05 41-00 59-20 42-15 59-00 43-00, 59-10 43-45, .-59-43 45-10, 60-02 45-35, to beach near 60-10 45-20. Outer edge from beach at 47-45 W., to approximately 60-30 48-00 to 60-00 46-45,.- 60-20 46-10, 59-48 46-10, 59-31 45-45, 59-30 45-00, 59-20 44-40, 59-20 43-40 thence north- eastward. Advancing rapidly before strong southeast winds. Blocking Skov and Brede Fjords. Northwestern end is at Cape Thorvaldsen. Ice tight on beach at Julianehaab Bight — extends 10 miles into Brede Fjord. Heavy in Skov Fjord to Narsak, scattered to Narsarssuak. Outer limits — east coast — from- east through 65-25 35-00 to 64-55 38-00, 64-17 39-30, 63-20 40-55, 62-00 41-40, 61-40 41-05, 60-55 42-05. 60-10 42-25, 60-t)0 42-52, 59-40 42-45 to 59-33 43-00 thence westerly past Cape Farewell. Blocks approaches Skov and Brede Fjords. Northern limit at 62-00 50-20. Northwest limit northward of 62-01 50-40. Northern limit at 61-40 50-00. Still blocks approaches Skov and Brede Fjords. Outer edge storis from visibility limit at 60-32 49-00 to 59-51 46-20, 59-51 45-00 to beach at 45-00 W. Vicinity 61-19 49-41 scattered pack and bergs. At 61-30 50-18 much storis, navigation difficult. At 61-44 51-18 very much storis. At 61-47 51-20 heavy pack, no leads. Edge at 61-43 51-44 trending 200° true. Northern tip at 63-02 52-35. Western limits 62-50 52-50 to 61-45 52-20 to 61-10, 52-20. Pack from visibility limit at59-45 45-50 to 59-50 45-00 to beachat 44-50W. Loose strings from 59-50 45-00 to main pack east coast of limits Prince Christian Sound to 59-29 43-00, 59-20 42-40, 59-22 42-30 through 60-40 41-40. Outer limit from westward hrough 60-25 48-45 to 60-15 47-30, 60-00 46-35, 59-35 45-20, 59-05 43-30, 59-15 43-00, 59-40 42-30. thence northeasterly to limit of visibility. Open lead 10 miles wide from 59-15 43-00 to Frederiksdal thence narrow lead to Simiutak interrupted near 60-10 45-20. Ice tight on beach from 47-30 W., to Arsuk Fjord. Eastern limit from 60-03 52-35 to 62-04 50-53, 62-04 50-08, to 61-18 49-24 thence heavy broken ice to Semersut becoming packed .at entrance Arsuk Fjord. Western edge from 61-43 51-55 to 61-25 52-10 curving through 61-05 52-00 and 60-52 52-10 thence 60-40 52-45 through 60-14 50-20 thence edge bearing 160°. Outer limits extend from beyond visibility eastward through 59-35 44-00, 59-26 44-20. 59-50 45-15, 59-45 46-00, 60-20 48-30, 60-30 48-40, 00-43 48-45, 61-00 49-45, 61-15 51-30, to 62-00 52-05, 62-40 51-10, 62-00 50-15, 61-25 49-30 thence to beach at Umanak Island off entrance Arsuk Fjord. Inner and outer edges loose except Arsuk Fjord to Cape Thorvaldsen. Axis of belt close packed. Cape Farewell to Cape Thorvaldsen northwesterly winds loosening and driving pack seaward. Northern tip at 64-10 54-58. Navigable lead through pack westcrlv from Arsuk Fjord. Outer edge from beyond visible limit at 62-00 51-45 through 61-22 51-10. 61-00 50-40. 60-42 49-25. 60-00 49-20, 59-45 48-55, 59-48 48-30, 60-00 48-20, 60-10 47-05, 59-25 46-20, to beyond visible limit through 59-00 45-00. Shore lead from 61-03 48-38 northward beyond limit of visibility at 62-00 N., 5 to 10 miles wide. Open bay from 60-46 48-28 to Julianehaab. Storis close to beach from 61-03 48-38 to 60-46 48-28. Western edge pack off southwest Greenland coast at 55-30 W. Portugese fishing schooner Maria Prcciom sunk by berg off Greenland. Position and details not given. Northern limit 64-04 N., with inshore lead thence to Arsuk Fjord Field northwest of Cape Desolation disintegrating but not navigable. Northern limit at 63-40 54-30. 2 scattered floes vicinity 64-05 55-45. Inner edge at 64-10 54-00. Numerous false leads south of 64 N. Northern limit 64-05 55-40. Inner edge at 61-36 50-10. Outer edge through 61-48 51-16 running northwesterly. Vessel made difficult p.issage through ice using leads. Much of ice heavy 9/10 to 10/10 cover. Numerous throughout pack. Apparent northern limit 63-36 55-16. Offshore belt narrowed to 3 miles wide vicinitv Cape Desolation. Belt 35 miles wide off Nunarsuit (60-42 48-11). Open lead 10 miles wide crosses ice belt due west from Arsuk Fjord (61-07 N.). Northwest end of belt 63-52 55-29. Outer edge from north through 61-25 50-15 to 60-17 50-15. Broad lead due west of Arsuk Fjord (some navigable ice). Shore lead from north to Julianehaab with some navigable scattered ice from 01-45 N., to 61-30 N. Northern edge 61-07 48-45, 62-56 52-01, 63-42 53-29, 63-51 54-02, 63-51 55-26, 63-27. 55-26. Thinly scattered west of Arsuk Fjord (61-07 N.) with passage open through area. Outer limit from 61-05 48-35 to 60-30 48-25, 60-19 48-00, 60-18 47-10, 60-22 47-00. 60-14 45-55, 60-03 45-35. 59-54 46-10, to 59-48 45-40. No large areas clo.se packed ice north of entrance to Arsuk Fjord. Ice to beach from Storo to Nanortalik. Loose Brea off entrance to Brede Fjord which h.as much ice but navigable with difficulty. 84 Tabic of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19i4 — Continued ....do.. ....do.. ....do.. ....do Storis, bergs. Storw ....do ....do ....do ....do. Bergs. Storis. ..-.do. Storis. .do. Location and Remarks -do._ .do.. Storis, bergs. Storis Bergs Storis Blocks approaches Skov and Brede Fjords. Scattered vicinity 64-05 52-50. Pack 61-05 4S-50. Scattered ice north of Arsuk Fjord. Outer limits main pack from 60-16 48-54, 60-07 48-29, 60-27 47-35, 60-10 47-00, 59-35 45-20, 58-50 45-15, 58-50 44-20, 69-09 43 30 through 59-15 43-10 to northeast. Inshore— narrow shore lead close aboard Seriner- suit (61-16 48-57) and Umanak (61-10 48-40). Closed to beach south of Storo (61-03 48-35) around Cape Thorvaldsen to Takisok— thence narrow variable shore lead to Frederiksdal. Skov Fjord navigable. Brede Fjord impassable. Shore lead inside pack between .\rsiik and Brede Fjords. Latter filled and barrier from entrance south to main pack. Tunugdliarfik Fjord clear. Lower Skov Fjord 4/10 covered. Not navigable west of Arsuk Fjord. Off entrance Arsuk Fjord. Scattered off entrance Arsuk Fjord. Scattered, navigable, from 61-07 48-45 to 61-18 49-40 to outer edge at 61-11 50-07. Field from Skov Fjord west to open water navigable with difficulty. Outer edge pack 095° and 325° true through 60-06 47-59. 3/10 to 7/10 cover. Extends to visibility limit vicinity Cape Desolation. Barrier 9/10 ice blocks approaches Sknv and Brede Fjords. Loose navigable pack with scattered bergs in coastal belt averaging 30 miles wide vicinity Cape Adelaer (61-50 N.) on east coast. Outer edge closely packed strip to 1 mile wide but containing many leads. Outer edge main belt of 2/10 to 8/10 cover from beach near 60-41 48-06 to 60-32 48-15, 60-22 48-12 thence southeasterly. 1/10 to 5/10 cover lower reaches Skov and Brede Fjords with entrances blocked by 9/10 to 10/10 storis. Detached field north of line 60-47 48-15 to 60-33 49-00 through 60-50 49-13. Mostly inside line tending 150° and 330° through 60-45 49-33. Tight to beach at Cape Thorvaldsen (visibility limit) Brede and Skov Fjords blocked. Shore lead 47 W., to 47-45 W. Outer edge from beach south side Arsuk Fjord to 61-03 48-35 to 61-05 49-15, 60-40 48-10, 60-31 48-50, 60-00 48-10, 60-08 47-00, 59-30 46-25, 59-00 45-20 and easterly beyond limit of visibility. Inner half 6/10 to 9/10, outer half 2/10 to 5/10. Cape Thorvaldsen to entrance Brede Fjord— navigable scattered ice along be.ich. Impass- able southeast of Brede Fjord. Lower Skov Fjord blocked. I'pper Brede Fjord at Narsak blocked bv glacial debris. Tight on beach 60-33 46-00 to 60-50 48-20. Belt 10 miles wide tight on beach between visibility limits 45 W., and Cape Desolation. Tongue 5 miles wide protrudes to 60-20 48-35. Outer edge deteriorating rapidly. Ice edge reached 75 N., 14 W., as extreme eastern limit. Outer edge from direction of Cape Farewell to 59-09 44-55, 59-50 45-15, 59-31 46-25 60-00 48-35, 60-25 49-45, 61-00 49-40, 61-05 49-28. 10 to 20 miles open water inside this belt from north end to 60-30 46-50 thence second bflt along coast to 60-50 48-40. Approaches Skov and Brede Fjords blocked. Detached field of unknown extent north of line.61-I5 48-58 to 61-22 49-40. Outer edge from beach in Copper Mine Bay to westward. Rounds Capes Desolation and Thorvaldsen IS miles oflF shore thence passes through 60-10 47-10, 60-20 46-35 to beach near 60-39 46-22. Narrow belt across entrances Skov and Brede Fjords in- creasing at 60-33 46-03 to 11 miles wide and continuing past 60-00 45-15. Passage to Narsarssuak blocked. Eastern edge approximately 73-43 13-30. Very heavy vicinity 75-18 17-14. Ice fast to shore in Young's Sound and Gael Hamkes Bay, approximately 4 feet thick. Outer edge 61-00 50-25. Outer edge close packed belt Greenland east coast from visibility limit at 65-35 35-35 to 65-35 36-25 to 30 miles south of Cape Dan to 5 miles south of Angmagssalik, thence 10 miles outside headlands to 64-20 N., thence 15 to 20 miles wide to 61-30 N. 5 miles wide at 61-30 N., reducing to 1 mile at Lindcnows Fjord thence increasing to 15 miles wide at Prince Christian Sound. Outer edge passes from beyond visible limit through 61-18 49-55, 60-38 49-25, 60-25 49-00 to Cape Thorvaldsen. Thence from beach at 60-41 46-50 to 60-08 48-30, 59-51 48-30, 59-12 47-05, to limit of visibility at 59-05 45-10. 3/10 to 5/10 cover in 10 mile coastal strip along beach from Simpson Passage to Cape Thorvaldsen and in strip 3 to 10 miles wide from east end Hollander Island past Frederiksdal. Remainder of pack 2/10 to 3/10. Glacial debris blocks upper Brede Fjord. Outer edge through 59-30 43-50 to 60-05 47-40 thence 25 mile belt through visibility limit at 00-40 N. Cover 3/10 along beach, 2/10 off shore. Outer edge pack Greenland east coast through 66-30 33-45, 65-10 35-40, 65-00 39-00 thence as coastal belt 10 to 20 miles wide past visibility limit at 62-00 N. Belt 2/10 ice along Greenland east coast from limit of visibility at 60-20 N., narrowing to J 2 mile wide vicinity Cape Farewell, thence continuing as 2/10 to 3/10 belt 15 miles wide along west coast to 60-10 N. 10 miles 1/10 ice outside coastal belt and 30 to 40 mile belt similiar ice to visibility limit west of Arsuk Fjord. Scattered bergs south to 59-10 N. 15 to 20 mde coastal belt 2/10 to 3/10 ice from limit of visibility at 46th meridian to Cape Desolation thence 1/10 to Frederikshaab diminishing to almost none at 66 N. 20 mile outer belt of 1/10 coverage e.xtends from 46 W., to Cape Desolation. Scattered off Cape Desolation. Outer edge from visibility limit at 59-42 46-00 through 60-20 47-28, 60-22 48-32 to visibility limit 60-55 49-30. Coverage 2/10 to 3/10 in 15 to 24 mile coastal belt between 46-00 W., and 47-30 W. Remainder 1/10 coverage. 85 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^^ — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks 11 Storis 12 Storis 13 -...do __.. 14 ....do Bergs 15 Storis ...do. Brash. Pack, bergs. Storis 1 3 ....do ....do ....do Bergs 10 ....do... Pack 11 Berffs 13 14 . .do::::::::: 15 Pack 22 23 ...X.:::::::: Pack 24 25 Pack, bergs Berg 27 Bergs Pack . 29 Berg . .. Bergs-. Berg. Pack. Bergs. Pack.. ...do. Bergs Arctic pack. Berg.. ...do. Pack.. AUGUST— Continued Practically none between visibility limits Capes Farewell and Desolation. Numerous in above area. Along coast, east Greenland belt 5 miles wide 2/10 coverage from beach at 60-05 43-01 to 61-18 N. 10-mile belt between 61-28 N.. and 62-43 N. Outer limits 8/10 from beach at 64-28 40-10 through 65-00 39-26, 65-32 38-05, thence north to beach. Angmagssalik Fjord 3/10 to 4/10 cover but clear to south. Less than 1/10 coverage at Frederiksdal and in Skov Fjord with none between these points. Less than 1 /lO coverage in Skov Fjord with approaches practically clear. Numerous and scattered. Outer edge through visibility limits 65-12 36-15 and 65-24 38-28 and passes through intermediate positions 65-01 36-30, 65-01 36-38, 65-14 37-06, 65-05 37-10, 65-17 37-33. 5/10 coverage. Ikateq Fjord mostly clear except I'i miles 5/10 ice near Deception Pass. Numerous bergs but no pack Cape Farewell to visibility limit near Brede Fjord. Frederiksdal to 59-45 44-42 to 59-30 43-50 5-milc belt 1/10 to 2/10 ice cover. To 30 miles off coast 68-43 26-25 to 75-00 18-25. Appeared navigable. (Note: This ice probably heavier than report indicates.) Scattered patches 1/10 cover off entrance Brede Fjord and near Frederiksdal. Otherwise only numerous scattered bergs between Capes Desolation and Farewell. Pikiutdlek area (65 N., on east coast) covered with 3/10 ice, except Comanche Bay clear. In Skjoldungen area (03-15 N.) offshore belt loose ice 3 miles wide. Fjord clear except for bergs. Complete coverage east coast Greenland Cape Pansch (75-11 17-25) to Bass Rock to Hochstetter Bay, thence south to Cape Borlase Warren and northern approaches to Gael Hamkes Bay 7/10 to 9/10 cover. Winter ice still fast in Hochstetter Bay— Shannon Island area. Pack moving considerably. SEPTEMBER Edge main pack approximately 76-10 15-40. Heavy vicinity 76-03 15-50. 7/10 coverage vicinity 75-59 15-58. Scattered in area 66-55 23-30 to 66-50 22-20 to 68-05 20-30 to 68-15 24-30. 2 vicinity 65-32 33-17, height 300 feet. Broken ice 65-04 30-04. 68-28 18-21 (small), 68-56 17-21 (large). 67-32 24-57, 67-15 24-29, 67-09 24-47. 67-04 25-19. Much ice Angmagssalik Fjord with barrier 15 miles inside entrance. Large bergs in area centering near 64-30 37-00. Scattered bergs as usual off Greenland southwest coast 60 N., to 61 N.; no pack. Southern limits main Arctic pack along east Greenland coast vicinity cape Steensby (76-55 18-15) thence generally north-northeasterly to 78 N., thence northerly. Navi- gable lead towards Cape Bourbon (7S-45 18-20). A few large patches along coast south of main pack. Except for heavy pack ice at all fjord entrances none to 60 miles off east Greenland coast between Cape Brewster (70-10 N.) and Cape Kraus (73-48 N.). Scattered bergs throughout area. 58-21 40-08. 58-34 39-19, 58-57 38-17 (both large). Southern edge main pack east coast Greenland from Great Koldewey Island (76-00 N., to 76-40 N.) generally northeast to 77-30 N., thence easterly through 05 W. 58-46 39-36 Between 65-40 36-18 and 66-16 35-57; several 100 feet high within 10-mile radius of 65-36 36-20; clusters along coast. Singles at: 66-27 33-40, 67-20 17-00, 67-37 21-14, 70-30 19-30 (huge). OCTOBER Greenland east coast north of 74-30 N., scattered pack with some compact patches and navigable new ice. Main field Arctic pack begins at 77-30 N. 58-52 37-09. Scattered ice with wide shore lead and many leads to open sea between Cape Mackenzie (72-55 N.) and Cape Wynn (74-30 N.), thence outer edge heavj' Arctic ice to 74-50 16-50 (approximately 10 miles off Cape Philip Broke) to 76-37 15-40 to 77-00 15-40 and eastward. North of 75-40 N., sea frozen solid. 67-00 23-15; 68-18 24-02 (2). Vessel beset in heavy ice vicinity 75-25 16-50, limits not given. Outer edge light pack at 07-00 25-30; becomes heavier toward Greenland coast with mostly storis inshore. Heavy from 40 miles south of Cape Brewster northward with open break at entrance Scorcsby Sound thence 30 miles wide coastal belt Cape Swainson (70-25 N.) to Cape Mackenzie (72-55 N.). Open lead into Cape Greg but all fjord entrances blocked. Numerous, large, vicinity 67-53 25-40. Vessel beset in solid ice and storis 10 miles off Cape Borgen (approximate position 75-25 17-15). 66-44 24-00. 66-25 25-00. Main field extends from shore to 80 miles off along Greenland east coast at 71 N. Outer edge trends north-northeast to 75 N., then east to meridian of Greenwich. No navi- gable leads opened by recent gales. 86 ICE CONDITIONS IN 1945 The trend of wartime conditions in the North Atlantic permitted the independent sailing of merchant vessels by the latter part of May and by mid-June permitted vessels to radio reports of ice and obstructions as sighted. To advise this independent shipping of ice and obstructions endangering the transatlantic routes, the ice information service operating under the United States Atlantic Fleet inaugurated twice-daily broadcasts to shipping commencing on 8 June, 1945. These broadcasts were transmitted by Pwadio Argentia (NWP) at 0200 and 1400 G.C.T. and keyed simultane- ously on 425 kcs, A-2 emission and 8100 kcs, A-1 emission. A surface vessel patrol was also inaugurated in the Grand Banks region. These vessels patrolled the area near the Tail of the Banks, tracking the movements of the southernmost ice and maintaining a continuous radio guard for ice or obstructions reported by other vessels crossing the area. The information thus collected by the patrol vessel was forwarded to Radio Argentia at frequent intervals where it was summarized with information from other sources for the twice-daily broadcasts to shipping. The vessel on ice patrol also furnished special information to shipping on request. To assist this ice information service in estimating currents and probable berg drifts, shipmasters were subsequently requested to report to the patrol vessel their position, course, speed, water and air temperatures, visibility, wind and sea conditions every eight hours when within the area from 39'' to 49° north latitude be- tween 43° and 54° west longitude. Surface isotherm charts have been drawn from the resulting data for the period 1 July to 27 August (see figs. 28 to 33). For tabulation of reports and discussion of ice conditions during the period from 1 November 1944 to 31 December 1945, the areas have been subdivided as follows : J. Sf. Lawrence Area — The lower St. Lawrence River, the Gulf of St. Lawrence east to the Strait of Belle Isle and south through Cabot Strait and the Gut of Canso, and the banks southeast of Nova Scotia. 2. Newfoundland-Labrador Area — The coastal and offshore waters from the Miquelon Islands over the Grand Banks and Flemish Cap and north to Hudson Strait. Latitude 60 N., on the Labrador coast has been arbitrarily used as a dividing line for tabulation purposes between this area and the Canadian Arctic area. 3. Canadian Arctic Area — Hudson Bay, Ungava Bay, Hudson Strait and the western part of Davis Strait northward into Baffin Bay. 4. Greenland Area — Coastal waters along Greenland west coast, around Cape Farewell and along the east coast through Denmark Strait into the Gi'eenland Sea. The reports of ice sightings for the period of this report are summarized in four tables entitled "Table of Ice Reports" and with the appropriate area designated in each heading. Monthly ice 87 charts covering the period from Februaiy through August 1945 have been constructed to show graphically the ice conditions in the area off Cape Breton Island and the Grand Banks area. (See figs. 34 through 40.) The ice conditions reported during the season in each of the four areas have been outlined in the following four sections. ST. LAWRENCE AREA December, 1944 By the 8th of December light winter ice was reported in the St. Lawrence River from Quebec to Orleans Island. Ice was first reported down river to Cape Salmon on the 16th, at Father Point on the 19th and at Matane on the 27th. From these shore reports it is assumed that the ice in the river was considerably broken and comparatively open, shifting from shore to shore with the shift- ing winds and dissipating before reaching the gulf proper. January, 1945 By the 13th of January small amounts of river ice had passed Cape des Hosiers and scattered ice had drifted to the western tip of Anticosti Island. A plane flying over the lower St. Lawrence River reported ice everywhere from Father Point to Baie Comeau on the 14th and heavier ice was reported at Fame Point. No re- ports concerning the Gut of Canso-Northumberland Strait area were received until 22 January when closely packed ice was re- ported in George Bay and at the northern entrance of the Gut of Canso with heavy ice at times drifting back and forth through the gut. Sydney Harbor and approaches remained clear throughout the month and it is believed that little or no ice was to be encountered in the gulf from Anticosti Island outward through Cabot Strait. February Light local ice was formed in Sydney Harbor on the 7th but had disappeared by the 11th. Some slob and slush ice was reported in the Sydney approaches on the 6th and again on the 12th and 13th. At this time allied shipping was advised that use of Sydney Harbor was inadvisable for other than shipping normally docking at North Sydney. On the 14th the area through Cabot Strait west- ward to 61° W., and northward to 49° N., was clear of ice with the exception of light ice closely packed along the northwest shore of Cape Breton Island extending to approximately 15 miles off shore at Cape St. Lawrence and terminating at Cape North. The area along the Newfoundland west coast was clear to over 60 miles off shore northward past Bonne Bay. Light field ice ap- peared off Sydney about the 17th but moved off beyond the limit of visibility by the 22d. Winter ice again formed in Sydney Harbor 88 on the 15th and remained throughout the remainder of the month but was becoming broken and scattered by the 28th. No informa- tion is available concerning off shore conditions during the latter part of the month north and east of Cape Breton Island and through Cabot Strait but subsequent reports indicate that no ap- preciable amount of field ice had moved out through the strait and that such movement as had occurred was probably confined to a very narrow belt at the very southern edge of the strait drift- ing around Cape North. March The winter ice in Sydney Harbor disappeared by the 5th and except for light ice forming on the 12th and melting by the 15th, the harbor remained clear throughout the remainder of the season. Heavy field ice appeared off Sydney about the 6th and by the 8th when the first aerial observation was made over the area, the ap- proaches to Sydney were completely blocked. The ice field was heavy and closely packed off Sydney becoming open and somewhat scattered toward its outer limits. At this time it had reached the most easterly extent noted durinQ- the season at 46° 15' N., 58°45' W. Between the 10th and 13th of March the ice moved southwest- ward along the east coast of Cape Breton Island reaching its most southerly extent for the season in latitude 45° 12' N., at 60° 10' W. Easterly winds had moved the ice inshore and from the 14th until the 23d the ice moved in and out along the beach at Louisburg. By the 17th outer limits had receded westward past 60° 10' W., and northward past 45°20' N. The field was now rapidly reced- ing for by the 25th only a few scattered strings remained south of Scatari Island and with the exception of a closely packed strip along the beach southward from Aspy Bay, the ice off the north- east coast was open and scattered and passage to Sydney consid- ered easily navigable by ice-worthy vessels. At no time during the month was Cabot Strait closed or the Newfoundland coast south of Bay of Islands endangered by field ice. That ice drifting through the strait was confined to a narrow belt passing along the south side around Cape North and the greatest northerly extent observed in the strait was in the vicinity of St. Paul Island. From there the edge curved westward to the vicinity of Bird Rocks. By the 22d the ice in the river began to breal^ up and by the last of the montli the river was almost clear as far as Quebec. April By 4 April the river was clear to Quebec and was mostly clear from Quebec to Montreal. Only a few patches and a few scattered strings remained in the gulf and a few rotten strings in the area northeast of Sydney. The Cape Ray-Bird Rocks route was nav- 89 igable as far as Quebec. By the 8th the ice in George Bay and Northumberland Strait was mostly gone and that route was con- sidered navigable. All points of the river and gulf were then free of ice with the exception of a little scattered ice in the vicinity of the Magdalen Islands and a small string just southeast of St.' Paul Island. Some local winter ice remained in the vicinity of Gaspe Bay, however, until 17 April after which date the entire gulf and river area were free of ice. This was an unusually light season in the St. Lawrence-Cape Breton Island area. Local freezing was exceptionally light as was evidenced by the reports concerning Sydney Harbor. The volume of ice drifting through Cabot Strait was exceptionally small and at no time did this ice endanger the shipping routes north of Sable Island. The ports on the Newfoundland south and southwest coasts were ice free throughout the season. The shipping routes to Louisburg were blocked for brief intervals two or three times by easterly winds moving the field ice to the beach but shift- ing winds created a shore lead and enabled ships to reach that part without considerable delay. The routes through the gulf and river to Quebec were free of ice and navigable earlier than during the average season. NEWFOUNDLAND-LABRADOR AREA February Little information is available concerning ice conditions in this area during December and January but reports of early February indicate that the appearance of field ice off the Labrador and northern Newfoundland coasts was not far from average expected conditions. By the 7th the ice field had moved southward to Fogo Island and by mid-February the southern limit had rounded Cape Bonavista. Light ice had formed in the coastal waters and a scat- tered, broken field of this ice extended southward along the Avalon Peninsula to the vicinity of Cape Broyle. By the 22d this light slob ice east of the Avalon Peninsula had mostly disintegrated but the southern edge of the field ice was rounding Cape St. Francis and the ice was spreading eastward along the 100-fathom curve around the northern edge of the Grand Banks, reaching the 49th meridian by the end of the month. A few bergs were present in the southern extremities of the field ice, one having appeared off Baccalieu Island on the 7th and drifted southward past the 48th parallel by the 11th and south of the 47th by the 16th, Six bergs are estimated to have crossed the 48th parallel during the month of February. For a graphic presen- tation of the movements of bergs and field ice during February see figure 34. 90 March The ice field continued to spread southeastward during early March, reaching 47° 50' N., 47° 50' W., by the 6th and drifting approximately 43 miles south-southeastward during the next 3 days. That ice east of the 49th meridian on the 9th was scattered two-tenths to four-tenths cover and was mostly destroyed by fol- lowing southerly winds, the southeasterly edge of the field having receded to the west of 48° W., and northward of 47° N., when next reported by aerial reconnaissance on the 15th. While the eastern limits receded, the ice field continued to spread gradually south- ward between the Avalon coast and the 50-fathom curve at the northwestern edge of the Grand Banks, moving from the latitude of Black Head on the 1st to the latitude of Bay Bulls on the 9th and south past the 47th parallel with scattered patches as far south as 46° 30' N., by the 13th. The inner edge of this ice cleared the headlands allowing safe passage to St. John's until easterly winds moved the ice inshore, threatening navigation to and from that harbor from the 12th until the 20th and closing to the beach for a few hours on the 14th. The ice field at the northeastern edge of the Grand Banks again began to spread southeastward following the 17th, moving 25 miles by the 20th and an additional 30 miles by the 21st. The movement of the southeasterly tip then began to shift southward roughly following the eastern slope of the banks along the 100-fathom curve. Between the 21st and 22d the south- eastern limit moved approximately 40 miles and between the 22d and the 26th an additional 40 miles. From the 26th to the 28th little additional southerly movement occurred, but the body of the field shifted from 40 to 50 miles eastward reaching its easterly extreme in the vicinity of 47°00' N., 46°30' W. The southerly limit of the main field w^as in the vicinity of the 100-fathom curve at latitude 45° 25' N., at the end of March, but scattered patches had been reported as far south as the 45th parallel. Great numbers of small bergs w^ere observed distributed through the field ice in that area of the field west of 48° W., and occasional bergs within the southeastern portion of the field. Many bergs had drifted free of the ice field along the coast of the Avalon Peninsula and by the last of the month a few had drifted southward past Cape Race. A reconnaissance flight on 28 March reported 164 " bergs south of 47° 30' N., and it is estimated that approximately 352 bergs drifted south across the 48th parallel during the month. A very large percentage of these bergs were small, many of little more than growler size. Refer to figure 35 for a plot of ice condi- tions during March. April During the first half of April the deterioration at the south- eastern limits of the field ice seemed to keep pace with the southerly 91 drift of the ice and the southeasterly limits remained more or less fixed. The southwestern edge receded rapidly however, the ice off the Newfoundland coast moving off shore and disintegrating as far northward as Cape Bonavista. By the 8th all ice west of 49° W., with the exception of bergs and growlers, had receded north past 47° N., and the edge had moved to over 50 miles off shore northward to the latitude of Cape Bonavista. About the middle of April the southeastern corner again began to extend southward along the 100-fathom line as a narrow tongue reaching latitude 45° N., on- 16 April, extending to 43°40' N., on the 21st and to 43° 12' N., by the 22d. Though only up to about 10 miles maxi- mum width and narrowing to little more than 200 yards in places, this tongue was mostly close-packed, heavy ice and passage through it for other than ice-protected ships would have been inadvisable except with extreme caution. This ice became scattered by ensu- ing winds and all except the heavier floes had dissipated by the 25th. Some remnants of the heavier ice drifted south past 43° N., before melting. By the end of April no field ice remained south of 45° N., and only a few patches or scattered strings from that lati- tude to 46° N. On 29 April the southern and eastern limits of the main field had receded northward of 46° N., and westward of 47° W., and that portion south and east of 47°00' N., 48°00' W., was becoming rotten and scattered. Many bergs drifted free of the ice field, great numbers drifting southward over the northern edge and along the eastern edge of the banks. The predominence of newly arriving bergs along the northwest edges of the banks that had been noted in March was no longer true and a larger proportion of the bergs were now crossing the 48th parallel in such positions as to drift around the eastern edge of the banks. Approximately 253 bergs are estimated to have crossed the 48th parallel during April. The most southerly of the bergs reported during the month were in the vicinity of 42°25' N., 50°00' W. See figure 36 for a plot of the bergs and field ice conditions reported during the month. May The field ice south of 50° N., deteriorated very rapidly during early May, by 10 May the edge of the main field having receded northward almost to the 50th parallel and westward past 50° W., with the exception of the southeastern extremity which extended about 5 miles eastward of that longitude. A few scattered patches and strings remained in the area northeast of Cape Bonavista. By the 18th the main body of the field had receded westward of 53° W., but a large detached field had moved southward to the latitude of Cape Freels, mostly between 52° and 53° W., but with a long tongue extending southwest toward the Wadham Islands. By the 92 end of May the lield ice had receded northward past the Strait ol Belle Isle and, except for numerous bergs and growlers, the area south of the 52d parallel was free of any ice of consequence. Approximately 256 bergs are estimated to have drifted south- ward past the 48th parallel during JMay. A few were trapped in Conception and Trinity Bays or drifted southward along the east coast, but most of the bergs drifted eastward along the northern edge and southward along the eastern edge of the banks. Several very large liat-topped bergs were reported, an example of which was the berg reported on the 27th in position 43° 08' N., 49° 18' W. This berg measured about 4,500 feet long, 3,300 feet wide, and its above-water height was approximately 50 feet. Growlers and debris from this huge block of ice were scattered over a radius of 5 miles. One of the last of the large North Atlantic convoys approached this great floating mass while in dense fog on the 27th and in the confusion that followed 21 ships were damaged. Two of these ships were reported to have suffered damage in collisions with ice and the remaining 19 to have suffered damage in collisions with each other. Because of the extent and number of growlers about the berg it is considered possible that neither of the ice- damaged ships struck the massive berg but were damaged in striking one or more of the heavy growlers in the surrounding area. All ships were able to proceed under their own power and no loss of life resulted. From its position on the 27th this berg drifted slowly westward, being reported at 43°10' N., 49°33' W., on the 29th. The most southerly berg reported during the month was in the vicinity of 43° N., and the most easterly report was that of a berg in the vicinity of 44° 10' N., 44°40' W. For more detailed reports of sight- ings refer to the table of ice reports and for a graphic presentation of the conditions reported during May see figure 37. The ice field receded northward along the Labrador coast until by mid-June only scattered patches remained in the area off Ham- ilton Inlet. Hamilton Inlet and Lake Melville had cleared and the route to Lake JMelville was navigable. Hundreds of bergs were reported in the waters along the coast of Labrador and the northeast coast of Newfoundland. Great numbers of bergs went aground in the shoal waters along the coast, or drifted into the inlets and bays, there to break up and disappear. Many, however, continued to drift southward in the off-shore cur- rents and though these numbers had greatly decreased, 92 bergs are estimated to have crossed the 48th parallel during the month of June. Although a few of the southbound bergs drifted over the shallows just east of Virgin Rocks and several went aground 740743—47—7 93 on the 30-fathom shoal near the southeastern edge of the banks, the greater number continued to drift southward along the eastern edge of the banks and spread southeastward from the Tail of the Banks toward the vicinity of 41 ''30' N., 46°30' W. The presence of bergs in these southerly positions menaced the safety of vessels navigating the fog-bound waters just south of the banks and ship- ping was advised to shift its routes from track B to track A effective 12 June. See figure 38 for a plot of bergs and growlers reported during June. July Except for local coastal shipping along northern Labrador and northward off Hudson Strait, the field ice had receded to such ex- tent by the first of July as no longer to constitute a menace to shipping. By mid-July only a few scattered remnants remained south of Hudson Strait. For details concerning ice conditions north of that area refer to the discussion of the Canadian Arctic area. The bergs that had endangered track B during June had melted and disappeared by early July. Reconnaissance by planes and search by the surface patrol vessel indicated that ice no longer made track B hazardous and the return to those routes was advised on the 14th, the shift to occur immediately in the case of the west-bound track and after a delay of 7 days for the east-bound traffic. With the exception of the growler reported on the 7th at 45° 10', 45° 12' and the bergs along the Newfoundland coast, no ice was reported during July in positions south of the 47th parallel. Aerial observations of that area were limited during the month by weather conditions and the absence of reports cannot be considered conclusive evi- dence that no bergs drifted into the area. Many bergs were present in the area along the northern edge of the Grand Banks late in the month and it is estimated that approximately 109 had drifted across the 48th parallel during the month. See figure 39 for a plot of bergs and growlers reported. August Several bergs drifted on southward during early August reach ing as far south as the 45th parallel. A few of them remained in the area east of the slope of the banks until after 20 August. The absence of ice in the southern Grand Banks area had made the shift to track C possible and west-bound traffic had been advised to shift to track C on 1 August, the east-bound shift to be effective on 8 August. While the positions of these bergs in mid-August were not in immediate proximity to the effective track, in the ab- sence of definite knowledge of the then existing current pattern, the surface patrol vessel was detained in the area until 26 August when air search supplementing this surface search had indicated 94 the area to be clear of floating ice. Only a few scattered bergs had been observed in the area immediately northward of the banks and it is estimated that only 15 bergs crossed the 48th parallel during the month. For a plot of that ice reported in the area south of latitude 49 during August refer to figure 40. September No ice of any kind was reported in the area south of 49° N., during September or the subsequent months of 1945. Single bergs were reported on the 12th and 15th at 49°46' N., 50° 10' W., and 49°20' N., 50° 14' W., respectively and an occasional berg was re- ported along the coast of Labrador. On 22 September less than a dozen bergs were sighted in the coastal waters between Cape Chidley and Cape Harrison. SUMMARY The distribution of field ice over the Grand Banks area was that of an average season. The mean temperatures in this area during December 1944 and January 1945 were higher than during an average year and little local ice was formed until February when the mean temperature for the month was somewhat less than that for the 3 years preceding. Thus the amount of local ice formed was considerably less than that during an average year and was responsible for the below average amount of ice observed in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the small amount and brief duration of the local ice off the coast of Newfoundland. Except for a brief period in March the approaches to St. John's were open and no field ice drifted as far south along the coast as Cape Race. A narrow tongue of ice extended to a southerly extreme along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks in April, but it was of brief duration. Although strict comparison between seasons is impossible, the ice appeared to be lighter than during the two preceding seasons and following its maximum extent, it receded and disintegrated more rapidly than the ice during the 1944 season. The Strait of Belle Isle and approaches were navigable by early June and shipping could visit the Labrador ports northward past Cape Harrison be- fore the end of that month. It is estimated that a total of 1,087 bergs drifted south of latitude 48° N., during the season. This is the greatest number reported in that area since the 1929 season. Of this number, however, about one-third were reported before the first of April and these were mostly small bergs, few of which existed for any length of time after drifting free of the limits of the ice field. The distribution of the bergs from January through April was normal and the use !ii? of track C would not have been hazardous at any time during the normal period that it would have been effective ending on 10 April. 95 The berg distributions through the remainder of the season was average with the exception of the extreme southerly drifts that occurred in June and the presence of bergs as far south as latitude 45 in the middle of August. The number remaining along" the Labrador coast in late September was somewhat less than would be expected. CANADIAN ARCTIC AREA On 14 July the approaches to Hudson Strait were open from the eastward and open water extended into the strait as far as 60 miles westward of Resolution Island. The ice westward through the strait was breaking up and the cover in the center of the channel was less than three-tenths in places but navigation was yet impractical for other than a heavily ice-protected vessel. Open water extended on to the westward an undetermined distance from the western edge of the ice extending from the western tip of Big Island to Cape Prince of Wales. Some open water was observed along the southern and eastern shores of Ungava Bay and a small area within the southeastern portion of the bay. Although this ice was beginning to break out, it was yet impassable. The upper portion of Frobisher Bay was rapidly clearing but almost solid cover remained between the island barrier and Chase Island and about seven-tenths of the surface southward from Chase Island was covered by ice. By the 25th of July an area of open water, with the exception of occasional patches, extended from 10 to 20 miles off shore along the eastern side of Ungava Bay. Because of the dangerous character of these waters along the east shore and the hazard of ice crowding the shore with strong westerly winds, passage through Ungava Bay remained impracticable. Frobisher Bay was rapidly clearing, only one-tenth to three-tenths cover re- maining in the lower part of the bay and the area north of the island barrier was almost clear. By the 5th of August upper Frobisher Bay was clear and the ice in the lower bay was con- sidered navigable. A belt of ice was apparently drifting westward across the entrance of the bay from Cumberland Sound. Ungava Bay was almost clear of all field ice. Aerial reconnaissance west- ward through Hudson Strait reported that area clear of field ice westward past Southampton Island with the exception of a string of light ice off Big Island and a field of ice along the eastern coast of Southampton Island ending at Native Point. Passage to the south coast of Southampton was clear until ice drifting southward from the field along the east coast threatened the channel between I Southampton and Coats islands. I Considerable ice remained in Cumberland Sound throughout the season, but the field eastward around the coast of Baflfin Island rapidly deteriorated. In mid-Tiily the ice edge had extended 96 northeastward from a point about 10 miles south of Loks Land. No further information is available until 18 August when the approaches to Cape Searle were reported free of field ice. On 1 September no ice could be observed by a plane crossing Davis Strait from Cape Searle to Sondrestrom Fjord, Greenland, and on 5 September there were no traces of any field ice within 50 miles of the coast of Baffin Island from Cape Searle northward past Clyde Inlet. The Hudson Bay trading ship Nascopie arrived at the River Clyde trading post on the loth and had encountered no field ice en route from Arctic Bay with the exception of some loose ice in Lancaster Sound. Great numbers of bergs were distributed in the waters along the coast of Baffin Island and south past Hudson Strait. Over 500 were counted along the shore between River Clyde and Cape Searle on 5 September. Many were reported through Hudson Strait west- ward to Big Island and a few were scattered into lower Frobisher Bay and into Ungava Bay southward past Akpatok Island. The ice conditions were somewhat lighter than average in this area during the summer and fall of 1945, the routes into Ungava Bay and Frobisher Bay becoming navigable by the latter part of July and the route westward into Hudson Bay probably navigable at an even earlier date. The ice in Davis Strait receded both more rapidly and more completely than has been reported during most other seasons. The tongue that often extends down Baffin Bay about 30 to 50 miles off the Baffin Island coast was not evident and the coastal waters were clear northward past the entrance to Lancaster Sound by early September. Although no detailed infor- mation is available concerning the conditions in Hudson Bay west- ward of Southampton Island, the Nascopie had successfully made her passage to the trading posts in this area as well as northward around the east coast of Baffin Island to the outlying posts at Fort Ross and Arctic Bay. This and similar facts indicate that condi- tions in the adjacent areas to the west and northwest may also have been less severe than usual. GREENLAND AREA November-December, 1944 No ice other than the usual numbers of bergs and growlers was reported in the coastal waters of southwest and southeast Green- land until 26 December when a string of light broken ice was re- reported near 61° N., on the east coast. Some bergs, however, had drifted unusually far to the southeast of Cape Farewell, several being reported in the vicinity of 58° N., 37° W., and one berg on 5 December at 58° 15' N., 35°05' W. Winter ice up to 16 inches in thickness had formed in upper Tunugdliarfik Fjord by 5 December and by the 14th the thickness had reached 25 inches. 97 January By 2 January light, broken, but closely packed ice had drifted southward along the east coast to 60° 30' N., and on the 16th the southern edge of this ice had reached Cape Farewell. Heavy ice was reported along the coast northward of Cape Adelaer on the 18th. Between the 18th and 30th this belt of ice had rounded Cape Farewell and reached northwesterly along the west coast to the vicinity of 61° N., 50°28' W. A shore lead extended around Capes Desolation and Thorvaldsen to beyond the approaches to Brede and Skov Fjords and passage was possible to those fjords by rounding the northern limit of the storis belt. Pack ice was reported within about 12 to 15 miles north of the Iceland coast at Straumnes on 19 January and within 7 miles of Straumnes on 23 January reaching a southern extreme in 66° 26' N., 23° 53' W., on that date. The seaward extent of this ice was not known and it may have been patches or detached fields, for the southern limits of the main body of storis were reported on 28 January through 66°18' N., 27°00' W., to 67°37' N., 24°07' W., to 67°54' N., 17°34' W., the closest approach to the Iceland coast then being over 60 mile's distant. A period of continuing warm winds assisted the ships in breaking out the winter ice in Tunugdliarfik and that fjord was again mostly clear by 29 January. February The storis continued to move northwestward along the southwest coast during early February reaching northwesterly limits from 61°10' N., 50°00' W., to 61°17' N., 49°30' W., on 1 February. By 8 February the northerly extreme of the main body of storis had receded to 61° 05' N., but detached floes were scattered northward to 61° 18' N. Strong northerly winds moved this ice southward and destroyed most of it north of 59°55' N., and west of 46°20' W., by the 12th. Only a narrow belt had been present since the first of the month in the area south of 61° N., along the east coast so little ice was in a position immediately to move past Cape Farewell to replenish the ice thus dissipated and that ice remaining west of Farewell gradually disintegrated during the remainder of the month. No information is available concerning the ice limits off the north coast of Iceland during the month of February. March On 4 March a ship enroute to a southwest Greenland port en- countered no storis off the southwest coast but by the 10th a belt of heavy storis approximately 29 miles wide had rounded Cape Farewell to the vicinity of Sermersok where it narrowed to 10 miles and extended northward to Simiutak (Skov Fjord). From 98 that point a narrow belt of scattered ice extended along the coast to Cape Thorvaldsen. This ice scattered and deteriorated rapidly between the 10th and 16th. On the latter date closely packed heavy storis was observed extending southward along the east coast tapering from a belt 30 miles wide at 63° N., to the beach at Cape Discord. Only scattered fields remained from this point around Cape Farewell to Cape Desolation. By 21 March this belt of heavy storis had rounded Cape Farewell to a northwesterly limit at 60" N., 46° W., and by the 27th to northwesterly limits of 60°29' N., 48°55' W., to 60°36' N., 48°01' W. Strong northwesterly winds again moved the ice offshore and by the action of these winds and the warmer waters into which it was thus shifted, the ice off the southwest coast had almost entirely disappeared by the end of the month. Ice was again sighted from the northwestern tip of Iceland about 13 March. The visible edge extending approximately from 66° 20' N., 23°25' W., to 66°27' N., 23° 10' W. The seaward extent of this ice is not known nor is any further information available concern- ing ice conditions in that area during March. Bergs and growlers were distributed in usual numbers along the Greenland coast. A few were again reported far southeast of Cape Farewell, 13 being reported between 59°30' N., 36°30' W., and 57°50' N., 39°00' W., on the 1st and one at 59°08' N., 39°14' W., on the 5th. April The western limit of storis was reported on 2 April as a line from the beach at 43°10' W., through 59°18' N., 42°43' W. Heavy storis extended south along the east coast in a belt 35 miles wide south of 62° N. On 8 April the southwestern limit was still east of Cape Farewell but by 13 April storis had again rounlded Cape Farewell and extended 80 miles -westward leaving a broad shore lead westward of Farewell. This belt continued moving around Cape Farewell reaching a point 35 miles off Julianehaab on the 15th and rounding Cape Desolation to 61° N., and closing the shore lead by the 24th. The ice shifted seaward and the northern limit had receded to 60° 50' N., on 28 April but more ice moved in and by 30 April a belt up to 40 miles wide extended north to 60° 55' N., and west to 49° 40' W. The edge of the polar pack in Denmark Strait was reported on 17 April extending through 68°10' N., 24°22' W., to 69°42' N., 17°32' W., to 70°55' N., 16°38' W. Broken ice extended to 25 miles southeast of these limits. Six small bergs and growlers were reported on the 11th in the vicinity of 58°54' N., 39"22' W., one berg and several growlers at 58°40' N., 38°59' W., on the 27th, and two small bergs far to 99 the southwest of Cape Farewell in the vicinity of 58°29' N., 53° 30' W., on 29 April. The usual numbers were reported off the Green- land coast. May By 11 May the belt of storis along the southwest coast had mar- rowed considerably but had extended northward to 61° 40' N., and by 14 May had reached latitude 62° N. By 23 May that ice north of Cape Desolation had dissipated but a large amount of ice had again moved past Cape Farewell in a belt up to 50 miles wide extending northwestward to 60°33' N., 49°05' W.. By 30 May this ice had again shifted off shore and deteriorated to scattered patches with very few areas more than five-tenths cover. No information is available from Denmark Strait areas during May. iune On 25 June storis extended to 15 miles south of Cape Farewell and westward to the longitude of Cape Thorvaldsen with some scat- tered patches to the north and west. Navigation into the Juh'ane- haab bight was possible by rounding the northwesterly corner of the storis and thence via the shore lead extending eastward past Frederiksdal. Jo/y The east coast storis bolt had narrowed south of 61°20' N., to 25 miles in v/idth by 5 July. This belt narrowed rounding Cape Farewell thence opening to three-tenths to six-tenths cover to a westward limit at 49° W. This ice west of Farewell had moved seaward by 14 July leaving an area of open water along the shore except for usual bergs and growlers. On 17 July the storis exten- sion west of Cape Farewell was limited to a tongue of two-tenths to six-tenths cover up to 25 miles wide and 50 to 60 miles off shore. Shortly after this date the storis disintegrated off the southwest coast and along the east coast as far north as Cape Dan. The ice off the Blosseville and Liverpool coasts of east Greenland had receded to a belt 60 miles wide on 10 July. By 23 July this ice had opened considerably, with many long leads, and the outer edge had receded to within 50 miles of the headlands. SUMMARY From the information a\ailable it is considered that the season was about normal in most respects. It is noted that the earlv winter months were colder than usual in southwest Greenland. Avhere the fjords accumulated a heavier than normal amount of winter ice. 100 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 2 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52^ 51° 50° 49° Figure 31-— Surface isotherms, 1 August to 10 August 1945 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 4 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52' 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° Figure 32.— Surface isotherms, 11 August to 20 August 1945. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 5 59° 58° 57- 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° Figure 33.— Surface isotherms, 21 August to 27 August 1945. 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740143 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 6 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54 53° 52° 5V° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 34. — Ice conditions, February 1945. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. lOO) No. 7 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52°^. 51° 50° \ 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° Figure 35. — Ice conditions, March 1945. 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 8 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47 45° 44° 43° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° Figure 36.— Ice conditions, April 1945. 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 9 I 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 100) No. 13 I 59° 58 . 57° 56° 55° 54° %3°.T52° -^^ , 5( )° 49° 48° .. 4 7° 46° 45° 44° 43° 49° 48° '17° 49' ^^/^ GENERAI, CHART '^l ICP; PATKOI. ARKA '"^^7^ GKANl) HANKS / NEWFOINDL ■ .1 O- GROWLERS I: -....Q 4 , '" > 48' v„a. ^ A ^ 'k .• •-- ' 4r _i'.-' ;....■■ ,wl: / L ^r.. f •\^ ."- ^ ; :v"' '■■.. _^} X /'- ;_ '"«;««« ♦ * '':«■ : -' 4> 46° 4b' y_^ ,',<->' f'< ', i , ■ ■y\ : GRAND BANKS ^ '^ - ' 45° fe ^ ^' ■■■, ^-"^' ^"- \ 44° 44' ■*>-"":/; '■:< ' 4^ ■' ^ ■^^i'. f' ' 43° 42' 41' X"- 1 ^ "'i"'r"' >>.... ^ #- --** it 0 42° -1 -^ * •>.. \ ^^ 1 • ' i i. 41° ^1 ' 1 ICE CHART JUNE 19^5 40 % 1* *i f ?.' 40° X \1 irnkl A>'' ■^q ^^™^ ' i^— ^^ A 39° 59° 58° .U-^ 56° lb- u 55° "1 ir— I V -1 S2° 1° 5 0° 4 «° "47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 38. — Ice conditions, June 1945. 740743 0-47 (Face p. 100) No. 11 ■^0° 58° Sr 56° 55° 54° 53° ^ 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52°' 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 39. — Ice conditions, July 1945. 740743 0-47 (Face p. 100) No. 12 TABLE OF ICE REPORTS. J945 In the following table of ice reports for the St. Lawrence area, the Newfoundland-Labrador area, the Canadian Arctic area, and the Greenland area, the terminology of the observer has been pre- served when practicable to avoid misinterpretations as much as possible. Positions, where given in coordinates, have been abbre- viated and are to be read as degrees and minutes of north latitude followed by degrees and minutes of west longitude. Thus, 49°2r north, 51°10' west, would appear as 49-21 51-10. Reference to place names have been retained as reported. Table of lee Reports, St. Lawrence Area, 1945 Day of Month Type Location and Remarks DECEMBER, 1944 8-14 Winter ice. St. Lawrence River, Quebec to St. Jean, Orleans Island. 15 ...do I!!I Cape Bruly to Isle aux Candres (first report). 16 — .do Cape Salmon (first report). 19 — -do Father Point (first report). 27 -.--do Matane. JANUARY, 1945 13 — do First ice reported Point des Monts and West Point Anticosti. 17 ....do Cape Magdalen (first report). Fame Point (first report). 19 —do 22 Field ice Closely packed western entrance Gut of Canso and George Bay. Drifting in and out of Gut of Canso with wind and currents. FEBRUARY, 1945 8 Light slob .Approaches to Sydney (not visible on 9th). 9 Light winter ice... Upper reaches Sydney Harbor. 10-11 Light slob Sydney Harbor (Disappeared by 12th). 12-13 Slush and slob... •Approaches to Sydney (No ice visible on 14th). Sydney harbor 8/10 covered. (Decreased to 5/10 by 28th and disappeared on March 5.) 15-27 Winter ice le Slush and slob Sydney approaches. 18 Pancake Sydney approaches. (Disappeared on 23rd). a Slush and slob.. MARCH Sydney approaches. Northumberland Strait filled. Belt north of Prince Edward Island then open water towards center of Gulf. Strings of ligM " 1 ice to 30 miles seaward 6 Field ice ENE of Sydney. Estimated cover 5/10. ^^^* Outer limits from 5 miles offshore at Cape North to 45-50 50-30 to 46-35 « -...do 58-50 thence in direction of St. Paul Island. Ice open. 8 ----do.... Outer limits from Cape Breton to 45-50 59-42 to 45-45 58-45 to 46-16 58-36 to 46-37 59-28 to 47-07 60-24 to vicinity 47-10 61-10 thence curving north- ward to vicinity Bird Rocks to 48-42 60-25 to 48-00 69-00 to Newfoundland coast near 49-40 N. Ice scattered near southern and eastern edge (1/10 to 2/10 cover) increasing 6/10 to 10/10 cover in body of pack. Route and approaches to Sydney blocked. 13 Winter ice Forming in Sydney Harbor (8/10 cover on 13th: 5/10 slob ice on 14th. Ice disappeared by isth. No further ice in harbor remainder of season). 13 Field ice Area broken field ice extends from Gulf of St. Lawrence along east coast Cape Breton Island to limits: Scatari Island to 45-45 60-00 to 45-15 60-15 to 45-15 59-30 to 46-20 58-40 to 47-10 60-15 thence 340° true into Gulf. 14-37 do Louisburg approaches, heavy ice from 1 mile off shore to limit of visibility. Closed to beach and filled harbor on 15th thence moved seaward to beyond limit of vLsability 16th to 17th shifting to within 2 miles of beach on 18th thence seaward 19th to 21st then to within 3 miles on 22nd and closing on beach on 23d with some ice drift ing into harbcr. Ice moved off shore on 24th for remainder of season but some drifi ice remained within the harbor imtil 27 March. 17 -.do Outer limits: 45-39 60-17 to 45-23- 59-57 to 45^9 59-09 to 46-17 59-12 thence northerly to St. Paul Island and beyond toward Bird Rocks. Ap- proaches and routes to Sydney blocked. Ice close on shore Flat Point, Scatari Island to Cape Breton. Gabarus Bay closed with scattered strings extending southward to Fourchu Point. 23 Noice Lower river clearing. No ioe in sight at Father Point. Matane or Point des Monta. 101 Table of Ice Reports, St. Lawrence Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location nnd Remarks MARCH— Continued Outer limits scattered ice Cape North to 46-11 5S-35 to 45-30 60-05 to bench near 45-40 60-20. Strip close p?.ck 1 to 5 miles wide along coast from St. Anne Bay to Cape North. Remainder of field less than 3/10 cover diminish- ing to less than 1/10 scattered strings near outer edges. Sydney and Louis- burg harbors easily accessible from seaward. Open water from a few miles off Cape St. Lawrence westward past Magdalen Islands. Southeast edge of ice in central part of gulf about 35 miles northwest of Bird Rocks. Few isolated strings between Bird Rocks and 4S-25 62-00. Scattered ice south of St. Paul Island. Strips along shore at .\spy Bay, Sydney and Louisburg. Scattered ice in Gut of Canso with close pack at northern end and in George Bay. No ice in sight at Cape Salmon, Father Point, Matane, Cape Magdalen, or Martin River. APRIL Lower St. Lawrence River clear of ice from Quebec to Fame Point, practically clear from Montreal to Quebec. Northumberland Strait clear. Gulf of St. Lawrence mostly clear except areas as noted below: Northeastern part of Gulf north of 49 N. Patch 5 miles in diameter vicinity 46-50 63-00. Strings 5 to 10 mile? north of West Pomt, Prince Edward Island._ Few strings between North Point, Prince Edward Island and Escuminac. Area of close pack from 47-10 N., to 47-30 N., between 63-20 W., and Magdalens. String of close pack along east coa.st Cape Breton Island from Aspy Bay southward. Patch 1 to 3 miles wide at Scatari Island. George Bay— close pack northward of line from Cape George to Henry Island to 10 miles northeast of Cape George and 8 miles north of Henry Island. Remainder of Bay loosening up, few strings. Steamer route via Cape Ray to Quebec navigable this date. Only few strings remain near Cape Breton coast. Outer limit less than 20 miles off shore. Ice conditions George Bay improved. Route via Gut of Canso and North- umberland Strait now considered navigable. Scattered remnants in vicinity Magdalen Islands and St. Paul Island. All other points of river and gulf reported clear. Few small strings and patches remaining 12th vicinity Magdalens, south of St. Paul Island, between Port Hood and Inverness, and vicinity Sandy Beach Spit and Northwest arm Gaspc Bay. All ice except that in vicinity Gaspe dissipated by 15th and the latter prior to the 17th of April. Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1945 Day of Month Location and Remarks 7 Berg do 9 1 1 Light field and pancake ice.. Field and winter ice Berg 12 Field and winter ice _ _ Berg 18 Slob Berg...... 19 Pan and sludge 20 Slob Light pack Field ice Berg.... Field ice. Berg Field ice. ...do... Slob FEBBUART 48-20 50-40 (smaU). 4S-25 52-20. Limits from Fogo Island to 50-27 62-29 to 51-05 53-49 to 52-34 52-43 to 53-05 52-49 to 53-27 51-45 to 53-58 51-22. Closing Newfoundland ports from Port Union to Port Saundera. 47-41 52-08 (small). 48-15 52-33 (6/10 to 8/10) extending west to coast and east to horizon, becom- ing 8/10 to 10/10 at 48-51 52-52. Closing Newfoundland ports from Bonavista to Rocky H.irbour. 46-42 51-48. Argentia Harbor (disappeared by morning 19th). 46-35 51-55. Extending from Torbay 4 miles 070° thence 030° to limit of visibility. At H.arbor Grace, Clarenvillc, and Aguathunas. Belt li to 1 mile wide extcncls from a point 2 miles east of Cape Spear north to 4 miles east of Red Cliff Head. Outer limits from northward through approxinuate positions 53-10 52-45 to 52-00 52-35 to 50-30 51-40 thence southward to 47-20 51 45. All ice in area westward to beach apparently light. 5/10 cover at outer edge in- creasing to 9/10 in Notre Dame Bay. 7/10 cover south of 49 N., decreasing southward off Avalon Peninsula. Open water inshore south from Cape Bonavista. 46-41 52-03. Approximate southern limits from Baccalieu Island to 47-50 52-40 to 47-30 62-25 to 48-00 51-10 to 49-10 50-00. Eastern 30 miles light pans and skim ice 3/10 to 7/10 cover thence nearly solid pan ice to westward. 46-60 52-02. Scattered light floes from 46-50 52-02 to 5 miles off Cape Spear. Closing Newfoundland ports from Port I'nion to Corner Brook. At Harbour Grace, Grates Cove, Ciarcnville, and Aguathunas. 102 Tabic of Ice Reports, Neivfoitndland Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Type Field ice Berg Field ice ...do ...do Berg - Slush and pancake Clear... Berg Field ice Berg.... Field ice Open water. Winter ice.. Bergs Field ice 1 and growlers. Field ice. .--do.... Slob Bergs and growlers. Field ice. Bergs... Field ice. ...do... ...do... ...do... Bergs... Field ice. ...do... ...do... ...do... Location and Remarks FE BRD A RY— Continued Scattered field ice between 48-26 50-34 and 48-35 50-23. Average thickness 12 to 18 inches. 47-18 52-32. Ice field wide area about 48-27 49-20. Southern limit latitude 48-13. Approximate outer limits through 48-00 52-40 to 47-28 52-25 to 48-20 50-00 to 49-15 50-00 through 51-00 52-00. 10/10 broken ice decreasing to 4/10 cover at outer edge. 47-21 62-37. MARCH Outer limits from vicinity Cape Bonavista to 47-46 52-00 to 48-08 51-00 thence northeast through estimated visibility limit of 48-33 50-30. 4/10 to 8/10 cover, some cakes to greater than 20 feet in diameter. Ice becomes heavier and more closely packed to north. Narrow string trails southeast from Baccalicu Island with another near mouth of Trinity Bay. Trinity and Bonavista Bays. Ice at heads of coves and bays much below average. 47-19 52-43. off Bay Bulls, large. Fogo Island to Battle Harbor. Close cover, heavy pack, large cakes and sheets, occasional open cracks. 1 sighted about 70 miles east of Battle Harbor. No other bergs observed above area. Western edge, clearing coast 3 to 5 miles at Cape Bonavista, extends through 48-20 52-43 to 47-45 52-30 (estimated) where edge turns easterly at appar- ent southern limit. Outer edge extends irregularly through 49-20 50-50, 50-50 51-20, 51-55 52-40, 53-20 53-30 and northerly. Body of pack 6/10 to 10/10. Eastern border from scattered to 5/10. Ice appears lighter than 1944 season. Strait of Belle Isle averages 8/10 cover from new through broken sheet to heavy. 5 to 10 miles wide with some new ice forming along Labrador coast from 52-00 N., to 53-10 N. Bays along Labrador coast and arms to Notre Dame Bay frozen solid. Relatively few sighted. Positions as follows: 48-28 52-23, 48-30 52-16, 2 at 48-54 52-00, 49-05 51-47, 52-05 55-40, 52-24 55-34, 52-38 55^0, 52-47 55-45, 53-04 55-40, 53-25 55-39, 53-27 55-37, 53-31 53-22. Edge from vicinity Stinking Island to Cape Bonavista clearing east coast Bonavista Peninsula to 47-45 62-10, 47-53 51-35, 47-30 51-05, 48-00 50-20, 47-45 50-00, 47-50 47-50, 48-45 49-20, 49-30 50-30 thence northerly. Cover 6/10 to 10/10 except near edges. Some heavy pans to greater than 50 feet in diameter near southeastern extremity of pack area. Pack rather heavy from 49-30 50-30 to Cape Bonavista, but appeared lighter than in 1944. Numerous in pack north of 49 N., with a few to near southern border of pack. Individual berg positions as follows: 47-19 52-43 (large, aground off Bull Head), 48-05 49-30, 48-10 51-25, 49-03 51-21' 49-07 51-35, 49-12 51-03, 49-12 61-31, 49-12 51-54, 49-13 52-10, 49-16 51-32, 49-15 51-55, 49-15 52-10, 49-17 51-49, 49-18 51-42, 49-18 61-55, 49-21 51-01, 49-23 51-56, 49-23 61-04, 49-25 50-29, 49-26 61-04. Most of above bergs were quite small. Many growlers throughout area. Vicinity 47-45 48-10. Cakes 8 to 10 feet in diameter, 8 to 10 inches thick, soft, with sludge between cakes. Limits from Cape Bonavista to: 47-26 51-48, 47-13 51-23, 47-57 50-18, 47-27149-32, 47-25 48-42, 47-09 48-27, 47-13 47-18, 47-28 47-24, 47-43 48-04, 47-61 48-58, 49-00 50-15 and northerly. Ice at southern limits estimated 8 to 10 inches thick in cakes averaging 10 feet diameter, but some to over 30 feet. Average cover 4/10, made up of 10/10 strips and patches. Vicmity 49 N., cover 8/10 to 10/10, larger floes, heavier ice. Slush and new ice forming in pack and west of pack area. 9/10 new ice in Bonavista Bay, slush forming at mouth of Trinity Bay and in patches in Conception Bay. Small bergs and growlers rather numerous in ice field along course from 49-00 N., 50-16 W., to Cape Bonavista. Individual berg positions as follows: 47-19 52-43 (off Bull Head), 48-02 52-33, 48-37 50-50, 48-41 50-57, 48-42 50-42, 48-51 51-00, 48-52 51-10, 48-52 61-23, 4 near 48-57 50-43. Growlers at: 47-23 51-16, many near 48-43 50-50, 48-56 50-30. Along flight Icourse from 47-30 52-15 to 47-30 49-40 which was apparently eastern limit. Light, rather open. Ice along coast from northward to Port Union thence open water inshore to south. Many in area vicinity 48-50 62-20 (30 or more). Scattered floes vicinity 47-08 51-39. Extending from 48-00 48-20 west to coast. Floes of scattered ice within 5 miles of 47-00 47-00. Mostly light but occasionally cakes to 18 inches thick. Heavy floes 9 miles off St. John's harbor. 47-13 52-35, 47-39 52-30. 2 large close packed floes vicinity 47-00 51-10, scattered pieces to about 30 miles south this position thence clear past Cape Race. Patch 1 mile off Fort Amherst. Main field 5 miles off. Very widely scattered small pieces only ice encountered by ship between 62-21 45-26 and 46-55 48-22. Off St. John's Harbor to visibility distance. 103 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Field ice Bergs... Field ice Bergs. Field ice ...do... Bergs... Field ice Berg.... Field ice Bergs. Field ice Bergs... Field ice Bergs. MABCB— Continued From near coast to 47-26 48-39 (apparently eastern edge). Strip 2 miles wide 1 mile ofif entrance St. John's Harbor. Western edge main field about 5 miles off St. John's. Entrance St. John's Harbor closing at 2000 G.c.t 47-40 52-33, 47-42 52-23, 47-45 52-34. Western edge of field: Trinity Bay from Cape Bona vista clearing South Head by 2 miles to Salvage Point. Conception Bay from Western Bay to Cape St. Francis. Ice inshore along Avalon coast from Black Head to Cape Spear thence to 47-20 52-37. 47-15 52-28. 46-54 52-26. 47-21 50-45. 47-48 50-20, 47-18 49-46, 47-07 48-20. 48-00 48-10. 49-10 49-25 and northerly. Western edge of ice north of Torbay Point was mostly new formed and fresh broken sheet ice. Percentage heavier cakes became greater and new ice less as distance from shore increased. Cover varied from 10/10 inshore to 2/10 and less near edges of field. Ice east of 49 W.. mostly open and navigable. Ice off St. John's appeared lighter than usual, with ships working in and out from harbor. Field moved off shore during day giving 1 to 3 miles open water inshore south of Black Head. Growlers and small bergs, with an occasional large one scattered through ice field east to 49-45 W. Individual positions as follows: 46-58 52-30, 46-59 52-40. 47-15 50-17, 47-17 49-49, 47-24 50-21. 47-31 52-33, 47-33 51-07 47-34 51-37. 47-34 52-35, 47-39 51-37, 47-40 51-15, 47-43 61-25, 47-48 50-58. 2 at 48-22 51-47, 48-23 51-53, 48-24 51-54. 4^25 51-48, 48-27 52-04, 48-28 51-40. 48-28 52-11. 48-30 51-47. 48-31 51-40. 48-32 61-39, 48-32 51-48. 48-33 51-44, 48-33 52-09, 48-34 51-44. 48-34 51-45. 48-34 51-48. 48-35 51-37. 48-35 51-43, 48-35 51-46. 48-38 61-16, 48-41 61-17, 48-53 51-13. Width of coastal belt off Cape Harrison 120 miles with outer 5 miles con- taining some Arctic ice. 9/10 inshore; 2/10 at outer edge. Very few bergs. Western edge through 47-59 52-34 to 47-32 52-22 to 47-23 52-34 thence ex- tending 090° true. Moving southeast. 47-27 52-06. 47-29 52-06. 47-33 52-06, 47-47 52-39. 47-54 62-36. Southern edge 147° from Cape Spear to 47-27 62-34 to 47-17 62-23 to 47-12 62-27 thence 128° true for undetermined distance. 47-08 62-29. Western edge e.xtends from north with small string inside Baccalieu Island thence clearing Cape St. Francis by 3 miles to beach at Black Head (47-46 N) thence 1 to 5 miles off coast to 1 mile off Cape Spear to 47-18 52-33 to 46-47 52-05 to 47-00 51-00 to 47-15 50-43 to 47-03 50-03 to 47-30 49-40 to 47-02 49-04 to 47-05 48-22 to 47-38 48-02 to 47-52 48-40 thence northerly. Western edge of ice north of 47-40 is new formed light, broken, sheet. 10/10 heavy cakes and slush off Cape Spear, but minesweep was traversing area without apparent difficulty. Southern and eastern edges mostly open of 1/10 to 3/10 cover. No extensive areas pack east of 49 W., but some cakes to over 50 feet in diameter and scattered growlers. Most of the bergs were small, of near growler size. Small to large bergs at: 47-11 52-32. 47-30 49-45, 47-30 50-17, 47-30 52-13. 47-32 51-16. 47-40 50-38, 47-56 50-11, 48-00 50-20. Very small bergs at: 47-04 39-49, 47-07 49-07, 47-14 51-27, 47-25 51-00, 47-32 49-47. 47-32 52-31. 47-33 52-31, 47-35 49-35, 47-35 50-28, 47-38 49-66, 47-40 49-50, 47-42 60-55, 3 near 47-46 50-08. 47-45 51-36, 47-46 52-27. 47-47 50-55, 47-47 52-21, 47-49 51-08. 47-50 50-04. Growlers at: 47-06 62-07. 47-07 49-28. 47-08 49-22, 47-13 49-25, 47-22 52-25, 3 near 47-48 52-14. Western edge from north through 47-37 62-19 to 47-28 62-36 to 47-18 52-29 and eastward. 47-27 62-36, 47-20 52-37. Outer limits from 61-06 51-20 to 49-30 49-46 to 47-40 47-55 to 46-47 48-00 to 47-25 50-00 to 46-55 51-51 to within 12 miles of Bull Head thence clear- ing headlands 10 miles at St. John's, 8 miles at Torbay. and 3 miles at Cape St. Francis. Strait of Belle Isle solid except about 2 miles open water west side. Ice field north of Fogo Island close packed 10/10 cover with scattered bergs throughout. Several strings extendmg approximately 10 to 15 miles east from main field at southeast corner, cover 1/10 to 2/10. Scattered detached pans about 25 to 30 miles off Cape Broyle. Large single bergs at 50-12 50-22 and 49-47 50-07. each about 10 miles outside ice field. Other bergs: 2 at 47-20 51-09. 47-24 61-21. 47-26 51-14. 47-26 51-15, 47-26 52-26, 47-27 51-12. 47-28 50-55. 47-29 51-10. 47-29 62-23, 47-30 50-50. 47-30 50-52. 47-30 61-03. 47-30 51-18. 47-31 49-46. 47-31 50-04. 47-32 50-23. 47-32 50-47. 47-33 50-55, 47-33 50-57, 2 at 47-34 50-40. 2 at 47-34 60-43. 2 at 47-34 50-45. 47-34 50-47. 47-34 60-61. 2 at 47-35 60-05. 47-36 50-44. 47-36 51-02. 47-37 49-55, 47-37 50-39. 47-38 50-40. 2 at 47-39 49-50. 5 near 47-40 60-09. 47-41 49-50. 47-42 60-35, 47-42 50-50, 2 at 47-43 49-49. 8 to 12 near 47-43 50-29, 2 at 47-44 49-49, 47-45 50-38. 47-47 60-40, 2 at 47-48 49-57, 47-50 49-49. 51-06 63-20, 51-10 53-45, 51-10 53-55. 51-15 53-33. 51-21 54-05, 61-25 54-27, 51-28 54-20. 51-33 54-25, 61-38 53-33. 51-39 54-43. 51-40 54-28, 51-41 63-28, 51-42 54-26, 51-44 54-50, 2 at 51-47 54-40. growler 50-40 50-60. Limits, including strings from field, from north through 47-30 52-20. 47-22 52-20. 47-15 52-00, 47-04 52-00. 47-03 52-22. 46-57 52-22, 46-35 51-40, 46-42 51-18, 46-26 60-43, 46-44 60-06, 47-01 49-40, 47-00 48-45, 46-23 47-32. 46-23 47-23, 46-48 47-11. 47-13 47-41 and northerly. Small de- tached patch at 46-18 47-16. Most of ice in main field heavy large floes, some to greater than 80 feet. Near southeast extremity floes heavier than average with smaller pieces mostly melted out. Field scattered in windrows of 10/10 even in places where total cover only 2/10. 104 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Type Bergs. Bergs Field ice. Bergs. Growlers. Field ice. Bergs. Growlers. Field ice. ...do.... Growlers. Field ice. Locution mid Remarks MARCH — Continued Growlers and small bergs iscattered 'through pack with several near south- ern edge and free or soon free to drift to the south. Individual positions of bergs: 46-23 47-33, 46-47 51-15, 46-47 51-19, 46-52 47-59, 47-08 49-02 47-09 49-28, 47-09 50-49, 47-U) 49-28, 47-11 49-34, 47-11 50-47, 47-11 50-50, 47-11 50-53, 47-12 50-57, 47-13 49-28, 47-13 51-06, 47-15 50-40 47-15 62-32, 47-16 50-32, 47-16 51-08, 47-16 51-12, 47-10 51-15, 47-18 51-57, 47-17 50-22, 47-18 50-18, 47-19 50-55, 47-21 50-55, 47-22 50-28 47-22 51-08, 47-24 50-58, 47-26 49-56, 47-26 50-12, 47-27 50-37, 47-27 51-55, 47-31 50-12. 47-37 50-36, 47-41 49-55. 46-48 50-24, 47-10 49-12, 3 at 47-11 44-41, 47-20 52-17. Ship encountered ice at 46-45 47-35 and cleared ice at 47-00 47-10. At first ice was light and offered no resistance, later becoming heavier. This ship (corvette class) and another similar ship each suffered considerable damage to the stem and returned to drydock for repairs. Extreme south edge of ice e-xtends 290° true from 46-23 47-18. Extends from Cape Bonavista to 48-00 52-00 to 47-55 52-20 to 47-30 62-25 thence eastsoutheast. 47-14 52-22, 47-20 52-35, 47-27 52-36, 47-21 52-23. Edge 10 to 20 miles off shore cast coast Avapn Peninsula from Cape St. Francis to Cape Race. Eastern and southern limits of ice 46-46 47-26 to 45-47 47-41 to 45-56 48-14 thence with large bay to north centered at 4ft-38 49-53 to 46-27 52-00 with a long string running to within 14 miles of Cape Broyle (47-04 53-51). Scattered patches 5 to 10 miles from field at 46-35 50-15 and 46-30 51-32. Cover along eastern edge and southeastern tip is 7/10 to 10/10 forming a border 1 mile wide with windrows of scattered ice inside. 46-39 48-50, 46-44 49-34, 2 at 46-50 49-34, 46-55 52-04, 2 near 46-56 51-03 46-57 52-03, 46-58 50-40, 46-58 52-03, 47-05 51-40, 47-09 52-00, 47-11 52-23, 47-15 52-40, 47-18 51-03, 47-24 51-04, 47-47 52-22. 2 near 46-37 48-46, 46-49 50-25, 46-52 51-11, 46-53 51-09, 46-56 51-04. 47-01 52-16, 47-03 51-57, 47-03 51-53, 47-15 52-30, 47-31 51-52 . Ice to 250 miles off Labrador coast in latitude of Hebron (outer edge at 59-25 55-00). 9/10 to 10/10 along coast decreasing to 6/10 and less near outer edge. Some lanes open water. Much of field ia new ice. Marked absence of bergs, few if any along course. Edge 4 to 8 miles off Cape Spear with occasional bergs and small patches in open lead to coast. Outer limits through 47-33 47-35 to 46-17 47-49 to 45-43 48-12 to 45-31 49-07 to 47-15 50-00 to 46-36 52-15 to 47-00 52-38 thence western edge clearing coast 8 miles at Cape Spear, 12 miles at Torbay and 8 miles at Cape St. Francis. Large detached field of heavy field ice drifting past Cape Race close inshore. Main body of field appeared very compact with very little open water showing. Southeastern edge 3/10 to 10/10 cover. Inner edge of southern tip closely packed 1 to 3 miles wide. Many scattered growlers and bergs mthin 15 mile radius of 47-00 52-38. Nu- merou bergs throughout pack. Individual positions: 46-30 48-34, 46-51 52-17, 46-54 52-12. 46-57 51-49, 46-57 51-54, 46-59 52-18, 46-59 52-37, 47-05 51-02, 47-06 50-43, 47-06 52-43, 47-06 50-45, 47-07 50-36, 47-07 51-17, 47-07 52-28, 47-08 49-34, 47-09 49-37, 47-09 51-18, 47-10 50-40, 47-10 51-19, 47-11 45-59, 47-12 49-34, 47-13 51-25, 47-15 50-45, 47-15 52-44, 2 near 47-17 49-58, 47-19 49-59, 47-19 50-59, 47-19 50-23, 47-20 51-56, 47-21 50-41, 47-22 51-02, 47-22 51-13, 47-22 51-56, 47-23 50-03, 47-24 50-39, 47-24 49-41, 47-24 49-43, 47-24 49-49, 47-24 49-54, 47-24 50-00. 2 near 47-24 50-08, 47-24 50-12, 47-24 50-16, 47-25 50-46, 47-25 51-09, 47-25 51-37. 47-25 51-45. 47-25 51-56, 47-25 51-58. 47-27 50-12, 47-27 52-28, 2 near 47-28 51-25 (large), 47-28 50-46, 47-28 50-57, 47-28 50-12, 47-28 50-23, 2 near 47-28 50-29 (large), 47-28 51-29. 47-28 51-36. 47-28 51-56. 47-29 48-51. 47-29 52-37. 47-29 50-15. 47-29 50-39. 47-30 48-51, 47-30 50-23, 47-30 51-29, 47-31 49-15, 47-31 49-22, 47-^1 49-41. 47-31 51-29, 47-31 50-07, 2 near 47-31 50-08, 47-31 50-10, 47-31 50-13, 47-31 50-14, 47-31 50-15. 47-32 50-14, 47-32 50-23, 2 near 47-32 51-09 (large), 4 near 47-32 51-18, 47-32 52-08, 47-33 48-39, 47-33 49-31, 47-33 49-45. 47-33 49-58, 47-33 50-25, 47-33 52-17, 47-33 50-19, 47-34 50-07, 47-34 51-11, 47-34 51-51, 47-34 51-58, 47-34 52-01, 47-34 52-07. 47-35 49-49, 2 near 47-35 50-11, 47-35 50-19, 47-35 50-21, 47-35 50-39. 47-35 51-21. 47-35 49-31, 47-35 50-11, 47-35 50-19, 47-35 50-35, 47-35 51-11, 47-36 51-21, 47-37 49-51, 47-37 50-21, 47-37 51-21, 47-38 51-23, 47-38 51-49. 3 near 47-38 51-58, 47-38 52-03, 47-39 51-07, 2 near 47-39 51-12, 47-40 51-30. 47-40 51-07, 47-40 51-31, 2 near 47-42 51-50, 47-42 50-61, 47-46 52-33, 3 near 47-47 51-34, 47-50 51-36, 47-52 51-36, 47-58 52-03, (large), 48-05 51-52 (large), 48-14 51-41 (large). 47-13 52-35, 47-13 52-38. Light scattered ice sighted as far south as 45-05 N., between 47 W., and 50 W. Light scattered ice vicinity 44-58 48-29 and northward. Light floes 3 miles off Cape Spear along coast to 214 miles off Bull Head, thence southeastward. Large floe extends seaward from coast in 46 48 N. Pos- sible to pass through with caution. Narrow light floe extends seaward from 46-34 52-47. Numerous small growlers along coast from 46-48 N., to Cape Spear. Western edge 6 to 7 miles off Cape Spear and about 6 miles off Bay Bulls. 105 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Bergs. Growlers Field ice. Bergs... Field ice. Bergs... Field ice Bergs... Field ice Field and winter ice Field ice Bergs Field ice Bergs. MARCH — Continued Western edge moved off shore to 10 miles east of Baccalieu Island, 20 miles off Cape St. Francis, 15 miles off St. John's and 15 to 18 miles off shore the remaining length of Avalon Peninsula. Outer limits of field from 47-00 52-28 to 46-14 51-30 to 47-02 49-25 to 45-25 48-34 to 46-11 46-49 to 47-04 46-40 thence extending 330° true. Southern tip swinging to west- ward with small pans evolving therefrom. Many large growlers and small bergs on inner edge of southern tip of field. Concentration of bergs and growlers within 10 mile radius of 46-55 52-40. Several bergs working free into open water from southern and western edges of pack. 46-01 47-54, 46-20 52-47, 46-30 50-32, 46-33 52-42, 46-45 52-29, 46-46 52-13, 46-48 49-20, 46-50 50-01, 46-51 47-57, 46-52 51-46, 46-52 52-47, 46-55 52-38. 2 at 46-56 48-48, 46-57 48-45, 46-57 48-50, 46-57 47-54, 46-58 48-36, 2 at 46-58 48-45, 4 near 46-58 51-05, 10 in vicinity 46-58 51-29, 46-59 52-39, 47-00 50-25, 8 in vicinity 47-00 50-52, 47-00 52-41, 47-00 48-29 (small), 47-01 48-49, 47-01 48-57, 47-01 50-09, 2 near 47-02 49-07, 47-02 49-09, 47-02 52-01 (large), 47-02 48-53, 47-02 50-23, 47-02 50-25, 3 near 47-02 51-45, 47-03 49-09 (small), 2 near 47-03 49-11. 47-03 49-45, 47-03 50-39 (large), 3 near 47-03 51-44 (large), 47-03 48-49, 47-03 50-25, 47-04 48-55, 47-04 48-56, 47-04 51-23, 47-04 49-35, 47-04 50-23, 47-04 51-10, 2 near 47-05 48-31, 47-05 48-39, 47-05 48-41, 47-05 49-00, 7 in vicinity 47-05 49-03, 47-05 52-00, 3 near 47-06 48-25, 47-06 52-43, 47-06 52-44, 3 near 47-06 49-14, 47-07 48-40, 2 near 47-07 49-51, 47-07 50-23, 47-07 51-21, 3 near 47-08 49-14, 47-08 49-59, 47-08 51-21, 5 in vicinity 47-08 51-57, 47-08 50-18, 47-08 52-18, 47-09 48-40, 3 near 47-09 49-14, 3 near 47-09 49-19, 47-09 49-59, 47-09 50-08, 47-09 50-16 (large). 47-09 50-41, 47-09 50-43, 47-09 51-07, 2 near 47-09 51-21, 47-09 51-45, 47-09 52-09, 47-10 48-40, 4 near 47-10 49-47, 2 near 47-10 49-52, 3 near 47-10 60-07, 2 near 47-10 50-32, 47-10 50-45, 47-10 50-57, 47-10 51-59, 47-10 52-02, 3 near 47-10 49-10, 47-10 51-05 (large). 47-10 51-09, 47-11 48-40, 5 vicinity 47-11 49-53, 2 at 47-11 49-55 (large), 47-11 50-18, 47-11 50-15, 47-11 50-28, 47-11 50-46, 47-11 50-51, 47-11 51-57, 47-11 50-18, 12 vicinity 47-11 51-02, 47-11 51-27, 11 vicinity 47-12 49-49, 47-12 49-57, 4 near 47-12 50-13, 47-12 52-02, 4 near 47-12 49-42, 47-12 50-19, 5 vicinitv 47-13 49-39, 47-13 50-01, 47-13 50-46, 47-13 50-49, 2 at 47-13 52-23, 47-13 49-45, 3 near 47-13 51-34, 47-14 49-27 (large), 4 near 47-14 50-03, 47-14 50-27, 47-14 50-30, 47-14 50-41, 47-14 51-29, 5 vicinity 47-14 49-42, 47-14 52-10, 47-15 49-39 (large), 47-15 50-46, 2 near 47-15 51-23, 47-15 51-59, 47-15 52-45, 47-16 49-26 (large), 4 near 47-16 50-13, 47-16 50-34, 3 near 47-16 51-05. 47-16 52-10. 3 near 47-17 49-57, 47-17 50-27, 47-17 50-29. 47-17 52-14. 47-18 49-15, 3 near 47-18 49-50, 47-18 50-34, 47-18 52-43. 47-19 50-56. 47-19 50-58. 47-20 49-38 (large), 47-20 52-13, 47-20 52-02, 2 near 47-21 49-48 (large), 47-21 50-56. 4 near 47-22 50-13. 47-22 50-56. 47-23 52-02, 3 near 47-24 49-59. 47-26 50-33 (large). 47-26 52-18. 47-28 50-37 (large). 47-29 52-17, 47-54 52-17. 45-38 48-17. 45-49 47-46 (large). 5 vicinity 45-52 47-57. 45-57 47-52. 46-06 47-47. None visible from coast St. John's to Bay Bulls past 2 days. Westerly winds have moved ice well off shore. 47-09 52-28,47-13 52-41. Edge approximately 16 miles off shore St. John's to Baccalieu Island narrowing to 5 miles off Cape Bonavista. Heavy ice from Twillingate to Bell Island with 10/10 to 7/10 cover north to Belle Isle. Belle Isle Strait closely packed except some open water around northwest corner. Cover 10/10 to 40 miles east of Battle Harbor then observed small patches 1/10 to 10/10 with many leads. No ice visible to eastward of 52-16 51-35 nowever closely packed eastern edge appeared to be at 51-52 51-00 to 49-38 52-49. Scattered throughout field: 50-00 53-18. 50-14 53-28, 50-25 53-04, 50-31 53-36, 50-32 53-22, 50-34 53-14. 50-34 53-18. 50-47 53-29, 50-52 53-28, 50-53 53-29, 50-58 53-17, 50-58 53-29, 51-03 53-36. 51-04 53-06. 51-08 53-00. 51-09 53-20, 51-18 52-30, 52-05 53-26. Outer edge large tightly packed floes from 47-54 52-08 to 47-14 51-39 to 47-29 52-22 to 47-38"52-22 to 47-38 52-16 to 47-57 52-16 to 47-57 52-07. Several large bergs vicinity east edge above floes. Large lone bergs at 47-19 51-58 and 47-05 51-52. APRIL Edge vicinity 48-00 50-44. Closing Newfoundland ports from Fogo Island to Corner Brook. Western idge 10 miles off Baccalieu Island, 25 miles east of Cape St. Francis. and 45 miles cast of Cape Spear. 46-51 52-51. 47-16 52-45. 47-32 52-32. 47-34 52-00, 47-35 51-53, 47-43 52-14, 47-45 52-28, 47-46 51-46. Tongue from field extends southward to 47-56 52-34 (12 miles NNE of Cape St. Francis). Western edge of main field through 47-51 51-41 curving * eastward from 47-47 51-38 then southsoutheast through 47-36 51-41 to limit i. of visibility. Field from 6/10 to 8/10 cover extended east to 48-06 48-36 11 then scattered strings and pieces to limits passing through 48-14 48-09 and 'i 48-00 47-30. 47-26 51-42. 47-42 50-25. 47-42 50-43. 0 within 10 miles of 47-45 50-00, 2 near 47-48 49-31, 47-50 49-01, 47-52 48-32, 4 within 5 miles of 47-58 49-42, i 48-17 60-28. 106 Table of Ice Reports. Newfoiiudhnid Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remark! Bergs. Berg Bergs Field ice. —do.... Bergs. Growlers. Field ice. Bergs.. . Berg Field ice. Berg Field ice. Winter Bergs Field and winttr ice. Field ice Winter Bergs do. Field ice . APRIL— Continued FAge 5 miles off Baccalieu Island and Cape St. Francis with a long tongue of scattered ice extending south to 5 miles off Torbay Point (47-24 52-30) then curving through 47-46 62-24 to 47-41 51-54 to 47-21 52-03 to 46-58 51-40 to 46-40 50-38 to 46-51 50-29 where obscured by overcast. Limits again oliserved through 46-52 47-40 to 46-59 47-29 to 46-42 47-22 to 46-28 46-40 to southern tip at 46-14 46-27 thence to 46-22 46-23 and irregularly through 47-25 47-03. Many long wide bays open water throughout field. 46-16 46-29, 46-23 46-33, 46-30 46-32, 5 vicinity 46-33 46-34, 46-35 46-36 2 near 46-36 46-37, 3 near 46-37 47-02, 46-38 47-05, 2 near 46-40 46-37, 46-40 47-03, 46-41 46-38, 2 near 46-42 46-38, 46-51 50-33, 46-54 50-46, 46-54 46-53, 46-57 50-45, 46-59 50-45, 47-01 47-11, 47-01 61-30, 47-03 51-44, 47-05 51-38, 5 vicinity 47-08 60-50, 47-08 51-44, 47-10 61-56, 47-18 47-07, 2 at 47-20 51-55. 47-24 61-23, 47-26 47-44, 47-27 61-22, 47-29 51-13, 47-30 49-16, 47-31 51-22, 47-31 47-52, 47-31 50-60, 47-32 60-32, 47-32 47-52, 47-32 49-10, 2 at 47-32 50-38, 47-32 51-42, 47-34 49-17, 2 at 47-34 50-45, 2 at 47-34 50-50, 47-34 51-12, 47-35 50-41, 2 at 47-35 50-45, 47-35 60-50, 47-36 51-08, 47-35 51-19, 47-35 48-12, 47-35 48-24, 47-35 49-09, 47-35 49-12, 47-35 49-17, 47-35 50-21, 47-35 50-25, 47-35 50-49, 47-35 50-59, 47-36 49-44, 47-36 50-51. 47-36 49-31, 47-36 61-28, 47-37 48-02. 47-37 48-19. 47-37 49-20, 47-37 49-51, 47-37 60-16. 47-37 50-20, 47-37 50-34, 47-37 60-36. 2 at 47-37 50-43, 47-37 51-26, 47-37 51-60, 47-38 48-46, 47-38 48-46, 2 at 47-38 49-10, 47-38 49-15, 47-38 49-28, 47-38 49-51, 47-38 50-06, 47-38 50-16, 47-38 50-59, 47-38 61-28, 47-38 48-45, 47-38 49-15, 47-38 49-51, 47-38 51-17, 47-39 48-47, 47-39 49-28, 47-39 50-02, 47-39 50-26. 47-40 48-46, 47-40 49-20, 3 near 47-40 50-23, 47-40 60-25. 47-40 50-59. 47-40 51-33, 47-41 48-38, 47-41 49-11, 47-41 49-22, 47-41 50-52, 47-41 51-45. 47-42 48-30. 47-42 48-38 47-42 51-30, 47-43 48-38, 3 near 47-43 50-38, 47-43 50-39, 2 at 47-43 51-45, 47-46 50-33, 47-47 47-54. Newfoundland harbors from Bonavista to Cow Head Harbor. Cornerbrook closed by ice in inlet. 44-27 48-25 (large). 44-20 48-35, 44-18 48-33. Tongue extends southwest to 45-06 47-45. Western and southern limits of field from north through 48-33 51-30, 48-25 51-10, 48-07 51-45, 48-17 51-10, 47-52 51-22. 47-19 51-06, 47-17 50-34, 47-14 48-24, 46-46 47-42, 45-43 48-00 thence strings extending southwest to limits 45-33 48-28, 45-27 48-28, 45-27 48-05. Eastern limits through 46-28 46-35, 47-52 47-00, 48-33 48-35. Ice south of 46-30 is loose and scattered except for large closely packed floe at western edge between 46-22 and 46-04 N. Eastern edge of field ice is somewhat scattered. 45-38 48-12, 3 near 45-40 48-00, 45-41 47-54, 45-49 47-48, 45-52 47-66. 3 near 46-57 47-35, 46-01 47-33, 46-01 47-36, 46-02 47-31. 46-18 46-43. 46-22 47-39. 46-23 46-41. 46-27 47-28, 46-58 47-42, 47-04 47-58, 47-07 47-58, 47-10 48-04, 47-12 47-59, 47-16 47-16, 47-17 48-15, 47-20 49-21. 47-22 51-05. 47-25 48-16. 47-25 61-04, 2 at 47-30 50-50, 47-32 50-57, 47-32 61-15. 47-33 50-54. 47-35 47-30, 47-45 51-08. 48-15 51-11. 48-16 50-52, 48-16 51-05, 48-18 50-03, 48-20 50-10, 48-20 60-23, 48-22 49-57. 48-24 49-54. One off Bay Bulls. Numerous throughout area near southern edge of ice field. 10 near line be- tween 45-38 48-10 and 45-33 48-24. Encountered between 47-25 W., and 47-45 W. Southern limit 46-16 N. Vicinity ice field and scattered 20 miles southward. 44-23 48-24 (small). Heavy floes from shore to 49-00 49-40 thence drift ice to 49-00 48-40. 44-20 48-14 Eastern edge 56-00 54-40 approximately 120 miles east from Bull Dog Island widening to 180 miles north and east of Cape Harrison. Cover 8/10 outer 22 miles then 2/10 to 6/10 next 30 miles and increasing 9/10 to 10/10 there to shore. Some large pans 600 to 1,500 feet in diameter. Hamilton Inlet and Lake Melville frozen solid with hard packed snow cover. Few noted within 20 miles of Bull Dog Island (54-45 56-40). Newfoundland harbors closed from Bonavista to Port Saunders. None sighted from flight along line over Cape Whittle and Port Au Port. Humber Arm appeared free of ice. 44-25 47-30, 44-25 48-10. 45-06 51-20,45-25 62-20. Edge through 48-16 51-15, 47-52 51-14, 47-38 50-12, 47-15 50-06. 47-08 47-48. 46-18 47-22, 45-44 47-58. Field has heavy border close packed ice with much open water throughout central area. Some scattered along western edge entirely free of pack with many more in position to work free. Singles at: 47-15 48-39, 47-34 50-06, 47-39 60-16, 47--40 60-14, 47-41 50-13, 2 at 47-45 50-24. 47-45 50-27. Fast ice in arms and coves of Notre Dame Bay, some open water in Dildo Run. Southern edge from visibility limit near 50-45 65-00 to Bell Island then western edge to Groais Island to Cape Bauld with heavy 10/10 pack narrowing to isthmus from Cape Bauld to south tip Belle Isle. South side of strait 10/10. North side clear west past 66-00 W. No close pack within 10 miles Labrador coast north to Battle Harbor. 50-12 55-54, 50-13 56-64 (estimated 260 to 300 feet high), 51-13 65-24, 51-18 .5.5-18, 51-24 55-25, 52-04 55-35, 52-13 55-31. 44-15 47-39 107 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Field and winter i Field ice Bergs Berg Field ice Bergs Field ice BergR. Growlers Berg... Bergs. _. Field ice. Bergs. Field ice Bergs... Field ice Bergs... Field ice APBIL — Continued Newfoundland narbors closed from Lewisporte to Port Saunders. Edge at 45-24 48-00. Numerous to 20 miles south of 45-24 48-00. 44-30 48-30. Large patch at 44-38 48-20. 2 at 43-45 47-02 (small), 46-35 52-34 (large). Edge clears Cape St. Francis 72 miles, and extends through 48-00 51-05 to 47-03 50-11 to 46-33 49-00 to 46-48 48-30 to 46-05 47-48 to 45-39 48-07 thence long close packed string to 45-20 48-23, 44-56 48-02. Detached patch at 44-57 47-38. Southern edge closely packed from yards to several miles in width with much open water inside this border. Ice south of 45-20 is well drawn out into patches with large cakes of heavy green ice. Scattered throughout pack with a concentration between 45 and 46 N., from 47 to 49 W. Many were observed beyond the eastern limits of the pack east of the 1,000 fathom curve, apparently in back eddy of current. Positions of singles and groups: 44-23 49-20, 44-25 49-24, 44-58 47-29, 45-00 47-51, 45-00 48-33, 45-01 46-55, 45-02 47-03, 45-02 48-23, 45-03 47-36, 45-03 48-12, 45-04 48-26. 45-05 48-01. 45-05 48-23, 45-06 47-08, 45-06 48-47, 45-11 47-37, 45-13 48-43. 45-15 47-27, 45-15 48-06, 45-15 48-07, 45-17 47-40, 45-19 47-49, 45-20 47-53, 45-20 47-59, 45-20 48-00. 45-21 48-03, 45-23 48-17, 3 near 45-25 47-54, 45-26 47-58, 45-27 48-02, 3 near 45-28 47-53, 45-28 47-59, 45-28 48-03, 45-29 47-55. 45-30 47-46, 45-30 47-47. 45-32 48-21, 45-35 47-34, 45-35 48-13, 45-36 47-40, 45-36 47-50, 45-39 48-58. 2 at 45-40 47-56, 45-40 48-32, 45-42 47-56, 45-43 48-44. 45-45 47-56. 45-46 48-43, 45-49 47-58, 45-64 47-55, 45-55 47-58, 45-56 47-54, 46-02 47-45. 46-04 47-45, 46-05 47-44, 46-23 47-51, 2 at 46-30 47-53, 46-34 48-06. 46-35 47-54, 46-36 47-55, 46-36 47-55, 46-38 52-17, 46-40 52-29, 46-41 49-13. 46^3 49-08. 46-44 49-12, 4 vicinity 46-50 49-27, 46-52 49-29, 45-58 49-31, 47-13 49-52, 47-21 50-24, 47-26 50-36, 47-30 50-30, 47-32 50-42, 47-40 50-47. 9 vicinity 45-05 47-58, 45-24 48-03, several near 46-43 49-02. 46-55 52-09 (large). 44-02 46-10 44-10 46-47. Southern limits pass about 10 miles north of Fogo Island to 50-02 53-25 to 49-47 52-55 to 49-30 53-12 to 49-15 53-05 to 49-00 52-00 to 48-20 51-05 to 487OO 52-03 to 47-54 51-55 to 47-53 51-33 then with open bay extending 15 miles northward. Edge continues from 47-44 51-05 eastsoutheastwnrd through 47-20 49-37. Eastern edge at 47-44 46-33. Edge obscured from this position to 49-14 49-50 from which position limits of strings and field is line to 51-30 50-55 to 52-45 51-45. 47-24 49-45, 47-32 48-47, 47-33 49-27, 47-36 49-53, 47-37 49-04, 47-37 49-47. 47-38 49-29, 47-38 50-07, 47-39 50-19, 47-39 53-36, 47-40 48-44, 47-40 49-48. 47-40 50-13. 47-41 50-09, 47-42 49-06, 47-45 50-28. 47-45 50-31, 47-50 49-53, 47-50 50-12, 47-50 50-22, 47-50 50-28. 47-50 50-40. 47-50 50-45, 47-51 50-25, 47-52 51-00, 47-53 49-10, 47-53 50-13, 47-53 50-20, 47-54 49-13, 47-56 50-16, 47-58 50-05, 47-59 49-20, 48-00 49-20, 48-03 50-06, 48-06 51-13, 48-10 52-00, 48-14 52-05, 50-17 53-53, 50-19 53-36. 50-23 53-20, 50-24 53-53. 50-27 53-01. 50-28 53-28. 50-31 53-50, 50-33 53-43, 50-34 53-05, 50-34 53-09. 50-37 53-12. 50-37 53-28, 50-38 53-17, 50-38 54-05, 50-38 54-44, 50-39 53-19, 50-39 53-32. 50-40 52-24, 50-40 53-34, 50-40 54-37, 50-43 53-26, 50-44 53-28, 50-44 55-00, 50^5 54-40, 50-45 54-55, 50-47 52-15, 50-47 53-20, 2 at 50-47 53-30, 50-47 53-31, 50-47 54-38, 50-48 53-23, 50-50 63-23, 50-50 53-32, 50-53 53-17 50-53 53-31, 50-53 53-35, 50-53 52-50, 50-64 53-05, 50-54 53-10, 50-54 53-39, 50-54 55-08, 50-56 53-30, 50-57 52-43, 50-57 53-28,50—59 53-01, 51-01 52-50, 51-01 53-09, 61-02 52-32, 51-02 63-17, 51-03 53-28, 51-04 52-47, 51—04 53-30, 51-04 53-45, 51-05 52-40, 51-05 53-06, 51-05 53-23, 51-05 .53-28. 51-06 52-55. 51-06 53-08, 51-06 53-26, 51-08 53-09, 51-13 52-05, 61-13 53-17, 51-17 62-19, 51-23 51-00, 51-24 51-02. 51-25 51-30. 51-30 53-07, 51-30 53-13, 51-37 53-32, 61-38 62—55, 51-38 53-13,51-39 62-46, 51-39 52-52, 51-39 53-30, 51-40 51-41, 51-55 52-34, 52-00 52-35, 52-25 52-23. Belle Isle Strait — broken ice with stretches open water from Belle Isle to western approaches vicinity Pt. Amour. Scattered ice vicinity Belle Isle. Newfoundland east coast ice closed to shore south to southern tip Bell Island (50-40 N.) and filled space between Bell and Groais Islands and coast. Labrador coast — Occasional grounded bergs to Battle Harbor. Eastern edge of field 43-57 48-36, 44-04 48-32. Southern limit 43-40 N., with western edge extending to 49 W. 44-30 47-17, 45-05 47-46. Edge through 47-47 51-03, 47-50 50-33, 47-30 50-20, 47-20 49-54, 47-23 49-29, 46-48 49-03, 46-38 48-46, thence curving through 46-62 48-31 to 46-26 48-13, 46-^)0 48—30 then narrow tongue of heavy close packed floes up to 3 miles wide connected by strings narrowing to few yards in places extended southward along line through 45-00 48-45, 44-30 48-40, 43-42 48—50. Eastern limits of field ice through 45-38 47-52, 46-40 47-23, 46-62 47—15 and northerly. Ice near eastern edge somewhat scattered but western and southern edge was definite close packed boundary with very little scat- tered ice outside. Many scattered within 16 miles of ice edge between 51 N., and 48 W. Indi- vidual positions: 43-52 49-03. 44-21 48-40, 44-22 48-40, 3 near 44-26 48-42, 44-28 48-43. 44-48 48-13. 44-50 48-16. 45-10 48-47, 46-24 48-08, 45-25 48-10, 45-32 48-12, 45-46 48-04, 45-4S 4S-flS, 45-50 48-04, 3 near 108 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1945 — Continued Day of MoDth Location and Remarks Bergs (CoiitituieJ). Field ice —do Berg Field ice and bergs Field ice ..-do Bergs _._ Berg.. Field ice... ...do Bergs Growlers. Field ice., -.do.... Berg Bergs ...do.... Berg Growler Berg Bergs Field ice.. Bergs. Field i( Floe.. Bergs. Field i< Bergs.... APBO — Continued 45-51 48-10, 2 near 45-55 48-30, 4 near 46-05 48-20, 46-32 48-22, 46-37 48-54, 46-41 48-53, 46-45 48-09, 46-45 48-12, 2 at 46-46 48-16, 2 at 46-47 48-26, 2 at 46-47 48-32, 3 near 46-48 48-48, 46-48 48-57, 46-50 48-41 46-50 49-28, 2 at 46-52 48-50, 46-53 49-00, 46-54 48-30, 3 near 46-59 49-06, 47-01 48-42, 47-03 48-52, 47-04 48-46, 47-04 49-05, 47-04 49-08, 47-05 49-02, 2 at 47-05 49-05, 47-06 49-25, 47-07 49-17, 47-08 49-00, 47-08 49-05, 3 near 47-12 49-06, 47-12 49-11, 47-15 49-11, 47-18 49-33, 47-20 49-22, 47-23 50-20, 47-27 50-25, 47-28 50-10, 47-28 50-43, 47-30 50-20, 47-33 50-36, 47-42 50-35, 47-43 50-36, 47-4S 50-25, 47-48 50-40. Southern limit 43-10 49-20. Extreme southern limit 43-14 49-04. 43-29 50-03. Scattered ice and bergs vicinity 43-37 47-02. Scattered edge sighted at 48-00 46-53. Mushy ice with few heavy chunks and growlers vicinity of 42-56 49-32. Width of ice from 300 yiirds to J^ mile. String trending southeast below course. One medium berg and one very small berg vicinity of 42-58 49-35. 44-32 47-47 (70 feet high). Western edge begins at 47-53 50-17 continuing southeastward through 47-36 49-36, 47-16 49-04 with long lead east to 47-20 48-51 thence 46-48 48-24, 46-39 48-23, 46-18 48-35. Eastern limits of field, determined by ice blink, at 46-00 47-46, 40-13 47-38, 46-57 47-14. Detached pan, heavv deteriorating ice at 43-31 48-58. 43-35 48-32, 43-36 48-34, 43-38 48-37, 43-38 49-26, 43-40 49-19, 43-43 48-52, 44-46 49-10, 45-03 48-20, 45-10 49-02, 45-10 49-19, 45-12 49-20, 45-13 49-05, 45-13 49-08 4.5-21 48-32, 45-23 49-06, 45-27 47-23, 45-27 48-34, 45-31 49-17, 45-38 48-38, 47-02 48-29, 47-03 48-41, 47-04 48-50. 47-06 48-34, 47-14 49-00, 47-25 48-50, 47-26 49-15, 47-27 49-14, 47-32 49-57, 47-34 48-46, 47-34 49-27, 47-34 49-48, 47-40 49-47, 47-45 50-14, 47-50 50-07, 47-50 50-20, 47-55 49-42, 47-55 50-08, 47-56 50-21, 47-57 49-57, 48-01 50-18, 48-05 49-38, 48-11 50-21. 45-08 49-18, 45-10 48-59. Scattered ice and few small growler 42-32 50-02. Southern extremity of a string 30 to 40 yards wide at 43-08 48-52. Heavy pans 10 to 15 feet in diameter. . .Approximately 43-12 48-52 (large). Growler approximately 43-11 48-39. 44-49 46-47 (small), 44-48 47-53, 44-50 49-33, 45-15 50-40. 42-25 49-45, 42-26 50-13, 42-31 50-12. 43-02 48-52 (60 feet high, 200 feet long). 43-18 49-06 (10 feet high, 200 feet long). 44-55 51-27 (not seen— detected by radar). 2 at 58-29 53-30 (small). P.itch in mouth of Trinity Bay. Scattered small patches Grates Point and Baccalieu Island. Limits main field 48-10 51-35 to 48-03 51-41, 47-44 51-22, 47-22 49-15, 47-03 49-04, 46-10 48-07 with patch terminating at 46-03 48-12 thence eastern edge 46-35 47-42, 47-03 47-04, 47-31 47-13, 47-20 48-06, 47-55 48-15. Extrmity of pack east of 49 W., appeared to have irregular edge with many peeninsulas, perhaps s jme entireh' d Jtaohed. 45-49 47-44, 46-37 48-19, 46-.37 48-24, 46-39 48-18, 46-50 48^i), 46-50 48-14, 46-55 48-06, 47-10 48-32, 47-11 49-05, 47-12 48-01, 47-13 48-17, 47-14 49-05, 47-15 49-04, 47-17 49-23, 47-20 49-08, 47-23 49-16, 47-23 49-35, 47-33 50-45, 47-39 50-39, 47-41 50-40, 47-50 50-56, 47-52 51-08, 47-53 51-03, 48-01 52-25, 48-02 51-32. Southern limit 45-42 48-18. Drift ice and growlers extend south of that position. Considerable slush or floe ice moving in from mouth of harbor at Botwood. 47-40 52-11, 47-45 52-15, 47-46 52-17, 47-12 51-59. Light field ice inside Baccalieu Island blocking northern half of entrance to Conception Bay. Ice in Trinity Bay to Seal Island and eastward to Grates Point. Main field appeared to be north of Baccalieu Island ex- tending to eastward above 48-00 N. Scattered strings evident few miles off coast east of Cape St. Francis extending southward toward Cape Spear. Detached field at 46-08 47-10 stretching 25 miles southwest to 45-53 47-57. Patches at 47-04 52-08 and 45-17 48-12. Three in Conception Bay above Bell Island. 43-07 49-02, 43-14 49-28, 43-19 49-05, 43-21 49-22, 43-24 48-42, 43-31 49-17, 43-32 49-03, 43-36 48-50, 43-50 49-39, 43-57 49-39, 44-03 49-34, 44-23 49-41, 45-06, 48-38, 45-19 48-04, 45-19 48-10, 45-38 48-04, 45-39 48-05, 45-41 48-12 45-42 48-14, 45-44 48-13, 2 at 45-44 48-21, 45-49 47-56 (berg and 4 growlers), 45-53 47-49, 2 at 45-49 47-59, 46-02 47-40 (berg and growler), 46-04 47-51, 5 near 46-05 47-46, 46-06 47-55, 3 at 46-09 47-57, 46-11 47-42 (berg and growler), 46-11 47-50, 46-17 47-52, 46-19 47-43, 46-19 47-47, 46-20 47-49, 46-20 47-42 (berg and 3 growlers), 47-01 52-13, 47-02 52-00, 47-05 52-19, 47-14 52-04, 2 at 47-18 52-01, 2 at 47-40 50-54, 47-41 52-55 47-42 50-59, 47-42 50-45, 47-42 51-22, 47-42 51-46, 47-43 50-54, 2 at 47-44 50-45, 47-44 51-38, 3 at 47-44 52-11, 47-44 51-35, 47-44 52-50, 47-45 50-12, 47-45 50-46, 47-45 50-54, 47-45 51-58, 47-46 49-25, 47-46 50-54, 47-46 52-01, 47-47 50-20, 47-47 51-29, 47-47 51-58, 47-47 53-00, 47-47 51-05, 47-47 51-54, 47-47 51-56, 47-48 52-42, 47-49 50-56, 47-50 50-59, 47-50 51-07, 47-50 51-43, 47-50 51-52, 47-50 52-06, 47-51 51-52, 109 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19Jf5 — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Bergs (Continued) Growlers Berg Bergs ...do Field ico Bergs Field icc_. -- MAT — Continued 47-51 52-32, 47-52 49-43, 47-52 50-06, 47-53 51-10, 47-54 51-29, 47-55 50-03, 47-55 50-58, 47-56 50-56, 47-59 51-29. 48-04 52-38, 48-07 52-50, 48-10 52-45. 43-05 49-00, 43-08 48-58, 43-22 49-07, 43-23 49-08, 45-02 48-29, 3 at 45-10 48-14, 45-14 48-24, 45-17 48-13, 45-19 48-07, 45-20 48-13, 45-22 48-12, 45-51 47-52, 6 near 46-10 48-00, 47-45 50-31, 2 at 47-49 50-34. 45-57 47-48. 43-00 48-25,58-1151-58. 46-10 47-05, 45-56 47-28, 45-34 48-09. 45-31 48-20. 45-41 48-21, 45-42 48-41. Ice moved off shore from Botwood, Twillingate and Fogo. 46-52 48-00, 47-28 49-30. Outer edge main field through 52-00 53-20, 50-40 51-35, 50-00 51-05, 49-63 51-15, 50-05 52-35, 49-50 53-30 skirting outlying islands into Notre Dame Bay at 49-38 54-55, 49-45 54-25 to beach at Cape St. John. Ice tight to coast from Cape St. John to 50-50 N. Open water off Hare Bay and north to White Islands about 4 miles wide, open from Groais Island to coast. Ice heavy Cape Bauld to Belle Isle and southern side Belle Isle Strait. 20 miles open water along coast from Belle Isle past Battle Harbor. Scattered patches ice extending to vicinity Cape Bonavista. 47-07 52-50, 47-38 52-20, 47-47 52-07, 47-49 .52-27, 47-50 52-19, 47-50 52-40, 47-53 52-20, 47-53 52-26, 47-55 52-33, 48-00 52-40, 48-01 52-06. 48-01 52-10, 48-01 52-16, 48-01 52-25, 2 at 48-01 52-33, 48-04 52-13, 48-04 52-17, 48-06 52-20, 48-08 51-37, 48-08 52-10, 48-09 52-20, 48-10 52-54, 48-14 52-30, 48-31 52-42, 48-36 52-17, 48-38 52-31, 48-40 52-48, 48-40 52-57, 8 south Bonavista Bay, 48-43 51-49, 48-49 52-14, 48-56 52-46, 49-14 52-29, 49-21 52-31, 49-24 52-35, 49-35 52-16, 49-42 52-26, 49-50 51-39, 49-50 52-17 (3 bergs). 49-51 52-20, 49-52 52-06, 49-52 52-09, 49-53 51-47, 49-53 52-13, 49-55 52-13, 49-55 54-37, 49-56 54-29, 49-56 54-38, 49-56 55-03, 49-57 52-12, 49-58 52-33, 49-58 52-35, 49-58 52-37, 49-58 54-49, 49-58, 55-18, 49-59 54-59, 50-00 52-03, 50-00 54-50, 50-00 54-58, 50-01 52-26, 50-01 52-32, 50-01 52-33, 50-02 54-45, 50-02 54-46, 50-03, 54-30, 50-04 52-13, 50-04 54-41, 50-05 52-19, 50-05 52-22, 50-05 54-33, 50-06 54-44, 50-07 52-33, 50-07 52-35, 50-07 52-37, 50-08 54-48, 50-09 54-29, 50-10 52-18, 50-10 54-47, 50-11 52-53. 50-11 52-55, 50-12 52-45, 50-13 54-41, 50-13 55-58. 50-14 52-26, 50-14 54-49, 50-15 52-32, 2 at 50-15 52-40, 50-15 54-46, 50-16 55-47, 50-19 54-59, 50-20 54-50, 50-20 54-53, 50-21 52-52, 50-21 52-54, 50-21 54-52, 50-22 53-05, 50-22 53-08, 50-23 55-00, 50-24 54-58, 50-25 55-28 (4 bergs), 50-27 55-33. 50-32 55-03, 50-32 55-22, 50-33 53-17, 50-33 55-18, 50-33 55-23, 50-34 55-16, 50-34 55-20, 50-36 55-17, 50-36 5-5-35, 50-37 55-14, 50-37 55-16, 50-39 55-09. 50-39 55-15, 50-40 53-37, 50-40 55-24, 50-40 55-25, 50-40 55-26, 50-41 55-22, 50-49 54-56, 50-50 52-58, 50-50 54-55, 50-51 53-43, 50-53 53-37, 50-33 54-46, 50-53 55-20, 50-53 55-43 (2 bergs), 50-54 54-45. 50-55 54-41, 3 at 50-55 55-20, 50-57 55-11, 50-58 55-10, 50-59 53-24, 51-01 54-57, 51-02 53-29, 51-02 54-12, 51-03 52-40, 51-03 54-50, 51-04 53-27, 51-05 54-07, 51-06 54-45, 51-06 55-12, 51-08 53-59, 51-11 55-17, 51-13 53-45, 51-13 54-47, 51-13 55-01, 51-13 55-19, 51-14 54-49, 51-15 55-21. 51-15 55-33, 7 in Hare Bay, 5 at 51-20 55-10, 23 within 5 miles of Newfoundland east coast from 51-18 N., to 51-35 N., 51-22 53-36, 51-31 55-10, 51-31 55-13, 51-31 55-15, 51-31 55-18, 51-32 55-07, 51-33 55-13, 51-34 55-04, 51-36 55-08, 51-37 54-33, 51-37 54-40, 51-40 55-20, 51-40 55-21, 51-45 55-28, 51-46 54-47, 51-46 55-16, 51-46 55-22, 51-46 55-27, 51-47 54-58, 51-47 55-07, 51-47 55-12, 51-48 54-06, 51-48 54-47, 51-48 55-16. 51-48 55-27, 51-49 54-06, 51-52 54-15 (2 bergs), 5 at 51-52 54-30, 51-53 54-12, 51-54 54-12, 51-56 54-40, 51-57 55-11, 51-58 54-13. 51-58 54-24. 51-59 54-24, 51-59 54-45, 51-59 55-00, 52-00 55-00, 52-01 53-50, 52-01 54-44, 52-02 55-14, 52-04 54^3. 52-06 54-22, 52-06 54-42, 52-10 55-17, 15 within 2 miles north beach Belle Isle, 8 from 2 miles off Belle Isle to Labrador coast, 5 within 5 mile radius of Battle Harbor. 44-08 44-38, 44-10 48-51, 44-17 48-35, 44-17 48-39, 44-32 48-19, 44-51 47-54, 44-53 48-14, 44-55 48-36, 45-06 48-05, 45-10 47-43, 45-13 48-10, 45-14 48-10, 45-19 48-05, 45-28 48-45, 45-36 47-49, 45-49 47-40, 46-09 48-07, 46-26 48-27, 46-32 48-21, 46-37 47-56, 46-40 48-18, 46-41 48-17, 46-42 48-20, 46-44 48-22. 46-44 48-40, 46-49 48-19. 46-49 48-28, 46-49 48-46. 46-50 48-45, 46-52 48-37, 46-53 48-28. 46-54 48-40, 46-55 48-15, 46-55 48-37, 46-55 48-40, 46-56 48-44, 46-57 48-41, 46-57 48-43, 46-58 48-35, 46-58 48-40, 46-58 48-41, 3 at 46-58 48-49, 46-59 48-28. 46-59 48-32. 46-59 48-38. 46-59 48-40, 4 at 46-59 48-54, 47-04 48-54, 47-{)5 48-50, 47-06 48-45, 47-06 48-47, 47-07 48-49, 47-08 4S-52, 47-09 48-51, 47-09 49-00, 47-10 48-31, 47-10 48-45, 47-11 52-48, 47-12 48-53. 47-12 48-55. 47-13 48-55, 47-14 48-47. 47-15 48-50, 47-16 49-23, 47-17 48-51, 47-19 53-16, 47-22 48-51, 47-22 49-19, 47-23 49-27, 47-25 48-48, 47-26 48-58, 47-27 49-13, 47-28 49-22, 47-28 49-42, 47-28 49-48. 47-28 51-06, 47-29 49-19. 47-29 49-27, 47-29 49-42, 47-29 50-39, 47-30 49-21. 47-30 49-26. 47-31 49-02. 47-31 60-26. 47-33 49-55, 47-33 50-21, 2 at 47-33 60-38. 47-33 50^0. 47-33 60-42, 47-33 50-43, 47-33 50-44, 47-33 50 47. 47-34 50-41. 47-35 49-26, 47-35 50-03, 47-35 50-40, 47-35 50-41, 47-35 61-14, 47-35 52-14, 47-36 50-26, 2 at 47-37 49-51, 2 at 47-37 50-26, 47-38 52-03, 47-39 60-37, 47-39 60-68, 47-39 51-11, 47-40 50-26, 5 near 47-40 50-31, 47-41 50-21, 47-41 50-26. 47-42 49-59. 47-42 50-21. 47-42 51-02, 47-43 50-18, 2 at 47-43 50-52, 47-44 49-43. 47-45 50-19, 47-46 50-21, 47-45 50-51. 47-40 62-06, 47-47 50-22, 47-48 50-^50, 47-48 50-62. 47-48 no Table of Ice Reports, Neivfoinidlavd Area, 19^5 — Continued I.ui'utioi, and ltriii,.rk.s MAY— Contiaued 52-08, 47-49 51-28, 47-40 51-48, 47-4!) 51-53, 47-49 52-16, 47-50 50-53. 47-51 51-17, 47-51 52-09, 47-52 50-07, 47-52 51-54, 2 at 47-53 51-40, 47-53 52-25, 47-53 52-42, 47-54 49-57, 47-55 50-15, 47-55 50-24, 47-55 50-25, 47-50 52-21, 47-57 49-57, 47-57 50-14, 47-58 51-42, 47-58 52-00 47-58 52-11, 47-58 52-12, 47-58 52-15, 47-59 50-14, 48-00 50-24, 48-03 51-20. 48-06 52-49, 48-07 52-51, 48-08 51-12, 48-18 51-13. No field ice of cousequenee remaining south of 48 N. Area searched with good visibility. Scattered in area vicinity 47-25 48-30. Newfoundland coast from Groais Island to Flowers Cove. 45-50 46-40, 49-28 50-19, 47-00 47-07. 44-28 51-48, 44-38 48-30, 2 at 45-02 48-30, 4,5-03 49-00, 45-10 48-40 45-20 48-38, 45-23 48-47, 45-23 48-50, 45-32 48-17, 45-32 48-18, 45-40 48-18, 45-41 48-01, 45-40 47-40, 45-49 48-02, 45-52 47-41, 45-54 47-52 45-50 47-53. 45-57 52-00, 2 at 45-57 52-08, 46-07 47-17. 2 at 46-11 46-52 46-15 47-16, 46-15 47-17, 46-16 47-12, 46-21 46-32, 46-25 40-50 (berg and 3 growlers), 40-25 40-55, 46-26 47-09, 40-27 47-09, 40-28 46-51, 46-28 47-09. 46-28 47-12, 2 at 46-29 52-17, 46-30 46-51, 46-30 47-24, 46-31 47-05, 46-32 40-52, 40-33 46-46, 46-33 40-49, 40-34 40-57, 46-34 46-58. 46-34 46-59, 46-34 47-02, 46-35 46-47, 46-35 40-40, 40-37 40-50, 40-38 47-15, 46-39 46-59, 40-45 47-15. 40-49 47-00, 40-49 47-14, 46-59 46-58. (2 bergs and growler), 47-00 47-13, 47-02 47-13, 47-13 52-49, 47-17 51-40, 47-18 48-14, 47-19 47-03, 47-22 48-09, 47-33 .50-04, 47-13 50-08, 47-34 48-32, 2 at 47-34 49-48, 47-36 48-15, 47-36 48-29, 47-37 50-06, 47-39 48-23, 47-42 51-55, 47-45 49-28, 47-48 52-25, 47-48 53-05, 47-52 49-39, 47-52 51-33, 47-52 52-00, 47-52 52-26, 47-54 47-50, 47-54 53-01, 47-55 51-45, 2 at 47-56 49-44, 48-03 50-46, 48-03 51-30, 48-00 52-48, 48-00 49-08, 48-07 50-57, 48-07 52-20, 48-11 49-08, 48-12 52-13, 48-12 52-24, 48-17 49-31, 48-22 51-29. 48-26 51-41. 48-27 52-13. Heavy broken field mostly from 3/10 to 9/10 cover (average estimated 5/10 to 6/10) along east coast Labrador and Newfoundland with outer limits from northeiist through 52-25 53-10 to 52-00 53-20, 51-25 53-50, 51-00 53^0, 50-25 53-05, 50-10 53-40, 49-43 54-40 thence touching headlands yicmity Twilhngate but with 3 or 4 miles open water off most outlying islands m Notre Dame Bay. Large detached field from 50-28 52-35 to 50-00 52-10, 49-15 51-55, 49-10 52-50, 49-25 52-50, 49-50 52-20, 49-48 53-10, 49-30 54-00 to 50-28 52-35. Pack 3/10 cover extends through Strait of Belle Isle to 51-25 56-30 thence along Labrador coast with southern edge through 51-20 57-00 thence 5 mile strip west past 58 W. 47-50 52-30, 47-51 51-49, 47-53 52-32, 47-57 51-42, 47-59 52-59, 48-03 52-53, 48-04 51-42, 48-04 51-49, 48-08 52-19, 48-10 52-45, 48-10 52-53, 48-12 51-49, 48-14 52-24, 48-15 52-07, 48-17 51-42, 48-21 52-05, 48-22 52-13, 48-23 52-38, 48-27 53-05, 48-29 52-10, 48-29 52-13, 48-32 52-52, 48-37 52-45, 48-39 53-11, 48-41 53-18, 48-42 52-22, 48-43 53-09, 48-45 53-05, 48-48 52-32, 48-51 53-35, 48-52 53-03, 48-53 52-59 , 48-55 53-03. 48-56 52-41, 48-50 52-43, 48-59 52-02, 49-02 52-08, 49-02 52-27, 49-02 52-29, 49-02 53-07, 49-02 53-22, 49-04 52-15, 49-04 52-43, 49-00 52-20, 49-07 52-01, 49-08 52-01, 49-08 52-44, 49-08 52-45, 49-10 52-28, 49-10 52-45, 49-11 52-20, 49-12 52-08, 49-12 52-23, 49-12 52-40, 49-14 52-00, M~\i ^2-18, 49-14 52-22, 49-14 52-33, 49-15 51-53, 49-15 52-08, 49-15 52-23, 49-17 52-34, 49-20 62-35, 49-21 51-48, 49-21 52-28, 49-22 52-18, 49-23 51-10, 49-20 51-25, 49-20 51-33, 49-20 51-44, 49-26 52-14, 49-26 52-21, 49-30 51-27, 49-31 51-41, 49-31 51-43, 49-31 51-47, 49-33 52-11, 49-35 51-24, 49-39 51-50, 49-39 52-07, 49-39 52-13, 49-39 52-18, 49-47 51-33, 49-47 52-09, 49-51 52-20, 49-51 52-59, 49-56 54-16, 49-57 52-29, 49-57 53-13, 49-57 54-15, 49-58 54-14, 49-59 54-13, 49-59 54-34, 50-00 54-17, 50-01 54-45, 50-04 54-25, 50-06 54-38, 50-06 54-51, 50-07 54-27, 50-09 52-49, 50-09 54-28, 50-09 55-02. 3 at 50-10 52-17, 50-11 52-18, 50-11 54-44, 50-12 52-19, 50-12 54-41, 50-12 52-15, 50-12 52-17, 50-13 52-18, 50-13 52-20, 50-13 52-28, 50-13 55-55, 50-15 52-48, 50-15 52-56, 50-17 52-49, 50-18 52-34, 50-18 52-51, 50-18 54-53, 50-19 52-19, 50-19 54-52, 50-20 52-25, 50-21 52-15, 50-21 52-45, 50-21 53-29, 50-24 52-50, 50-24 54-56, 50-24 54-57, 50-25 54-56, 50-20 52-33, 50-26 52-37, 50-26 54-55, 50-27 52-53, 50-28 52-33, 50-28 52-35, 50-28 52-44, 50-28 55-23, 50-29 52-28, 50-29 55-36, 50-30 55-27, 50-31 55-19, 50-31 55-34, 50-32 52-38, 50-32 54-08, 50-32 55-51, 50-33 52-59, 50-33 55-10, 50-34 52-29 50-34 55-44, 50-35 53-07, 50-25 55-28, 50-35 55-53, 50-36 53-29, 50-36 55-42, 50-36 55-51, 50-36 55-52, 2 at 50-37 55-32, 50-37 55-40, 50-37 55-57, 50-39 55-28, 50-39 55-37, 50-40 55-07, 50-40 55-20, 50-40 55-35, 50-41 53-48, 50-41 55-19, 50-41 55-34, 50-41 55-46, 50-42 53-51, 50-42 55-46, 50-42 55-52, 50-43 55-44, 50-44 53-43, 50-44 54-07, 2 at 50-46 53-45, 50-47 53-05, 50-47 53-58, 50-48 53-45, 50-48 53-49, 50-51 53-45, 50-52 53-43, 50-53 53-49, 50-54 53-14, 50-54 53-47, 50-57 53-48, 50-58 53-55, 50-59 53-38, 50-59 53-54, 51-01 53-30, 51-01 53-37, 51-02 53-30, 51-02 53-30, 51-02 53-38, 51-03 53-29, 51-04 52-02, 51-04 53-34, 51-04 54-02, 51-05 53-38, 51-05 53-48, 51-05 54-04, 51-00 53-41, 51-07 53-22, 51-08 53-37, 51-09 53-02, 51-09 53-19, 51-09 53-48, 51-09 53-49, 51-10 53-51, 51-11 54-02, 51-12 53-18. 51-13 53-48, 51-14 53-58, 51-15 52-18, 51-15 53-13, 51-15 53-51, 51-15 53-56, 51-16 56-47, 51-16 56-52, 51-17 53-52. 51-17 56-46, 51-17 56-50, 51-19 54-04, 2 at 51-21 54-01, 51-24 53-48, 61-24 56-30, 51-24 66-32, 51-24 56-33, 51-24 56-44, 51-25 56-40, 51-26 56-44, 51-27 56-49, 51-28 54-13, 51-28 56-21, 51-28 56-28, 51-28 56-32, 51-28 56-37, 51-29 56-21, 51-29 56-23, 51-29 56-20, 51-30 56-41, 111 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Bergs (Continued)- 19 Bergs 22 25 do Berg 28 Field ice 29 Berg 30 do ....do.... 2 3 ...do ...do Berg ...do Bergs »"fc:::::: Radar target Berg ...do Bergs Clear Bergs ."!:io::::::: Field ice Berg Bergs MAT — Continued 51-31 54-08, 51-31 66-28, 51-32 56-15, 51-32 56-36. 51-33 56-06, 51-33 56-18, 51-33 56-37, 51-35 56-22, 51-35 56-24, 51-36 55-47, 51-38 55-51. 51-38 55-59, 51-38 56-04, 51-38 56-07, 51-38 56-23, 51-39 56-00, 51-41 54-52, 51-41 56-22, 51-43 55-58, 51-43 56-09, 51-47 54-28, 51-47 55-48, 51-48 55-39, 51-48 55-51, 51-49 55-36, 51-50 55-23, 51-50 55-52, 51-51 54-28. 51-51 55-41, 51-51 55-46, 51-52 55-43. 51-53 55-29. 51-53 55-44. 51-56 55-37, 51-57 53-31, 51-57 54-27. 51-57 55-35. 51-58 55-37. 52-00 55-43. 52-01 55-13, 52-02 54-15, 52-02 55-15, 52-02 55-45, 52-03 54-32. 52-03 55-09, 52-03 55-36. 52-05 54-11, 52-05 54-13. 52-06 55-37. 52-07 53-52. 52-07 55-09, 52-09 54-11, 52-09 55-11, 52-09 55-35, 52-12 55-13, 52-12 55-34, 52-13 55-20, 52-13 55-24, 52-13 55-26, 52-13 55-32, 52-14 53-46, 52-14 54-34, 52-14 55-23, 52-18 54-18. 52-18 54-23, 52-18 54-26. 52-18 55-17, 52-20 53-12. 52-21 55-13. 52-22 55-10, 52-22 55-36. 52-25 52-47. 52-26 55-35. 52-27 54-17, 52-27 54-33, 52-27 55-01, 52-28 54-03. 52-28 54-06, 52-28 54-17, 52-28 54-22, 52-28 54-57, 52-28 54-58. 52-28 54-59, 52-31 53-53. 52-33 54-50. 52-34 53-56, 52-34 54-31. 52-35 55-40, 52-36 54-01, 52-37 53-11, 52-37 53-58, 52-37 54-04, 52-38 54-08, 52-38 54-11, 52-39 54-02, 52-39 54-08, 52-39 54-10, 52-39 54-14, 52-40 54-16, 52-40 54-32. 52-40 55-40. 52-41 54-05. 52-41 54-33, 52-41 54-34. 52-41 54-52. 52-43 54-22, 52-45 53-57, 53-45 54-00. 52-45 54-16, 52-46 54-19. 52-47 54-04, 52-47 54-08, 52-47 54-10, 52-47 54-30, 52-48 54-00, 52-51 53-56, 52-51 54-03, 52-51 54-10, 52-52 54-06, 52-53 52-53. 52-53 53-10, 52-53 53-26, 52-53 54-11. 52-54 54-07. 52-55 53-56. 52-55 54-01. 52-55 54-20, 52-55 54-24, 52-55 54-40, 52-56 54-17, 52-57 54-03. 52-57 54-11. 52-57 54-12. 52-58 53-58. 52-58 54-13, 53-00 53-21, 53-00 54-00. 53-01 53-08, 53-01 53-34, 53-01 54-34. 53-02 55-12, 53-03 54-19, 5 near 53-04 64-29. 53-05 53-50, 53-08 54-08, 53-08 54-57, 53-12 54-25, 53-16 54-31. 53-20 54-24. 5 bergs along beach from Cape Bonavista to 48-33 N.. 10 bergs in area 49-36 52-38 to 49-43 52-18 to 49-51 52-24 to 49-50 52-58, 9 bergs in area 49-51 52-21 to 49-51 52-52 to 49-57 52-53 to 49-57 52-22. 9 bergs in area 49-57 52-23 to 49-57 52-22 to 50-05 52-22 to 50-05 52-53. 12 bergs in area from beach Belle Isle to 5 miles northwest of island. 11 bergs within circle center at 52-43 54-29. 5 at 50-36 52-45. 50-40 52-52. 5 bergs near 49-50 50-00. 47-05 48-17. 47-28 49-26. 47—45 52-55 45-58 47-29," 45-58 49-00. 46-00 48-11, 46-06 48-04, 2 at 46-18 46-46. Outer edge 65 miles off White Bear Islands at entrance Hamilton Inlet. Be- coming scattered and broken with no extensive sheets of solid ice. 43-08 49-18 very large flat berg 4500 feet long with numerous growlers within 6 mile radius. 43-10 49-33 (Same as berg 28th at 43-08 49-18). 45-42 52-04 (Radar target not identified). 2 bergs and many growlers within 5 miles of 44-18 49-30. JUNB 43-28 49-09, 44-04 49-44, 44-17 49-26. 44-39 49-16, 47-45 61-16. 47-56 51-43. 49-11 51-11, 49-27 50-27. 47-38 53-01, 47-41 52-39, 47-44 52-32, 47-45 53-10, 47-46 52-56, 47-46 53-07, 47-48 53-00, 47-50 52-59, 47-56 51-49, 47-67 52-23, 47-57 53-02, 47-58 53-00, 47-59 52-58, 48-00 52-57, 48-01 52-57. 48-02 52-56, 48-04 52-55, 48-05 52-55. 48-07 52-47, 48-08 52^7, 48-09 52-47, 48-09 52-62, 48-11 52-54, 48-13 51-33. 48-14 51-54. 48-20 53-00, 7 along coast 48-20 53-12 to 48-28 53-02, 48-24 52-27. 48-30 52-54, 48-30 52-57, 48-33 61-42, 48-33 62-08, 48-33 52-53, 48-33 52-58, 48-36 52-57, 48-37 52-54, 48-38 52-59, 48-40 52-68, 48-41 53-01, 48-41 63-03, 48-41 53-04. 48-52 50-55. 49-30 54—15 42-54 49-08 (900 X 500 X 40 feet). Small patches of slushy ice believed to be last remnants of bergs at: 41-47 48-34. 41-49 49-37. 41-61 49-40. 42-02 50-32. No pieces of any size remaining and these patches do not con- stitute menace to navigation. 49-04 47-24. 48-17 48-18. 48-10 51-45. 48-37 61-39, 49-13 51-00. 49-10 51-09. 46-20 48-20. 45-16 49-20 (not identified, possibly growler). 42-55 49-06 with growler field radius 6 miles. 47-33 52-16. S(tattcred through Strait of Belle Isle with few strings broken ice believed from bergs. N I) field ice visible in area from Strait of Belle Isle to 52 N.. and east to 53-30 W. 44 04 49-49. 44-07 50-11. 44-10 49-45. 44-11 49-30. 44-12 49-46, 44-14 49-39. 44-16 49-38. 44-16 49-45. 44-22 49-53. 47-24 52-31. 42-06 47-62. OIT Cape Harrison (appeared well broken up). 41-45 49-00. large, flat berg with four growlers nearby. 41-40 48-00. 41-40 47-43 (large berg with 3 growlers). 4 within 3 mile radius of 44-19 46-36. 112 Table of Ice Repo7-ts, Newfoundland Area, 19U5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Berg.. Bergs. ...do. ....do. Berg.. Bergs. '.llo-. Bergs. Berg Berg Bergs. _ Berg and growlers. Bergs Field ice Berg .' ...do —do Bergs Berg.. Bergs. Berg.. Bergs. JUNE — Continued 41-48 47-44, with 2 large and numerous small growlers within 2 mile radius and 4 large growlers bearing 035° true 4 to 6 miles. 47-52 54-05 (with numerous growlers), 47-57 53-40. 48-15 63-10, 48-15 53-16, 48-19 53-10. Small number scattered through Strait of Belle Isle and northward along Labrador coast. No other ice sighted in area north pa,st 62-15 N. 43-20 49-34, 41-37 47-26 (2 bergs with several growlers). 45-20 48-30. 41-35 47-24 (2 bergs, numerous growlers). 41-40 47-43 (large berg and 3 growlers). 43-34 49-17. 41-36 47-24(1 large, 3 small). 41-25 47-00 (1 large and 3 small, may be same as above). 45-20 48-30. 47-40 48-21. 53-30 55-40 (approximately 50 bergs in 10 square miles). Approximately 30 in Strait of Belle Isle. 18 between Belle Isle and mainland. Approxi- mately 175 within 40 miles of Labrador coast between 52-10 55-30 and 54-35 57-20 (in addition to others given above). In area 54-08 56-40 to 54-30 56-04 to 54-45 56-45 to 54-26 57-20. 41-39 46-44 (2 bergs and 3 growlers). 53-19 55-02, 53-23 64-48, 53-30 54-45, 53-35 54-32. 44-57 49-26, 2 at 44-69 48-50, 45-10 49-24, 45-18 49-08, 45-29 49-20, 46-45 48-19, 46-45 48-23, 45-45 48-27, 45-58 49-17, 46-68 50-01, 46-15 60-20, 46-58 47-49, 47-08 52-08. 47-19 62-40, 47-41 52-38, 47-45 48-34, 47-49 52-44, 48-17 51-23, 48-14 51-48, 49-01 51-15, 6 bergs approximately 10 miles ofif Cape Bona vista. Bergs in Trinity and Conception Bays at; 47-41 52-55, 47-41 53-03, 47-45 53-10, 47-66 53-02, 4 near 48-05 52-54, 48-06 53-30, 48-08 52-47, 2 at 48-11 52-54, 48-21 63-09. 41-40 47-06, large flat berg and several growlers. 48-22 51-20, many near 50 N., between 53 and 66 W. 47-46 48-04, 47-46 48-41 (believe same berg, difference due to errors in trans- mission or copy). 41-37 46-26, 41-43 46-36 aarge berg with 3 large growlers). 41-40 46-11. 5 near 49-15 53-15. 47-19 50-00 38-39 56-35 (position doubtful). 2 small bergs in Torbav, 47-41 52-39, 47-42 53-00, 47-46 52-53, 47-49 52-46, 5 in Bay Vertc, 48-08 62-32, 48-13 52-50, 48-14 52-54, 48-15 52-50, 48-15 52-54, 48-24 53-04, 48-25 53-00, 7 in headlands Notre Dame Bay, 6 in Blackhead Bay, 48-30 62-33, 48-38 62-46, 6 within 6 miles of Cape Bona- vista, 48-48 62-52. 48-59 52-57, 2 at 49-02 53-00, 49-06 53-13, 49-06 53-15, 15 within 5 miles of beach Cape Freels to 49-24 53-49, 49-20 53-16, 49-21 53-04, 49-27 53-26, 49-27 63-28, 12 within 3 miles of 49-35 54-00, 8 within 6 miles of Cape Fogo,12 among islands Notre Dame Bay, 8 along beach Notre Dame Bay from headlands to Cape St. John, 49-45 52-33, 49-46 63-08, 49-49 54-26, 49-52 54-12, 50-02 54-23, 50-04 53-57, 50-04 55-57, 60-07 54-07, 50-12 55-10, 23 between St. Barbe Islands and Patridge Point, 60-19 54-14, 50-20 54-66, 60-20 55-01, 50-22 53-59, 2 at 50-25 55-07, 60-28 55-04, 60-38 54-40, 50-56 66-17, 60-67 65-12, 50-59 53-44, 12 within 2 miles of beach north and east coasts Bell Island, 3 off Canada Bay, 14 within 2 miles of beach Groais Island, 24 vicinity Hare Bay, 26 along beach from Pistolet Bay to Hare Bay, 50-59 53-46, 50-59 66-47, 51-01 66-45, 51-03 55-15, 61-12 53-58, 51-13 63-65, 51-35 54-42, 51-37 64-37, 51-38 54-28, 2 at 61-42 65-15, 51-43 54-37, 51-47 55-04, 51-61 63-33, 7 within 2 miles of 51-53 56-27, 40 northeast entrance to Belle Isle Strait, 6 within 1 mile of beach east coast Belle Isle, 2 within 1 mile of beach west coast Belle Isle, 51-53 55-12, 61-55 52-30, 51-69 55-10, 52-00 65-12, 52-01 55-23, 52-03 56-21, 52-04 64-67, 52-04 55-16, 52-08 55-19, 52-11 54-56, 9 within 3 miles of 52-53 55-07, 5 within 4 miles of Labrador coast from 52-03 N., to 52-13 N. 47-35 61-16. 47-46 48-04. 42-27 62-43, 43-38 52-50 (not visible, observation !)>• radar, identity doubtful). 48-10 49-07. Scattered through Belle Isle Strait. Numerous to 20 miles seaward off Labra- dor coast. Numerous off entrance to Hamilton Iniet. Scattered off entrance Hamilton Inlet. Hamilton Inlet clear. 42-20 46-36. 47-26 48-00. 47-41 48-04. 48-03 48-50, 48-06 48-30, 48-10 48-30, 2 at 48-56 60-20. 44-10 49-18, 46-07 50-04, 47-05 51-20, 47-06 52-52, 47-05 52-53, 47-11 52-47, 3 near 47-11 62-60, 47-18 52-47, 47-27 62-38, 47-28 52-40, 47-29 52-32, 47-36 53-05, 47-38 52-36, 47-40 63-00, 48-00 52-40. 47-16 49-16 (large flat topped berg, numerous small growlers). 48-56 52-40, 49-05 52-37, 49-39 52-13. 47-15 60-25. Strait of Belle lale, concentration along north shore and across entrance to Atlantic, several near 51-45 56-00. Labrador coast — heavy concentration from coast to 40 milts seaward between 62-00 N., and 54-20 N. 113 Table of Ice Reports, Neivfoiiudlancl A)-ea, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Location and Remarks Field ice '"£::::::::::: Berg ...do ...do Growler Berg .__.. ...do ...do Bergs Berg and growlers ...do Berg ...do ...do Bergs ...do ...do ...do Berg and growlers Growler Berg and growlers Bergs ...do ...do Field ice Bergs.. ...do Berg ...do. Bergs Berg Growler Berg ...do Bergs Berg Bergs. .^ Berg.... Growlers Bergs... ...do... ...do Growlers Berg and growlers Bergs ...do... ...do Field ice '!:io::::::::::: —do Bergs ...do ...do ...do ...do Growler Bergs JUNE— Continued Field of broken floe ice extends from 53-45 55-43 to 54-55 57-53. Large bergs scattered along edge of above field ice. 2 at 47-13 49-35, 47-20 51-00 (large flat berg), 47-21 53-43, 3 near 47-27 52-40, 47-30 50-06, 47-39 49-36, 47-40 52-30, 47-40 52-37, 48-09 48-18, 48-18 51-20. 44-06 49-03. 47-23 51-26 (large flat berg). 48-08 51-00. 40-28 50-13 (50 feet in diameter). 50-35 51-25. 48-20 51-09. 42-36 49-45 (large spire-shaped). 51-30 50-41, 2 at 51-36 50-45, 51-56 51-05, 52-00 50-57, 52-08 51-13, 52-49 51-05, 52-55 50-45. 54-00 52-10. 47-24 49-50. 42-07 49-17. 42-44 49-49 (same berg as 42-36 49-45, drift .7 knots, set 340°). 42-41 50-08 (same berg as above, set and drift now 240°, .9 knots). 48-14 53-12, 48-37 52-59, 48-47 52-56, 49-13 53-12. 42-58 50-29, 42-56 50-33 (set and drift approximately 332° and .8 knots). 47-50 51-25. 43-06 50-41, 43-07 50-33 (set and drift now 336° and .5 knots). 47-33 49-52. 47-29 51-15. 47-15 51-08. 3 at 47-05 48-40. 42-35 47-57, 43-05 50-26, 46-41 41-00. Strait of Belle Isle — scattered over area. Labrador coast — small concentra- tion from coast to 55 W. Off entrance to Hamilton Inlet (Hamilton Inlet and Lake Melville clear). 47-11 49-32, 47-35 51-00, 47-39 51-25. 47-11 51-04 and 47-05 50-53 (radar targets, possibly bergs). 48-00 50-58. 46-16 42-22. 46-46 41-09. 48-00 50-58. 40-34 50-05. 48-50 52-49. 47-04 48-57 (berg and 3 large growlers). 47-20 49-52, 47-20 51-16, 47-22 51-16, 3 at 47-24 51-16, 3 at 47-26 51-15, 48-50 51-48, 49-56 49-47, 50-21 50-35, 50-37 50-17. 47-10 49-00. 47-18 49-50, 47-32 51-01, 47-34 51-05, 47-36 50-53 (4 large bergs), 47-36 50-57. JULY 48-22 46-38 (large berg). 2 near 48-32 46-30, 2 near 48-28 46-29, 6 near 48-32 45-22. 47-35 50-49, 47-36 50-54, 47-38 50-40, 47-39 50-45. 47-09 48-45, 7 bergs and several growlers in area 47-30 N., to 47-38 N., be- tween 50-36 W., and 50-52 W. Strait of Belle Isle— medium sized bergs scattered over area. Labrador coast — heavy concentration along coast extending seaward from 53-20 N., to 53-40 N. Large bergs at 54-00 56-30 and 54-02 56-03. Hamilton Inlet — heavy concentrations of bergs off entrance. 47-31 50-40, 47-32 51-00, 47-33 50-53, 47-34 50-51, 47-35 50-46, 47-35 50-48. Scattered through area of above bergs. 48-14 50-35. 4 bergs between Fogo Island and Groais Island (well off shore), 12 between Groais Island and Belle Isle (20 to 40 miles off shore). Belle Isle Strait— 2 in center, numerous small bergs along coast and in strait between Belle Isle and Battle Harbor. 47-32 50-45, 47-32 50-47. 47-32 50-49. 47-33 50-52, 47-33 50-54, 47-34 50-51,47-35 52-31. Strait of Belle Isle— approximately 25 to 30 bergs (2 in center, remainder along coasts). Labrador coast — numerous bergs within 20 miles of coiist to 53 N., very heavy concentration along coast northward from 53 N. Hamilton Inlet clear of field ice. 52-41 52-03. 49-13 50-39. 50-08 50-18. 48-55 50-35, 50-44 48-27. 50-03 50-03, .50-10 50-14. 46-56 52-40, 47-27 51-39, 47-36 53-05. 5 near 47-37 50 43, 4 near 47-45 50-45. 2 near 47-30 50-20, 50-32 49-02, 50-32 49-50. 42-10 45-12. 47-11 52-38, 47-26 50-04, 47-34 50-28, 47-36 50-35, 47-36 53-08, 47-37 50-33, 47-37 53-07, 47-38 50-30, 47-3S 50-52, 47-53 52-12, 47-55 48-58, 47-55 52-22. 47-57 52-22, 47-59 52-18, 2 near 48-00 52-55. 114 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, I'JUS — Continued Berg Bergs Growlers. Bergs -..do... Growler. Berg.... Growler. Bergs. __ Growlers. Berg.... ...do Bergs Growlers. . .do... Bergs. ...do- Berg —.do ....do Growler Bergs ...-do.... ....do Berg and growler Bergs Growler Berg ....do Bergs Berg Bergs ...do Growlers Bergs ...do Growiers Bergs ...do Berg Bergs ...do Location nnd Remarks JULY — Continued 4G -44 52-19, 47-07 52-38, 47-37 57-07. 48-02 51-50, 49-30 50-13, 49-52 49 52. 47-43 50-39, 47-44 50-25, 47-40 50-29, 47 47 50 22. 48-15 49-34, 48-16 48-13, 48-22 47-02. 47-05 47-40 (small), 47-50 52-58. 53-05 51-08. Notre Dame Bay— few in lower and eastern arm. Belle Isle Strait— 17 bergs 25 miles cither side of line from North Light to Battle Harbor. Labrador coast— 37 bergs Battle Harbor to Deubcigh Island, many scattered 50 miles beyond. 40-52 52-02 (small conical berg and scattered growlers). 50-57 51-04, 51-00 51-21 (berg and 6 growlers). 2 large growlers at 50-44 51-30. 7 bergs and several growlers vicinity 47-46 50-13. 40-50 52-32 (2 bergs, several growlers), 47-38 50-09, 47-41 50-09 47-42 50-16, 47-42 53-04, 47-44 50-14, 47-44 50-39, 47-45 50-13, 47-45 50-23 4,-48 50-21,47-50 52-58,47-56 52-09.48-03 52-55. 47-49 50-03. 49-14 49-47. 47-04 51-45. 47-54 50-33, 48-15 49-34, 2 at 47-49 50-19, 48-05 51-57, 48-22 52-33, 48-56 51-45. 48-01 51-50, 48-10 51-42. 48-54 46-06 (large berg and several growlers). 49-45 49-28. 47-41 49-37, 47-43 49-48, 47-45 49-41, 47-48 49-52. Scattered vicinity of above bergs. Several vicinity 47-38 49-27. 20 along line between 52-20 50-50 and 51-10 51-50. ^'^«o^fl?,^'J'^;?^ .^°""' ""1 '^0-45. 57-00 60-40, 57-01 60-35, 57-05 rt?n'o":°.^T^^i^' ?1-^^ ^"-^S- 2 >»* 57-10 59-50. 57-13 60-59 57-14 60-50. 2 at 57-17 60-14, 57-18 61-10, 2 at 57-20 60-02, 5 near 57-23 60-53, «,°?/ ^Jy'li^a^^ai ^L""^ ^^'^^ (2 bergs), 57-52 61-09, 52-58 61-17. 57-59 ^oli^^'fi^J'^ =ni!' ^f^^ "^2-35, 59-02 62-25. 59^2 63-05, 59-04 62-59, It^l fiolf' I'n'il i^o^"?n^' ^ ^* S'^-^O 60-55, 59-21 62-57, 59-43 62-30. Itll ^t^k r?in l^niPo- ^^''3 '^2-45. 59-43 62-58, 59-50 63^1, 59-57 tl~Ao\^lt^'^^:!°ko^t^^,.^^-^'^- 59-59 62-44 (2 bergs), 15 bergs in area ^7~il R^?i l" Itol ^Jrii '° ^-^^ 59-46 to 56-50 60-56, 5 bergs in 1 ne 57-28 61-15 to 57-38 60-26, 8 bergs in line 57-32 61-20 to 57-42 60-29 8 ^f IVfio ?o f'''^? o}'^! „'° 57-52 60-34, 28 bergs in area 58-05 62-22 to f rf !hi^}? 58-32 60-29 to 58-50 60-45, 56 bergs in area 58-23 62-32 * ^^.9 ^«°;t5 *° 59-04 59-58 to 58-38 62-51, 12 bergs in area 59-32 60-58 to 59-32 62-55 to 59-42 62-55 to 59-42 60-58. 47-48 50-28, 47-51 51-50, 48-08 50-22, 48-08 51-10, 48-12 50-33. 10 bergs and many growlers within 8 miles of 48-00 50-00. ^^7^,K^^A\^\~^^ 55-35, 51-57 55-27, 52-07 55-30, 52-49 54-37, 52-50 It^o'^too 5^5. 53-01 54-49, 53-04 55-20, 53-05 55-08. 53-11 54-30, lAl ^t^h f^.^^ 54-15, 53-18 53-50, 53-20 55-21, 53-33 55-25. 53-36 ?f^n'/«^^,^ =f"^^ 53-56 5^20, 54-^0 55-14, 54-02 55-05, 54-10 55-55, sH? 56-31, 54-20 56-35, 54-25 54-59, 54-35 56-40, 55-07 57-15, 55-16 57-15, 2 at 52-10 55-10, 2 at 53-51 55-05, 9 near 53-55 56-25, 3 near 54-05 56-55, 5 near 54-22 56-42, 3 near 54-22 57-12, 7 near 54-51 57-12. Berg and growlers at 54-41 55-29. 47-43 52-32. 52-08 53-50. 47-42 52-34. 47-43 52-40. 48-25 52-38, 49-13 52-37, 49-55 52-58, 49-58 53-14. 47-36 50-07, 47-50 50-13, 48-00 49-42. 50-11 51-24, 52-15 51-22, 52-26 51-23, 52-50 51-23. 50-01 50-55. lllfn !n"n7 ^^™^^' ^'^'"^ ^""^ ^ growlers), 47-57 49-22 Oarge berg and growlers.) 4o~4U 49—07. 47-37 52-24. 50-00 50-50. 47-27 52-37, 47-33 52-40, 50-01 50-56. 50-01 50-59. 50-10 54-18, 50-15 53-20. 2 vicinity 48-41 51-50. 2 large growlers vicinity 51-15 53-16. 51-12 52-28, 51-14 52-45. 47-23 52-39, 47-34 49-53. 47-35 48-40. 47-37 49-16, 47-38 48-36. 47-40 ttil' ^^~^^ ^^'^*' *^"^* *^^^' *''~^° ^°~^^' ^ ^™''" ^^'^^ '''""''^ ^^"^5 47-30 49-24, 47-36 49-27, 47-41 48-48, 2 at 47-40 49-00. 2 at 47-40 49-59, 3 near 47-42 48-37. 6 large and 6 small bergs near 47-22 48-49. 51-17 52-46. 51-24 52-24. Small berg and several growlers at 49-22 49-32. Large and 1 small berg at 48-42 51-37. 48-00 50-11. 48-54 47-01, 50-13 52-03. 115 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks ...-do._. ....do.._ —do... ...do... Growlers Bergs... ...do... Growlers . Bergs ...do.... Berg Bergs Berg Berg and growlers. Growlers. Berg..... Growlers Bergs and growlers. Berg and growlers. Berg Bergs Growler Bergs and growlers. Berg and growlers. . Bergs and growlers. Bergs Berg and growlers.. Berg Berg and growlers.. Berg and growler... Berg Growler Berg JULY— Continued 48-55 51-28, 49-22 51-41, 49-22 51-51. 47-50 49-56, 47-53 50-00, 47-54 49-59, 47-55 50-01,47-55 50-07, 48-01 50-00. 48-00 48-31. 48-01 48-28, 47-51 48-12. 47-41 47-34, 47-35 47-29, 47-25 47-30, 47-21 47-35. 2 at 47-15 47-30. 47-55 49-42, 47-58 49-47, 3 within 1 mile radius of 47-57 49-40, 47-57 48-28, 47-58 48-28, 48-00 49-47, 48-00 51-05, 2 at 47-57 48-25, 2 at 47-58 48-30, 2 at 47-22 50-43, 47-20 52-30 (identity doubtful), 47-23 44-43, 47-29 47-23 (not positively identified). 47-50 47-47, 47-50 48-05, 48-00 47-56. 4 between Fogo Island and 50-30 54-40, 2 vicinity 61-00 55-15, 62-15 65-00. 47-47 49-53, 47-48 49-59, 47-50 49-55, 47-51 50-01, 47-57 50-15, 47-68 50-08. AUGUST 48-40 47-30, 51-45 51-03. Strait of Belle Isle— no bergs sighted from western approaches to Cape Norman, 2 bergs, numerous growlers at 52-42 51-16, 2 bergs 5 miles apart near 52-18 51-50, 47-40 48-36, 47-41 48-38, 47-41 48-44, 47-44 48-29, growlers to eastward of these bergs, 2 bergs vicinity 53-54 51-14, 52-14 51-23. 2 at 47-40 47-57, 48-50 47-17, 52-19 51-30, 52-23 51-03, 65-52 51-12. 52-13 50-52, 52-38 60-52, 52-40 51-16, 62-44 61-06, 63-50 50-54, 64-04 51-02. 2 at 45-44 48-05. 2 bergs and several growlers within 6 mile radius of 46-13 47-42. 51-42 51-28. 51-43 51-34, 53-38 50-24. Small berg and 6 growlers 46-05 47-55, berg and several growlers 45-48 48-10. 3 bergs within 6 mile radius of 48-03 49-44. Large flat berg and several growlers near 45-40 48-34. Berg and growlers at 45-34 48-43. 4 large bergs vicinity 47-55 50-02. 45-40 48-29. 50-53 49-18. 50-58 49-07. 51-07 50-02, 53-18 52-19, 63-24 61-46. 63-27 51-55. Berg at 45-40 48-34 now broken into growlers. 52-40 52-25. 53-00 51-20, 51-19 55-24, 51-47 55-27, 51-48 55-30, 61-52 55-34, 52-20 55-35, 52-29 55-30, 62-30 54-50, 52-30 54-52, 52-48 65-47, 52-50 54-47, 53-00 54-32, 53-07 64-28, 53-08 55-42, 53-09 55-43, 53-22 55-37, 53-37 55-32, 53-47 56-16, 53-48 55-23, 53-52 55-19, 54-02 56-50, 54-04 55-35, 54-07 56-07, 54-07 56-43, 54-08 56-58, 54-12 5&-44, 54-17 55-37, 54-21 56-52, 54-22 56-33, 54-22 56-41, 54-25 56-43, 54-30 56-12, 54-36 56-47, 54-38 56-50, 54-40 57-00, 64-44 57-18, 54-50 57-02, 54-50 57-24, 54-55 57-23, 54-69 57-45, 65-10 57-57, 55-11 58-17, 55-12 68-16, 55-12 58-51, 55-13 56-20, 55-13 57-59, 55-14 58-11, 55-15, 57-44, 65-15 58-09, 55-15 58-14, 55-17 57-37, 55-18 57-07, 55-18 57-36, 55-19 67-35, 55-23 58-15, 55-24 59-15, 55-26 58-36, 55-29 58-29, 55-30 58-22, 66-31 68-42, 55-35 58-21, 55-38 58-08, 55-38 58-31, 55-38 58-39, 55-40 57-09. 55-44 68-33, 55-46 58-24, 55-46 58-30, 55-46 59-20, 55-47 57-26, 66-48' 58-25, 55-48 58-30, 55-48 59-45, 55-50 58-19, 55-51 58-20, 55-52 59-22, 55-62 59-58, 55-53 57-44, 55-54 60-11, 55-57 60-05, 56-00 57-52, 66-00 58-43, 56-04 59-29, 56-07 69-45, 56-08 58-53, 56-12 58-59, 56-19 59-41, 56-23 59-42, 56-25 59^8, 56-27 69-50, 56-27 59-57, 56-28 59-10, 56-31 59-24, 57-15 59-50, 57-55 51-15, 68-30 61-15, 58-35 61-45, 59-26 61-47, 59-32 61-55, 2 bergs near each of following positions: 53-35 64-58, 64-01 55-42, 55-12 58-40, 65-22 59-13, 55-33 57-11, 59-28 61-52. 3 bergs near 54-17 56-48 and 55-14 59-16, 4 bergs inshore within 3 milei of 52-03 55-43. 45-10 49-18, 45-13 49-28, 46-29 47-68, 46-02 47-46, 47-34 48-23. 47-37 49-06, 47-39 49-17. 3 vicinity 47-32 48-04, 1 near berg at 47-34 48-23. 47-33 49-16, 47-51 48-25, 47-54 48-39. 48-08 48-27. 48-51 49-32. 63-10 50-11. 2 bergs and several growlers at 45-37 48-44 (previously single berg at 46-40 48-29). 52-03 62-42. 47-53 47-22. 45-02 50-20. 45-26 47-17, 45-26 48-05, 45-31 48-52, 45-32 48-67, 47-68 47-18, 47-53 48-59, 47-67 48-11. 2 near 54-40 64-10. large berg at 46-26 48-08 (same berg as listed above at 45-26 48-05). 45-29 48-22. 2 bergs and several growlers vicinity 63-47 53-50. 52-18 53-36. 45-19 48-64, 45-19 48-59. 45-16 48-54 and 45-16 48-59 (same as bergs 14th). 45-16 48-08. 56-31 55-09. 45-13 47-56 (was 45-16 48-08 on 16th). 45-25 47-38. 53-14 49-43,53-23 49-61. 45-25 47-42 (remnants of berg 19th at 46-26 47-58). 52-36 51-68. 116 Table of Ice Reports, Newfoundland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks 23 Bergs AUOUST— Continued 5 small bergs near 45-01 48-45 (probably Krowlers. could not be relocated by aerial survey or search by surface patrol). 54-53 57-35. 54-57 56-13. 55-12 59-02. 55-13 58-10. 65-13 58-50. 55-14 59-25. 55-18 57-26. 55-25 57-24, 55-46 59-35, 55-47 60-02, 55-50 57-07. 55-50 58-59, 55-50 60-00, 55-57 59-58. 56-00 57-20. 56-00 69-03, 56-04 60-00. 56-08 59-40. 56-08 60-02. 56-09 60-05. 66-10 59-13, 56-11 58-52. 56-13 59-42, 66-20 58-05, 56-23 58-18, 56-23 59-25. 56-28 57-10. 56-30 58-66, 66-38 69-40. 56-47 59-10. 56-47 59-58, 58-42 60-26. 68-48 62-00. 2 near: 56-37 56-35. 66-23 60-02, 59-14 59-51, 5 in vicinity of 56^9 61-10. 63-28 55-37, 54-37 56-51, 54-39 55-25. 54^8 57-21. 54-49 57-11. 54-51 57-12, 54-59 67-34. 55-03 67-23. 56-12 57-23, 56-26 56^1, 5 inshore between Holton Harbor and Cape Harrison. SEPTEMBER 49-46 50-10. 29 12 ....do ....do Berg 15 20 22 28 ...§o:::::.::: ::: .^X:::::::::::::::::::: ...do _ 49-20 50-14. 52-29 52-27.52-17 53-51. Labrador coast north of Cape Harrison— 3 bergs inshore vicinity of Cape Harrison. 6 bergs inshore Cape Harrison to Cape Chidley. 4 bergs off shore (within 30 miles of beach). 50-43 54-09. 51-58 55-25. Table of Ice Reports, Canadian Arctic Area, 1945 Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Winter ice Field and winter ice. Bergs. JULY Upper Frobisher Bay 10/10 covered. Eastern limits from east coast Labrador at 59-41 N.. to 60-13 63-26 to 60-19 62-58 to 60-39 63-13 to 60-46 64-35 to 60-02 66-20 to 60-20 66-30 to 60-39 66-11 to 60-56 66-23 to 61-18 67-20 to 61-46 66-39 to 61-40 65-44 to 61-53 65-25 to 62-20 64-25 to 62-16 63-62 to 62-50 62-00 to 63-23 60-47 to 63-30 62-30 to 63-47 60-00 thence trending northnorthwest. Ice east of Button Islands and Cape Chidley 3/10 cover decreasing to 1/10 at outer edge. Open water extending 18 miles northward from mouth of Koksoak River and some open water off outlets other rivers along southeast shore Ungava Bay. Open water around 59-30 66-50 surrounded by light ice 2/10 to 3/10 cover. Heavy ice 10/10 cover northeastward off Leaf Bay and mostly 8/10 to 10/10 west portion Ungava Bay. Remainder Ungava Bay mostly 5/10 to 7/10. Some 1/10 to 3/10 through center of Hudson Strait. Western limits in Hudson Strait extend from vicinity Cape Prince of Wales to 61-36 69-40 to 62-12 71-00 to north shore vicinity Cape Colmer. Area westward within next 40 to 50 miles (limit of visibility) free of field ice except patch near south shore between Wale Island and Cape Prince of Wales. Frobisher Bay 7/10 cover increasing in 10/10 above Chase Island and decreasing to 1/10 in upper bav above island barrier. 61-04 64-40 (2), 61-07 64-00, 61-07 64-07, 61-07 65-04. 61-08 64-14, 61-08 65-11, 61-08 65-21, 61-09 65-00. 12 between 61-07 64-32 and 61-10 64-55. 17 near southwest beach Resolution Island, many scattered through outer Hudson Strait, 61-34 64-18, 33 cioseby east of Cape Resolution, 46 between Loks Land and Resolution Island. 24 within 10 mile radius of 62-43 66-05, 3 vicinity 62-07 67-08. 2 at 61-20 67-18. 61-26 67-37. 6 within 5 miles of 61-33 67-30. 3 near 61-34 68-16. 61-35 68-32. 61-41 69-06. 61-43 68-30. 2 at 61-45 69-49. 2 at 61-46 69-30, 62-01 70-21, 6 within 5 miles of 62-10 70-22, 14 south of Big Island, 12 in North Bay, 62-22 61-00. 2 at 60-10 61-16, 60-10 62-52, 60-15 61-36. 60-16 61-28, 151 in vicinity east of Hudson Strait . Occasional patches in area otherwise clear 10 to 20 miles off shore eastern Ungava Bay. Large string off eastern shore from Button Island to 25 miles north of Koksoak River entrance. Western side Ungava Bay mostly cov- ered. Frobisher Bay— from entrance to Gabriel Island 1/10 to 2/10 in patches. Gabriel Island to Fletcher Island 2/10 to 3/10. Upper Frobisher Bay mostly clear. Broken navigable ice 1/10 to 3/10 cover in belt up to 10 miles wide extending from east past Loks Land and across Frobisher Bay to west headlands vicinity 62-20 N. Strip 2 to 3 miles wide extends along coast into Hudson Strait with tongue extending to 15 miles south off coast between 66-10 and 66-40 W. In Frobisher Bay ice decreases to less than 1/10 cover from above belt to Gabriel Island with small areas 1/10 cover to Fletcher Island and dear from island barrier to head of bay. Ungava Bay— small strip 1 by 3 miles in vicinity 59-38 68-30. 117 Table of Ice Reports, Canadian Arctic Area, 1945 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Bergs. Field ice Bergs... Field ice Field ice.. Area clear ...do.... Field ice.. Area clear Bergs Bergs Field ice._ Winter ice ...do.... Bergs AUGUST— Continued 59-08 67-55, 59-13 67-47, 59-53 67-13, 2 at 59-55 67-03, 3 at 60-19 66-50, 2 at 60-20 66-45, 60-25 66-24, several scattered vicinity Port Burwell, 60-27 67-08, 60-29 66-50, 60-38 66-15, 60-41 67-28. 7 within 5 mile radius 60-48 67-10, 60-56 65-33, 2 at 60-53 66-45, 4 near 60-56 65-54, 60-57 66-27, 60-57 66-35, 61-07 66-16, 61-08 66-23, 61-08 66-26, 3 near 61-10 64-45, 14 within 20 miles 61-30 65-35, 61-38 66-39, 61-38 67-09, 61-40 66-43, 61-41 66-38. Approximate area 62-05 64-50 to southern tip Loks Land to 62-35 65-05 to 62-15 65-55 across mouth Frobisher Bay cover varies from less than 1/20 to broken strip 100 to 200 yards wide along southern edge with 8/10 cover, average cover 2/10. Ice apparently drifts across bay from around southern tip Loks Land. Scattered seaward from headlands Resolution Island and Loks Land. 64 bergs and many growlers from line north tip Resolution Island to south tip Loks Land up Frobisher Bay to Gabriel Island. 25 bergs and many growlers from Gabriel Island to line 10 miles north of Chase Island. Frobisher Bay above island barrier clear. Broken field ice 1/10 to 3/10 cover near mouth of Frobisher Bay. 61-05 63-30, 62-05 64-35, 62-15 64-55. Narrow string 5 miles off Big Island from 69-50 W., through 62-45 72-20. Light ice rapidly deteriorating. Along east coast Southampton Island in Foxe Channel with outer limits 65-00 82-35 to 64-52 80-40 to 63-55 79-00 to 63-18 79-45 to 63-15 80-15 to beach at Native Point. 10/10 cover through center becoming light around edges. The approaches to Coral Harbor, Southampton Island, free of floating ice of any consequence. 43 along north shore Hudson Strait between Gabriel Strait and Cape Wer- mouth. 7 inshore from southeast tip Big Island. Approaches to Padloping Island clear. No field ice in Baffin Bay in vicinity Padloping Island. SEPTEMBER No field ice in Baffin Bay along line Padloping Island to Sondrestrom Fjord. Cumberland Sound packed tightly to eastern shore. Scattered through most of area from head of sound to entrance. No field ice within limits of visibility entire area from Koksoak River past Akpatok Island to north shore. Frobisher Bay clear. 59-58 68-10, 59-59 67-56, 60-05 67-50, 60-08 68-53, 60-20 67-40, 60-23 68-38, 60-27 67-26, 60-34 68-40, 60-35 67-30, 60-43 69-03, 60-48 68-53, 60-53 68-57, 61-02 68-39, 61-09 69-03, 61-11 68-08, 61-16 68-38, 61-J7 67-38, 61-17 68-07, 61-21 68-10, 61-21 68-37, 61-43 68-12. 61-45 68-54, fil-51 68-23, 61-53 68-11, 61-55 68-52, 3 inshore at north tip .\kpatok Island, over 100 along south shore Baffin Island between approximately 67 W., and 69 W. Cumberland Sound — considerable field ice, evidently drifts from side to side with shifting winds. No field ice within any fjords on east coast of Baffin Island between Cape Searle and River Clyde. Area up to 50 or 60 miles off shore completely clear of field ice north past 71-20 N. No field ice visible from headlands at River Clyde since mid-August. Hudson Bay Company's ship, Nascopie, had managed entrance to Fort Ross and was due at Arctic Bay on this date. Scattered throughout Cumberland Sound. Few scattered through fjord around and above Padloping Island. Approximatey 500 bergs counted along coast between Cape Searle and River Clyde mostly within 30 miles of beach but a few scattered off shore to over 50 miles seaward. Loose pack ice in Lancaster Sound. No other field ice encountered by A^ascoWc from Arctic Bay to River Clyde. Light ice forming upper Forbisher Bay during calms, breaking and melting with ensuing winds. Some very light ice persisting in sheltered bays and coves of Frobisher Bay, otherwise entire area from upper Frobisher Bay past Resolution Island and Cape Chidley and southward along Labrador coast is free of all winter and field ice. Few small bergs remaining Frobisher Bay mostly aground amongst the islands or in the fjords on west side of bay. Several large bergs scattered east and northeast of Resolution Island but weather limited visibility. Many smaller bergs scattered along east shore Resolution Island and through the strait to south and west. Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 1945 Day of Month Type Location and Remarks 5 Winter ice DECEMBER, 1944 Tunugdliarfik Fjord extending from head of fjord to 18 miles below Nar- 8 Berg sarssuak. Maximum thickness about 16 inches. 58-15 35-05. 118 Table of Ice Reports, Greenlavd Area, 19Jf5 — Continued Day of Ntonth Type Location and Remarks Bergs Winter ice Bergs Braah ice Rergs and growlers Brash ice _,, Storis. Bergs and growlers Winter ice Storis Brasii Storb ...do Winter ice Storis ...do Bergs Winter ice Storis Fast ice. Storis Winter ice Storis Bergs and growlers DECEMBER— Continued Several in area vicinity 58 N., 37 W. Tunugdliarfik Fjord. Maximum thickness now about 25 inches. Several in area vicinity 58 N., 37 W. Greenland east coast— tongue 10 miles wide extending from coast at Gl-10 N., to 60-50 41-30. 10/10 coverage. Usual numbers scattered along coast from Cape Farewell to Cape Adelaer. No other ice (except above brash ice) observed in this area. JANUARY, 1945 Close packed belt 10 miles wide at 63 N., widening to 30 miles from Cape Adelaer to southern limit at 60-30 N. Small string 5 miles o£f shore extends from 60-20 N., to 59-50 N. Coastal belt light scattered storis 20 miles wide at Cape Farewell widening to 30 miles at 61 N., on east coast. Only iee we^t of Cape Farewell. Forming at Ivigtut. Thickness about 2 inches. Outer limit west end Egger Island to 59-40 44-10 to 59-50 43-10 to 59-45 42-40 to 60-00 41-55 to 61-00 41-25 to 62-00 41-10 to 63-00 40-00 through 63-37 40-00. Light 7/10 to 9/10 becoming 10/10 heavy ice northward of Cape Adelaer. Light loose ice 3/10 to 6/10 outside storis to line through 61-00 41-25 to 63-30 39-05. Edge vicinity 66-39 23-10. Southern limits through 66-26 23-53 to 66-36 23-59 to 66-41 24-04 to 66-26 23-23 to 66-38 23-32 to 66-32 23-16 through 66-35 23-06. Scattered ice Hvalfjordur. Outer limits through 63-37 39-50 to 62-37 40-47 through 61-40 41-00. Scat- tered ice 4/10 cover outside this belt with outer edge trending ENE from edge at 63-28 N. Southern limits through 66-18 27-00 to 67-37 24-07 to 67-54 17-35 through 69-04 18-04. Detached floe estimated 15 by 3 miles vicinity 67-01 24-55 to 66-57 24-30. Large detached floe vicinity 67-25 24-35. Several within ice field. Tunugdliarfik Fjord— cleared by action of ships and 5 davs warm winds. Outer limits heavy storis from beach at Cape Farewell to 59-28 44-20 to 59-48 45-30 to 60-10 45-25 to 60-26 45-55 to 60-30 46-28 to 60-37 46-40 to 60-34 47-30 to 60-27 48-05 to 60-35 48-40 to 60-51 48-40 to 60-50 48-50 to 60-20 49-10 to 59-20 44-30 to 59-22 44-00 thence trending north- eastward. Cover 4/10 at northwest end increasing to 10/10 off Cape Farewell. Scattered strings extend up to 30 miles southwest of outer edge between 46-30 W., and 49-00 W. Northwest limit at 61-00 50-28. Outer limits from beach at north edge Coppermine Bay to 60-58 48-40 to 61-11 49-00 to 61-17 49-30 to 61-10 50-00 thence obscured by low visibility. Agam observed through 60-19 48-32 to 59-54 45-59 to 59-41 45-50 to 59-39 45-33 to 59-31 45-20 to 59-27 44-15 to 59-41 43-50 thence northward along east coast as coastal belt 5 miles wide to limit of observation at 61 N. Narrow coastal area Cape Thorvaldsen to Sardlok 4/10 cover, remainder 10/10. Open water Frederiksdal to Egger Island and extending about 25 miles southwest. In inside passage between 47-10 W., and 47-30 W. Remainder inside passage clear. Outer limits from Cape Desolation to 60-45 48-20 to 60-55 48-20 to 60-59 48-48 to 61-10 48-48 to 61-10 49-45 to 61-00 50-00 to 60-22 49-10 to 60-20 47-58 to 60-01 46-32 to 60-00 45-57 to 59-40 45-30 to 59-32 44-50 through 59-40 44-00. 2/10 to 7/10 cover increasing to 10/10 eastward of 48 Two detached strings 5 to 10 miles north of northwest corner. Belt 54 miles wide at Cape Desolation, 70 miles wide off Frederiksdal. Cover 3/10 increasing to 6/10 to 9/10 eastward of 48 W. Torstei Islands to Cape Thorvaldsen is 1/10 to 3/10 cover. Shore lead 5 to 10 miles wide along remainder of coast between Sermersut and Brede Fjord. Outer limits main pack 61-05 49-05 to 61-01 49-34 to 60-40 49-06 to 60-38 48-50 to 60-29 48-50 to 60-16 48-11 to 60-11 46-35 to 59-41 45-28 to 59-12 43-46 thence trending northeast. In area west of 44-30 W., ice rapidly disintegrating with numerous leads 2 or more miles wide from shore lead to outer edge. Mostly 3/10 cover but small areas 10/10 cover. Area east of 44-30 W., heavy 10/10 cover. Detached floes between 61-08 N., and 61-18 N. Shore lead 5 to 20 miles wide from approaches Arsuk Fjord to 46 W., thence narrowing to 2 miles wide to 45-05 W. Broken fjord ice Tunugdliarfik Fjord extending from 8 miles below Narsarssuak next 8 miles. Thickness of pieces varies 12 to 30 inches. Lower half mile fast ice. Occasional strings east of 47-30 W., and south of 59-55 N. Strong northerly winds have moved ice southward and destroyed most of ice pack. Numerous along southwest coast. 119 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Bergs and growlers. Storis Bergs and growlers Winter ice.. Berg Winter ice Berg. Bergs Storis Bergs Berg. Storis Bergs Storis ...do._. ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do Bergs Storis ...do Bergs and growlers Storis FEBEUABT — Continued Outer limits from beach at 44-20 W., to 59-52 45-05 to 60-02 45-46 to 59-54 46-14 to 59-38 45-33 to 59-16 45-47 to 59-00 44-42 to 69-00 43-53 to 59-16 43-23 to 59-37 43-23 to 59-47 43-40 thence apparently widening into belt along east coast. Ice in broken fields separated by open leads. Narrow coastal strip 2 miles wide 5/10 to 8/10 cover extends from 45-05 W., to 46-10 W., with tongue extending 18 miles seaward at west end. Deteriorated patches remain in area between 59-55 N., and 60-05 N., from 46-34 W., to 47-34 W. Numerous off southwest coast. Only ice observed other than storis as listed above. Outer limits 60-22 45-46 to 60-11 46-13 to 59-59 45-44 to 59-35 46-02 to 69-19 44-33 to 59-20 44-02 to 60-01 42-21 thence narrowing to belt 3 miles wide along east coast from 60-20 N., northward past 60-58 N. Cover 4/10 to 9/10 with occasional blind leads and open lakes increasing eastward of 43 W., to 9/10 to 10/10 cover. Shore lead 2 to 10 miles wide from western extremity to 44-25 W. Scattered strings from northwest edge to approaches Brede Fjord. Few east of 46 W. Many scattered west of 46 W. In area bounded by 60-40 47-15 to 60-35 48-00 to 60-10 47-30 to 60-10 46-30 with several tongues to southward. Cover up to 10/10. 57-34 38-15. Outer limits area 8/10 cover from Cape Desolation to 60-38 48-30 to 61-00 49-20 to 61-21 49-45 to vicinity Sermersut Island. Ice apparently navigable. Area 5/10 cover extends seaward to limits 60-50 49-04 to 60-41 49-45 through 61-22 50-30. Small circular patch about 15 miles in diameter extends south from shore off Cape Thorvaldsen. Remainder of area eastward past 46-30 W., is clear of field ice. 58-30 37-15. MARCH 13 encountered along course 59-30 36-30 to 57-50 39-00. None encountered along Greenland southwest coast. Fewer than normal southwest coast. 59-08 39-14. Coastal belt 10 miles wide 1/10 cover from Cape Thorvaldsen to Simiutak where 10 miles wide 10/10 cover decreasing to 7/10 cover 5 miles wide to Sermersok thence widening to average width 29 miles from Sermersok to limit of observation at 60 N., on east coast with 3/10 to 5/10 cover at outer edge becoming 7/10 to 8/10 inshore. Scattered bergs only ice observed north of Cape Thorvaldsen. Scattered to 30 miles south of Cape Farewell and to 50 miles off Simiutak. Scattered fields up to 15 miles off shore from Skov Fjord to Cape Farewell thence only scattered floes along east coast northward to Cape Adelaer. Belt 5 miles wide with outer edge 10 miles ofif shore at Cape Adelaer widening to 28 miles off Skjoldungen. 4/10 storis frozen in with new ice and winter ice. Southeastern edge 66-20 23-25 to 66-27 23-10 seaward extent not known. Western limit in longitude Cape Thorvaldsen. Shore lead to Simiutak. Scattered field up to 40 miles seaward Cape Desolation to Cape Farewell thence to 20 miles off east coast to Cape Discord (60-50 N.). Outer edge closely packed storis frozen in winter ice tapers from Cape Discord to 30 miles off shore at Cape Mosting (63-42N.). Off Cape Farewell scattered ice to Simiutak. Belt 20 miles wide 10 miles off beach at northwest limit 60 N., 42 W., closing to beach at Cape Farewell and widening along east coast to 30 miles at 69-50 N. Cover 8/10 to 10/10. Few scattered strings between northwest limit of field and Arsuk Fjord approaches. Limits of pack same as listed March 21 from Cape Farewell to northwest end thence 2/10 to 4/10 cover extending up to 30 miles seaward deteriorating to strings off Cape Thorvaldsen. Usual numbers scattered throughout area. Outer limits from entrance Brede Fjord to 60-38 47-02 to 60-15 47-50 to 59-40 47-30 to 59-17 46-30 through 58-56 -45-00. Patches vary 1/10 to 10/10 cover. Outer limits 60-36 48-01 to 60-29 48-55 to 60-20 48-40 to 59-47 48-25 to fiO-04 48-15 to 59-41 47-10 to 59-37 40-30 through 59-22 46-00. Shore lead about 1/10 cover 5 to 10 miles wide from Cape Farewell past Cape Thorvaldsen. Numerous in shore lead. Some scattered to seaward of storis. Northwest edge at 60-18 48-25. Strong northwesterly winds moving ice south off southwest coast. Outer limit obscured by weather but estimated about 80 miles seaward. Strings normal to coast from northwest limit to 60-18 48-25 thence 8/10 to 10/10 cover south and eastward. Only remnants scattered storis along southwest coast. Cover less than 2/10. Outer limits from Cape Farewell to 59-16 43-47 to 59-03 44-38 to 59-14 45-31 to 58-59 45-26 to 68-42 44-10 thence trending eastward. Cover 5/10 to 7/10. 120 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks Berga and growlers . Storis Bergs and growlers. Storis Sludge and growlers. Storis Berg.. Storis. Bergs. Storis. 14 .-.do Bergs and growlers 15 Storis 16-17 22 ...do.. ....do 23 ...do au 31 -..do.... APRIL— Continued Western edge from beach at 43-10 W.. through 59-18 42-43. Southern edge obscured by weather. Eastern edge through 59-10 41-55 north to 60 N., thence 35 miles off shore north past Cape Adelaer. 5/10 cover south of 59-40 N.. thence 8/10 to 60 N., thence 10/10 northward. Usual numbers off southwest coast only ice that area. Outer edge from beach at 43-20 W., to"59-40 43-15 to 59-27 42-30 to 69-30 42-00 thence north and parallel to coast 45 miles off shore past 60-10 N. 6/10 cover increasing to 9/10 north of 59-55 N. Six small bergs and growlers in area vicinity 58-54 39-22. Outer limits from beach at 43-42 W., to 59-38 43-49 to 59-45 45-20 to 59-26 46-29 to 59-09 46-25 to 58-59 44-38 to 58-50 43-32 to 60-20 42-00 thence tapering northward to 30 miles off Cape Adelaer; 4/10 to 8/10 cover increas- ing to 10/10 north of Cape Farewell. Coastal belt 3 to 4 miles wide from 47-30 W., to Cape Farewell. Deteriorated storis and growlers 2/10 to 4/10 cover. Outer edge main field from Cape Farewell to 59-41 44-35 to 60-02 45-40 to 60-02 46-41 to 59-49 46-47 to 59-37 45-46 through 58-58 45-32. Coastal belt storis east Greenland coast. Outer limits from eastward through 65-18 36-40 to 64-50 38-00 64-17 39-50 to 63-45 39-40 to 63-00 40-15 through 62-05 38-45. 10/10 cover south to Cape Farewell loosening to 1/10 to 3/10 we.stward of the cape. Southern edge heavy pack through 70-55 16-38 to 69-42 17-32 to 68-10 24-22 thence trending southwest. Lighter broken ice to about 25 miles southeast these limits. Outer edge 60-28 48-18 to 60-23 47-59 to 60-10 48-01 to 59-51 46-02. 3/10 cover increasing to 9/10 east of 47-45 W. Shore lead 2 to 5 miles wide from Prince Christian Sound to Frederiksdal then 5 to 10 miles wide to 61 N., where inner edge trends northwest just south of Storo Island. Outer limits from west coast beach at 60-52 N., to 61-00 48-40 to 60-44 48-55 to 60-17 47-58 to 60-11 46-51 through 59-54 46-20. Cover 5/10 to 8/10. Shore lead 5 to 10 miles wide from Cape Desolation to Sydproven thence lead with 2/10 cover past 60 N. Coastal belt 5 to 15 miles wide from Arsuk Fjord approaches south past Frederiksdal. Extending to seaward of sludge ice but outer limits obscured by weather. Cover east of 47-30 W., 6/10 to 9/10. 58-40 38-59. Small growler extending 3 miles northward. Inner edge 60-30 46-20 to 60-39 47-05 to 60-40 47-41 to 60-28 48-09 to 60-38 48-46 to 60-49 48-48 to 60-50 49-45. Badly deteriorated 4/10 to 5/10 cover. Scattered pieces in area northward to line southwest from Narsalik. Cover 1/10 or less. 2 small bergs at 58-29 53-30. Outer edge from Cape Thorvaldsen to 60-51 48-32 to 60-55 49-20 to 60-44 49-40 to 60-23 49-38 to 60-17 49-18 where obscured by weather until 59-50 46-30 thence to 59-21 45-36 to 59-11 44-20 through 59-12 43-28. Cover 2/10 to 4/10 from northwest edge increasing to 5/10 at 46-30 W., and to 9/10 east of 45-30 W. Shore lead 5 to 15 miles wide from 44-15 W., to Cape Thorvaldsen where 2/10 cover closes to beach. Outer limits 61-20 49-00 to 61-05 49-10 to 61-40 49-30 to 61-40 50-00 to 60-15 47-30 to 60-20 46-20 thence belt 25 miles wide southeastward along coast. Heavy cover from northwest end to 46-30 W., except narrow coastal belt 3/10 to 8/10 from Cape Thorvaldsen to Sermersok. 5/10 to 10/10 cover from 46-30 W., eastward past Frederiksdal. Northern limit of coastal belt 5 to 20 miles wide along west coast is approxi- mately 62 N. Considerable area of field 8/10 to 10/10 cover. Scattered to seaward of ice belt above area. Heavy ice encountered necessitated ships from west Greenland port to maneuver northwestward to 61-39 51-55 before proceeding to North American destination. Edge extending eastnortheast through vicinity 68 N., 22 W. Outer edge from coast at 60-40 N., to 60-10 48-15 to 60-25 49-10 thence trending about 145° true. Outer limits from beach at 60-32 45-55 to 60-33 49-05 to 59-50 48-50 to 59-40 48-30 to 59-04 44-00 to 59-23 43-00 to 59-04 41-45 to 59-20 41-15 to 60-18 42-30 through 60-40 41-00. Cover 7/10 to 10/10. Shore lead 10 to 15 miles wide from 45-55 W., westward around Cape Desolation. Belt 35 to 40 miles wide from Cape Adelaer to Cape Farewell. Area Cape Farewell clear to about 10 miles off shore thence broken pack with several large leads extends seaward. Outer limits obscured by fog bank about 40 miles off shore. Area off Frederiksdal to Cape Desolation scattered and confused ice reaching to 30 miles off shore. Numerous leads and light ptches. Very few areas more than 5/10 cover. Scattered patches and bergs in fog-obscured area farther off shore indicated by radar. North of Cape Desolation pack thins out to scattered bergs and patches. 121 Table of Ice Reports, Greenland Area, 19^5 — Continued Day of Month Type Location and Remarks 25 JUNE Limits from 15 miles south of Cape Farewell to 59-30 47-20 to 60-10 47-40 5 10 14 _..-do _-.do ....do Bergs to 60-25 46-15 thence to western entrance Prince Christian Sound. Scat- tered patches in decreasing numbers to north and west. Outer limits east coast obscured by fog. Cover along coast 8/10 to 10/10. JULY Outer edge extends through 61-20 41-30 to 59-55 42-15 thence rounding Cape Farewell to 59-45 44-30 to 59-52 47-00 to 60-20 49-05 to 60-35 48-00 to 60-35 46-12. 8/10 to 10/10 cover east coast decreasing to 3/10 to 6/10 west of 44-30 W. Belt 60 miles wide along northern Blosseville coast to Liverpool coast. Cover 6/10 to 10/10, 1 to 5 mile pans. Lead to Liverpool coast. Shore fast ice in Scoresby Sound. Coastal belt 10 to 20 miles wide along Greenland east coast from 61-30 N., south past Cape Farewell. 10/10 cover and numerous bergs close to beach decreasing to 4/10 cover at outer edge. Southern limit off Cape Farewell 59-00 42-20 to 59-00 44-00 and westward. Open water with scattered bergs inshore along southwest coast. Brede Fjord 17 Storis blocked by numerous bergs. Outer edge through 59-00 45-00 to 59-10 47-00 through visibility limit 59-45 23 .--do... 48-45. Inner edge from Cape Farewell to 59-30 44-15 to 59-30 46-10 through visibility limit 60-00 48-00. 2/10 to 6/10 cover. Open water and scattered bergs inshore. 6/10 to 8/10 at 68-40 22-12 thinning to 1/10 to 3/10 inshore at Scoresby Sound. 4/10 cover extends to approximately 50 miles off shore. INTERNATIONAL ICE PATROL, 1946 The manner in which the present day International Ice Patrol is conducted is the cumulative development of more than three decades of experience during which technological and scientific advances have been applied wherever practicable. The war years have been particularly productive of such advances and as a result of their application the organization involved is somewhat differ- ent than it was during the pre-war period. The factor introducing the greatest change is the use of aircraft to supplement the activ- ity of surface patrol vessels. Given suitable observing weather, aerial ice observation flights can effectively cover a far greater part of the critical area in a single day than is possible with sur- face craft. On the other hand there are frequent occasions when surface vessels can scout for ice but when weather conditions such as bad turbulence, icing conditions or terminal weather make aerial reconnaissance impractical. It will be seen, therefore, that aerial and surface activity supplement each other. The best use of both methods has led to the shift in location of the coordinating center from the patrol vessel to the air field at which the planes are based. This in turn has brought changes in communications. The surface vessel on patrol, using call sign NIDK, collects the 4-hourly reports from ships passing through the ice patrol area and relays the ice and obstruction reports to the Ice Patrol office ashore where this information is combined with similar information from all other sources and condensed into the ice bulletins which are 122 broadcast to shipping twice daily. During 19 16 the Ice Patrol oflice was located at Argentia, Newfoundland, using planes of the United States Coast Guard Air Detachment at Argentia and the facilities of the United States Naval Operating Base at which the surface vessels based. The surface vessel on patrol carries an ice observation officer who functions in much the same manner as did his predecessors in the years prior to 1942 ; advising the commanding officer of the patrol vessel in technical matters of ice patrol ; keeping a plot of ice, ships in transit through the area, and sea surface tempera- tures; warning ships standing into danger; and answering re- quests for special ice information. It is emphasized that the formal organization outlined here is only the skeleton of one of the world's best ventures in the field of cooperation. The great bulk of effort, the body which enables the skeleton to function, is represented by the active interest and wholehearted cooperation of every maritime agency and every ship crossing the North Atlantic. Thanks are here extended to all, with the grateful acknowledgment that without their participation the successful performance of this international service would not be possible. Commodore L. W. Perkins, U.S.C.G., was Commander, Interna- tional Ice Patrol after 25 March 1946, when he relieved Rear Ad- miral E. G. Rose, U.S.C.G. Lt. Comdr. J. N. Schrader, U.S.C.G., was the senior aviator of two Coast Guard PB4Y-1 aircraft as- signed to International Ice Patrol, from the time of their arrival at Argentia on 24 February 1946, until their assignment to the Coast Guard Air Detachment, Argentia, then under the command of Commander Loren H. Seeger, U.S.C.G. Commander Seeger was in turn relieved by Lt. Comdr. L. L. Davis, U.S.C.G., on 16 April 1946. Three surface vessels were employed during the 1946 patrol. The Tampa under the command of Commander R. G. Jenkins, U.S.C.G., and Modoc under the command of Lt. Comdr. A. P. Minor, U.S.C.G. (relieved 20 June 1946 by Commander G. W. Playdon, U.S.C.G.), alternated to maintain the continuous surface vessel patrol. The Mojave under the command of Lt. H. A. Solberg, U.S.C.G. (until relieved 15 March 1946 by Lt. Comdr. L. C. Clark, U.S.C.G.), was used as the experimental vessel. The ice patrol officer w^as Commander Floyd M. Soule, U.S.C.G.R. ; Lt. E. R. Chal- lender, U.S.C.G.R., was chief ice observer. Lt. H. H. Carter, U.S.C.G., was an ice observation officer. Lts. Garth H. Read and R. A. Pasciuti, U.S.C.G., were engaged in an experimental program concerned with the detection of the presence of floating ice with electronic devices. Personnel problems brought about by demobilization were of such serious proportions as to become operational problems at 123 times. By 3 May it became necessary to discontinue the use of tJie Mojave as an experimental vessel. Nevertheless, a continuous surface vessel patrol of the critical area was maintained through- out the season. The shortage of trained personnel and special equipment prevented the resumption in 1946 of a full scale oceano- graphic program such as was carried out prior to the war. This was unfortunate in view of the unusual current patterns that were indicated by berg drifts and the distribution of sea surface tem- peratures. Similar problems made it impracticable to attempt the resumption of the 3-year series of post-season cruises for the pur- pose of the annually repeated iceberg census of Baffin Bay^ begun in 1940 and discontinued the following year because of the lack of available vessels. AERIAL ICE RECONNAISSANCE As aerial ice observation flights have not previously been under- taken in connection with International Ice Patrol a brief sum- mary of such operations during the 1946 season is given here. United States Coast Guard PBY-5A planes, popularly known as Catalinas, were used occasionally throughout the season. After 24 February two PB4Y-1 aircraft were available and most of the aerial ice scouting was done in these planes, popularly known as Liberators. At the end of the season one of the PB4Y-1 aircraft was replaced by a PBIG (Flying Fortress) and the final flight of the season was made in it. The first flight of the season took place on 6 February and the last flight occurred on 1 August. A total of 71 flights were made on 44 diff'erent days for a total of 550.2 plane hours distributed as follows: Plane hours February .- - 25.2 March - - - — - 133.7 April 95.1 May _. -.._ _ 100.9 June -- _ — --— — — 110.7 July -- _ _.- 78.4 August 6.2 The individual flights varied in duration from 2.1 to 12.5 hours with an average of 7.7 hours although the most frequent duration was between 8 and 10 hours. On only one occasion was it neces- sary to land at an alternate field. Flights were made whenever prospective terminal conditions, flying weather, and observing weather in the critical area combined to give promise of a suc- cessful aerial reconnaissance. Following this policy resulted in the following intervals between days on which flights were made : one interval of 15 days; one of 11 days; three of 10 days; one each > See Smith, Edward H. Ice Observation In the Greenland Sector, 1940. International Ice Observation and Ice Patrol Service in the North Atlantic Ocean — Season of 1940. U. S. Coast Guard Bulletin No. 30, p. 13 (1941) Washingrton. 124 of 8, 7 and 6 days; the remaining intervals being 5 days or less. The longer intervals occurred more in late season than in early season. This was due not only to the greater prevalence of fog in the Grand Banks region during the latter part of the season, but also to the increasing distances from the base field to the search areas as the bergs scattered with the advancing season. Parallel search courses usually were laid out 25 miles apart on the basis of 15 miles being the limit of reliable observation. Alti- tudes of 1,500 to 400 feet were more common than higher altitudes. Visible contact with the surface was maintained where practicable. Without contact conditions a minimum assured altitude of 400 feet is essential because of the hazard of collision with lofty bergs. During the early part of the season icing conditions frequently controlled flight levels. Emphasis was placed on accurate naviga- tion and in this connection Loran is considered essential equipment. The use of radar in aerial ice reconnaissance is discussed in another section of this report. ICE CONDITIONS IN 1946 January An unknown ship reported a piece of ice or a berg at 41°57' N., 49°26' W., on 2 January. It is considered that the position as well as the type of this ice is doubtful. No other ice was reported until the 31st when another ship reported a large field of pack ice 115 miles east of Cape Freels, Newfoundland. No known bergs drifted south of the 48th parallel during January. February Patches of field ice, which were apparently the eastern edge of the Labrador pack, were reported along the 50th meridian from 50° N., to 52° N., on the 1st. This moved southward until on the 6th an ice patrol flight found the southern edge of the field ex- tending from Torbay Point, Newfoundland, easterly to about 48° 15' N., 49°40' W. The outer half of the field was loose with about five-tenths to six-tenths cover while the inner part was close packed but lighter. The field ice continued to move southward and to spread southeastward developing two tongues, one between longitudes 51° and 52° W., which reached the latitude of Cape Race by the 13th, and the other along the 100-fathom curve along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. This first ice to arrive was un- usually free of bergs and growlers and such as were present were mostly in the heavier ice of the offshore margins. During the second half of the month the southern edge of the field ice receded northward until on the 27th only light slob and slush was present south of 48° 30' N., and that was between the 52d meridian and 740743—47—9 125 the Newfoundland coast and did not represent any hindrance to navigation. In the meantime the St. Lawrence ice began to move out of Cabot Strait and on the 12th its eastern edge was reported about 50 miles northeast of Scatari Island. By the 27th close packed ice extended eastward from Cape Breton to the 58th meridian. Few reports were received of the southern limits of this ice but it is estimated that it reached a latitude of about 45° 30' N. Only two bergs were known to have drifted south of the 48th parallel during February, one of these inside the 100-fathom curve on the northeastern edge of the Grand Banks and the other eventu- ally stranding on Virgin Rocks. The distribution of ice for this period is shown graphically on the P'ebruary ice chart, figure 41. March The month of March saw the rapid invasion of the Grand Banks region by bergs and field ice and the most southerly extension of field ice for the season. It also witnessed the beginning of the extraeasterly berg drifts that characterized the entire season. At the beginning of the month the southern limit of field ice was at about the 48th parallel. As the month advanced more and heavier ice from the north entered the area faster than it was melted along its southern border. These limits moved southward and eastward until the third week in March when the southern end of the tongue along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks reached latitude 44° 32' N., and the eastern extremity was at latitude 45° 50' W., at the 48th parallel. However, the southern edge of the field ice between the eastern edge of the Grand Banks and Newfoundland did not get south of about 48°30' N., except for occasional detached fields and strings which rapidly melted. The eastern part of the field ice evidently was in a faster moving part of the Labrador Current and carried in it a number of bergs which, with the melting of the field ice, were freed to move with the currents much more in- dependently of the wind than was the case when they were in the field ice. This release of bergs from the field ice indicated the need for a continuous surface vessel patrol which therefore was inaugu- rated at 1530 G.C.T. on 24 March. Because of the presence of a few bergs on track C and the rapid southward movement of others along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks, United States-European traffic was shifted to track B on 26 March, 16 days earlier than the date of the prescribed seasonal shift, 11 April. The St. Lawrence ice coming out of Cabot Strait spread eastward during the first part of the month until by the 11th it had reached the 57th meridian between the 46th and 47th parallels. Between the eastern edge and Cape Breton Island the southern edge fluctu-/ ated between 46° N., and 45°30' N., during this period. During^ 126 the latter part of the month the eastern edge of the ice receded westward and the southern edge moved southward until at the end of the month it was at about latitude 45° N., between longitudes 58° and 60° W. An estimated 67 bergs entered the area south of the 48th parallel during March, nearly all of them during the second half of the month, and none of them coming south along the Avalon Peninsula of Newfoundland. Figure 42 shows the distribution of bergs and field ice during March. April During the first part of the month the field ice along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks was undergoing rapid deterioration and breaking into detached fields and patches. The southern end of the main field early receded north of 45° N., although individual patches and strings were reported as far south as 44°09' N., 48°32' W., on the 13th. Along the Avalon Peninsula of Newfoundland patches of field ice were reported extending to Bull Head on the 7th and loose strings and patches continued to move southward into this area until the middle of the month when they reached the latitude of Cape Race. After that melting was rapid and the southern limits of all field ice east of Newfoundland receded north- ward until at the end of the month an ice patrol flight found the edge to extend from its southwestern extremity at a point 40 miles east of Cape Freels to its southeastern corner at 49° 19' N., 48°25' W. During the early part of the month the St. Lawrence ice coming out of Cabot Strait began to undergo rapid deterioration. The southwestern end of this ice moved to about the 61st meridian 30 miles south of Cape Canso but oflPered little hindrance to navigation. As is usual, Cabot Strait cleared first along the Cape Ray side and during the second week in April navigation into the gulf along the Cape Ray-Bird Rocks route was possible. By the 17th practically no ice remained south of a line from Cape St. George to Anticosti Island and north of a line from St. Paul Island to the Magdalen Islands and only a few unimportant narrow strings remained off shore from Flint Island to Cape Canso. The break-up of the field ice released a quantity of bergs along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. These drifted southward toward and beyond the Tail of the Banks and southeastward from the area between Flemish Cap and the Grand Banks with several being reported in the vicinity of 44° N., 45° W., from the 20th to the 24th. These represented two distinct areas in which there was hazard to traffic following track B. The period was one in which conditions did not permit aerial reconnaissance of these critical areas. The surface patrol vessel could not effectively patrol more than one of the areas. Danger, the degree of which could not 127 immediately be determined, was threatening traffic on the pre- scribed route, so on 26 April United States-European traffic was shifted to extrasoutherly track A. The last few days of the month were more favorable for ice scouting, both by planes and surface craft, and a series of intensive and extensive searches were begun in the areas in which the southern and southeasternmost ice had been reported. It is estimated that 98 bergs entered the area south of 48° N., during April. The distribution of bergs and field ice during the month of April is shown graphically in figure 43. May The areas southwest and south of the Tail of the Banks and be- tween latitudes 43° N., and 45° N., from 43° W., to 46° W., were scouted out during the last few days in April and the first few days in May. Apparently the bergs that had been reported in these areas had disintegrated. Accordingly, United States-European traffic was returned to track B on 4 May. The berg drifts con- tinued southward along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks but in addition a great many were drifting eastward south of the 45th parallel and many were distributed north of 47° N., from the east- ern edge of the Grand Banks eastward to 43° W. Toward the end of the month bergs were reported in unusually easterly positions, the easternmost of these being reported on the 28th at 42° 57' N., 40°35' W. The original report of the easternmost berg described it as a small berg only 6 feet above water and it is presumed that it did not long survive the relatively high temperatures of the water in its vicinity. On the 26th bergs were reported at 42° 12' N., 52°40' W., and 41°46' N., 53°07' W. A search of this area, southwest of the Grand Banks, was made by the surface patrol vessel on the 28th and 29th but the bergs were not relocated. This period saw the widest spread in the distribution of bergs. The advancing season and the increase in surface temperature resulted in a rapid retreat northward of the southern limits of the field ice. By the middle of the month only a few patches re- mained south of the 50th parallel and by the end of the month the southern limits of the field ice stood at about 52° 40' N., with navigation possible through the Strait of Belle Isle. The largest number of bergs drifting south of the 48th parallel for any month during the season occurred during May. The num- ber is estimated at 168 and their distribution is shown graphically in figure 44. June This month was characterized by a marked reduction in the number of bergs entering the area and by marked easterly drifts of bergs between the 43d and 45th parallels. Very few bergs en- 128 tered the area after the middle of the month but those already there were continuing to approach the steamer lanes to the south- eastward of the Grand Banks, more than south of the Tail of the Banks. Both air searches and surface vessel scouting- were made difficult because of the expanding area which might contain bergs in positions of menace to trans- Atlantic traffic. A small berg, reported on the :27th at 40'54' N., 40'26' W., represented the farthest southeastward drift of ice during the 1946 season. As the month was drawing to a close it was apparent that track C, to which United States-European tralffc normally shifts on 1 July, would not be clear of endangering bergs and growlers by that date. Track B was therefore kept as the prescribed route for United States-European traffic until the advancing season would free track C of ice hazard. With the summer warming of the surface water the surface isotherms became more difficult to interpret in terms of currents. It was therefore of considerable immediate utility that the Tampa was able to follow the drift of the then southeastern- most known berg froin the 22d until it broke up on the 29th. It is estimated that 88 bergs entered the area south of the 48th par- allel during June. Their distribution is shown in figure 45. July As the month opened it was apparent that few, if any, more bergs would get south of 48° N. It remained then to account for those already in the area. By the 6th surface and aerial scouting had established the absence of bergs in the area south of 45° N., and west of 46° W. A number of reports were received during the next few days of bergs and growlers between 43° and 45° W., from the 43d parallel northward. Making a thorough search of this area was a lengthy task because of the persistent poor visibility. However, it was possible to keep a reasonably good surveillance over the eastern edge of the Grand Banks from 45° N., to 46° 30' N. By the 22d the eastern part of the area had been searched and found free of ice. The surface patrol vessel then scouted along track C to the Tail of the Banks and on the 24th United States- European traffic was shifted to that track. The surface patrol vessel then searched northward along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks and as no ice was located the patrol was discontinued for the 1946 season on 27 July. It is estimated that 7 bergs drifted south of the 48th parallel during July. Figure 46 shows the dis- tribution of bergs during July. Augusf, September, October No bergs are known to have drifted south of latitude 48° N., during these months. 129 ICE CONDITIONS NORTH Of 50" N. The Strait of Belle Isle and the southern Labrador coast was reported encumbered by heavy field ice early in January and at intervals through the month. On 22 January a ship reported passing through large patches of broken field ice more than 150 miles off Domino Point, Labrador. This was one of the earliest in- dications of the unusually easterly distribution of ice which later characterized the 1946 season farther south. It seems probable that winter winds in the Labrador sector had a considerable off- shore component which moved the field ice farther seaward. This not only tended to move off shore the bergs frozen in the field ice but also hampered such free bergs as were outside the field ice from drifting toward the coast. Further confirmation is contained in the report of a plane which, on a flight between Goose Bay and southern Greenland, noted on 6 March that of the 135-mile belt of field ice off the Labrador coast the inner 20 miles was lighter and apparently new ice covering a previous shore lead. Further aerial observation from the 9th through the 12th of March showed that along the entire Labrador coast the movement of the field ice was seaward, opening a 20- to 30-mile shore lead and being further indicated by a ragged offshore edge. The small number of reports received of ice conditions in northern waters does not permit tracing the progress of the advancing sea- son with a satisfactory degree of continuity. The storis season in southwestern Greenland was somewhat heavier than normal al- though it was a little late in beginning. The storis reached Prince Christian Sound about the middle of January, rounded Cape Fare- well near the end of January and reached a point off Lichtenau on 6 February. By early March it reached Cape Thorvaldsen and on 6 March it closed the entrances of the fjords opening into the Julianehaab bight. The end of the storis season was about normal as to date, the southwest coast clearing in July. SUMMARY The outstanding feature of the 1946 season was the abnormally easterly distribution of the bergs. Ordinarily the bergs which drift south of the 48th parallel follow the Labrador Current which di- vides, just north of the Grand Banks, into two branches. The western, and usually less important branch flows southward along the Avalon Peninsula of Newfoundland, and the major eastern branch flows southward along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. The ratio between the strengths of these two branches fluctuates from year to year and these fluctuations are usually mirrored in the proportion of bergs following the two branches. During 1946 only two bergs are known to have followed the western branch and both of these were well off shore. It is not considered that 130 59° 58° 57° 56° 55 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 41.— Ice conditions, February 1946. Figures indicate day of month ice was sighted or reported. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 130) No. l 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 59° 58° 57° 56' 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° ^43^ Figure 42. — Ice conditions, March 1946. Figures indicate day of month ice was sighted or reported. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 130) No. 2 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° ^^ ^'^^'^^''^^ ^ 5o4^...49°ft 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52» 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 43. — Ice conditions, April 1946. Figures indicate day of month ice was sighted or reported. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. J30) No. 3 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° ^ ^3° 5 i-^.. Ba-. 49^ ♦«,'*• 4 7-° _. 1,4 6*, *A5°4 ^44° 43° 4a P GENERAL CE PATRC GRAND I CHART L AREA lANKS A- BE 1 ^ GS 3WLERS ?t • . ■■■: ft 4- v.. ??>.;<. »/• . 49 47° X ^-^ 4i^ / %?' ' ' \* '-^ ■5- 1 « - ft s ft ft' ft ft ^;:i~ \' v:'^: :, :;;/X :^ :-: ':..««, -'" ~^ ^ ' ',:../■' - ~-f;:iM ' '''\. ' , 'x --, :' ' '{ _ / ,^ ' GRAm BANKS ft ft v>-- U'l^- .'•'^ - \. ''- / „a» *>! ft ft ft ft 44' .' <''^' ^u --;>',./ ■■■, : •T, ♦ /[y .X^^ ^^X'f" '"Vy,,,! ^x. ft 4 r ^ 4? 41* _f» % % '1 r **>" „ W \ V* ,y \ #"""" »™.. ICECHAFT MAY 194 5 i 10 39 Xr '"'1,1m nl,l,;Iw\ :>' r— 4 L^ 3q. 5 9° 5 8° "'-5 7° 5 rs 5° 5^ r 5 2° E \^-^-5 0° 4 9-^^ 7° 46° 45° 44° 43° 46° ^ »45° %4° 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52'' 5]' 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 45. — Ice conditions, Ji'ne 1946. Figures indicate day of month ice was sighted or reported 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 130) No. 5 59° 58° Sr 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51 ^ t 46° P^- ft 48° 47^ ^ "^ =™= '^A 45° 44° 430 /{>-. ^t ,.<*"! ICE CHART JULY 1946 .A**'* X 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50' 48° 47° Figure 46. — Ice conditions, July 1946. Figures indicate day of month ice was sighted or reported. 45° 44° 43° I 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 130) No. 6 this almost total absence of bergs along the Avalon Peninsula re- flected a similar disproportionate division between the two branches of the Labrador Current. Rather, as previously stated, it is prob- able that the bergs were abnormally displaced eastward of their usual positions in the Labrador Current during the winter and early spring off the coast of I^abrador. As winds are a most im- portant factor in the control of ocean currents any unusual dis- tribution of barometric pressure in the Labrador area also will subsequently modify oceanic circulation patterns in the vicinity of the eastern slope of the Grand Banks. It is probable, therefore, that the unusual distribution of bergs during this season arose from the direct effect of entering the area with a more than usual east- erly spread, and an indirect effect of the modified currents in the Grand Banks region in which the bergs completed their drifts. The total amount of field ice in the Newfoundland area was not unusual nor was the St. Lawrence ice unusual. It is estimated that a total of 430 bergs drifted south of latitude 48° N., during 1946. This compares with an average of 439 for the 47-year period 1900-1946. With the advent of aerial ice observation a new factor has entered the estimation of the number of bergs in the area. Aerial observation permits a more nearly complete survey of the area and probably some of the bergs that would otherwise remain unobserved are reported. This is especially true of the less frequented areas between established steamer lanes. This is thought to more than balance the elimination of some of the dupli- cations which result from several ship reports of the same berg. It seems probable that the 47 year average of 439 is lower than the actual average annual crop passing 48° N. During the season of 1946 15 bergs drifted south of latitude 43° N., 5 in April, 9 in May, and 1 in June. The most easterly reported berg position was at 46°16' N., 39° 44' W., reported 7 July by the Fort Bedford: the extreme southeasterly berg position was reported 27 June by the Peebles at 40°54' N., 40°26' W.; and the most southwesterly berg position was at 41° 07' N., 54°32' W., reported 25 April by the Joel Harris. Except for ships which suflPered damage in field ice in far north- ern waters the only known marine casualty which resulted from ice was the Portuguese fishing schooner Commandante Tenreiro which collided with an iceberg in a dense fog on 24 June in the Grand Banks area. The vessel sank almost immediately but all hands were saved by the schooner Bissaiaberreto. WEATHER Throughout the season the surface patrol vessel made and trans- mitted to the United States Weather Bureau periodic meteorologi- cal observations. Every three hours synoptic surface weather 131 reports were made and radiosonde observations were made daily at 1600 G. c. t. In addition the experimental vessel made and transmitted 3-hourly synoptic surface weather observations when- ever it was at sea and more than 200 land miles from the nearest weather observing ship or shore station. The experimental vessel occasionally took radiosonde observations at unscheduled times in connection with the radar experimental work. On days when no such observations were made the radiosondes were taken at the scheduled times. A digest of weather conditions experienced is given in the cruise summaries. COMMUNICATIONS As has always been true, radio communication continues to be among the most important factors in International Ice Patrol in both the collection and dissemination of ice information. This international service is conducted for the benefit of shipping and cannot be successful without the fullest cooperation of all vessels plying the North Atlantic. This cooperation has been given whole- heartedly, and in acknowledging such indispensable assistance a request is made for its extension to include suggestions and criti- cisms which may point the way toward an improved service. It may be noted that certain changes have been made with the resumption this year of the International Ice Patrol after a period of four war years. The A-1 and A-2 emission broadcasts, intended to reach ships with different types of equipment, were formerly transmitted at different times. In 1946 they were keyed simultane- ously and the times of the scheduled twice-daily broadcasts were adjusted to permit the inclusion of a maximum of recently re- ceived information. The morning broadcast comes at a time cal- culated to include the digested reports which increase in number during the first few hours after dawn with its improved visibility. The time of the evening broadcast is intended to permit the inclu- sion of the results of aerial ice observation flights which usually return to the base field shortly before dusk. The A-2 emission was formerly on a frequency of 425 kilocycles, which is a busy commercial frequency. In order to relieve congestion on this fre- quency, the A-2 emission is now broadcast on 480 kilocycles. The following daily schedule of ice broadcasts to shipping was maintained from 1 March until 28 July. Each broadcast was pre- ceded by a general call on 500 kilocycles after which the transmit- ting station (Radio Argentia, NWP) announced the NIDK ice bulletin with the operating signal to shift to 480 and 8100 kilo- cycles. After shifting to these frequencies there followed a 30- second period of test signals to permit receiver tuning. The ice bulletin M'as then broadcast twice, the first transmission being 132 made at 15 words per minute and the second transmission at 25 Time (G. C. T. ) Freciuency (kilocycles) Kmissif 0200 480 A2 0200 8100 Al 1400 480 A2 1400 . 8100 Al CRUISE SUMMARIES First Cruise, "Modoc," 23 March to 3 April, 1946 The Modoc departed from Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1200, on 23 March 1946, to establish the continuous surface vessel patrol in the Grand Banks region. The following daj^ the Modoc arrived in the patrol area and at 1530 G. c. t. inaugurated the 1946 surface patrol. This cruise was confined to the area between 43° and 45° N., along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks. The main body of bergs were distributed north of latitude 45° N., but there were several bergs widely dispersed through the area from that latitude south to about 43°30' N. During the period of this cruise the weather was affected by the passage of three cyclonic disturbances. The first passed south of the ship, the weak sections of the warm front of the second disturbance passed the area, and the third storm area was patterned after the first. Winds were generally westerly and northwesterly except during the approaches of the low pressure area, when the winds became southerly. The wind force was moderate to strong and reached gale proportions after passage of the first and third cyclonic disturbances. Rain, snow, and fog accompanied the fall in pressure as the storms approached. Seas were moderate to rough and became heavy for a few hours after passage of the first storm. Swells were moderate or less throughout the cruise. Tem- peratures ranged from 30° to 33° F. during most of the cruise with the exception of the period of the warm front passage when the temperature reached a high of 53° F. At 1415 G. c. t., 3 April 1946, the Modoc was relieved by the Tampa at 45° 03' N., 49° 30' W. The Modoc then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 4 April 1946. The following is a summary of water temperature, ice, and ob- struction reports received during this cruise: Number of ice reports received 34 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports - 10 Number of water-temperature reports received 376 Number of vessels furnishing water-temperature reports , . 86 Number of obstruction reports received 0 Number of vessels furnished special information 1 During the period of this cruise surface patrol vessel activity was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 133 25 March two flights covered the eastern edge of the Grand Banks from Tail of the Banks to latitude 46° N., and the area between 46° and 48°40' N., from the 45th meridian to the Newfoundland coast. On 29 March one flight covered the Strait of Belle Isle, White Bay and Notre Dame Bay, while another flight covered the area between 42°o0' N., and 46^00' N., from the eastern edge of the Grand Banks eastward 70 miles. On 31 March one flight covered the area between 47° N., and the south coast of Newfoundland westward to Cape Ray. On 2 April one flight covered the St. Lawrence ice coming out of Cabot Strait outside of a line from Cape St. George to Cape North, to the outer limits of the ice at the 45th parallel between the 58th and 60th meridians. On the same day another flight covered a 90-mile wide strip along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks from 46°20' N., to 42° N. Second Cruise, "Tampa," 3 April to 17 April, 1946 The Tampa departed from Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1330 G. c. t. on 2 April 1946, for ice patrol. The Modoc was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 1415 G. c. t. on 3 April 1946. Weather experienced during this cruise included two cyclonic disturbances. Both were traveling to the northeast at approxi- mately 30 miles per hour. The center of the second disturbance, whose efl'ects were felt more than those of the first, passed about 50 miles to the northwest of the Tampa and as a result winds of 70 miles per hour and heavy seas were encountered for a period of 24 hours. In general the weather was steady and the visibility good. At 1805 G. c. t. on 17 April 1946, the Modoc relieved the Tampa and the Tampa set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 18 April 1946. Following is a summary of water temperatures, ice, and obstruc- tion reports received during this cruise : Number of ice reports received - 31 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports .- - _ - 23 Number of water-temperature reports received 906 Number of vessels furnishing water-temperature reports — 194 Number of obstruction reports received 3 Number of vessels furnished special information ,-. -- 21 During the period of this cruise the surface patrol vessel activity was supplemented by the following aerial ice observation flights: On 9 April one flight delineated the limits of the St. Lawrence ice outside a line from Cape Anguille to Cape Canso, the limits following approximately the 45th parallel and the meridian of 58°40' W. On 15 April one flight was made along the parallel of 47°30' N., from Newfoundland to the eastern edge of the Grand Banks, and a second flight covered a 100-mile wide strip along the eastern edge of the Grand Banks from 42°30' N., to 45° 40' N. On 134 17 April a flight covered the St. Lawrence ice outside Cabot Strait and followed the ice limits bounding the navigable steamer track into the gulf as far as a line from Brion Island to Heath Point on Anticosti Island. Third Cruise, "Modoc," 17 April to I May, 1946 The Modoc departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1230 G. c. t. on 16 April 1946 for ice patrol. The Tampa was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 44°15' N., 50°05' W., at 1805 G. c. t. on 17 April 1946. No cyclonic disturbances with a definite frontal system passed through the ship's position during the period of this cruise. Weak pressure drops and rises indicated that several low-pressure troughs passed not far away. The first 4 days of the cruise the wind was variable, shifting from southerly to northeast and back. Force 8 winds were encountered enroute to patrol after which the wind averaged force 4. From the 21st through the 26th the wind was steadily from the southeast gradually building up until the maxi- mum of force 9 was reached on the 25th. The absence of any wind shift indicated the frontal system of the low pressure area was not near the Modoc. The wind force subsided and the direc- tion became southerly during the last few days of the cruise. On the 30th the wind swung to the northeast with force 3. The sky was cloudy to overcast during the first 3 days, and from the 20th until the 26th dense fog of varying depths was encountered. Dur- ing the daylight hours of the 23d, with the wind increasing to force 8, the fog cleared. During the last 3 days it was partly cloudy to cloudy. Precipitation occurred for short periods on the 17th, 25th, and 30th. During the first half of the period air temperatures averaged from 38° to 44 °F. and during th6 second half from 60° to 69 °F. with sea temperatures from 4° to 7° lower. Pressures rose from the beginning of the cruise until it reached 1,032 millibars on the 18th after which five pressure drops occurred reaching minima on 20, 21, 23, 25, and 29 April. The lowest barometer was 1,018 millibars which occurred on the 25th. Other- wise pressures ranged between 1,020 and 1,035 millibars. At 1100 G. c. t. on 1 May 1946, the Tampa relieved the Modoc which then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 2 May 1946. A summary of the water temperature, ice, and obstruction re- ports received during this cruise follows : Number of ice reports received 36 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports — - 28 Number of water-temperature reports received — - 827 Number of vessels furnishing water-temperature reports ..— 19*0 Number of obstruction reports received — 3 Number of vessels furnished special information - - - 45 135 During the period of this cruise surface patrol vessel activity was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 18 April two flights covered the area from 41° N., to 44° N., be- tween the 51st meridian and about longitude 47° 30' W., and from 44° N., to 45° N., from the Grand Banks eastward to about 45° 45' W. Weather did not permit aerial reconnaissance of the critical area again until 29 April when one flight covered the area be- tween 43° and 45° N., from 43° to 46° W., and a second flight covered the area between 51° W., and 47° 15' W., from 40° 15' N., to 41° 45' N. On the following day one flight extended this searched area northward to 43° N., and added a 50-mile wide strip along the southwestern edge of the Grand Banks westward from the Tail of the Banks to the 53d meridian. The same day a second flight covered the southern edge of the field ice from 49° N., to 50°15' N., between the Newfoundland coast and 48° 15' W. Fourth Croise, "Tampa," I May to J5 May, 1946 The Tampa departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1336 G. c. t. on 30 April 1946, for ice patrol. The Modoc was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 45°00' N., 50°55' W., at 1100 G. c. t. on 1 May 1946. Weather during this cruise may be summarized as follows : Fog was scattered throughout the period for a total of 105 hours. It varied in density but was generally moderate to dense, restricting visibility to a half mile or less. Precipitation occurred in the form of light rain and light drizzle. There were approximately 15 hours of precipitation, the longest continuous period being 6 hours. There were no marked changes of barometric pressure of any significance. The highest recorded pressure was 1,028 millibars and the lowest 1,007 millibars. The maximum wind was force 7 and came from the northwest and westnorthwest. Seas were generally smooth, with low average swells. The highest state of sea was 5 and oc- curred during the period of maximum wind. This was on 5 May. Air temperatures varied from a minimum of 31 °F. on 6 May to a maximum of 62 °F. on 14 May. On 15 May, 1946, at 0920 G. c. t., at 45^00' N., 50^51' W., the Modoc relieved the Tampa which then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 16 May. 1946. The following is a summary of the water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise : Number of ice reports received 11^ Number of vessels furnishing ice reports 66 Number of water-temperature reports received _ - 849 Number of vessels furnishing water-temperature reports 16o Number of obstruction reports received ^ 10 Number of vessels furnished special information 30 136 Aerial ice observation flights supplemented the activity of the surface patrol vessel during the period of this cruise as follows : On 5 May two flights covered the area from the eastern edge of the Grand Banks to an eastern limit defined by lines from the Tail of the Banks to W N., 45° W., to 46 N., 44 :30' W., to 46 ' N., 46 W., to 46'30' N., 46 W., thence west to the Grand Banks. On 15 May three flights gave a complete ice census in the area south of the 50th parallel from the Newfoundland coast to 50" N., 45'' W., to 49- N., 43M5' W., to 46 45' N., 43 45' W., to 45°40' N., 46" W., to 45=40' N., 49^ W., to Cape Race. fifth Cfi/ise, 'Modoc, ' 15 May to 29 May, 1946 On 14 May 1946, at 1130 G. c. t., the Modoc departed Argentia, Newfoundland, on ice patrol. At 0920 G. c. t. on 15 May, 1946, the Modoc met and relieved the Tam-pa as surface patrol vessel at 45^00' N., 50 51' W. A general summary of the weather during the period of this cruise follows. Five weak low-pressure areas or troughs affected weather in the area. Two of the disturbances contained indefinite occluded fronts that passed the Modoc. The passage of these fronts was accompanied by precipitation of short duration. The periods between the passage of the low pressure systems was characterized by heavy fogs for protracted periods. Winds were mostly southerly with the approach of the low pressure areas, becoming mostly westerly with a rising barometer. The wind was steady at force 3 or 4 throughout the cruise except for an increase to force 6 with the approach of an occluded front on the 18th. Air temperatures ranged from an average daily minimum of 44 "F. to an average daily maximum of 54 ^F. Passage of the five low-pressure systems occurred on 18, 20, 23, 27, and 28 May. Passage of the occluded fronts occurred on the 18th and 28th. Heavy fogs occurred on 18, 20, 21, 23, 26, 27, and 28 May. Clear and partly cloudy days fell on 15, 17, 24, and 25 May. The 16th, 19th and 22d were cloudy days. The lowest pressure, 1,011 millibars, occurred on the 28th. Seas were relatively smooth during the entire cruise. At 2000 G. c. t.^on 29 May, 1946, at 43'^35' N., 53^5' W., the Tampa relieved the Modoc which then set course for Argentia, New- foundland, arriving there on 30 May 1946. Following is a summary of the water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise: Number of ice reports received . 90 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports 55 Number of water temperature reports received 813 Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports .. 218 Number of obstruction reports received 12 Number of vessels furnished special information 21 137 During the period of this cruise the surface patrol vessel activity was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 16 May two flights were made in the triangular area from Argentia to 42° N., 50° W., to 45° N., 45° W., but poor visibility made the coverage only about 40 percent complete. On 24 May two flights gave 100 percent coverage of the area from 41°20' N., to 44°30' N., between 51° W., and 46° W. On 25 May one flight completely cov- ered the area between 46°50' N., and 48°30' N., from the Newfound- land coast east to 43°15' W. A second flight attempting to cover the area between this and the area covered the previous day was abandoned because of failure of the plane's loran equipment. On 28 May a flight was made in the vicinity of 41°30' N., 53° 00' W., in an attempt to locate bergs reported near there on the 26th and 27th. Visibility in the area did not permit visual verification of radar targets. This and the presence of water spouts in the vicinity made it prudent to abandon the search and return to the base. Sixth Cruise, "Tampa," 29 May to 10 June, 1946 The Tampa departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1236 G. c. t. on 28 May 1946, for ice patrol. The Modoc was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 43°35' N., 53° 15' W., at 2000 G. c. t. on 29 May 1946. Weather during this cruise may be summarized as follows. Fog was scattered throughout the period for a total of 88 hours. Its density varied but was generally moderate to heavy and restricted visibility to one-half mile or less. There were 79 hours of precipita- tion which occurred in the form of light rain and light drizzle. The longest continuous period was 17 hours. A thunderstorm arose at 2215 G. c. t. on 9 June. Winds were southsouthwest at 45 to 50 miles per hour, seas were rough, and electrical activity was moderate. The barometer fell 40 millibars in 3 hours. During the period of the cruise the highest recorded pressure was 1,025 millibars on 4 June and the lowest was 1,002 millibars on 29 May. The highest wind was force 8 which occurred on two occasions, once on 6 June from the west, and once on 9 June from the south- southwest. Seas were generally slight with low average swells. The highest state of sea was 5 which occurred during the thunder- storm of 9 June. The highest recorded air temperature was 66° F. on 30 May and the lowest 39 °F. on 4 June. At 1000 G. c. t. on 10 June 1946, at 45°00' N., 50°55' W., the Modoc relieved the Tampa which then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 11 June 1946. The following is a summary of the water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise : 138 Number of ice reports received _ _ _ 80 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports 64 Number of water temperature reports received 596 Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports 104 Number of obstruction reports received 17 Number of vessels furnished special information 22 During the period of this cruise aerial ice observation flights supplemented the surface patrol vessel activity as follows : On 30 May one flight covered the area from 49° N., to the edge of the field ice at about 52°40' N, between 50° W., and 54° W. Three flights on 3 June and two flights on 4 June gave very nearly com- plete coverage of the area from 41°30' N., to 47°20' N., west of a hne from 41°30' N., 47°30' N., 47°00' W., to 47°20' N., 42°00' W., and east of 51°00' W. In parts of this area coverage depended on radar and some bergs and growlers may have been missed. Seventh Cruise, "Modoc," 10 June fo 77 June, 7946 The Modoc departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1230 G. c. t. on 9 June 1946, for ice patrol. The Tampa was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 45°00' N., 50°55' W., at 1000 G. c. t. on 10 June 1946. A general summary of weather encountered during this cruise follows. One low-pressure area and two low-pressure troughs af- fected weather in the area. The first disturbance contained a warm occluded front and was accompanied by an extensive area of heavy fog. The two low-pressure troughs occurring on 12 and 13 June were followed by areas of precipitation but no definite frontal structure. Winds were mostly from the southsouthwest to south- west except the last 2 days of the cruise when the wind backed to north and northeast with decreasing velocity. The wind force averaged 3 to 5, but picked up to moderate gale proportions on the 13th and 14th, with accompanying moderate to rough seas. Heavy fog was continuous on the 9th and 10th and occurred again for protracted periods on the 13th, 14th, and 15th. Precipitation fell on 11, 13, 14, 15 and 16 June, with thundershowers occurring on the 11th at 0600 G. c. t. The sky was clear on the afternoon and evening of the 11th. During the remainder of the period it was either cloudy or obscured by heavy fog. The average daily maximum air temperature was 52 °F. and the average daily minimum 46 °F. The highest and lowest recorded temperatures were respectively 55° and 43° F. The Modoc was relieved by the Tampa at 45°04' N., 50° 17' W., at 1215 G. c. t. on 17 June 1946. The Modoc then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 18 June 1946. 139 Following is a summary of the water temperature, ice, and ob- struction reports received during this cruise : Number of ice reports received _-_ 27 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports ._ ,. 21 Number of water temperature reports received - __ __ 329 Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports — — — . 91 Number of obstruction reports received ._.. 5 Number of vessels furnished special information 10 The surface patrol vessel's ice scouting was supplemented during this cruise by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 14 June one flight covered the area between longitudes 49° W., and 53° W., from 41°30' N., to 43° N., west of the Tail of the Banks and to 43° 30' N., east of the Tail. Visibility was poor, but numerous radar targets were picked up and all were investigated. All proved to be ships. The following day a flight covered the adjacent triangle eastward to 43° N., 46° W. Also on the 15th a search flight to the northeastward from Argentia gave ice information to 30 miles on either side of its course, from the Avalon Peninsula to the outer limit of the iceberg belt. On 17 June two flights extended the area scouted out on the 14th and 15th northeastward to a line from 45° N., 45° W., to 47° N., 50° W. Eighth Crv'ise, "Tampa," 17 June to I July, 1946 At 1230 G. c. t. on 16 June 1946, the Tampa departed Argentia, Newfoundland, for ice patrol. The Modoc was met at 45° 04' N,, 50° 17' W., and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 1215 G. c. t. on 17 June 1946. Weather experienced during the period of this cruise is here summarized. Fog was present about 50 percent of the cruise for a total of 161 hours and varied in intensity from moderate to thick. Precipitation occurred in the form of light rain or drizzle. There were approximately 25 hours of this type of precipitation. The highest pressure recorded during this cruise was 1,030 milli- bars which occurred on 22 June. The lowest pressure recorded was on 27 June during the passage of a cyclonic disturbance of mild proportions and was 1,004 millibars. During the storm period the wind increased to approximately 40 knots, there was continuous rain and a force 4 swell from the northwest. The winds were gen- erally light, varying from 10 to 20 knots. Except for short periods these winds were from south to west. At 1100 G. c. t. on 1 July 1946, the Modoc relieved the Tampa as surface patrol vessel. The Tampa then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 2 July 1946. The following is a summary of water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise : 140 Number of ice reports received 75 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports _ 69 Number of water temperature reports received - 519 Number of vessels furnishing- water temperature reports - 89 Number of obstruction reports received 28 Number of vessels furnished special information 18 During the period of this cruise the ice scouting of the surface patrol vessel was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows: On 21 June two flights covered the area from 43° N., to 46°40' N., between 50° W., and a line from 43° N., 47°30' W., to 47° N., 42°30' W., except for a small area near the eastern edge of the Grand Banks at about 45° N. Ninth Cruise, "Modoc." I July fo 15 July, 1946 The Modoc departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 0900 G. c. t. on 30 June 1946, for ice patrol. The Tampa was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 45°34' N., 49°10' W., at 1100 G. c. t. on 1 July 1946. After beginning a sweep down the eastern edge of the Grand Banks the sweep was abandoned at 0952 G. c. t. on 2 July, 1946, and course changed for a position of 45° 14' N., 50° 19' W., to search for a dory and crew lost from the Portuguese fishing vessel Maria Frederico in dense fog. The search continued until the night of 4 July 1946, when the Modoc hove to. The morning brought better visibility and the search was resumed southward. Shortly afterward the Maria Frederico reported the return of the missing dory and crew. A general summary of the weather for the period of this cruise follows. Five cyclonic disturbances with four weak fronts affected the weather. A weak warm occlusion passed the area on 1 July and was accompanied by heavy fog that persisted until the 5th when a cold front passed, clearing the fog and bringing clear to partly cloudy weather until the 8th. A weak poorly defined front passed on the 9th accompanied by heavy fog that recurred inter- mittenly for the next 2 days. Another weak indefinite front passed the area on the 11th. The effects of the tropical disturbance that passed up the Atlantic coast and then out to sea were felt on the 13th and 14th. Moderate to heavy swells and winds of force 7 with occasional gusts to 40 knots persisted for 2 days. Short periods of light to moderate rain accompanied all fronts. Winds were from the south-southwest to west until 7 July when the direction changed to southeasterly for a few hours after which it returned to south- west. Winds from the northwest and north occurred for a few hours on the 10th. The average force was 4 to 5 with force 6 and 7 occurring on the 4th, 13th and 14th. The average daily maximum 740743—47—10 141 air temperature was 59 °F. and the average daily minimum tem- perature was 53 °F. The highest recorded temperature was 69° and the lowest 47°F. The highest barometer, 1,030 millibars, occurred on 6 July and the lowest was 1,013 millibars on the- 5th. At 1910 G. c. t. on 15 July, 1946, the Tampa relieved the Modoc as surface patrol vessel at 44° 02' N., 43° 57' W. The Modoc then set course for Argentia, Newfoundland, arriving there on 17 July 1946. The following is a summary of the water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise: Number of ice reports received 29 Number of vessels furnishing ice reports 27 Number of water temperature reports received . 801 Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports 200 Number of obstruction reports received 18 Number of vessels furnished special information 35 During the period of this cruise the scouting of the surface patrol vessel was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 6 July two flights covered the area from 45°40' N., 50° 00' W., to 42°20' N., 50°50' W., to 42°20' N., 47°30' W., to 44°00' N., 45°00' W., to 45°40' N., 44°20' W., except for a narrow strip just inside the eastern edge of the area and a triangular area about 50 miles on a side near the northern edge and centered at about 46°30' W. On 11 July these areas were expected to have good weather although thick weather was predicted for the adjacent area eastward. A flight was attempted with a PBY-5A but the preva- lence of fog and a generator failure caused the attempt to be aban- doned. On 15 July two flights covered the areas missed on 6 July and extended the coverage eastward to a line from 42°40' N., 46°10' W., to 44°00' N., 44°30' W. Tenth Cruise, "Tampa," 15 July to 27 July, 1946 The Tampa departed Argentia, Newfoundland, at 1238 G. c. t. on 13 July 1946, for ice patrol. At 1910 G. c.t. on 15 July 1946, the Modoc was met and relieved as surface patrol vessel at 44°02' N., 43°57' W. The weather encountered on this cruise is summarized as follows. Only one cyclonic disturbance with two frontal passages occurred. This disturbance passed the area on 20 July and was accompanied by force 8 winds and heavy seas. The lowest recorded pressure was 1,012 millibars. The warm front passed at 1730 G. c. t. on the 20th and the cold front passed at 1600 G. c. t. on the 21st. The winds were generally light and from the south to southwest. The temperature varied from a maximum of 74°F. on 16 July to a minimum of 47 °F. on the 15th. Fog was present for a total of 107 hours and rain fell during a total of 29% hours. The continuous surface vessel patrol was discontinued for the season at 1500 G. c. t. on 27 July, 1946, at 45°06' N., 49°29' W. 142 59° 58° sr 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° 9° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 47.— First cruise, 24 March to 3 April 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 745743 q . 47 (p^^g p ,42, , ai pe ar oc as CO ot ve 0 to 4£ in 5C 4e ea le dc ai 4( 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° Figure 48. — Second cruise, 3 April to 17 April 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 45° 44° 43° 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 2 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Fir.uRB 49.— Third cruise, 17 April to 1 May 1940, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 142) No. ERMS BASED 0N^64_ 849 ITEMPERATURE REPORTS , 5f° 50°" 49° "48° 47° '" 46° 45° 44° ' 43° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52 FifiURE 50.— Fourth cniiso, 1 May to 15 May 1946 showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 59° 58° 57° _ 56° 55°_ 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° Fifth cruise, 15 May to 29 May 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 5 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° ^jy^^^52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 52. — Sixth cruise, 29 May to 10 June 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 6 48° 47° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° Figure 53. — Seventh cruise, lo June to 17 June 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 7 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52' Figure 54. — Eighth cruise, 17 June to 1 Ju JUNE 17 TO JULVLI946 / ISOTHERMS BAS^D ON / 669 TEMPERATURE REPORTS I -^ = NOON PQSITION.^J^J 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43° , showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 o - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 8 59° 58° 57° 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° 43 Figure 55. — Ninth cruise, 1 July to 15 July 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 O - 47 (Face p. 142) No. 9 59° 58° 57° " 56° 55° 54° 53° 52° 51° 50° 49° 48° 47° 46° 45° 44° Figure 56. — Tenth cruise, 15 July to 27 July 1946, showing surface isotherms and track of patrol vessel. 740743 o - 4i (Face p. 142) No. 10 The Tumpa then set course for Ar^entia, Newfoundland, arriving- there on 28 July 1946. The following is a summary of water temperature, ice, and obstruction reports received during this cruise : Number of ice reports received — Number of vessels furnishing ice repoi'ts Number of w^ater temperature reports received „.. Number of vessels furnishing water temperature reports -. Number of obstructions reports received .-_. Number of vessels furnished special information - 11 10 ___ 447 . 68 20 3 During- the period of this cruise the surface patrol vessel activity was supplemented by aerial ice observation flights as follows : On 17 July two flights were attempted; one PB4Y-1 to extend the southeastern searched area eastward to 43° W., and one PBY-5A to extend the searched area northward to 46° 30' N. Visibility was poor in the southeastern area and because of a radar failure on the PB4Y-1 it returned to base along a course intended to sweep visu- ally the area immediately north of that covered by the PBY-5A. Visibility proved to be poor here also so the only area covered was that jDetween 45°30' N., and 46°30' N., from the Grand Banks east- ward to 43° 10' W. On 22 July two flights extended the searched area eastward to beyond the 43d meridian and northward to 48 N. lable of Ice and Obstrucfion Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description Jan. 2 Jan. 31 Feb. 6 ...do Feb. 7.- Feb. 10 Feb- 11 Feb. 12 Hydro Washington 41 57 49 17 f From Cape to Salva From Bay beach 5 r to Cape St From Tort 47 42 49 26 50 30 Bonavista ?e point. Verte to niles S. W. . Francis. ay Point to .^2 an Piece of ice or berg (position doubtful). Large field of pack ice. Western edge field ice closing off Trinity Bay and Conception Bay. Ice close paclied to beach west of Cape Bonavista. 1 1 2 3 do Ice patrol plane . - 4 5 7 U. S. C. G. C. Laurel ' do N..\.T.S. Plane . f to 48 00 51 20 to 47 45 51 00 to 48 15 49 40 48 30 49 40 thence extending northwestward. 48 13 1 50 07 From vicinity 46 55 52 45 to entrance St. John's Harbor From St. John's southward along coast Outer limits field ice. Up to 9/10 cover inshore decreasing to 5 or 6/10 toward eastern limit. Ice packed to beach from Cape St. Francis to Torbay Point. Berg (within limits of field ice). Encountered strings and patches of light slob ice. Ice encountered 7th had dissipated. No ice observed. Field ice. Outer limits not noted. \Eastern limit field ice. Eastern 20 miles J broken and scattered. 1 Southern limit. (Estimated 50 miles south) / Heavy 10/10 cover. 8 do.. Cape Bre 46 25 45 35 west of on Island 58 50 estimated) 59 10 143 Table of Ice and Ohstrvction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued North latitude West longitude Description Ice patrol plane. ..do..._ ..do._.. Feb. 16 Feb. 17 Feb. 18 U.S. S.Greensboro.... U. S. S. Grand Rapids. Edwin L. Drake Evanger 25 U.S.C. G.C.Laurel. Ice patrol plane. 48 52 52 50 to 48 10 52 33 through 47 00 52 00 (limit of visibility) 47 30 50 50 to 47 48 50 23 to 47 53 49 23 to 47 34 48 32 (limit of visibility) 47 55 48 12 to 48 40 48 42 to 49 45 50 45 47 57 49 29 47 27 52 50 to 47 03 52 13 to 46 44 51 05 to 46 50 50 40 to 47 30 50 00 to 47 34 49 15 to 47 23 49 00 to 47 05 47 40 to 46 35 46 55 to 46 42 46 50 thence estimated through 47 40 47 28 47 27 46 25 46 08 48 55 46 18 47 25 49 10 47 30 47 40 47 30 48 56 60 07 to 46 23 59 46 thence to 45 45 59 22 to 45 45 58 35 46 19 57 55 47 40 52 20 to 47 30 52 20 through 47 10 52 32 47 40 52 07 to 47 24 52 10 through 47 10 52 25 Area eastward to 51-25 W., and north of 47-35 N. 48 23 52 35 to 48 00 52 C'storn (in.shore) edge of field i Southern edge of field ice. Eastern (outer) edge of field ice. Ice field about 9/10 cover crossing from last posi- tion to TwiUingate. Small berg. (Field ice remarkably free of bergs. Only 1 berg sighted between 49-45 50-45 and TwiUingate). Outer limits field ice. Area south of 47-30 N., between 50 W., and 52 W., open and scattered decreasing to scattered strings and patches at southern limits. Berg. Encountered field ice. Light field ice encountered. Berg appJoximately 30 feet high. Large berg, small berg and much floating ice in vicinity. [Encountered newly formed ice 8 inches thick. i Encountered heavy field ice 1 to 4 feet thick I in pans up to 60 feet in diameter. \Slob ice. (No further ice on course east- / ward). Eastern edge field ice. Outer 5 miles strings and patches thence close packeR. (Icing conditions and visibility limited patrol). ■Western edge light slob and slush I Eastern edge lightslob and slush ice. South i- ern limit this ice not visible but believe all ice south of 47-40 N., navigable. Patches and strings light field ice. Limits heavy field ice. (Decreasing south- ward to slob and slush ice described above). 144 Table of Ice and ObstrncHon Reports, South of 50° N., 194.6 — Continued Mar. ..do.. .-do_. ..do_. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.... Mar. 4 ..do.... ..do.... Mar. 5 ..do.... Mar. 6 Ice patrol plane. Mojave (I. P.)._ Ice patrol plane. do ....do ....do Mojave (I. P.). U. S. S. Grand Rapids. Mojave (LP.) do U. S. S. Knoxville Mojave (I. ?,). do North West latitude longitude 48 00 51 32 to 48 35 51 30 to 48 50 51 00 to 48 28 50 IS to 48 34 49 17 thence trending northward 48 34 48 40 46 28 50 48 From northwest to 45 to 58 16 Along Cape Breton Island extending to beach at Cape Gab- arus and southward past Cape Canso 48 15 51 21 4R 43 52 51 47 22 52 24 48 22 48 13 48 16 49 10 48 21 49 10 48 26 49 10 48 03 52 05 to 48 15 49 17 thence trending 340 degrees true between 47-3 IW., and 48-37 W., stretch- ing northeast from 47-56 N. 48 08 I 48 17 48 22 47 55 trending 350 degrees true 48 21 48 20 48 52 48 31 49 07 48 05 47 53 49 15 49 43 48 12 47 46 46 48 47 34 47 40 47 05 47 42 47 49 Description Limits of main field. Eastern limit patches and strings outside edge main field. Growler (identification not positive, may have been sea breaking over Virgin Rocks). Limits main field. Outer limits scattered itrings and patches light field ice. Light slob ice with some scattered pans vicinity Cape Qabarus decreasing in num- bers southward. Believe navigable. Patches light slob and slush ice in vicinity. Small patches slob ice (considered navigable). Small patches slob ice (considered navigable). Berg. Growler. Do. Do. Outer limits field ice. Strings and patches at outer edge becoming heavier closer ice ten miles inside this line. Belt of heavy sludge ice. Edge light field ice. ■Eastern limit of field ice. Berg. Growler. Berg. Edge moderately heavy field ice. Berg. Encountered broken field ice. Large ■ patches made up of chunks 2 to 3 feet in diameter, closely spaced. Berg (Same as 37). Growler. 145 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued North latitude West longitude Description ..do. ..do. ..do. Mar. Mar. ..do. Mar. Ice patrol plane. ..-.do -...do Mojave (I. P.). Ice patrol plane. 48 49 to 48 15 48 00 to 48 19 47 47 to 48 30 48 00 (limit of visibility) 48 19 47 47 to 48 20 46 30 to 47 25 46 30 to 47 25 47 05 to 47 55 47 05 to 48 00 47 55 to 48 15 48 00 48 42 I 52 53 North of 48-55 N., between 51-35 W., and 52-45 W. 49 15 52 50 to 49 07 51 15 to 48 45 51 05 to 48 45 50 36 to 49 02 50 29 to 49 02 49 50 thence S. S. E. to beyond limit of visibility From S. S. E. through 49 00 48 50 to 49 10 48 57 49 15 48 40 to 49 45 49 10 to 50 10 48 52 49 02 49 11 49 39 48 40 49 08 47 45 49 39 48 42 thence trending due north 48 42 I 48 35 48 50 48 36 to 48 18 48 35 47 05 47 05 to 47 05 46 35 to 45 45 47 10 to 45 45 47 35 Outer edge of field ice. Outer limits scattered strings and patches field ice. Small patches field ice in vicinity. Scattered strings and patches field ice. ■Southern edge main field ice. Eastern edge main field. Eastern limit of scattered strings and patches. Berg. Do. Growler (Same as 40. Rate of drift approxi- mately 0.6 knots). Eastern limit of field ice. Berg with numerous growlers in vicinity. Heavy field ice. (Northern and southern limits given). Radar indications of patches of field ice throughout quadrange bounded by these points. No ice sighted due fog and low stratus. 146 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^6 — Continued Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Doscriptii Mar. 13 -.do.... loe patrol plane. Fort Townshend. Ice patrol plane.. Fort Townshend. Mar. 14 u "if S. S. Ware ...do. ...do. .. -do- Mar. ..do ..do ..do M. S. Trumpeter -.do. ..do -.-dO- ..do — do. do 'if ..do S. S. Ware . ...do. ...do. ..do .-do do Ice patrol plane ...do. do do ...do. do do do... ...do- do ...do- do ...do. do do do —do. do Mar. 18 19 Unknown Mar. do . — -do-- . ...do. do ...do. do ...do. do Mar. 20 U. S. S. Dearborn ...do. .....do ...do. U.S. C. G.C.Laurel... ...do. .... do.. From 5 miles off Flint Island to 46 05 59 22 to 45 32 59 42 to 46 00 59 12 to 46 04 59 00 to 45 49 58 40 to 45 56 58 30 to 45 50 58 11 to 46 03 57 53 to 45 43 57 38 to 45 54 57 36 to 46 06 57 03 to 46 52 56 53 to Burgeo Bank Belle Isle Strait be- tween 59 W., and 60 W 45 10 I 58 00 Area observed inclu radar on 9 March, vening stormy weath 45 26 58 50 to 45 26 49 28 48 54 49 56 47 50 47 47 47 42 47 19 48 12 49 12 49 12 45 40 44 44 44 50 44 35 48 16 48 21 48 52 49 02 49 03 49 08 48 16 48 40 47 56 48 19 44 45 46 31 46 51 46 53 46 20 46 47 45 50 45 40 48 51 57 43 46 54 46 35 47 08 47 37 45 26 46 47 46 14 46 28 46 43 59 52 57 34 57 27 16 48 40 46 06 47 20 57 10 48 35 47 04 47 45 51 50 51 20 Outer limits of field ice. Eastern twenty miles scattered strings and patches. Cen- ter of field 7/10 to 10/10 cover with pans up to 100 feet in diameter. Area open water and broken pans light win- ter ice extends 20 to 30 miles fron Labra- dor-Quebec coastline thence open field ice becoming closely packed 50 to 60 miles off- shore. Conditions near Newfoundland coast not observed due to low stratus. Strings slob ice extending northward, ded area in which patches were detected by Conclude that this ice disintegrated in inter- ► Patches and strings heavy field ice with very large pans. Berg. Do. Growler. Southern tip of field ice. Small berg and 2 growlers. Large patches field ice and many growlers extending southward beyond limit of visibility (4 miles). (Probably east of ice field — states course and speed as requisite for dodging dense ice packs). Southeast corner of the main field. n„. 2 small bergs with many growlers. •Loose heavy ice. •Scattered strings slob ice. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Growler. Do. Small berg. Growler. Field ice. '^^feo. Do. Growler. Do. 2 bergs. Southern extent of field ice. no. 147 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^.6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 93 Mar. 21 1\S.C. G.C.Laurel 49 15 51 30 Heavy pan ice and numerous bergs. 94 ...do 49 29 52 54 Berg.- 95 ...do .....do... 49 34 52 20 Do. 96 ...do do 49 37 52 02 Do. 97 ...do ...-do 49 28 51 49 Do. 98 ..do do ". 49 26 51 40 Do. 99 ...do do 49 23 51 36 Do. 100 .do do 49 11 51 15 12 bergs within 15 rnilfs. 101 ...do do. 49 02 50 45 Berg. 102 do do 49 07 50 25 Do. 103 ...do do 48 52 50 29 Do. 104 ...do .. -do 48 24 50 17 Do. 105 do 48 33 49 58 Do. lOfi ...do do... 48 21 49 52 Do. 107 ...do do 48 18 49 40 Do- 108 ...do do 48 14 49 38 Do. 109 .do do 47 12 48 00 Do. 110 ...do do 47 08 48 02 Do. 111 do do 47 02 47 54 Do. \n ...do do 47 01 48 09 Do. 113 ...do ..—do 46 59 48 02 Do. 114 ...do do -. 46 58 47 37 2 bergs. ■ 115 ...do -—do.- — — 49 32 51 54 Growler. 116 .do do •--- 49 23 51 40 Do. 117 ...do .....do 48 59 51 00 3 growler.s. 118 ..do do 48 19 50 10 Growler. 119 ...do do — - 48 16 49 42 Do. 120 do do 48 12 49 37 Do. 121 do U.S. S.Eugene 45 10 48 48 1 berg and field ice extending south 122 do 44 32 48 27 Southern limit of field ice. 123 ...do do 44 53 48 49 Berg. U S S.Sheboygan 44 53 48 50 Do. 125 ...do do 45 05 45 10 48 50 59 00 Southern end of field ice. 126 ...do N. A. T. S. plane t 46 05 56 47 [Eastern edge field ice. 127 .do Unknown 44 35 48 32 Bergs. 128 Mar. 23 Lochmonar 45 14 48 20 Small berg. 129 Mar 24 Scythia 43 25 48 56 Low lying flat berg. 130 ...do Modoc (I. P.) 44 24 48 46 Berg. 131 ...do —do.. 44 21 48 25 Do. 132 Mar. 25 do 44 07 48 00 Do. 133 do U S. S. Hingham 43 45 48 10 Do. 134 do do 45 00 48 20 Do. 135 do Knox Victory 44 20 48 18 Do. 136 do do 44 27 48 11 Do. 137 ...do Modoc (I. P.)...- 43 38 48 11 Do. 138 139 48 00 50 06 Do. ...do do 47 56 49 39 Do. 140 ...do do 47 54 49 33 2 bergs. 141 ...do do 47 49 49 20 Berg. 142 do do 47 49 49 12 Do. 143 ...do do 47 54 49 05 Do. 144 ...do —do -- 47 43 49 03 Do. 145 .do...-. do 47 36 48 32 2 bergs. 146 ...do -—do 47 35 48 26 Berg and 2 growlers. 147 ..do do --- 47 30 48 13 Berg. 148 ...do — ..do 47 29 48 09 Do. 149 . do do 47 40 48 07 Berg and growler. 150 ...do .....do ...- 47 35 48 05 Do. 151 .do do 47 54 48 03 Berg. 152 ...do do 47 33 48 00 Berg and growler. 153 do do 47 40 47 42 Berg. 154 ...do 47 52 47 39 Do. 155 .do do 47 39 47 33 Do. 156 ...do do 47 49 47 26 Do. 157 ..do do 47 49 47 14 Do. 158 ...do do— 47 46 46 36 Do. 159 do do.... .-- 48 32 45 01 Do. 160 ...do 48 18 48 33 Do. 161 do do 48 26 49 04 Do. 162 ...do do .--- 48 25 49 03 Do. 163 do .... do... .__ 48 31 49 01 Do. 164 ...do .....do - 48 28 49 00 Do. 165 ..do do - - 48 21 48 54 Do. 166 ...do do. - 48 34 48 53 Berg and growler. 167 ...do do 48 38 48 41 Berg. 168 ...do do ...- 48 21 48 36 Do. 169 ...do 48 17 49 11 Do. 170 ...do do 48 18 49 11 Do. 171 ...do do 48 35 49 14 Do. 172 do do 48 37 49 15 Do. 173 ...do do 48 36 49 20 Do. 174 ...do do 48 33 49 21 Do. 148 Table of Ice and Obstmction Reports, South of 50° N., 194^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 175 Mar. 25 Ice patrol plane 48 34 49 21 BerfT. 176 ...do do 48 30 49 23 Do. -.-do do 48 27 51 27 Do, 17S ...do do 48 45 51 02 Do. 179 do 48 39 50 47 Do. ISO .-.do ... .do 48 38 50 40 Do. ISI do 48 18 60 36 Do. m ..-do .....do 48 25 50 24 Do. m ...do do- 48 11 60 13 Do. 1S4 -..do do 48 21 50 05 Do. 185 do do 48 29 48 15 50 01 49 55 Do. ISR ...do .....do Do. 1S7 do 48 45 49 52 Do. m ...do do 48 44 49 47 Do. 189 .-.do do 48 41 49 47 Do. 190 --.do do 48 32 49 45 Do. 191 ..-do do 48 29 49 27 Do. m .--do do 48 33 49 24 Do. m .--do do 48 32 49 24 Dc. 194 .-do do .- 48 20 49 14 Do. 195 ...do .....do 48 46 49 53 Growler. 196 ...do do 47 39 49 29 Do. 197 ..-do 47 28 48 48 Do. 198 ..-do do 47 32 48 42 Do. 199 ..-do 47 42 48 40 5 growlers. ^nn ...do do. 47 33 48 23 Growler. 201 do do 47 39 47 40 48 28 47 05 45 03 48 23 Do. 202 do . do Do. 203 do .-..do 2 growlers ^04 ..-do -...do 48 29 48 31 Growler. 205 -..do..... .....do 48 28 49 02 Do. 206 ...do do 48 19 49 05 2 growlers. 207 ...do..... .....do 48 27 49 07 Growler. 208 ...do do 48 18 49 42 Growler. 209 ...do.-.. -...do -. 48 23 50 05 Do. 210 ...do do 48 23 50 10 Do. 211 ...do--.. —.do 43 48 48 30 Berg. 212 -.-do do 43 55 48 41 Do. 213 -..do.... -.—do 44 10 48 28 Do. 214 -.-do do 44 16 48 45 Do. 215 ..-do -.-.do 44 27 48 42 Do. 216 ...do do 44 55 48 58 Do. 217 ..-do do 44 58 48 45 Do. 218 ...do do - 45 41 48 01 Do. 219 ...do . .do 46 08 47 08 2 bergs. 220 ...do do 46 10 47 45 4 bergs. 221 ...do .....do 46 18 46 55 n„ 222 ...do do 47 00 47 52 223 ...do .....do •. 47 04 47 18 Do. 224 .-do do-. 47 11 47 35 Do. 225 ...do ..-do do 47 16 44 54 .47 51 48 51 Do. 226 do Growler, 227 .--do .....do- 44 55 47 53 Do. 228 --do do 44 59 47 56 Do. 229 --.do do 45 48 47 45 Growler. 230 do do 46 05 48 15 46 03 44 10 Do. 231 Mar. 26 U.S. S.Emporia.. Large berg. 232 --do do 48 13 44 10 4 small bergs. 233 -..do-.... do 48 25 44 24 Small growlers 234 ---do 44 50 48 38 Berg. 235 -..do .....do 44 47 48 20 Do. 236 --.do do 44 24 48 36 Do. 237 ..-do Mar. 28 Empire Mouflon 45 32 44 53 47 14 47 47 Do. 238 U.S.C. G.C.Comanche Numerous bergs. 239 ..-do ..-do Vesuvius 45 35 44 42 46 00 48 39 Small berg. 240 Modoc (I. P.)— Berg. 241 Mar. 29 do 45 05 48 41 Large berg. 242 —do -.-..do 44 50 48 45 243 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Comanche 44 40 48 26 Berg. 244 ...do do 44 48 48 15 Do. 245 ...do Ice patrol plane 46 07 44 50 47 13 48 43 3 bergs within 10 miles. 246 Berg. 247 ..-do do 45 05 48 41 Do. 248 do 46 05 47 45 Do. 249 Mar. 30 Modoc (I. P.) 44 40 48 31 Growler. 250 -..do do- 44 43 48 32 Small low flat berg. 251 -.-do do 44 51 48 32 Berg. 252 ...do do 44 52 48 23 Large berg. 253 Mar. 31 Unknown ... 44 11 46 58 43 10 46 20 254 ...do North Devon t 46 30 0 46 40 255 -.-do do- 46 32 47 12 Detached growlers. 256 ...do Kettleman Hills 47 07 45 45 Heavy field ice in vicinity. 149 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 257 ..t:L Modoc (I. P.) 45 20 47 58 Berg. 258 do 45 30 48 00 Large berg. 259 ...do do _- 45 23 48 10 Growler. 2fin ...do do 45 21 48 12 Large berg. 2fil ...do do 45 12 48 12 Berg. 262 ..-do do 45 14 48 16 Do. ...do do 45 10 48 19 Large berg (Same as 252). 264 —do do 45 18 48 29 Berg. 265 ...do do 45 22 48 32 Do. 266 ...do do 45 12 48 20 Do. (Same as 250). 267 Apr. 2 do 45 13 48 11 Do. (Same as 263). 268 ...do._... do 44 55 48 34 Do. 269 ...do do 45 02 48 46 Growler. f 44 37 59 00 270 ...do Fort Amherst \ to 44 55 58 00 46 05 47 18 to 46 00 46 57 to Encountered strings of field ice. 271 ...do Ice patrol plane 45 26 47 19 to 45 48 47 00 to 45 45 46 45 thence NNW. Outer limits of field ice. 272 ...do..... ...-.do .- 45 34 47 29 Small patch of field ice. 273 ...do 44 16 48 37 Berg, with many growlers for 10 miles east. 274 ...do...._ do 44 29 48 34 Berg. 275 ...do do 44 34 48 38 Do. 276 ...do do 44 41 48 47 Do. 277 -..do do 44 40 47 58 Do. 278 ...do do 44 48 48 06 Do. 279 ...do _(io _ . 44 55 48 34 Do. 280 ...do (Jo 44 57 48 08 Do. 281 ...do do 44 59 48 06 Do. 282 ...do do 45 03 47 50 Do. 283 ...do do 45 08 48 02 2 bergs. 284 ...do .-..do 45 11 47 56 Berg. 285 ...do do 45 14 47 48 Do. 286 do do 45 16 47 58 no. 287 ...do do.. -- 45 16 47 51 288 ...do..... do 45 21 47 24 2 bergs. 289 ...do 45 38 48 33 Berg. 290 ...do do 45 50 47 12 Do. 291 ...do..... do 47 02 52 20 Do. 292 ...do do 46 00 46 56 6 bergs within 5 miles 293 ...do .....do 44 19 48 28 2 growlers. 294 ...do do 44 22 48 21 Growler. 295 ...do 44 44 47 58 Do. 296 ...do do 45 02 48 08 Do. 297 ...do do 45- 02 48 46 Do. 298 ...do do 45 14 47 44 Do. 299 ...do do 45 36 46 52 Do. 300 ...do do 45 38 47 06 Do. From Cape Egmont with 3 to 6 mile shore lead to Giboux Is- 301 ...do ....do 1 1 land to Cunet Point thence 1 to 3 mile shore lead to Scatari Island. From North Point Scatari Island to 45 49 59 51 to 45 20 59 51 to 44 55 59 35 Inner edge field ice. Outer limits field ice. An area of open water 302 .do do 44 45 58 55 , estimated up to 40 miles wide extends west and northwest from St. Paul Island. 44 57 58 02 Extent not determined. to 46 20 58 35 to 47 20 69 32 thence curving north- ward. From beach at Cape 303 ...do do i Ray south to Strings and patches field ice. 47 18 59 22 1 150 Tabic of Ire and Obsfracfiov Reports, Sonth of 50° N., 1946 — Continued Apr. 2 Apr. 5 ..do.__. ..do_..- ..do... Apr. 6 ..do... ..do... ..do... ..do... ..do... ..do... Apr. 7 ..do... -.do... -.do. -.do. Apr. 9 Name of vessel :)1 plane - N. A. T. S. plane. Wisteria Delhi Delhi-.- Tampa (I. P.). do Norefjord. ...... Tampa (I. P.)... Alexandra Park. ....do ....do ....do Green Gables Park. Alexandra Park Green Gables Park. Tampa (I. P.). ....do U. S. S. Ne.spelen. U.S.C.G.C. Evergreen. do Green Gables Park ....do Tampa (LP.) Ice patrol plane. North West latitude longitude Belt 4 miles wide Cape Ray to Cape Anguille thence wid- ening to 10 miles along south side of St. George Bay. 15 mile inshore belt from Cape St. George wid- ening north of 49 N. 45 45 58 40 extending north to south becoming thin 15 miles to south. 45 57 48 10 47 49 44 32 44 30 48 25 32 44 4fi 28 46 28 46 31 46 30 49 29 48 40 46 28 46 45 46 29 46 30 47 13 48 05 48 07 48 35 48 05 46 17 46 30 46 36 46 49 46 59 44 00 47 10 46 52 44 54 48 37 44 53 48 36 Extending to 10 miles seaward from 47-22 N ..northwardtoCape Spear thence north- eastward. 46 35 21 48 55 49 06 47 08 46 43 47 34 59 53 45 46 to Flint Island to outer tip of Scatari Island to 45 54 59 52 to thence unobserved 45 05 59 48 thence unobserved 46 00 I 59 00 to 46 03 58 43 to 46 25 58 46 thence unobserved Description Field ice closely packed against beach. Area of open water northwest from St. George Bay and north of line 307 degrees true from 48 N., 59-40 W. Eastern edge of field ice. Width of field 60 miles. Berg. 12 bergs and small ice within 7 miles. Field ice with some growlers and bergs. Large Berg, 150 feet high, 300 feet long. Berg, 100 feet high, 175 feet long. Much field ice and numerous growlers. Im- possible to force through. Growler. Several bergs in vicinity. 2 large bergs and 4 small patches field ice. 4 bergs and 5 growlers. 3 bergs and 2 growlers. Field ice extending 5 miles. Passed small piece of pan ice. Stopped in pancake ice. Numberous bergs and large area field ice extending 10 miles northeastward. Berg, 117 feet high, 250 feet long. Berg, 50 feet high, 150 feet long. Large patch of heavy field ice. Entrance to St. John's open. Berg. Do. Encountered heavy field ice. Large berg. Berg, 150 feet high, 250 feet long. Southwestern limit of field ice. Southern edge of field i Eastern edge of field i 151 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50" N., 1946 — Continued North West latitude longitude Description Apr. 9 ..do... ..do... ..do... Apr. 10 ..do. ..do. ..do. ..do. ..do. ..do. ..do.... Apr. 11 ..do ..do.... .-do.... ..do.... .do. ..do.... Apr. 12 ...do.... Apr. 13 ...do ...do.... ...do..-. ...do.... ...do.... .do... .do... ...do.... ...do.... ...do.... Ice patrol pla Unknown Tampa (I. P.) Mojaved. P.).... Tampa (LP.) --..do... Harrington Court. Empire Torrent... Tampa (I. P.).... do ....do ....do ....do .--.do -.-do .-..do Richard K. CalL U. S. S. Woonsocket George Washington(KDCL)- U. S. Army FS-138 { Tampa (I. P.) Dentonia Park- Tampa (I. P.).. Prosper.. Empire Gallop. Lacrosse \'ictory do U. S. C. G. C. Laurel. Tampa (LP.).. U.S.C. G.C.Laurel. Tampa (L P.I Empire Gallop Joseph H. Nicholson.. Empire Gallop do.- to 47 31 59 35 thence curving westward. 47 43 60 12 to 47 43 59 55 thence trending north- ward with shore lead past Cape St. George. St. George Bay ice free. ....do N. A. T. S. plane. Westminster Victory. MojaveCLP.) do 40 20 45 05 44 58 45 09 45 07 43 26 43 37 44 49 48 07 48 30 48 51 48 12 48 33 48 44 48 42 49 03 49 07 49 03 48 55 49 05 48 57 48 52 49 00 48 52 47 00 47 00 49 00 55 10 .Along coast of Avalon Peninsula to 40 miles south of Cape Spear. 43 49 48 37 43 57 43 51 43 37 43 38 10 43 08 43 35 43 05 45 16 43 11 43 23 45 41 43 12 45 37 45 40 43 03 49 24 48 57 49 30 48 25 49 22 48 40 48 28 49 25 47 36 47 23 49 23 48 33 44 46 48 15 thence southerly. 43 25 38 03 48 36 4S 41 61 00 60 05 50 18 46 00 46 10 Northeastern edge of field Southern edge of field ice separated from above field by open water the westward extent of which not determined. Liferaft. Berg, 50 feet high, 75 feet long. Large berg. Berg (drift 1.4 knots, set 076° true). Field ice and growler. Berg. 2 bergs. Berg, 40 feet by 100 feet. Berg, 75 feet by 150 feet. Radar contact believed berg. Berg, 75 feet by 300 feet. Berg. Do. Berg, 79 feet by 175 feet. Berg, 50 feet by 100 feet. Berg, 54 feet by 200 feet. 2 large bergs, several growlers and patches field ice. Berg. Unidentified radar target. •Patches of field ice. Berg, 79 feet by 175 feet (same as 347) daily drift 8 miles, set 090°. Large berg. Small berg and 2 growlers (same as 349) daily drift 6 miles, set 160°. Small berg (same as 348) daily drift 6 miles, set 160°. Berg. Heavy field ice 10 miles to westward extend- ing southward. Many large bergs and growlers to west and south. Large berg. 2 bergs about 2 miles apart. Piissed through small strip of field ice. Several small bergs in vicinity. Berg, 142 feet by 300 feet by 200 feet. ■Patches of field ice and numerous bergs. Berg (same as 363) drift 0.92 knots, set 171°. Eastern edge of field ice. Suspected berg and growlers picked up on radar (identity doubtful). Southern limit field ice. Ice in long strings. Four large bergs in vicinity. Large berg. Small berg. 1 Southern limits of field ice. Strings extend- \ ing approximately 5 miles southerly and J easterly direction from field. Heavy timber, 1 ft. sq., 20 feet long. 3 bergs and many growlers within 5 miles. Berg. 152 Table of Ice and Ohstrncfiov Reports, South of 50" N., 19i6 — Continued Name of vessel Date Apr. 15 -.do •Y„" U S S Lorain do ...do ...do do.. --d" do - do . Mojaved.P.) - ...do do..... -.-do do ..,do...._- do Tampa (I. P.).--- Maritime Victory. N. A.T. S. plai Iro p:itrnl plane North latitude ---do --do .--do --do do J -..do —do }_ -.-do do ...do do ..-do ..-do do ..-do -.-do do ..-do -.-do do -.-do —do do -.-do -.-do do -- .-do .-do do ...do ..-do do .--do ..-do do .-do ...do do .-do .--do do ..-do do .--do do-- --do ...do do ..-do ---do do ---do ---do do ---do --do do ...do do ..-do do ...do do ...do do ..-do do --do do --. .-do do ...do do ...do do -.- .-.do -—do --do --do do ...do do -..do..... do.- 46 42 46 48 46 42 46 41 42 31 42 27 West longitude 47 49 47 42 47 30 47 20 46 45 46 42 46 42 46 52 46 53 50 13 50 22 N. E. coast Cape Breton Island vicinity Flint Island. 45 26 I 47 52 From eastward to 47 18 51 49 thence curving north- From northward at 47 23 52 21 to narrow point at 47 01 52 43 to beach at Cape Spear. 46 42 52 38 to 47 03 52 30 Within area north of 56-40 N., and east to line from 46 40 52 25 to 47 15 51 45 Conception Bay. Trinity Bay 43 20 43 23 43 36 43 41 43 40 43 44 43 47 44 01 44 05 44 08 10 13 14 17 17 18 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 20 44 21 44 22 44 22 44 22 44 44 44 44 24 24 24 44 27 44 30 44 31 44 35 44 36 44 39 44 44 44 47 44 47 44 51 44 53 44 55 44 58 45 01 45 03 45 05 45 09 43 38 44 15 44 19 9 01 8 16 7 58 8 08 8 44 8 52 8 52 8 39 8 45 S 45 8 55 8 41 8 32 8 55 8 51 8 55 8 31 8 53 8 56 8 30 8 52 8 37 8 58 9 02 8 27 8 28 8 28 8 54 9 13 8 54 8 52 8 46 8 46 8 16 8 51 8 13 8 12 8 10 Description mile, loiigili Berg and growlers. Do. Do. Do. String of field ice. width unknown. 3 bergs and 1 growler. Berg. 3 bergs. Eastern edge main pack. Berg, 134 feet by 300 feet. Berg (Patrol craft standing by) (believed to be same as 384). 1 Strip field ice 5 to 6 miles wide (pilots noted \ ships proceeding through this ice to I Sydney). Patch of slob ice. i-Southern edge of field ice. (Southern edge of field ^ Detached field 3 miles wide at northern end I narrowing to a point at southern tip > Widely scattered patches. Full of ice except small area open water between Bell Island and Portugal Cove. Head of Bay filled with ice. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg. Do. 2 bergs. Berg. 3 bergs. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 2 bergs. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg and 3 growlers, ""!,o. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg and 3 growler.s. 2 bergs. Berg. 3 bergs. Berg. 2 bergs. Berg. Growler. Do. 3 growlers. 153 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued North West latitude longitude Description 439 440 441 442 4431 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 Apr. 16 ..do ..do.... ..do.... Apr. 17 ..do ..do.... ..do.... Apr. 15 Ice patrol plane ...do..... do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do..... ...do do ...do ...do..... do ...do do ...do..... ...do do ...do....- do ...do do i ...do do Tampa (I. P.). do do.._ Hawkins Fudske. Tampa (I. P.).... do Drottningholm.. Stevens Victory. Jonathan Grout. Samingoy. Mojave (LP.).. do General G. 0. Squier. U.S. S.Sheboygan... Beaverdell Sea Scorpion ., Lehigh Victory Mojave (L P.) 44 22 44 22 44 22 44 23 44 26 44 29 44 31 44 33 44 32 44 38 44 44 44 46 44 50 44 55 Trinety and Conception Bays. On beach Cape St. Francis to Sugarloaf Head thence curving off shore and back to beach at Cape Spear thence curving to approximately 10 miles off shore south- ward along coast. 47 35 I 52 05 to » 47^17 '51 50 (est.) to 47 42 51 23 to 50 37 to 50 25 to 50 12 to 49 47 thence e.xtending 170° true out of sight 47 17 48 41 47 35 49 07 to 48 50 to 48 38 47 47 47 31 47 38 49 27 47 47 21 47 05 47 22 47 23 47 30 47 32 47 42 47 29 47 30 47 30 44 15 44 06 43 58 44 02 44 20 43 45 43 45 42 24 40 20 42 15 44 21 45 23 45 13 39 39 43 25 43 50 41 35 46 36 48 35 48 48 48 54 49 30 49 45 50 12 49 32 49 27 49 36 48 50 48 38 48 40 48 33 48 30 48 20 46 00 48 34 48 24 50 20 52 40 50 34 46 02 47 21 47 07 48 29 45 40 48 00 48 07 50 00 Growler. 2 growlers. Growler. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 4 growlers. 6 growlers. Almost entirely filled with field ice. Western edge of field ice. Open water i St. John's Bay. Southern edge of field i to 10 1 47 Eastern edge of field ic Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Growler. Do. Several small growlers and pieces in this area. Low flat berg with 6 growlers. Large berg. 2 bergs and 2 growlers. Berg wtih 2 growlers to north. Berg. 2 bergs and 1 growler. Berg. 4 bergs within 5 mile radius. Berg. Large berg. Do. Large berg with growlers to north and east. Large buoy adrift. Berg. Berg and 2 growlers. Southern edge main field. Many bergs and growlers within 10 miles westward this line. Head sized piece of ice ia clearly defined area of cold water. Berg with 3 growlers to westward. Berg. Do. 3 radar targets, suspected bergs. Many bergs and growler to at least 15 milt either side this line. 154 Tabic of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., ^.9^5— Continued North latitude West longitude Description Ice patrol plane. _„do ...do .„do -.do._.. ..do..,. ..do.... Apr. 18 ..do..__ Sea Scorpion do Manchester Shipper. Gustavus Victory. (MYZD) Danby Ice patrol plane . do ...do..... do... ...do do ...do do ...do .....do ...do do ...do do ...do do —do .....do ...do do —do do ...do do ...do do _..do do 45 0(i 01 09 to 45 02 00 47 to 45 24 59 53 to 45 46 59 31 Flint Island to 46 13 58 49 to 46 17 58 49 to 4G 21 59 05 to 40 41 59 to 40 45 59 25 thence estimated to 46 45 59 48 thence observed St. Paul Island to 47 26 60 28 to 47 30 60 53 to East Island 25 miles N. N. E. of East Cape, Anticosti Island Area enclosed bv line: 49 38 60 45 to 48 59 60 58 to 48 50 61 12 to 48 53 43 44 43 44 45 08 19 41 41 41 36 45 57 45 09 42 23 42 14 60 26 60 31 N.E. 48 33 48 26 40 10 49 33 49 33 49 43 48 15 48 57 50 20 50 17 43 34 49 05 From beach vicinity 47 50 53 05 2 miles N. E. Cape St. Francis to 47 30 51 40 to 47 41 51 46 curving through 47 51 52 00 to limit of visivility 47 32 43 39 43 48 43 59 44 01 44 03 44 05 44 06 44 07 44 11 44 12 52 48 35 48 28 48 13 48 32 48 11 48 31 48 14 48 10 48 36 48 oa 48 21 48 06 Axis of detached field 2 to 5 miles wide. Outer limits of remnants of ice field. 4/10 to 5/10 cover between Magdalen Islands and St. Paul Island increasing past Capo North to 10/10 in vicinity Flint Island. 2 very narrow strings of field ice. Series of crescent shaped strings. Cover less than 3/10 within these limits. 2 bergs. 4 bergs. 5 bergs and numerous growlers within 15 mile radius. Ice (probably berg). Do. Radar target (possibly berg). In vicinity of extensive ice field. Berg. Do. Horse-shoe shaped berg with small growler 3 miles east. Berg. Edge of field ice. Only a few scattered pans and strings remain in Conception Bay. No ice of consequence remaining in Trinity Bay. Small patch field ice and few strings. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg and growler. Do. Do. 155 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19U6 — Continued North West latitude longitude Description Apr. 18 ...do do ...do..... do ...do do ...do....- ...do do _ do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do..... .....do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do ...do do ...do..... .....do ...do do.... ...do..... do ...do do- ...do..... do ...do --..do ...do .....do ...do .....do Apr. 20 Joliet Victory Dorelain ...do do do ...do do ..do.... ..do.... ..do...- ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... Apr. 21 ..do Modoc (LP.) (OU.XK) Ezra Meech Amasa Delano Marrakech Empire Macdermott. (OUXK) .do. Robert F. Stockton. ....do Dorelain ..-.do ..do -.do Apr. 22 Apr. 23 .-do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... .....do- Modoc (I. P.)... William & Mary Victory. Salmon Knot Madaket do Ruth Lvkes ..do... ..do... ..do... Torr Head Empire Pendennis. Empire Pendennis. ...-do Netherlands Victory. James .lackson Netherlands Victory . U.S.C.G.C. Laurel. ....do do.... ..do-.. ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... Apr. 26 ..do ..do .-do.... Cavina do Argyll U. S. Army Plane. Joel Harris Grainton Jutlandia Grainton Jutlandia 44 44 44 44 44 44 34 44 35 44 35 44 36 44 37 44 39 34 44 44 44 44 44 45 44 45 44 46 44 47 44 48 44 54 44 03 44 06 44 08 44 12 44 12 44 35 44 50 44 50 45 06 42 34 45 45 45 45 42 46 42 43 40 43 46 46 44 44 44 44 44 38 43 03 41 34 44 00 42 16 42 15 39 52 46 12 45 40 46 12 46 25 46 20 46 28 46 45 46 35 44 00 40 48 43 56 48 51 47 32 47 42 48 15 48 35 47 59 48 04 47 52 48 22 48 00 48 02 48 05 48 15 47 56 47 22 47 33 48 08 48 50 48 12 47 38 48 06 46 55 46 44 47 45 48 50 48 21 48 13 48 24 48 20 48 29 47 54 46 03 45 56 46 03 51 05 45 49 45 55 46 04 46 02 50 37 47 00 50 46 44 31 52 40 49 03 47 52 47 55 46 08 46 12 48 12 48 17 48 18 49 44 50 34 45 02 51 24 51 30 49 50 47 09 47 06 46 47 46 54 46 30 46 10 46 46 45 30 49 44 48 37 48 32 45 50 45 46 46 13 46 05 41 07 46 46 41 16 46 08 39 56 47 32 47 35 46 34 47 05 49 25 46 50 54 32 47 05 48 16 48 40 49 53 8 growlers in positions. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg and growlc Berg. Growler. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg Do. Do. Large berg. Do. 2 largo growlers. Large berg and 4 growlers. Berg and 5 growlers. Large berg. Do. Large berg (latitude doubtful). Berg. Small berg. Berg. Large berg. Small berg. Berg. Bergs. Do. Large V-shaped berg. Radar target, probably berg. Large berg. \ Small growler. Small berg. Log. •8 bergs and numerous growlers either side of J line. Berg. Large berg. Do. Small berg. Berg and growlers. Do. Berg, 100 feet long and 30 feet above water. Field ice and berg (position doubtful). Berg and growlers (berg 50 feet high, 100 feet long). Encountered heavy field ice believed to be eastern and southern limits of field ice. Large berg. 2 small bergs and growlers. Very large berg. 3 small growlers. Numerous bergs. Berg. Small growlers. Wooden life-raft. Growlers. Metal cylinder 8 feet out of water. 156 Tabic of Ice avd OhKfnicfiov Rcportfi, Sojifh of 50° N., 19/^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 5<)7 Ajr.« 48 08 45 53 rm U.S. Arniv Plane 45 55 46 30 Berg. Between 40-20 N., 1 599 ...do Ire patrol plane ■ and 41-40 N., from 47-20W.,to51-00W. |No ice sighte.1. coo ...do do 45 47 48 23 Berg. (iOl ...do do 44 00 46 57 2 growlers. m. ...do do 45 50 48 34 Orowler. m —do do 45 51 48 48 Do. rt04 Aj.» 46 30 49 23 Do. liOS do 46 40 49 00 Do. 47 10 46 20 ] (J06 do Irish Ash to yNumerous bergs and growlers. I 47 10 40 40 1)07 ...do do : 46 52 47 3S Large berg and growler. ...do 45 35 49 17 ti09 ...do do 45 42 48 55 Large berg. 610 ...do Atlantic. 1 1 47 00 From N. \ 49 30 49 15 49 12 49 06 49 08 47 30 V. through 52 15 0 52 00 0 52 31 52 14 0 50 57 0 2 bergs. Outer limits of field ice. Open leads through 611 Apr. 30 Ice patrol plane y 49 17 50 10 field but many heavy pieces remaining. 49 30 49 11 Southern edge closely packed. 49 43 0 49 00 1 50 05 49 28 to 1 50 10 50 28 1 thence curving north- ( northwest. f 49 42 48 58 to 612 ...do do 49 32 48 32 to 49 17 48 28 ■Axis of narrow detached field 2 to 5 mile wide. m ...do do 48 55 52 42 ''%. 614 ...do..... do 49 01 49 11 615 ...do do 49 02 49 52 Do. 61R ...do do 49 03 49 29 Do. til7 ...do do 49 04 49 09 Do. 61S ...do..... — ..do 49 04 49 24 2 bergs. 619 ...do -...do 49 05 49 20 "'X. 620 ...do .....do 49 05 49 47 621 ...do do 49 07 49 37 Do. 622 ...do..... do..-. 49 08 52 32 Do. 628 ...do do 49 09 48 53 Do. 624 ...do do 49 09 53 07 Do. 625 ...do do 49 10 51 46 Do. 626 ...do do 49 10 52 29 Do. 627 ...do do 49 10 53 20 Do. 62« ...do..... .....do 49 11 52 31 Do. 629 ...do do 49 11 52 37 Do. 630 ...do..... .....do 49 11 53 19 Do. 631 ...do do 49 12 52 28 Do. 632 ...do..... do 49 12 52 48 Do. 633 ...do do 49 13 51 12 Do. 634 ...do..... .....do. 49 16 51 07 Do. 635 ...do do 49 16 52 32 Do. 636 ...do -..-do 49 17 52 27 Do. 637 ...do do 49 17 53 12 Do. 63K ...do do...- 49 IS 50 12 Do. 639 ...do do 49 19 50 15 Do. 640 ...do do.—.. 49 20 49 27 Do. 641 ...do..... do 49 20 50 10 Do. 642 ...do do 49 20 50 43 Do. 643 ...do..... do 49 21 50 41 Do. 644 ...do do 49 25 49 21 Do. 645 ...do do 49 25 49 30 Do. 646 ...do do 49 22 51 57 Do. 647 ...do do 49 23 51 03 Do. 648 ...do do.. 49 25 50 41 Do. 649 ...do .-.-do 49 26 50 53 Do. 65() ...do-.... —do 49 27 50 41 Do. 651 ...do .—-do 49 29 52 IS Do. 740743—47—11 157 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description fi,>)2 Apr. 30 49 31 49 29 Do. 653 _..do _..._do.. 49 31 50 31 Do. 654 ...do..... do 49 32 49 43 Do. 655 ...do do 49 32 50 04 Do. 656 ..-do do 49 34 49 50 Do. 657 ...do do 49 34 50 29 Do. 668 —do (Jo 49 35 51 11 Do. 659 —do do 49 38 52 41 Do. 660 —do do 49 40 49 59 Do. 661 —do..... do 49 42 49 55 Berg. 662 —do do 49 50 50 08 Do. 663 ...do..... do 49 51 50 23 Do. 664 ...do do 49 56 51 01 Do. 665 ...do..... do 50 00 50 03 3 bergs. 666 ...do do 50 00 50 19 Berg. 667 ...do do 50 00 50 25 Do. 668 ..-d0..._. do._. . 49 00 52 40 Growler. 669 ...do do 49 09 51 09 2 growlers. 670 ...do..... do 49 09 51 37 Growler. 671 ...do do 49 09 52 06 Do. 672 ...do..... .....do 49 09 52 12 3 growlers. 673 ...do do 49 10 50 42 674 ...do..... do 49 11 50 55 Do. 675 ...do..... do 49 11 51 26 Do. 676 ...do do 49 11 51 35 Do. 677 ...do -.-..do 49 12 51 08 Do. 678 ...do do 49 12 51 47 Do. 679 ...do do 49 13 52 09 Do. 680 ...do do 49 21 48 47 Do. 681 ...do do 49 24 48 52 Do. 682 ...do do 49 27 49 28 Do. 683 ...do —do 49 29 50 21 Do. 684 ...do do 49 30 48 58 Do. 685 —do do 49 41 50 42 Do. 686 ...do do 49 43 50 39 Do. 68V ...do do 49 46 50 38 Do 688 ...do..... do— 49 47 50 45 Do. 689 ...do --...do 49 50 50 29 Do. 690 ...do 45 42 49 16 Berg and 3 growlers. Berg and 1 growler. 691 ...do do . 45 32 49 15 692 —do Empire Mackendrick 43 55 48 11 693 ...do 46 36 46 03 8 bergs and growlers in vicinity. Berg. 694 ...do do 45 40 49 03 695 ...do do 45 44 48 34 2 large bergs. 696 ...do Beaverdell 46 16 48 46 Large bere. 697 do 45 10 48 46 Do. 698 ...do do 45 42 48 44 Do. 699 do do.... 45 38 48 27 Do. 700 ...do do 45 36 48 20 Very long large berg. 701 ...do do 45 33 47 36 Radar target, probably berg. 702 ...do U.S. S. Woonsocket 49 34 45 50 2 large bergs, 5 small growlers in 3 mile 703 ...do do 48 17 45 17 Radar target, probably berg. May 1 do 48 12 45 10 Berg. 7(15 ...do 45 45 Berg and several growlers. Berg. 706 —do do 45 42 46 03 707 ...do Picotee 47 35 46 28 708 —do Empire Torrent __ 46 40 45 41 Large berg 4 miles to southward' 709 ...do..... .do HiUcrest Park 47 34 47 54 49 10 45 23 Berg. Large low lying berg. 2 bergs. Berg. 710 Empire Kangaroo 711 WAo'.V.'. U. S. S. Woonsocket 45 51 47 48 45 58 45 47 712 Empire Kangaroo 713 May 2 DentoniaPark 46 11 48 57 714 ...do..... do 46 16 48 10 n.. 715 ...do —-.do 46 08 48 19 716 ...do do 46 27 48 22 Do. 717 ...do — .-do 46 15 48 28 Growler. 718 ...do do... 46 26 48 23 Do. 719 ...do do 46 24 48 17 Do. 720 ...do Empire Kangaroo 47 32 46 12 Berg. n\ ...do Ocean Vengeance. 45 28 49 10 Berg and growlers. Berg. 722 ...do U. S. S. Woonsocket 45 00 48 45 7?3 ...do Empire Kangaroo 47 25 46 10 Large berg. 3 growlers. 724 ...do do..._ 47 32 46 17 725 ...do..... U.S. S.Eugene.... 48 36 49 22 726 ...do Tufts Victory 40 07 44 46 Life-raft. 727 ...do ...do 47 21 47 22 45 42 45 42 Berg. Berg (3 growlers between this berg 728 do and 727). 729 ...do Empire Kangaroo. 47 02 47 14 2 large bergs and several growlers Large growler. 730 ...do do 47 04 47 16 731 ...do 47 00 Berg and 6 growlers. Berg. 732 ...do do 46 67 46 20 733 ...do 40 28 Lighted bell buoy mark I or 1 on Berg. • J 734 ...do U. S. S. Woonsocket.. 44 47 49 25 158 Table of Ice avd Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued North West latitude Descrij^tion May 3 ..do ..do .do. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. May 4 May 2 ...do '.'.'.do'"". —do ...do ...do..... ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do..... ...do ...do...-. ...do ...do ...do U. S. S. Wooiisocket do do... do U.S.S Eugene Fanad Head Mojaved. P.).. do Fanad Head do. Dentonia Park do '.'.'..'.do'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'".'.'.'..'.'.'..'. do - do do do do U. S. S. Eugene. ...do Strathcona Park. Samlorian do Manchester Commerce. U.S. S.Eugene Samlorian do Strathcona Park Fanad Head Fornaes Samlorian .do. ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do Manchester Commerce ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do ...do Strathcona Park do ...do..... ...do .....do do do ...do do ...do Empire Macdermott May 5 ...do Ocean Volunteer do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do do Tampa (LP.) ...do ...do ...do Sunalta Park do ...do ...do ...do Ella ...do do do Ice patrol plane ...do do ...do do ...do .....do ...do ...do do ...do do _-. ...do do ...do do 44 32 45 08 45 00 46 51 46 44 49 20 47 14 48 37 48 48 49 25 49 35 47 42 47 46 48 05 46 09 49 47 49 33 46 14 46 22 45 49 47 54 48 03 48 19 48 29 48 39 48 31 48 35 48 40 48 48 47 57 47 51 47 44 44 40 46 12 46 46 46 00 48 34 47 11 47 12 45 56 45 50 48 46 48 04 48 08 48 10 48 25 48 19 47 31 47 39 47 57 48 02 48 17 48 20 46 35 46 51 48 43 49 07 47 00 48 45 51 48 51 55 52 26 52 03 51 00 45 23 45 54 46 05 46 14 46 15 48 53 48 47 46 25 46 05 45 05 48 03 48 08 48 15 47 05 47 01 46 57 47 45 47 41 48 20 Berg. Do. Do. Large growler. Small berg. Scattered field ice extending in S E direction. Berg. Large table berg. 10 bergs and many growlers within 15 mile radius. Berg. Do. 1 large and 2 small bergs. Growler. Berg and numerous growlers. Growler. Do. Berg. Small berg. Large berg and numerous growlers. Small berg. Growler. 3 growlers. Growlers. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Growler. Berg. Growler. Berg. Growler. Berg. Do. Do. Do. 5 bergs along line. 2 bergs and 3 growlers within 5 miles. Small bergs. Berg. Do. 4 bergs and several growlers in vicinity. Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg, 190 feet high, 600 feet long. Berg. Do. Growler. Berg. Large berg. Small berg and growlers. ^^'6o. Do. Do. Do. Berg with many growlers to S E. Berg. Do. Do. Do. 159 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 194.6 — Continued No. Date • Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 814 May 5 45 35 48 25 n„. 815 ...do do 45 35 48 29 816 ...do...-. do 45 36 47 51 Do. 817 ...do do 45 38 48 23 Do. 818 ...do..... do .-. 45 40 48 25 Do. 819 ...do do 44 38 47 02 Growler. 820 ...do do 45 41 48 25 2 growlers. 821 ...do do 45 29 45 37 Berg. 822 ...do do 45 31 45 17 Do. 823 ...do —do 45 37 47 02 Do. 824 ...do do 45 44 46 05 Do. 825 ...do..... do 45 46 46 38 Do. 826 ...do do 45 48 46 13 Do. 827 ...do do 46 03 47 55 Do. 828 ...do do 46 08 47 23 Do. 829 ...do do 46 09 47 08 Do. 830 ...do do 46 15 48 23 Do. 831 ...do do 46 22 48 20 Do. 832 ...do --.-do 46 25 47 09 Do. 833 ...do do 46 26 47 10 Do. 834 ...do..... -..-do 46 26 47 33 Do. 835 ...do do 46 28 47 10 Do. 8:^6 ...do .....do 46 30 46 46 Do. 837 ...do .....do _ — 46 31 48 16 Do. ...do ...do 45 45 47 24 Growler. 839 ...do do... 45 47 47 06 Do- 840 ...do do _ 45 53 47 06 Do. 841 ...do do 46 22 48 16 Do. 842 ...do do 46 25 46 59 Do. 843 ...do -...do 44 13 48 43 Berg. 844 ...do do 44 19 48 06 Do. 846 ...do..... do 44 21 48 50 Do. 846 ...do do 44 27 47 19 Do. 847 —do .....do... 44 29 47 00 Do. 848 ...do do 44 29 48 24 Do. 849 ...do do 44 30 47 11 Do. 850 ...do do 44 30 48 53 Do. 851 ...do..... do 44 32 48 01 Do. m ...do .....do 44 38 48 07 2 bergs. 853 ...do do 44 38 48 47 n.. 854 ...do .....do 44 41 48 33 855 ...do do.. 44 43 48 42 Do. 856 ...do..... .-..do 44 43 48 53 Do. 857 ...do -...do 44 52 49 05 Do. 858 ...do..... do 44 56 48 19 Do. 859 ...do do 44 59 47 52 Do. 860 ...do...- do 45 02 47 41 Do. 861 ...do do 45 03 48 28 Do. 862 ...do..-.. do 45 05 47 42 Do. 863 ...do do 45 08 47 51 Do. 864 ...do do 45 24 47 43 Do. 865 ...do do 45 24 48 26 Do. 866 do .do- 45 26 45 29 47 01 47 58 Do. 867 ...do do.... Do. 868 ...do do 45 30 48 29 Do. 869 ...do .....do 45 34 47 34 Do. 870 ...do do 45 34 47 52 Do. 871 —do do 45 34 48 21 Do. 872 ...do do 45 35 48 36 Do. 873 ...do..... do 45 38 48 21 Do. 874 ...do do 44 25 47 10 Growler. 875 ...do..... do 45 00 47 38 Several growlers. 876 ...do do 45 19 47 01 Growler. 877 ...do do 45 20 47 29 Many growlers in vicinity. 878 ...do do 45 26 47 18 Growler. 879 do do 45 31 47 26 Do. 880 ...do do 45 35 47 25 Do. 881 May 6 Carslogie 47 10 45 32 n.. 882 ...do..... Tampa (I. P.). 44 27 48 51 883 ...do.-... do ..— 44 .32 48 38 Do. 884 ...do Ella 48 42 48 38 46 21 46 47 Do. 885 Do. 886 ...do Tampa (I. P.) 44 35 49 05 Do. 887 do .....do 44 30 49 05 Do. 888 ...do ....do 44 36 49 08 2 bergs. 889 ...do..... U.S. S.Lorain.... 44 10 46 55 890 . do Empire Archer 48 46 45 05 Berg. 891 48 50 45 43 Do. 892 ...do do 48 46 46 10 Do. 813 ...do ...do Wisteria 40 50 44 33 45 68 46 30 Life-raft. 894 Stamford Victory 3 bergs. 895 ...do ...do 48 10 47 22 47 33 44 18 Medium sized berg. 896 Westmount Park 160 Table of Ice and ObsfrKcfion Reports, South of 50" N., inJ^G — Continued North latitude West longitude Description Manchester Shipper. Aristophanes, Cygnet do. Ma\' ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. U. S. S. Manitowoc. Vendaval U. S. S. Manitowoc. Nathan Clifford Blairspey.. ..do...- Mav9 ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... ..do -do.... Msv 10 ..do U. S. S. Woonsocket. do LaSallePark Tampa (LP.) do. do. F. Scott Fitzgerald Mount Revelstoke Park. James Richardson Mount Revelstoke Park. Coulmore do. Manchester City. do Yamaska Park Tampa (I. P.) do Caxton. Chios William Thornton. Tampa (I. P.) ...do ...do..... Manchester do.... City ...do do.... ...do do.... ...do ...do...-. Torr Head- do.... ...do do.... ...do..... do.... Coulmore. Chios. ...do ...do -—do ...do ...do..... ...do ...do Dunelmia .... Chios Torr Head .... do.._ ...do ...do William Thornton Mount Revelstoke Park ...do ...do ...do WillardHall Caxton do.. . . May U U. S. C. G. C. Mendota ...do..... do ...do do ...do do .... ...do do Samite. Empire MacAlpine. Armathia Wellington Court... Empire Mac.\lpine. do. U. S. C. G. C. Mendota. do Tampa (I. P.).._ Empire MacCullum Empire MacAlpine.. Charles Tufts .Armathia Colby Victory Empire Mac.\lpine.. Empire MacCullum. Armathia do 43 40 40 46 46 47 49 00 44 OS 48 26 41 35 48 05 47 58 47 38 48 06 46 03 44 47 45 02 44 53 43 21 45 48 46 55 45 58 47 27 47 35 49 20 45 05 45 04 44 50 48 38 48 28 47 56 47 36 45 37 45 37 45 35 45 34 46 57 45 10 45 28 46 01 46 50 46 34 43 49 45 12 45 23 45 31 43 50 47 25 40 40 48 18 48 20 49 09 48 49 49 06 48 40 48 46 49 40 49 32 46 37 43 59 49 21 49 05 48 27 48 22 45 08 47 33 49 00 48 31 45 00 46 10 45 22 45 28 45 20 45 54 46 16 44 18 44 40 45 14 48 22 44 22 48 05 48 27 48 02 48 32 40 37 49 25 46 51 49 08 45 36 45 36 45 40 45 45 46 45 48 27 48 24 45 23 42 27 46 15 40 38 48 50 47 43 47 59 48 25 48 49 49 41 49 00 48 54 48 33 47 14 48 15 48 23 48 57 48 30 47 52 47 32 48 57 43 55 39 01 48 04 47 45 44 21 44 36 44 48 45 04 44 53 45 19 45 30 45 29 49 09 46 53 46 55 47 18 47 41 47 43 48 37 47 08 47 32 47 14 46 51 47 58 47 45 48 20 48 40 Drifting gas buoy flashing light every 10 seconds. Several bergs and growlers. Large berg. Medium berg. Large berg. 2 bergs picked up by radar in vicinity. Berg. Large berg. Drifting life-raft. Growler. 2 small bergs. Berg. Radar target, probably berg. Small growler. Large berg. Berg. Do. Life-raft dangerous to navigation. Large berg. Berg. Berg with several smaller bergs in vicinitv. Small berg. Do. 2 small bergs. Large berg. Berg. Berg with numerous growlers. 3 large bergs. Berg in this position broke up into 2 bergs and numerous growlers. 2 bergs within 5 miles. Berg. Berg, scattered field ice in area. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 4 bergs. 1 6 bergs and 1 growler 5 miles each side of I line. Small berg. Berg. Large berg. Do. Berg. Do. Large berg. Large berg. Heavy log. Berg. Growler. "^^feo. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Large berg. Do. Berg. Do. 2 bergs. Berg. Berg (Same »s 928). Berg, 140 feet high, 350 feet long and 5 growlers. Berg. Berg. Large berg. Floatinf^ life-raft. 2 bergs m 5 mile radius. 2 large growlers. Berg with large berg 5 miles south. 3 small bergs. 161 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 974 May 11 Sven Salen 48 19 49 26 OTfl ...do..... George Chamberlain 42 14 48 30 Log, 18 feet by 4 feet. 97fi ...do..... Empire Mae Alpine 48 20 47 50 Berg. 977 May 12 ...do 48 02 43 41 44 03 49 15 Do. Do. 978 Aspasia Nomikos 979 ...do .....do 43 34 49 13 Do. 980 .-do do 43 35 49 11 Growler. 981 ...do ...do..... 47 57 47 50 44 57 44 54 n.. 982 do -- 983 ...do....: Cairnvalona 48 18 44 20 Do. 984 ...do..... do 48 06 44 36 Do. 985 ...do Erria 47 31 45 47 Do. 986 ...do Idefjord 43 20 46 40 2 growlers-. 987 ..do Belos 46 08 45 43 Several growlers. 988 --.do Unknown. 37 40 50 55 Buoy with black and white vertical stripes. 989 ..-do Cavma 43 15 49 19 Berg. 990 ...do Erland 49 26 48 28 Several large bergs. 1991 May 13 Erria 46 50 48 05 Berg. W. ...do..... ..-do 47 23 45 12 46 56 47 43 Very large berg and growler. n.. 993 Tampa (I. P.) 994 ...do 45 00 47 40 995 -..do do.-.- 44 54 47 20 i Do. :99H -..do do 44 51 47 28 Do. f997 -..do-... do 45 07 47 06 Radar contact, probably growler. 1998 -.-do do 45 06 47 11 Radar contact, probably berg. 999 ...do...- — -do 45 04 47 13 Do. 1000 ...do do 45 07 47 16 Do. 1001 ...do do 45 06 47 23 Do. 1002 do Vancouver City 47 44 43 46 Berg. 1003 . do WaverlvPark 46 01 49 03 Do. 1004 .-.do Acorn Knot: 41 29 47 21 Floating log, 3 feet in diameter and 20 feet 1005 May 14 Tampa (I. P.) 45 12 47 26 Growler. lOOfi ...do 45 15 47 27 Berg. 1007 ...do do 45 10 47 38 Do. 1008 ...do Stanley R. Fisher 48 12 45 15 Large berg. 1009 ...do Sibley Park 47 35 45 09 Small berg. 1010 ...do 46 04 48 38 2 bergs. 1011 ...do Sibley Park 47 27 45 32 Small berg. 1012 ...do do 46 59 46 32 Large berg. 1013 ...do Shooting Star 40 25 52 31 Ilfrh every 10 seconds. 1014 ...do..... Unknown 47 40 44 51 Small berg. 1015 May 15 Tekoa 47 10 43 48 Large berg. 1016 ..do ... H. M. S. Somaliland 47 36 45 42 Berg. 1017 ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do Tekoa 46 42 49 07 47 14 45 17 48 42 47 24 46 22 47 50 46 40 46 41 48 25 47 22 3 bergs and 1 growler. 5 small bergs and numerous growlers. Berg. Growler. Small berg. Berg. 1018 1019 H. M. S. Somaliland 1020 1021 Fort Brisebois 1022 1023 ...do..... — do-..- 47 30 45 14 Berg and 7 growlers. 1024 ...do do 47 35 45 29 Berg. 1025 ...do..— do --- 47 40 47 32 Berg and growler. 1026 ...do do 47 55 46 02 Berg. 1027 ...do do 47 56 47 30 Do- 1028 ...do do 48 00 47 57 Do. 1029 ...do...- .....do 48 02 46 16 ^^^6o. 1030 ...do do 48 02 47 41 1031 ...do..... .....do 48 03 47 25 Do. 1032 ...do do 48 07 47 41 Do. 1033 ...do..... ..-..do 48 OS 47 18 Do. 1034 ...do do 48 09 47 21 Do. 1035 ...do..... 48 09 48 11 Do. 1036 ...do do 48 00 49 30 Do. 1037 ...do....- -.-..do 48 12 44 46 Do. 1038 ...do do 48 20 47 25 Do. 1039 ...do -.—do 48 20 47 55 Do. 1040 ...do do 48 22 47 42 Do. 1041 ...do..... do 48 23 46 56 Do. 1042 ...do do 48 23 47 04 Do. 1043 ...do....- 48 23 48 02 Do. 1044 ...do do 48 24 46 42 Berg and 2 growlers. 1045 ...do 48 33 47 05 Berg. 1046 ...do do 48 33 47 13 Do. 1047 ...do do 48 33 47 42 Do. 1048 ...do do 49 11 51 30 Do. 1049 ...do do 49 10 48 15 Do.' 1050 ...do do 49 05 50 31 Berg. 1051 —do do 49 03 48 45 Do. 1052 ...do do 49 02 48 48 Do.' 1053 —do do 49 02 48 18 Do. 1054 —do do 49 00 51 13 Do. 1055 —do do 49 00 47 11 Do. 162 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel ■ North latitude West longitude Description 1056 Miiv 15 48 57 49 59 Berg. 1057 ...do 48 52 47 13 Do. 1058 ...do do 48 51 47 47 Do. 1059 ...do do..... 48 50 45 50 Do. lOfiO ... do 48 49 46 34 Do. lORl ...do do... 48 49 47 52 Do. 1062 ..-do do- 48 45 47 25 Do. 1063 ...do do 48 46 51 06 Do. 1064 —do do 48 44 47 04 Do. 1065 ...do .....do. - — .. 48 44 46 37 Do. 1066 ...do do.. 48 42 44 10 Do. 1067 ...do do 48 37 47 36 Do. 106S ...do do 48 36 48 11 Do. 1069 ...do do. 48 34 46 52 Do. 1070 ...do do 49 11 48 11 Do. 1071 ...do do 49 11 48 22 Do. 1072 —do do... 49 15 51 48 Do. 1073 ...do do... .- 49 16 48 15 Do. In Trinity Bay 1074 ...do do - I between Catalina Harbor and Trinity Harbor. Bergs. 1075 ...do do 48 29 52 59 Berg. 1076 ...do —do.... 48 26 Berg on beach. 1077 —do do 48 21 53 08 Beri. 107S ...do do... 48 20 53 06 Do. 1079 —do .....do 47 56 47 59 Growler. lOSO ...do do 48 03 45 34 Do. lOSl —do do 48 22 47 36 Do. 10S2 ...do do .-.. 48 41 47 28 Do. 10S3 —do do 45 45 48 33 Berg. 10X4 ...do do 45 48 48 15 Do. I OSS —do do-. 45 51 48 45 Do. 10S6 ...do --—do 45 58 48 08 Do. 1087 —do ..—do 46 07 48 26 Berg with small growler. loss ...do do 46 13 47 58 Berg. 10S9 —do —do 46 43 46 28 2 bergs. 1090 ...do ..—do 46 48 47 44 Berg. 1091 --do do 47 00 47 22 Do. 1092 --.do .....do 47 11 43 50 Do. 1093 --do do 47 11 46 33 Do. 1094 -.do .....do 47 24 47 22 Do. 1095 --do do 47 34 43 20 Do. 1096 .-do .—do -- 47 57 44 30 Do. 1097 ...dc do 48 10 43 56 Do (position doubtful). 109S ...do do 47 41 44 40 Growler. 1099 ..-do do 48 20 47 53 Berg. 110(1 ...do do 48 22 48 11 Do. 1101 —do —do 48 22 48 17 Do. 1102 ...do do 48 47 47 19 Do. 1103 do 48 48 47 02 Do. 1104 ...do do 48 48 47 56 Do. 1105 ..-do do 48 51 47 07 Do. 1106 ..-do do 48 53 51 02 Do. 1107 .-do —do -.. 48 55 47 11 Do. 1108 ..-do do 48 58 46 28 Do. 1109 ..-do do 48 58 46 32 Do. 1110 ...do do 48 59 47 05 Do. nil ..-do do 49 02 48 18 Do. 1112 ..-do do 49 03 48 40 3 bergs. 1113 ..-do do 49 03 50 42 n,. 1114 -..do do 49 04 48 16 1115 --do do 49 04 49 52 Do. 1116 ...do do ..-. 49 04 51 13 Do. 1117 --do do 49 05 50 29 Do. 1118 --do do 49 OS 51 55 Do. 1119 —do do 49 09 48 28 Do. 1120 ...do do 49 09 53 04 Do. 1121 ...do do 49 10 53 18 Do. 1122 ...do do 49 10 53 25 Do. 1123 ...do do 49 11 46 22 Do. 1124 -..do .....do - 49 12 47 42 Do. 1125 ...do 49 12 47 20 Do. 1126 ...do do 49 13 48 05 2 bergs. 1127 ...do do 49 13 48 17 "X. 1128 --do 49 15 48 34 1129 —do do.. 49 16 53 17 Do. 1130 ...do do 49 17 48 00 Do. 1131 ...do do 49 18 48 12 Do. 1132 ...do do 49 19 48 52 Do. 1133 ...do do 49 19 53 13 Do. 1134 ...do do 49 21 52 26 Do. 1135 —do do 49 22 51 40 Do. 1136 .-do do 49 22 52 11 Do. T63 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 1137 Mav 15 Ice patrol plane .-. 49 23 47 30 Pere. 1138 ...do .....do 49 24 48 25 Do. 1139 ...do do 49 24 49 20 Do. 1140 ...do do 49 25 52 27 Do. 1141 ...do..... do 49 25 52 48 Do. 1142 ...do do... - 49 27 45 48 Do. 1143 ...do 49 27 47 51 2 bergs. 1144 ...do do - 49 27 52 05 n.. 1145 ...do 49 29 48 09 1146 ...do do.. 49 29 50 41 Do. 1147 ...do 49 29 50 45 Do. 1148 ...do do... 49 32 51 56 Do. 1149 ...do do 49 32 52 30 Do. 1150 ...do do 49 33 50 52 Do. 1151 ...do .....do 49 33 53 07 Do. 1152 ...do..... do 49 34 50 55 Do. 1153 ...do do 49 35 48 50 Do. 1154 ...do do 49 58 48 53 Do. 1155 ...do do 49 39 48 44 Do. 1156 ...do..... do 49 41 48 32 Do. 1157 ...do do 49 42 52 24 Do. 1158 ...do..... do... 49 45 48 08 Do. 1159 ...do do 49 45 50 20 Do. 1160 ...do do 49 45 50 37 Do. 1161 ...do do.. 49 47 47 53 Do. 1162 ...do -..-.do 49 48 48 05 Do. 1163 ...do do 49 48 48 57 Do. 1164 ...do .....do 49 48 50 09 Do. 1165 ...do do 49 48 51 56 Do. 1166 ...do .....do 49 49 48 20 Do. 1167 ...do do 49 49 49 27 Do. 1168 ...do .....do 49 50 46 17 Do. 1169 ...do..... do 49 50 48 47 Do. 1170 ...do do 49 50 50 35 2 bergs. 1171 ...do..... do 49 50 50 44 Berg. 1172 ...do do 49 51 50 42 Do. 1173 ...do..-.. do 49 51 53 08 Do. 1174 ...do do 49 53 53 17 Do. 1175 ...do_.... do 49 55 48 46 Do. 1176 ...do do.. 49 55 48 47 Do. 1177 ...do..... do 49 55 50 32 Do. 1178 ...do do 49 55 52 17 Do. 1179 ...do..... -....do 49 56 53 20 Do. 1180 ...do do 49 57 50 06 Do. 1181 ...do 45 14 47 13 Large berg. 1182 ...do -.-do H. M. S. Soraaliland 47 18 47 00 47 15 47 20 ="&„. 1183 .....do 1184 -.do Fort Brisebois 48 08 49 28 Berg, % mile across flat top, numerou growlers in radius of 5 miles. small 1185 ...do Tusculum Victory 42 43 49 56 Berg, 200 feet high. 1186 May 16 ...do .. 42 34 50 32 Berg. 1187 ...do—.. ...do Vasaholm 45 39 45 43 46 25 46 30 Small berg. Do. 1188 .....do 1189 -..do ...do ...do..... Tungus 44 48 45 02 45 03 45 35 47 26 47 34 Do. 1190 Laholm... 1191 do 1192 ...do ...do Manchester Trader 48 43 48 40 46 03 46 11 Do. Do. 1193 do 1194 ...do do 48 29 46 16 Do. 1195 ...do do 48 36 46 39 Do. 1196 ...do do 48 22 46 37 Do. 1197 ...do do 48 24 46 45 Do. 1198 ...do do 48 31 47 07 2 bergs. 1199 ...do do 48 07 46 51 Berg. 1200 ...do do 48 02 46 59 Do. 1201 ...do..... do 48 09 47 11 Do. 1202 ...do do 48 06 47 34 Do. 1203 ...do..... Thomas F. Meagham 45 10 47 14 Do. 1204 ...do .....do..... 45 00 47 26 Do. 1205 ...do do 45 07 47 26 Do. 1206 ...do ...do U. S. S. Woonsocket 49 13 49 04 45 19 46 08 Do. Berg and 9 growlers. 1207 do 1208 ...do 47 42 42 54 Berg, 40 feet high, 300 feet wide. 1209 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen 48 46 50 51 Berg. 1210 ...do ...do ...do Rudolph KaufTmann 39 38 48 37 48 36 48 38 46 54 46 59 Large unidentified object. Berg and 3 growlers. 2 large bergs. m\ U.S.S. Woonsocket..-.-'.... 1212 do 1213 ...do do 48 35 47 23 5 large bergs. 1214 ...do do 48 23 47 25 Large berg. 1215 ...do do 48 14 47 36 Large and small bergs. 1216 ...do do 48 22 47 52 Large berg. 1217 ...do ...do Ice patrol plane 43 32 43 55 48 12 48 41 "^T)o. 1218 do 1219 ...do do... 43 56 48 37 Do. 164 Table of Ice and Ohafrnction Reports, South of 50° N., l!).',r) — Continued No. Dato Name of vessel North latitiuie West longitude Description 1220 Mav 16 lee pntrol plane. .. 44 32 45 54 Berg. 1221 ...do do- --- 44 44 46 12 Do. nn ...do do - 44 57 45 38 Do- 1223 ...do do 45 01 46 37 Do. 1224 ...do..... do. - 45 04 46 44 Do. 1225 ...do do 45 11 47 06 Do. 1226 ...do do 45 39 47 55 Do. 1227 ...dc do..- 45 40 48 21 Do. 1228 ...do do - 45 42 46 30 Do. 1229 ...do do 45 48 48 35 Do. 1230 ...do..... (jo 46 01 47 31 Berg and growler. 1231 —do do 46 01 48 04 Berg and 2 growlers. 1232 ...do do 43 54 48 31 Growler. 1233 ...do do -.- 44 38 45 57 Do. 1234 ...do do 45 32 46 IS Do. 1235 ...do do - 42 35 49 45 Berg, 200 feet high (position doiihtfiih. 1236 ...do do 43 30 48 12 Berg. 1237 ...do --...do 43 43 48 36 Do. 123S ...do do 43 50 48 41 Do. 1239 ...do do... - 43 53 48 35 Do. 1240 ...do do - 43 55 48 23 Do. 1241 ...do do 44 43 46 09 Do. 1242 ...do do 44 46 48 45 Do. 1243 --do do 44 47 46 30 Do. 1244 ...do do 44 47 48 33 Do. 1245 ...do —do 44 52 46 U Do. 1246 ...do do 44 52 47 06 Do. 1247 ...do -—do 44 56 47 08 Do. 1248 ...do do 45 03 46 56 Do. 1249 ...do do 45 06 47 01 Do. 1250 ...do do- 45 06 47 42 Do. 1251 ...do do 45 08 47 35 Do. 1252 ...do do 45 15 47 23 Do. 1253 ...do do 45 32 48 14 Do. 1254 ...do —-do 45 41 48 34 Do. 1255 ...do do .-- 45 41 48 43 Do. 1256 ...do do 45 42 48 11 Do. 1257 ...do do 44 42 46 53 Growler. 1258 ...do do 44 44 46 42 Do. 1259 ...do do 44 54 46 50 Growler. 1200 May 17 Modoc (I. P.) 42 43 50 08 Berg, 150 feet high, 250 feet long. 1261 _..do Tungus 42 20 49 58 Berg, 200 feet high. 1262 ...do ...do ...do Euthalia 42 43 43 38 37 03 50 08 48 35 50 45 Black can buoy with numeral 3 in white 1263 Beatrice Victory 1264 Clarence F. Peck one side. 1265 —do U. S. S. Forsyth 47 00 47 11 Berg. 1266 —do — -do.— --.. 47 03 46 06 Large berg. 126V —do do 47 49 45 55 Berg. 1268 —do —do 48 48 48 48 46 50 46 53 Do. Growlers. 1269 do 1270 Mav 18 ...do I'. S. S. Forsyth 49 21 42 42 44 45 50 12 Berg. Berg (same as 1200). 1271 Modoc (I. P.) 1272 ...do ...do ...do ...do Gatineau Park 48 42 50 52 48 20 48 15 47 51 44 45 45 50 46 05 Berg. Small berg. 2 bergs. Large flat berg. 1273 Elizabete 1274 Empire Mackendric 1275 —do 1276 ...do do 48 08 46 26 Berg. 127V ...do do 48 06 46 38 Large berg. 1278 ...do ...do ...do Baron Haig 48 20 49 03 49 02 45 40 47 01 47 04 Small berg. Berg. 2 growlers. 1279 1280 --do ::.:::: 281 .-do -—do 48 52 47 40 2 bergs. 2S2 -.do ...-do 48 11 49 27 Large low berg. 283 May 19 Modoc (I. P.)- 42 38 50 08 Berg (same as 1271). 284 ..do Elizabete 49 24 47 05 4 bergs and growlers. 1285 -.do --..do 49 10 47 40 2 large bergs. 286 -.do ---do 48 58 47 02 Large flat berg about 1,000 feet long. 28V May 20 .-do ..do Richard Rush- 41 37 43 25 40 08 54 17 49 OS 47 01 Derelict life-raft. Large berg. Wooden life-raft. 288 Ohios 289 Thomas B . Robertson 290 Mav 21 .-do Elm Park 49 19 48 18 47 15 47 04 "X 1291 do 292 -do ...-do 48 05 47 13 Do. 293 -do ....do 48 25 46 41 Do. 294 -do .—do 48 13 46 20 Do. 295 -do- — -do 44 10 48 43 48 55 52 50 Large growler. Small berg. 296 Richard K. Call 297 -do -.do Samuel Griffin 45 31 45 21 46 40 47 21 Berg. Large berg. 298 -..do 299 -do...- Modoc (I.P.I 42 31 49 46 Berg (same as 1283). 300 ..do ..do Samuel Griffin 45 10 48 45 47 36 45 14 Large berg. Berg. 301 Lord Glentoran 165 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 1302 May 21 Lord Gleiitoraii 48 47 48 29 45 35 46 26 Berg 1303 do Do. 1304 do Carmelljell 49 00 46 47 Large berg with growler to westward. 1305 —do ...do 48 15 48 13 47 02 47 13 1306 do 1307 —do do 48 13 47 26 Do. 1308 May 22 Modoc (I. P.) 42 29 49 40 Berg (Same as 1299) and numerous growlers. 1309 do Large berg with 30 growlers around. Berg. 1310 ...do Haakon Hauan. 43 50 46 00 1311 ...do Richard Rush 46 14 43 53 Small berg. 13151 ...do. — _ ...do ...do Fort Dearborn.. 48 56 48 09 42 06 47 52 49 48 45 00 '"!.o 1313 Lord Glentoran 1314 Drottningholm Log, 20 feet long, 3 feet in diameter. Large plateau berg. 1315 ...do Carmelfjell 47 57 49 27 131fi ...do Fort Dearborn..- 48 44 48 40 Berg. 1317 do Orari 49 01 43 35 2 growlers. Small berg. Berg and 2 growlers. 2 round objects, possibly mines. Berg and small growlers. 1318 do. .. Empire Kangaroo 48 10 47 20 131» ...do..... do Uddeholm -. 43 50 40 39 45 55 49 16 1320 George Dewey 1321 ...do Modoc (L P.)... 43 45 48 52 1322 ...do do 43 52 48 52 1323 ...do..... 48 10 46 36 Small berg. 1324 ...do Orari 48 36 45 29 Growler. 1325 ...do do 48 32 45 48 2 growlers. 1326 ...do do 48 31 46 03 Berg, 200 feet long by 25 feet high. 1327 do Empire Kangaroo 48 40 45 45 Berg. 1328 do . 48 32 45 40 Do. 1329 May 23 Orari. 48 29 46 17 Growler. 1330 ...do do 48 25 46 38 Do. 1331 ...do —do Beaverdell 48 35 48 48 44 53 44 00 Berg. Radar target, possibly berg. 1332 —do 1333 ...do do 48 35 45 10 Small berg. 1334 ...do Unknown 48 23 46 50 Berg. 1335 ...do do 48 45 49 18 Do. 1336 —do do 48 52 48 22 Do. 1337 ...do do 49 10 48 22 Do. 133H ...do do 49 10 48 04 Do. 1339 ...do —do Beaverdell 48 27 48 21 45 35 45 54 1340 do Large growler. 1341 -..do do 48 26 46 17 Berg. 1342 ...do —do 48 21 46 28 Large growler. 1343 -.-do May 24 Cape Wrath.. 49 11 48 43 47 25 48 32 1344 Manchester Progress . Berg. 1345 ...do -.—do 48 42 48 40 2 growlers. 1346 ...do do 48 54 48 07 Berg. 1347 ...do ...do Empire Seaman 45 28 47 45 49 06 49 33 Do. 1348 Manchester Progress Large berg, 40 cables long 3 cables wide Bers 1349 ...do ...do...-. Bcaverburn 48 00 48 21 44 13 44 17 1350 do Do. 1351 ...do do 48 10 44 15 Do. 1352 ...do -—do 47 52 43 36 Do. 1353 ...do do 47 53 45 45 Small berg. 1354 —do. -- Cairnavon.. 49 43 47 03 Berg and 4 growlers. Berg, ledge 100 feet. 1355 ...do do 49 20 47 57 135H ...do Empire Captain 47 54 46 34 Berg with growlers close by. 1357 ...do -.—do.-... 47 50 46 24 2 bergs. 1358 ...do do 47 55 46 33 Growlers. 1359 Modoc (LP.) 43 18 49 04 Berg. 1360 —do —do .John Hanson 45 05 43 12 45 47 48 01 2 large bergs. 1361 Ice patrol plane 1362 ...do . — .do 43 59 45 43 1363 ...do do 44 24 46 20 Do. 1364 ...do do 44 25 46 19 Do. 1365 ...do -....do..... 44 26 47 53 Berg (position doubtful). 1366 ...do do 44 31 46 17 Small berg. 136V ...do do 44 38 48 11 Berg and 3 small growlers. 1368 ...do do 44 58 48 14 Berg. 1369 —do do 45 05 48 33 Small berg. 1370 ...do do 45 30 49 11 Berg (position doubtful, same as 1347). 1371 —do do.. 44 13 45 33 Small growler. 1372 ...do do 43 02 49 57 Berg. 1373 —do .....do 43 08 48 49 Do. 1374 ...do..... do 43 15 48 53 Do. 1375 —do do. 43 16 49 10 Do. 1376 ...do..... do 43 17 49 15 Do. 1377 ...do .-.-.do.. 43 18 48 19 2 bergs. 1378 ...do do 43 18 48 22 Berg. 1379 ...do do 44 24 48 08 Do. 1380 ...do do 43 02 49 57 4 growlers. 1381 ...do .....do 43 08 48 49 3 growlers. 1382 ...do do.... 43 15 48 63 Many growlers. 1383 ...do do 43 18 48 19 29 growlers extending 5 miles east. ...do Empire Captain 47 50 47 10 Rerg. 166 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued \o. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 1385 May 25 48 30 46 00 Large berg. Berg. 1386 --do do --- 48 40 45 33 1387 ...do do 48 39 45 40 Growler. 1388 ...do Carslogie 48 20 48 52 Berg and 2 growlers 1389 ...do Modoc (I. P.) 43 06 49 39 Berg (same as 1308). 1390 ...do Fort Spokane 48 37 44 42 Small berc. 1391 ...do Cainiavon 48 25 48 53 2 bergs. 1392 ...do do. — 48 36 47 20 Berg. 1393 ...do Ice patrol plane 44 01 45 58 Do. 1394 ...do 44 30 47 48 Radar target not identified. 1395 ...do do 44 41 47 42 Berg. 1396 ...do do- - 44 54 46 23 Do. 1397 —do do. 44 55 46 26 Do. 1398 ...do do.. 44 56 48 31 Do. 1399 -..do — ..do 45 07 47 43 Do. 1400 ...do .....do 45 18 48 30 Do. 1401 —do .-..do 45 19 47 30 Do. 1402 -..do do 45 25 48 47 Do. 1403 -.-do do 44 10 46 02 Growler. 1404 . -do do 44 23 46 06 Do. 1405 —do do 47 14 46 20 ^'X. 1406 -..do do 47 17 46 21 1407 -.do do 47 26 46 44 Do. 1408 -.do do 47 27 46 32 Do. 1409 -..do...- do 47 29 45 45 Do. 1410 -.do do 47 31 1 43 46 Do. Mil -..do do 47 33 46 44 Do. 1412 -.dO-.- do 47 36 46 57 Do. 1413 -..dO— - do 47 39 47 14 Do. 1414 -.do do 47 40 46 32 Do. 1415 —do do 47 41 46 28 Do. 1416 _..do do 47 42 47 16 Do. 1417 ...do do 47 44 45 27 Do. 1418 ...do do 47 45 43 53 Do. 1419 -.do do 47 48 45 00 Do. 1420 ...do— do 47 48 47 51 Do. 1421 —do do 47 49 46 11 Do. 1422 —do do .... 47 50 45 33 Do. 1423 --do do 47 54 49 10 Do. 1424 ...do do 47 55 44 31 Do. 1425 —do do 47 56 44 05 Do. 1426 ...do do 47 57 47 23 Do. 1427 —do do 48 02 46 59 Do. 1428 —do do .. 48 08 47 28 Do. 1429 ...do do 48 13 46 07 Do. 1430 ...do do 48 18 45 55 Do. 1431 .-do do 48 20 46 13 Do. 1432 ...do do 48 20 47 03 Do. 1433 --do do 48 22 46 20 Do. 1434 --do — -do 48 22 48 39 Do. 1435 —do do 48 22 48 56 Do. 1436 ...do do 48 24 49 18 Do. 1437 ...do do 48 25 45 44 Do. 1438 ...do -..-do 48 25 48 05 Do. 1439 ...do do 48 25 46 43 Do. 1440 ...do .....do 48 26 48 12 Do. 1441 ...do do 48 26 48 19 Do. 1442 ...do -.—do 48 26 48 27 Do. 1443 ...do do 48 28 45 20 Do. 1444 ...do —do 48 30 44 57 Do. 1445 —do do 48 30 45 41 Do. 1446 -.do —do 47 45 43 53 Numerous growlers east for 2 miles. 1447 —do do 47 48 45 00 Numerous growlers southsouthwest for 6 miles. 1448 -.do do 47 50 43 49 Growler. 1449 —do do 48 19 44 39 Do. 1450 ...do Letitia 47 45 49 10 Large flat berg, 100 feet long and 40 feet 1451 -.do Fort Spokane 48 33 45 34 Small berg. 1452 ...do do.. 48 36 45 15 2 small bergs. 1453 —do do 48 38 45 34 Small berg and 2 small growlers. 1454 -..do do 48 30 46 00 Large berg. 1455 May 26 U. S. A. T. Belle Isle 49 11 52 11 Growler. 1456 ...dO-.- ...do Letitia 48 49 42 12 47 10 52 40 Berg. 1457 Aiken Victory Berg. 40 feet high, 100 feet long. 1458 ...do ...do 49 05 48 30 47 31 47 52 1459 do 2 small bergs. 1460 —do -..do f 48 28 48 05 48 07 48 38 Be,.. 1461 ...do. — . Letitia .J t 0 ^9 bergs 10 miles on either side of line. 48 33 47 28 Probable growler. 1462 -.do U. S. A. T. Belle Isle 50 00 51 58 1463 -..do Steens Mountain 36 43 44 15 Water-logged life-craft. 1464 —do Fort Crevecoeur 48 12 48 25 Berg. 167 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 194.6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description { 50 21 50 00 1 1465 May 26 Richard K. Call 50 32 0 48 35 \7 large bergs and numerous growlers. 1466 ..-d0..._. ...do 41 46 43 21 53 07 49 30 Berg. Berg (same as 1389). 1467 Modoc (I. P.) HHK ...do..... 47 56 49 12 1469 May 27 .Joseph I. Kemp 41 20 48 48 Lighted buoy lighting every 6 seconds. 1470 ...do Irish Hazel- 48 44 46 32 1471 ...do Empire Magpie 49 09 46 46 Berg. 1472 May 28 Golden Eagle 41 20 55 12 Drifting buoy. 1478 ...do..... 48 45 47 28 1474 do Thomas Heyward 47 45 44 17 1 large and 5 small bergs. '"So. 1475 ...do ...do Irish Hazel- - 48 03 47 57 49 06 49 25 1476 do 1477 ...do Thomas Heyward 48 00 45 00 Berg, 1,000 feet long, 250 feet high. 2 large bergs. 1478 ...do Vancouver Citv 45 30 48 51 1479 -do. Empire Gulliver 48 31 49 15 2 large bergs 2 miles apart. 1480 ...do..... Tufts Victory.-- 42 57 40 35 1481 do Vancouver City 45 30 47 22 Unknown ] 48 04 46 09 ] 1482 ...do 1-3 bergs. [ 48 13 45 37 u. 148H May 29 BeaverGIen 48 14 48 29 1484 -..do .....do 48 13 48 23 Radar target, probably berg. 1485 ...do Vigsnes 47 59 47 55 Berg. 1486 ...do ...do..... Unknown . 49 12 48 04 50 05 49 13 Small berg. 1487 Cape Race radio 1488 ...do Vigsnes 47 54 46 53 2 bergs. 1489 ...do -- -do-.. - 47 35 46 21 Berg. 1490 ...do TullyCrosbv 50 16 47 50 Berg and growler. 1491 ...do (KYMD).-"- 36 08 41 50 Lifeboat adrift. 1492 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Storis 50 00 50 00 Small bergs and growlers. 1493 ...do May 30 Dentonia Park 48 37 48 10 44 45 49 50 Berg. 1494 Cairnvalona . 1495 ...do..... do 48 10 49 46 Do. 1496 ...do..... -—do 48 23 49 40 Large berg. 1497 ...do do 48 18 49 33 Do. 1498 ...do .....do. 48 34 49 15 Do. 1499 ...do Dentonia Park 48 10 45 52 Berg and growlers. 1500 ...do do 48 00 46 57 3 bergs, many growlers within 10 miles. 1501 ...do ...do 45 36 47 49 47 10 47 59 Berg. Small berg. 1502 Dentonia Park. 1503 ...do do - 47 57 47 11 Large berg. 1504 ...do ...do..... „ do Jan Van Goven 40 35 47 46 48 47 47 07 49 00 53 23 Whistle buoy. Berg. 3 growlers. 1505 Dentonia Park.. 1506 Ice patrol plane 1507 ...do..-.. ...-do-..- 47 43 53 34 ="&,. 1508 ...do do 48 14 53 08 1509 ...do..... do 48 22 53 19 Do. 1510 ...do do 48 22 53 09 Do. 1511 ...do.-... do 48 26 53 02 Do. 1512 ...do do 48 36 52 19 Do. 1513 ...do..... do 48 42 53 16 Do. 1514 ...do..... do 48 48 52 35 Do. 1516 ...do..... .....do 48 53 53 00 Do. 1516 ...do do 48 54 53 14 Do. 1517 .-.do do 48 54 52 00 Do. 1518 ...do do 48 55 52 55 Do. 1519 ...do do.. 49 03 52 43 Do. 1520 ...do do . 49 04 52 45 Do. 1521 ...do do 49 05 53 25 4 bergs. 1522 ...do..... do 49 05 51 17 Berg 1523 ...do do ---. 49 07 52 28 Do. 1524 ...do..... .....do 49 11 51 56 Do. 1525 ...do do 49 13 53 04 Do. 1526 ...do .—.do - 49 13 51 37 Do. 1527 ...do do - 49 14 51 44 Do. 1528 ...do..... .—do..... 49 14 52 42 Do. 1529 ...do do... 49 15 52 58 Do. 1530 ...do do— 49 16 51 14 Do. 1531 ...do do- - 49 16 53 20 Do. 1532 ...do do 49 20 53 10 Do. 1533 ...do do - 49 21 51 33 Do. 1534 ...do..... do - 49 21 52 21 Do. 1535 ...do do-- 49 23 52 19 Do. 1536 ...do do — - 49 24 51 29 Do. 1537 ...do do 49 26 50 35 Do. 1538 ...do do -_ 49 26 51 50 Do. 1539 ...do do- - 49 27 53 30 Do. 1540 ...do do - 49 33 53 17 Do. 1541 ...do do 49 34 53 20 Do. 1542 —do do — 49 35 53 13 Do. 1543 ...do do - -- 49 35 52 26 Do. 1544 --.do do 49 36 53 00 Do. 168 Table of Ice and Obstnietion Reports, South of 50" N., U)J,6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 1545 Mav 30 Icp p:\trol plane 49 37 52 08 Berg. 1540 ..do do 49 37 53 04 Do. 1.547 ..do do 49 38 53 05 Do. I.54S ...do do.... 49 38 63 06 Do. 1.549 ...do do... 49 40 52 33 Do. 1550 --do do... 49 40 53 29 2 bergs. 1,551 ...do do... 49 42 53 10 n.. 1.5.52 ...do do 49 42 53 00 1.5.5;? ...do do 49 42 52 47 Do. 1.5,54 ...do do 49 45 52 49 Do. 1.5,55 ...do —do 49 40 52 34 Do. 1.556 ...do do 49 46 52 58 Do. 1.5.57 ...do do 49 47 52 37 Do. 1,5.5S ...do do 49 47 53 00 2 bergs. 1,5.59 ...do — ..do... _ 49 48 52 20 Berg. 1.500 ...do do 49 49 52 10 2 bergs. 1.501 ...do —do 49 50 53 05 n-o. 1562 ...do do 49 51 52 59 1568 -..do —do 49 52 53 03 Do. 1564 -..do do 49 53 52 34 Do. 1,565 -..do do 49 54 51 57 Do. 1566 -..do do 49 56 53 16 Do. 1.507 --.do do 49 57 52 48 Do. 1,568 ...do.-.-- do ___ _. 49 59 52 01 Do. 1.509 ...do.-..- (LLHB) . 32 00 44 25 1570 .-.do ...do U. S. Navv plane 43 35 45 23 46 27 46 49 ""!,„. 1.571 do..- 1572 Mav 31 ...do ...do ...do ...do June 1 .\ram J. Pothier 48 12 47 34 47 45 48 25 41 38 39 54 42 03 42 33 48 45 47 00 43 09 46 40 2 bergs 3 miles north. Large berg. Floating mine. Flashing white light flash one second eel nme seconds believed to be a buoy. 1573 1574 Coulmore 1575 Riverdale Park 1576 Ezra Cornell 1577 Daniel Willard 1578 --.do ...do John N.Robins... 36 05 38 21 51 46 61 21 Life-raft Do. 1.579 Henry St. George Tucker 1580 -.-do Empire Maekendrick 48 14 46 46 Berg. 1581 ...do ...do Montebello Park 46 27 48 29 40 30 40 07 3 bergs 3i mile north. Berg. 1,582 Empire Maekendrick 1583 June 2 ---do ...do --do ...do -..do -..do Westmount Park 47 42 47 42 46 56 49 00 47 30 48 22 48 24 47 31 47 30 44 03 45 32 47 32 45 00 44 50 2 beTgs. Do. Small berg. n,. Growler. 2 bergs and 2 growlers. 1584 Unknown 1585 Montebello Park 1580 Port Darwin.. 1587 Middlesex Trader 1588 Westmount Park 1589 do 1590 --.do ...do Port Darwin. . 48 38 48 36 45 10 45 41 n. 1591 do... 1,592 --do do 48 30 45 23 Do. 1593 --do --do Gaspesia Park 45 50 42 08 45 03 43 36 Do. Oil drum. 1,594 II. S. S. Caloosahatchee 1595 -.-do ---do Port Darwin 48 03 48 12 47 22 47 30 Large berg. Berg. 1,590 —do 1,597 June 3 U. S. C. G. C. Pontchartrain.. 48 41 51 07 Growler. 1.59S — do...- do 48 41 50 56 Berg. 1599 -..do Blairdevon 46 36 40 14 Large flat berg. 1000 — do..-. U. S.C.G. C.Owasco.. 47 40 49 03 Beri. 1001 do Robert Jordan 40 54 46 21 Lighted whistle buoy lettering readable guide others obliterated. 15 1002 -do ..do -.do (SVZM)... 46 40 48 05 48 05 47 20 47 22 47 20 Large berg, '"feo. 1003 Queens Park 1004 - .-do :.: 1605 ..do do 47 56 47 22 Do. 1606 ..do U.S.C.G.C. Pontchartrain.. 50 00 50 00 Do. 1007 ..do do 49 55 49 44 Do. 1008 ..do —do 50 06 49 44 Do. 1609 ..do June 3 -do Queens Park 48 04 48 02 48 05 47 45 47 38 47 51 Large berg. Growler. Berg. 1010 Queens Park. - 1611 U.S.C.G.C. Owasco.. . 1612 ..do do 48 29 47 31 Do. 1613 ..do do 48 06 47 24 Do. 1614 -do ..do Blairdevon 47 00 48 11 44 25 47 11 Do. Do. 1615 U. S. C. G. C. Owasco 1616 -do -—do 48 13 47 27 Do. 1617 ..do .-do Kerma . 48 55 48 50 48 58 49 18 Do. Do. 1018 —do...- 1619 ..do do. 48 51 49 00 Growler. 1620 ..do do- 48 53 49 05 Do. 1621 ''Ao'.'.W 44 45 45 03 49 17 49 10 n.. 1622 — do...- 1623 ..do do. 42 34 49 15 Do. 1624 ..do do.... 45 00 49 20 Do. 1025 -do do 45 10 48 23 Do. 1626 ..do do 45 21 49 12 Do. 169 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., 19^.6 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description B27 .Tune 3 Tampa (I. P.) 43 20 49 57 Berg. 328 ...do . Mount Revelstokc Park 47 53 47 01 Small berg. 329 do do 47 53 47 04 Lake berg. 530 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Owaseo 48 31 46 10 Do. i31 June 4 do Oceanus 42 50 48 32 37 10 45 40 Life-raft. W? Blairesk. Large berg and 5 growlers. Berg. i33 ...do Kerma . 48 32 50 01 134 ...do 48 30 50 03 Do. W5 do Blairesk 47 59 47 12 Berg and growlers. 336 ...do Jefferson City Victory 45 10 47 37 Berg. 337 ...do Dorclain . 48 30 47 46 Small berg. 338 ...do do 48 28 48 06 Several bergs. i34 do .... do.. 48 40 48 00 Several bergs in vicinity. Berg (same as 1627). )40 ...do Tampa (LP.) 43 20 49 49 i41 do Ice patrol plane 44 28 49 10 Berg. )42 ...do do 44 46 46 59 Do. )43 ...do do 44 50 48 53 Do. )44 ...do..... .-..-do 45 01 48 01 Berg and 6 small growlers. 45 ...do do 45 25 43 59 Berg and 12 small growlers. 46 ...do do 45 51 47 17 Berg with growlers extending 6 miles south. 4V ...do do 45 54 47 05 no. 48 ...do do 45 57 47 03 49 ...do do 45 58 46 58 Do. 50 ...do do 45 00 45 31 12 very small growlers. 51 ...do..... ...-do 46 05 46 56 Berg. 52 ...do do 46 10 47 12 Do. 53 ...do do 46 15 46 02 Do. 54 ...do do 46 17 47 30 Do. 55 ...do do 46 18 46 46 Do. 56 ...do do 46 43 44 24 Do. 5V ...do do 46 44 47 21 Do. 58 ...do -...-do 46 46 47 18 Do. 59 ...do do 46 50 47 24 Do. 60 ...do do 46 53 44 49 Do. 61 ...do do . 46 53 47 26 Do. 62 ...do .....do 46 58 45 32 Do. 63 ...do do 46 58 45 50 Do. 04 ...do do 47 04 47 00 Do. 65 ...do -.-..do 47 05 46 17 Do. 66 ...do do 47 09 46 34 Do. 67 ...do .....do 47 19 48 40 Do. 68 ...do do 47 24 46 48 Do. 69 ...do..... do 47 25 47 02 Do. 70 ...do 44 55 49 03 Do. . 71 ...do do 44 45 49 10 Do. n ...do ...do June 5 47 45 47 50 43 21 48 45 47 34 49 43 Bergs. 73 Blairesk Berg. 74 Tampa (I. P.) Berg (same as 1640). 75 ...do 41 54 47 30 Cage whistle buoy red top light flashing every 10 seconds. 76 ...do ...do Torr Head 48 57 48 41 47 38 48 10 Berg. 77 .....do Do. 78 ...do Suorva 46 15 45 58 Large buoy. 71 .do Empire Seaman 47 40 48 30 2 growlers. SO ...do do 47 46 48 29 81 ...do Gripsholm.. 48 30 41 37 Big cable reel. 8'^ ...do ...do ...do 46 07 48 41 48 20 46 11 48 10 49 02 Large Berg Berg. 83 Torr Head 84 do Do. 85 ...do do 48 25 48 50 Berg and growler. 86 ...do do 48 38 48 16 Growler. 87 ...do ...do Gorrales 46 08 45 50 46 50 47 08 Bere. 88 ...-do Do. 89 ...do do 45 55 46 50 Do. 90 ...do do 45 52 47 32 Do. 91 June 0 Torr Head 48 15 49 14 Large growler. 92 ...do do 48 07 49 22 Small berg. 93 ...do do 48 12 49 30 Large berg and 2 growlers. 94 ...do do . 48 05 49 41 Large berg. 95 ...do do.. 48 06 49 45 Berg. 96 ...do Cavina 48 68 47 46 Small berg. 97 ...do Fred C. Stebbins 48 36 52 17 Bergs. 98 Empire Macdermott 46 42 47 16 n„. 99 ...do do 46 45 47 19 110 -.do ...do Cavina . 48 35 46 50 48 00 46 31 3 bergs and 1 growler 01 Empire Macdermott Berg and 3 growlers. Large berg. 02 ...do do 46 53 46 23 113 ...do ...do Edge Hill 30 50 49 00 45 13 47 40 04 U.S. C.G.C.Duane Bbrg. 05 June 7 do 48 06 49 30 Growler. 06 ...do do.. 48 00 49 53 Berg. 1)7 ...do King Neptune 46 00 47 57 Do. 08 ...do 48 05 46 00 2 bergs 20 miles distant. Berg. 09 ...do King Neptune 46 00 46 53 170 Table of Ice and Obsti'uction Reports, South of 50° N., 1946 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude 1710 June 7 ...do ...do ...do '.'/.do'.'.'.'.'. ...do ...do .June 8 June 9 ...do ..-do ...do ...do ..-do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do June 10 ...do ...do ...do June 11 ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do..— ...do .-.do ...do —do June 12 —do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do June 13 June 14 -.-do June 15 ...do -.do ...do ...do .-do ...do ...do..-.. ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do '.V.doV/.'.'. '.'.'.do.'.'.'.'. ...do..... ...do..... ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do June 16 ...do '.'.'.do'.'.'.'.'. June 17 ...do ...do ...do 43 55 48 46 48 38 48 22 48 16 48 25 48 17 48 08 30 20 40 57 45 04 44 47 44 55 40 40 44 52 44 56 45 03 46 16 48 01 48 02 48 32 48 23 47 21 48 10 48 10 48 24 48 46 47 41 47 36 43 30 48 36 44 24 43 47 49 13 49 18 49 00 45 09 43 43 44 21 44 07 49 01 48 58 40 07 44 37 48 15 44 26 44 31 47 38 48 25 48 36 49 38 47 34 39 56 48 40 42 45 44 53 45 06 48 50 49 00 48 15 49 21 49 20 49 29 49 29 49 35 49 36 49 41 49 25 44 23 44 29 44 23 44 31 48 30 44 30 48 35 45 30 45 33 41 12 44 27 48 33 49 32 48 30 48 50 47 05 47 54 48 22 48 20 48 25 48 52 48 55 49 19 35 20 38 30 48 11 48 38 40 46 48 00 50 01 49 56 50 11 46 10 48 57 48 55 50 15 49 07 48 33 45 39 48 12 46 54 45 22 47 35 48 22 46 57 51 07 48 17 48 22 51 32 51 42 51 53 48 00 44 40 48 30 48 12 51 06 51 09 49 31 48 22 47 45 48 36 48 35 47 52 45 12 44 57 45 01 47 50 49 03 49 40 49 00 46 47 47 33 48 48 48 20 45 59 46 03 51 55 52 42 50 48 52 17 61 47 50 47 51 06 48 33 48 38 48 29 48 38 45 16 48 23 45 04 47 39 48 22 54 45 48 20 44 42 44 24 47 55 47 48 Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Growler. 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 U. S. C. G. C. Duanc do do do do do do Pauls Hook.... 1719 Marine Eagle Mine. 1720 Tampa (P P.) Berg. 1721 1722 do Do. Large cylindrical buoy marked 7A floatinE high out of water. Wooden life-raft. 1723 Tufts Viotorv 1724 1725 1726 1727 Tampa (I. P.) do do Fort Bedford "•'60. Do. Do. 1728 U. S. S. Forsvth Do. 1729 1730 do Skeldergate .. Growler. 1731 Cairnesk . Berg and several growlers 1732 Beaver Bell Radar contact, probably berg and growler. Large berg. Growler. 1733 1734 do Beaver Burn.. .- 1735 1736 1737 do .....do..... Peterston Berg. Growler. 2 small bergs. 1738 1739 .....do Nolisement Large berg. Red conical buoy. 1740 Empire Archer Berg. 1741 Modoc (LP.) Do. 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 .....do-....: U. S. C. G. C. Eastwind do do Margaret Brent. Berg and small growlers. Do. Do. 1747 1748 1749 1750 Samuel Dingham Modoc (LP.) do U. S. S. Seneca Gas buoy adrift Do. 1751 1752 do Marine Arrow Do. Black cage buoy adrift. 1753 1754 Modoc (LP.) Veragua . Large growler with few small growlers. Berg. 1755 1756 1757 Modoc (LP.) do Berg and small growlers. Berg. 1758 Biairclova Long low berg. 1759 Fort St. Francis- Large berg. 1760 Graiglas Do. 1761 Do. 1762 1763 Benjamin Huntington Black bell buoy. 1764 1765 .....do Low berg. 1766 1767 .-.do::: ::::::: ::::: Laholm %o. 1768 1769 do Do. Growler. 1770 Graiglas Large berg. 1771 Berg. 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 do -....do do __.. do : :::::do::::::::::::::::::::: do . do do Beaverglen.- Do. Do. 2 bergs. 2 growlers. Growler. 5 growlers. Large berg. 1783 Egidia Berg. 1784 1785 U. S. C. G. C. Campbell U.S.S.Groton 2 bergs. Berg. 1786 1787 do William Blount- --, Do. Wooden life-raft. 1788 1789 Modoc (LP.) Middlesex Trader Berg. 1790 Berg. 1791 Briarwood Do. 1792 do - 2 bergs. 171 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports, South of 50° N., li -Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 1793 June 17 Briarwood 48 24 48 43 Large growlers. 1794 —do 40 04 49 51 1795 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Owasco 49 13 44 05 Large berg. lV9ti ...do Ice patrol plane 45 04 46 27 Berg. 1797 ...do .....do... ...... 45 06 47 14 Do. 179S ...do do. 45 38 47 41 Do. 1799 ...do — .-do 45 38 48 46 Do. ISOO ...do do 45 45 48 22 Do. IKOl do do 45 55 48 16 Do. 1802 ...do do 46 04 46 29 Do. 1803 —do do 44 32 48 27 Do. 1804 ...do do 44 41 48 21 Do. 1806 ...do do 44 48 46 18 Do. ISOK ...do do. 44 53 47 03 Do. 1807 ...do do 45 23 48 28 Do. 1808 ...do do 45 27 47 21 Do. 1809 ...do do 45 32 48 02 Growler. 1810 ...do do 45 42 47 57 Do. 1811 ...do ...do Gardenia 50 00 44 09 45 10 32 47 1812 Sappa Creek Drifting red bell buov. 1813 June 18 ...do ...do..... Tilsington Court 49 52 50 00 44 35 49 31 48 30 48 49 Large berg. 1814 (OWUG) 1815 Tampa (I. P.) Berg, low horseshoe-shaped. I81(i ...do (OWUG) 49 45 48 46 Berg. 1817 ...do Empire Planet 47 48 43 40 Small berg showing 95 feet. 1818 ...do Elm Park. . 47 34 47 24 1819 ...do -.-do June 19 ...do Tilsington Court 48 56 40 33 38 22 41 00 50 38 52 50 38 58 37 55 Webster Victory Horned mine 1821 Yellow Tavern Large pear shaped buu\'. 1822 Zacapa ... Metal life-raft marked ^'2 20 persons. 1823 --.do June 20 ...do Florida. . 48 55 39 51 44 58 49 17 31 30 48 07 Berg. 1824 1825 Tampa (I. P.) ""fio. I82ti ...do -..do Tortuguero 46 40 46 44 46 00 45 43 1827 do Berg with numerous growlers extending 8 miles south. 828 June 21 [[-do!.';;; ...do --. WiUard A. Holbrook 40 18 48 29 41 41 45 34 54 00 51 43 49 18 46 10 1829 Tilsington Court Large berg. 1830 Santa Paula Life-raft. 831 Ice patrol plane Berg and 2 growlers 1832 -..do do 45 49 45 46 Berg. 833 ...do do 46 07 47 13 Do. .834 -..do —do 45 52 45 46 Do. 835 -..do do 46 38 44 36 Do. 836 --do do 46 39 44 47 Do. 83V -..do do . 46 40 45 11 Do. 838 ...do do 47 02 44 54 Do. 1839 ...do do 45 26 45 35 Large growjer. 840 ...do do, . 43 56 48 32 Berg. 841 --.do do 44 08 49 04 Do. 842 -..do do 44 56 45 17 Do. 843 -.-do do- 45 07 47 35 Do. 844 ...do do 44 15 48 53 Growler. 845 -.-do U. S. C. G. C. Woodbine f 48 31 48 31 52 41 52 41 Berg. 846 ...do .—do \ \ to Twillingate Numerous bergs. 847 ...do—.. Empire Roding 48 43 46 52 Several growlers. 848 --.do -.—do . 48 31 47 06 Berg. 849 — do--... -.-do Unknown 40 10 48 30 30 00 47 18 Metal life-raft. 850 Empire Roding n.. 851 -..do — ..do 48 39 47 28 852 June 22 ...do Tdsington Court 49 40 40 15 49 50 54 04 Do. 853 Wheaton Victory Pontoon life-raft. 854 ...do Tampa (I. P.)... 43 44 48 35 Berg. 855 ...do Unknown 52 58 48 14 Large berg. From 5 miles off 1 856 June 23 Zarembo 10 miles off >Scveral bergs and growlers on course. 857 ---do John Ireland 40 15 43 05 Partly submerged heavy unidentified object dangerous to navigation. 858 ...do Tampa (I. P.) 43 42 48 21 Berg (same as 1854). 859 — do --do Sam H. Walker 40 41 41 04 39 55 54 31 Metal life-raft 860 Haverford Victory Drifting black can buoy marked No. 27. 861 June 24 Tampa (I. P.) 43 48 48 12 Berg (same as 1858). 862 -..do (LI.HG) 39 30 58 07 Life-raft. 863 —do George Davis 39 54 49 10 Unlit gas buoy with skeleton superstructure. 8()4 —do Collis P. Huntington 42 04 47 50 Raft. 865 June 25 Goonawarra 49 00 48 32 Large berg. —do Tampa (I. P.)... 44 18 48 01 Berg (same as 1861). 8BV -..do... Marine Eagle... 43 53 24 01 Mine. 868 —do Toledo 36 07 59 47 Life-raft. 172 Table of Ice and Obstrvction Reports South of 50° N., ^. 9 .4Coastal belt storis. [Heavy field ice. 7/10 cover in Notre Dame ; Bay increasing to 9/10 northward of Groais Island. 10/10 through Strait of Belle Isle as far as visible. Same area and same conditions as observed on the 17th. Passing through large patches broken field ice 174 Tabic of Ice aud Obsfriictio)i Reports, North of 50" N., iDJ^r, — Continued Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description Jan. 31 Feb. 1 Feb. 6 Do March 2 tirepiilaiid Patrol U.S.C. G.C.Northland Greenland Patrol U.S.C.G. Plane [ Greenland Patrol | U.S. S.Grand Rapids... do Beginning to round Cape Farewell from east to west coast Greenland 52 00 49 41 to 50 00 50 38 From east coast Greenland rounding Cape Farewell to 60 10 40 30 Extending southward to Newfoundland coast eastward past Cape Bonavista Cape Farewell to near Cape Thorvaldsen 51 05 1 47 57 50 49 1 47 54 Cape Farewell to Coastal belt storis. Ice is well broken ane Breton Island from Cape North to Cajie Pine trendini? southeast 15 miles off Scatari Island. 46th parallel. From 25 miles off Caix; Ray to 47 10 58 30 south to line east true from Flint Island. 46 37 46 33 47 45 53 02 53 10 52 10 47 39 53 00 47 46 52 24 47 46 I 52 25 47 02 58 45 to 46 30 58 45 to 46 07 59 00 46th parallel. 47 16 59 03 to 46 30 58 45 to 46 07 59 00 thence south to line east true from Flint Island. 47 53 47 57 47 59 48 00 48 30 49 00 49 03 49 05 51 08 51 33 52 19 50 48 50 21 50 30 50 50 to 49 03 50 54 to 49 04 48 55 to 48 51 51 08 to 48 51 51 10 to 48 55 51 13 50 58 51 05 UMcriplii (■rowlcr. Do. Do. Small IxTK. luutern limit of field ici Southern limit of field i Il^tcrn limit of field ice. Southern limit of field ice. Eastern limit of field icx>. Southern limit of field ice. Southern limit of field ioc. Outer limit of field ice. This area very o|x;n and navigable with caution. Large stationary radar target. Small stationary radar targets. Isolated string of well broken and scittered sludge about 2 miles long. Several large. heavy pans in and near this string. Berg (same as No. 92). Growler. Do. Eastern limit of field ice. Southern limit of field ice. Outer limits field ice. 10 mile shore lead from Scatari Island to Cape North. Small growler. Do. Do. Do. Small detached patch sludge. Do. Do. Southern limits close packed strings of field ice extending north-northwest. 39 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South 0 f 50" N., i 9.47— Continued 1 North 1 West No. Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 50 10 54 19 to 50 04 54 20 to 49 57 53 38 to 49 46 53 39 thence not observed 49 30 53 15 Limits field ice. Ice edge not observed be- to tween positions where indicated. Inner 49 25 53 05 edge composed of sludge and winter ice. to Outer half of field made up largely of 49 20 53 04 heavy ice 10 to 15 feet thick with pans to near outer edge up to 100 feet in diameter. 49 27 52 53 5 loose narrow strings of heavy pieces to extended 30 miles east-southeast from 128 Apr. 19 Ice patrol plane. ___..._. 49 14 52 31 southeast end this field. to 49 40 52 19 to 49 55 51 53 thence not observed 50 21 51 35 to 50 25 51 59 to 50 37 52 07 to 50 44 52 05 to 50 45 52 00 to 50 50 52 00 129 ...do do... 48 36 53 36 Berg (same as No. 97). 130 —do do 48 58 53 41 Berg (same as No. 99). 131 ...do do 49 42 54 27 Berg. 132 ...do..... do 49 43 54 48 Do. 133 ...do do 49 44 54 27 Do. 134 ...do..... do 49 44 54 33 Do. 135 ...do do 49 52 54 19 Do. 136 ...do do 49 05 52 08 2 growlers. 137 ...do do 49 17 53 19 Growler. 138 ...do do 49 17 53 33 Do. 139 ...do do 49 20 53 39 2 growlers. 140 ...do 49 23 53 04 Growler. 141 ...do :::::do::::::::::::::::::::: 49 40 From lit 54 30 tie Fogo 2 growlers. 142 —do do westward ingate in Dast Twill- to Notre String of light sludge. Dame Bay. 47 20 58 50 to 143 —do Canadian Department of 46 30 58 40 Outer Umits of field ice. Shore lead 10 Transport. thence south to line east true from Flit Point. From St. Pauls to to 15 miles wide from Flat Point to Cape North. 144 Apr. 20 do. 46 30 59 10 to Ingonish Island. From St. Pauls Island 47 00 ° 59 00 Outer limits ice off east coast to Cape ' Breton Island. to 145 Apr. 21 do... 46 30 58 50 to 46 20 59 30 to Cape Egmont. From 5 miles off Caiw North to 46 10 1 58 10 Outer limits field ice. Shore lead 10 miles wide from Scatari Island to Cape Smoke. 146 Apr. 22 do • south to 10 miles east of Scatari to 5 miles off Flat Point to Cape Smoke. 48 54 50 22 to 48 30 50 10 Outer limits field ice. 147 Apr. 23 Ice patrol plane to Outer limits field ice. Ice at outer edge 48 33 50 51 tc heavy arctic ice. 48 48 50 50 1 40 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South of 50° N., 19^7 — Continued North West No. Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 148 Apr. 23 Ice patrol plane 47 27 52 15 Small berg. 149 do 48 08 50 07 150 —do do 48 30 51 02 Do 151 ...do do 47 37 53 02 2 growlers along beach Bell Island. Formed by break-up of berg (same as No. 92). 50 30 51 20 50 00 51 15 49 35 51 40 49 18 51 37 49 15 50 43 48 50 50 38 152 —do do 48 30 50 08 to 48 31 50 50 to 48 54 51 11 to 48 42 51 30 to 48 56 52 25 to 49 05 52 50 to 49 45 53 30 Outer limits field ice. Very heavy ice at southern and eastern edge. 153 —do do 48 35 52 56 Berg. 154 ...do do 48 41 53 09 Berg (same as No. 98). 155 —do do 49 03 53 01 Berg. 156 —do..... do 49 17 53 19 Do. 157 -..do do 49 27 53 02 Do. 158 ...do do 48 29 51 50 Growler. 159 --do 48 30 51 01 Do. 160 -..do do 48 37 51 59 Do. 161 -.do 48 38 51 50 Do. 162 ...do do 49 06 51 13 2 growlers. 16;^ -..do 49 06 52 13 Do. 164 ...do do 49 15 52 26 Growler. 165 ...do do 49 20 53 18 2 growlers. 166 —do do 49 21 53 02 Growler. 167 —do do 49 22 52 55 4 growlers. 168 —do 49 22 52 58 Growler. 169 -.do do 49 26 52 58 Do. 170 -..do do 49 28 52 59 Do. 171 --do do 49 31 52 41 2 growlers. 172 ...do do 49 34 52 36 3 growlers. 173 —do U. S. C. Cx. C. Ingham 48 00 49 30 Growler. From 5 miles south of St. Pauls to 45 00 59 00 to 174 -.d3 Canadian Department of •, Transport. 3 miles off Scatari Island to 3 miles off Flint Island to 5 miles off Flat Point to St. Anns. From west-northwest to 47 50 48 50 to 49 05 49 40 thence westward. 49 20 53 00 Limits of field ice. Outer limit of strings and patches field ice. containing heavy pieces arctic ice. 175 Apr. 24 to 49 44 53 24 50 00 53 07 Inner edge field ice. Western part of the to field largely of sludge and winter ice. 49 59 53 47 to 50 25 54 00 176 ...do "- ( Westward along north Narrow string light sludge. side Fogo Island. 177 -.do 47 17 52 06 Berg (same as No. 148). 178 ...do do 49 31 53 12 Berg. 179 --do 49 31 53 16 Do. 180 ...do do 49 32 53 50 Do. 181 ...do do.... 49 40 53 24 Do. 182 ...do do 49 46 53 14 Do. 41 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South 0 f 50° N., i».4 7— Continued North West No. Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 183 Apr. 24 49 53 53 00 Berg 184 ...do..... .....do..... 49 56 54 06 Do. 185 ...do 47 35 48 35 Growler. 186 ...do do 49 17 53 18 Do. 187 ...do do 49 28 53 58 Do. 188 ...do do 49 30 53 07 4 growlers. 189 ...do do 49 34 53 27 2 growlers. 190 ...do..... do 49 55 53 25 Growler. From St. Pauls to 191 Apr. 25 Canadian Department of 47 10 59 20 Eastern edge field ice. Shore lead 10 miles Transport. to 46 20 59 20 48 55 51 26 to wide from Scatari Island to Cape North. 1 19;^ Apr. 26 48 50 51 37 1-Southwestern edge field ice. 1 [ to 49 10 51 50 193 ...do 47 38 51 18 Growler. 194 ...do (Jq 47 38 53 00 2 growlers along beach at Bell Island. 195 ...do do 48 15 51 36 Growler. 196 ...do do 48 51 51 50 Do. 197 ...do do... 48 55 51 55 From St. Pauls to 2 growlers. 198 ...do Canadian Department of Transport. 46 40 59 00 thence south to 46 N. to Scatari Island. Outer limits field ice. 199 Apr. 27 do 8 miles north of Cape Ray light. 48 53 49 36 50 50 51 30 48 36 50 23 to 48 40 50 23 Small berg. •Outer limits scattered pieces field ice. I 1 200 Apr. 28 Ice patrol plane to 48 50 49 50 to 49 00 50 00 to 49 20 51 20 to 50 20 52 40 Inner edge of field ice. 201 ...do..... do 48 52 52 01 Berg. 202 ...do .48 52 52 10 Do. 203 ...do do. -.. 48 59 51 42 Do. 204 .._do 49 07 51 43 Do. 205 --do do 49 22 52 02 Do. 206 ...do do 49 25 51 37 Do. 207 -.do..... do 49 30 54 05 Do. 208 ...do do 49 33 51 46 Do. 209 do do 49 42 51 25 Do. 210 ...do do- 49 50 51 23 Do. 211 ...do do 49 52 51 24 Do. 212 ...do do 49 45 53 10 Do. 213 ...do do 48 49 52 23 Growler. 214 ...do do 48 55 49 51 Do. 215 ...do do 48 53 51 57 Do. 216 ...do do 49 02 51 28 Do. 217 ...do do 49 25 51 44 Do. 218 —do do 49 27 51 46 Do. 219 ...do do.... 49 32 52 17 Do. 220 ...do do 49 33 51 35 2 growlers. 221 ...do do.. 49 37 51 25 Growler. 222 ...do do 49 44 50 56 2 Rtowleis. 223 ...do do 49 44 51 24 Growler. 224 ...do do.-.. _._ 49 47 51 26 Do. 226 ...do Canadian Department of / Transport. | East coas of Cape 1 Clear of ice except few scattered strings. East coast of Cape 226 Apr. 29 do Breton Island south Clear of ice except for few scattered strings. of Aspy Bi y. J 42 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South of 50° N., 1947 — Continued Name of vessel Description Ice patrol plane. Canadian Department of Transport. Cape Race radio. do do do .....do... U. S. C. G. C. Duane. Cape Race radio. do ...do do .. ...do do ...do do do do ...do do ...do do ...do do , 48 51 I 58 53 48 50 49 40 48 26 49 40 to 48 30 49 55 through 48 45 50 00 49 55 51 05 to 48 40 51 00 to 48 40 50 55 to 49 00 50 56 thence apparently eastward. 51 02 47 48 48 53 47 24 47 49 48 24 48 32 39 I 51 03 51 02 50 39 51 20 52 12 51 56 River and Gulf of Lawrence. Northeast part of gulf. North coast of Cape Breton Island vicinity Cape St. Lawrence. ...do Ice patrol plane ...do do ...do do -.-do do ...do do —do do ...do do ...do do.... --do do ...do do ...do do ...do do_ ...do do ...do do ...do do —do do ...do do ...do do ...do do ...do do May 11 do — do do ...do do -.-do do ...do do -.do ...do do ...do do ...do..... ...do do ...do do ...do do. ...do do ...do —do do .. 47 26 48 25 48 20 48 15 47 55 47 33 47 46 48 33 45 37 45 38 48 52 48 52 48 56 49 08 49 09 49 23 49 05 47 40 47 39 48 48 49 03 49 04 49 09 49 12 49 16 49 19 8 28 9 43 9 52 9 10 9 32 7 40 7 51 8 07 7 34 7 34 9 57 50 23 50 13 50 27 50 34 50 06 50 00 47 33 53 00 50 26 50 16 49 56 49 49 49 42 49 39 49 34 49 25 I 49 27 49 32 I 49 39 49 27 I 50 31 Woodstock Victory - Ice patrol plane 49 29 49 35 49 36 49 45 49 47 49 53 49 05 49 29 49 32 49 40 49 43 49 47 49 48 49 48 48 26 54 04 50 11 54 32 54 20 53 15 53 33 61 21 50 21 50 44 54 27 53 47 52 37 52 23 54 17 49 17 Small berg. Southern limits widely scattered field ice. Cover less than 1/100, but some heavy pieces of almost growler size. Southern edge of main ice field. Berg (position doubtful). Large berg. Growler. Do. Do. Do. 2 growlers. Now clear for navigation to river ports via Bird Rocks and Fame Point and from Strait of Canso via East and West Points Prince Edward Island. Also clear to ports on west coast Cape Breton Island, Prince Edward Island, Magdelans, and New Brunswick. ■Only areas where ice of consequence remains. Small berg. Growler. Several growlers and field ice. 1 berg and 2 growlers. Berg. Small growler and several pieces of drift ice. Berg (same as No. 241). Small berg. Berg (same as No. 237). Growlei . Berg (large). Berg (small). no. Do. Do. Berg and 2 growlers. Growler. Growler (same as No. 151). Growler. Do. Do. 2 growlers. Growler. Do. Do. Do. Do. Berg and 2 growlers. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Berg (large). Berg. Growler. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Small berg. Growler. 43 Table o f Ice and Obstruction Reports South o fSO" N., i 94 7— Continued North West >io. Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 2R2 May 15 Cape Race radio 49 10 47 10 1 large berg, 1 small berg and several growlers Berg. 283 May 16 Ice patrol plane _ 48 33 53 44 284 —do..... .....do-- 49 26 54 55 Do. 285 -.-do do 49 31 55 08 3 bergs near. U86 -.d0.„.- do 49 38 54 47 Do. 287 ...do do - 49 49 55 45 Do. ifS** .-do do 49 56 56 26 2 bergs. 289 ...do do 49 57 55 28 Berg. 290 —do do 49 59 55 37 Do. 291 — do— .. do 49 36 54 44 Growler. 292 May 20 do 48 40 53 09 Berg (same as No. 154). 293 --do do 49 08 52 30 Do. 294 --do do...- 49 23 51 17 Do. 295 -do— 49 29 52 42 Do. 296 ...do do 48 41 53 07 Growler. 2y; ...do do- 49 33 51 24 Do. 2«8 ^^y^' U. S. C. G. C. Eastwind 49 32 51 16 Berg. 299 May 22 Ice patrol plane 48 42 51 56 Tabular berg (same as No. 293). Tabular berg (same as No. 295). 300 ...do 49 01 52 05 aoi do -—do 49 33 53 42 Berg. ao2 —do 49 42 53 08 Do. 303 —do do 49 51 53 39 Do. 304 —do do 49 48 52 12 Growler. 305 —do do 48 41 53 08 Berg (same as No. 292). —do do 49 35 64 25 »"L. 307 -do do 49 37 54 46 308 ...do do 49 39 54 33 Do. 309 —do do 49 40 54 43 Do. 310 —do — ..do- 49 44 54 20 Do. 311 —do do- — - 49 46 54 18 Do. 312 May 23 U. S. C. G. C. Storis 49 51 50 41 2 bergs. 313 May 24 Champeog 49 49 53 05 Berg 314 .-do- 49 58 53 29 Do. 315 May 25 Marchdale 49 27 47 50 Berg and 5 growlers 316 ...do— - 49 15 48 00 317 .._do do 49 15 47 54 Small berg. 318 — do do 49 18 48 05 Large growler. 319 .-.do do 48 55 48 40 Berg. 320 May 26 48 29 49 31 321 ...do do - 48 53 48 50 Do. 322 ...do do . - 49 33 47 25 Berg. m May 27 Gape Race radio 47 54 50 20 Small berg. 324 May 28 Winnepeeosis Park 48 38 47 10 Berg. m ...do Cape Race radio 48 18 47 35 Large berg and 3 growlers. 326 —do do 47 58 48 25 Large berg and several growlers (same as No. 320). 32V —do -..-do — - 48 14 51 40 Berg. m May 29 49 55 54 40 329 ...do- U. S. C. G. C. Ingham 47 47 48 17 Berg (same as No. 326). 330 May 30 48 05 51 15 131 --do --do --do Coastal Scout 49 55 49 41 48 02 53 20 53 00 52 38 332 Do. 333 Harrington Court Large berg and 3 small growlers. 334 ...do 48 12 50 15 335 -.-do Coastal Scout 49 07 52 42 Do. m —do 48 14 50 00 337 —do do -- 48 19 49 23 Small berg. m —do 49 17 53 11 139 ...do May 31 Coastal Scout 48 00 47 14 52 42 48 32 Do. m Cape Race radio Berg and 2 growlers (same as No. 3:3). 49 55 54 20 341 ...do... Banington Court t 0 49 44 54 55 342 -.-do Fort Edmonton 47 40 49 06 email berg; 343 —do do 47 58 48 27 Do. 144 --do Caxton 47 13 47 58 Growler. 145 --do Mendota (IP) 48 03 50 27 Tabular berg. 346 ---do do- - - 47 58 50 12 Growler. 34V -.-do do.-- 48 OS 50 05 Small trowler. 348 --do do _ _- 48 20 49 '3 Do. 149 Junel Mendita (IP) 49 14 49 (2 Berg. 350 — do— - do— 49 18 49 08 Growler. 361 —do do 49 22 49 10 Do. 352 June 2 Kitchener - 47 42 V 50 Small berg (same as No. 337). 153 --do 47 48 47 46 Small berg (same as No. 352). 354 --do do - 47 36 48 49 Small berg. 155 --do Esso Glasgow-- _..- 40 50 46 42 Berg (same as No. 245). i;:fi --do Mendota (IP) - 49 10 50 05 Do. 157 --do do 49 28 51 23 Large pinnacle berg. 158 --do ....do- 49 33 51 26 Ber^. IM) -do .—do... 49 09 50 59 Growler. m —do 1 - -do ,. 49 14 1 51 09 Do. 161 -do Ma..^hester Trader... 47 56 1 49 17 Large growlers. 44 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South of 50° N., 19^7 — Continued Name of vessel North West latitude longitude Description June 2 ._do.... ..do_... ._do.... ..do.._. June 3 .-do.... ..do..-. ._do.... __do.... June 4 ..do..._ ._do_... .-do.... ..do.... June 5 .-do.... ..do.... June 6 ..do._-- .-do.--- -do— . -do...- June 7 .-do.--- June 8 .-do--.- ..do.... ..do.... .-do--. June 9 June 10 .-do .-do --do -do.... ..do.... -.do-.-- June 11 ..do.... ..do.... ..do.... .-do— - ..do---- June 12 ..do..-. ..do.... ..do.... Ice patrol plane . Cairnesk Empire Captair Mendota (IP)- Unknown do C. G. plane. .....do U. S. C. G. C. Spencer- Heminge U. S. C. G. C. Spencer. Anniston City Cape Race radio GLJV (call sign) Warren Delano Cape Race radio Lord Lloyd George. Lakonia Beaverdell Warren Delano Tuxedo Park. Toussaint Louverture. Lief M.Olson Newfoundland Department of Public Works. Ice patrol plane U. S. Army plane Fort Thompson U. S. C. G. C. McCuUough-. do- Newfoundland Department of Public Works. Milena . Cape Race radio Ocean Rover Empire Caicos Torr Head ....do do Ocean Rover. Clune Park.. ....do Cape Race radio. Empire Caicos... Argovic do Beaverglen- ..-.dO-... do-.. Samvannah Empire Patriot - Mendota (IP)- do do do..- Ice patrol plane. 47 45 47 49 48 43 47 11 47 36 49 00 52 25 48 57 48 11 49 17 49 20 50 47 48 48 48 30 North of headlands Twillingate to Fogo Island Notre Dame Bay. 47 49 48 19 51 33 50 36 47 28 50 36 48 10 48 07 Northern part Notre Dame Bay 1 miles off Cape Spear ■ -~ 46 40 47 28 48 08 49 30 49 38 47 23 47 08 40 10 46 11 48 19 03 47 02 46 27 46 29 46 30 47 30 47 20 47 52 48 37 48 23 3 miles off ( 51 29 53 24 44 58 49 04 % mile northeast of Ferryland Head Light. 52 51 47 38 47 33 47 27 47 43 52 05 47 50 49 45 50 02 Cape Spear 52 02 49 06 51 59 51 36 52 00 51 58 52 22 49 53 52 12 51 16 51 22 49 29 52 35 51 45 51 45 51 54 52 00 52 18 52 27 50 05 50 56 52 17 52 21 51 36 51 05 51 34 50 44 50 44 46 45 46 45 47 42 47 41 47 49 48 13 48 10 48 17 49 46 47 28 46 58 46 55 47 01 47 00 46 56 46 55 47 34 47 48 47 32 47 40 48 04 48 54 48 11 49 00 49 05 46 56 Tabular berg. Do. Growler. Berg (same as No. 343). Berg (same as No. 354). Several growlers. Small berg. Growler. Small growlers. Large growlers. \ 7 small bergs. 2 bergs. Berg. 3 large growlers. Radar contact; possibly berg. Large grey liferaft. Three large growlers. Berg. l3 large and 1 small berg. Large flat berg (same as No. 363). Berg (same as No. 365). Small berg (same as No. 368). Berg. Growler. Berg. Large berg and several growlers (same as No. 374). Large berg (same as No. 362). Large metal raft. Growlei . Two small bergs. >Berg. Low flat beig apparently aground between Ferryland Head and Cape Broyle (same as No. 392). Very small growler. Do. Small growler. Very small gtowler. Large berg. Chain of small growlers. Small growlers. Berg. , Do. Long low berg (same as No. 388). Berg 100 feet high, 250 feet wide. Larg. berg (same as No. 398). 2 large growlers. Berg (same as No. 405). Do- , , , Large low berg and several growlers (same as No. 403). Berg. Small berg. Growler. Berg. Berg and several growlers. Berg. Do. Small berg. 2 bergs (same as No. 388). Growlers. Berg. Do. Do. Berg (same as No. 409). Large growler. Small berg. Large irregular berg with numerous growlers within 5 mile radius (same as No. 411). Small berg. Large berg. Berg. Large growler. Small growler. Do. Berg (same as No. 422). 45 Table of lee and Obstruetion Reports South of 50" N., 1947 — Ck)ntinued __ J North We^ No. D»to Naiiieor«««el Utitude lonxitude D<»eriptioo 434 June 12 ...do Ice t»trol pUne * ' 46 57 46 50 52 23 51 58 Unte flat ben (same as No. 423). 436 do Small l.en( 'aame as No. 42n. 436 —do do 47 02 52 52 flat bent (off northeast tip of FrmUn.l HeadisameasNo. 392K 437 ...do do 47 01 51 02 FUl l*ni 'same as So. 387). 438 ...do 47 30 52 37 Bern (same as No. 402). 430 ...do do 48 09 49 32 Large berg. 440 June 13 Empire MKoUum 46 64 52 27 Berg. 441 ...do ....do 47 00 52 30 Berg (same as No. 423). 442 ...do 46 59 52 00 Berg (same as No. 421). 443 ...do do 47 01 52 15 Berg (same as No. 422K 444 ...do do 47 02 46 53 52 03 52 26 Berg (same as No. 420). 446 ...do do to f Numerous growlers. 47 00 52 14 1 446 ...do ...do ...do ^arnmento 44 27 47 49 48 14 43 48 50 31 40 00 Small growler. 447 RoaaThorden Berg. 448 Varduli« Largeberg. ...do June 14 49 37 46 57 49 44 51 59 4M Sihliy Park n. 4f,\ ...do 47 03 52 08 452 ...do ...do Varilulia .. . . 46 53 47 21 51 48 52 33 Do. 4.'>3 Do. (same as No. 427). 454 ...do SibUy Park 46 45 52 36 Large low flat berg. 455 ...do U. S. A. T. Belle We 48 20 52 27 Small l*rg. 456 ...do ...do Sijarreholm 46 47 46 53 52 27 51 58 Borg (same as No. 454). 457 458 ...do do 47 02 51 56 Berg (same as No. 450). 450 ...do do 47 08 52 04 Berg (same as No. 451). 460 ...do Boston City 48 01 48 28 461 do 46 44 52 54 Largeberg. 462 ...do l. S. A. T. Belle iile 48 42 52 20 n. 463 June 15 do 49 20 52 22 464 ...do ...do 48 00 49 45 50 31 52 00 Do. 465 irS. A. T. Belle lale Do. 466 ...do ...do .... 48 35 47 02 49 21 52 52 Growler. 467 uTs. A. T. Y88 Berg (same as No. 392). 468 -do 47 07 52 38 Berg (same as No. 453). 4fiO ...do Jo 47 18 52 35 Berg. 470 ...do 46 42 62 30 Do. 471 ...do ...do June 16 Samlvth 46 40 49 39 47 45 52 24 54 59 51 53 Berg (same as No. 470). 472 3l>ergs. 473 Kmiiiro (larry Berg. 474 ...do ...do 47 00 46 34 51 58 52 26 475 Cape lUce rmdio IxMig low l)erg. 476 ..do June 17 ...do 46 43 46 35 46 46 52 09 52 35 52 20 Small l>rrK. 477 V i> S Paiute 4 small growlers. 478 do 2 small growlers. 470 46 41 53 02 480 ...do ...do Mormarvork 46 26 48 07 52 34 61 40 481 Maralank Borg 47 10 80 12 47 11 50 12 47 15 50 10 482 June 18 McMTimrpinr 47 13 60 13 R»erg (same as No. 470). 401 Urfel^rg. 402 403 June 10 U.S. C.C C. McCullough... Small »--rg. 404 do do . . 4H 05 47 06 49 25 52 4Q Berg. 406 .. do lirrg. 406 .. do .. . do 4fl 40 M (10 Uerg same m» No. 479).' 407 ..do .. .In 4A 20 S3 53 Berg (same aa No. 480). 408 ..do Dorrlwn 46 41 63 31 B Trebol 49 07 50 29 Do. 545 ...do do 48 20 51 29 Do. 546 do 46 39 52 11 Large berg. no. 547 do 47 54 52 30 548 ...do do.... 47 56 52 22 549 -.do do 47 58 52 19 Do. 550 .-do do .- 48 02 51 03 Do. 551 ...do do 46 32 47 59 52 15 51 57 Do. 552 Lillian MoUer Berg and growler. Berg. 553 ...do do 48 04 52 09 554 ...do do 47 57 52 29 Growler. 555 do 48 02 52 01 Growler 556 ...do do 47 55 51 £6 Berg (same as No. 552). 557 ...do..-.- do 48 09 51 54 Do. 558 June 23 William Carson 45 11 48 27 Berg (same as No. 518). 559 ...do ...do -.do 46 39 47 24 47 10 52 55 50 08 51 57 Small berg (same as No. 492). 560 561 U. S. C. G. C. Ingham Small berg or growler sighted in mirage. 562 ...do Emoire Sprinrfiord 46 38 52 56 Small berg (same as No. 559). 563 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Ingham 46 41 52 43 Small berg. 564 ...do do 46 28 52 35 2 small growlers. 565 --do ...do Coulbreck 46 04 45 15 53 05 48 32 Berg (same as No. 501). 566 Large berg (same as No. 558). 567 ...do do 47 02 52 52 Berg (same as No. 538). 56S 48 22 49 41 569 ...do Lillian MoUer I 47 55 51 50 Berg. 570 ...do U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen 48 46 52 51 Growler. 571 ...do .....do 48 14 52 28 Small berg. 572 ...do .....do 48 45 52 38 Do. 573 ...do do 48 51 52 32 Berg. 574 ...do do 49 20 52 54 Large berg. 675 do 47 40 52 42 Berg. 676 ...do 48 08 50 29 Do. 677 ...do do 48 11 51 33 Do. 578 ...do do 48 12 52 18 Do. 679 ...do do 48 23 52 57 Do. 680 ...do..... do 48 29 53 01 Do. 681 ...do do 48 42 49 39 Do. 582 ...do do 49 19 50 28 Do. 583 ...do-.... do 47 27 51 43 Growler. 584 ...do do 48 07 51 42 Do. 585 ...do do 48 23 53 05 Do. 586 ...do CO 48 25 50 06 Do. 587 ...do ...do .. (1 48 28 48 37 52 57 52 55 Do. 588 do Do. 47 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South of 50° N., 1947 — Continued No. Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description 590 591 59? June 24 _-do..... ...do June 25 ...do ...do..... ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do June 26 June 27 ...do ...do ...do June 28 June 29 ...do June 30 ...do July 1 ...do ...do ...do July 2 ...do Julys ...do ...do ...do ...do July 4 July 5 ...do ...do ...do July 6 ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do July 7 ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do Julys July 9 ..-do ...do ...do ...do July 10 ...do ...do ...do July 11 ...do ...do ...do ...do ...do Ice patrol plane do._ " Lillian M oiler '.".".' 48 38 48 41 48 43 47 57 48 08 48 09 48 40 46 21 46 18 49 48 49 48 46 00 46 20 43 55 46 09 46 25 47 01 46 56 48 04 48 38 45 35 42 25 46 59 46 20 46 17 46 06 47 46 47 42 47 12 40 00 49 19 39 55 47 46 47 50 47 50 48 29 48 51 48 13 47 43 48 27 46 25 39 25 46 29 46 40 46 30 46 32 46 24 49 22 42 28 46 42 46 34 47 56 48 16 48 47 40 15 48 40 49 49 41 34 48 28 42 34 46 35.5 46 51 42 27 42 22 48 32 48 35 46 46 42 20 46 34 46 35 46 37 48 13 48 25 48 28 48 25 46 32 46 32 46 34 52 59 49 41 49 38 51 30 51 00 52 35 53 00 52 54 52 50 53 30 53 36 53 00 52 54 48 58 53 16 52 08 52 51 52 54 49 41 49 26 49 05 43 57 52 45 53 23 53 21 53 21 51 44 52 35 51 22 50 29 48 12 44 08 52 30 52 38 52 26 51 06 51 11 51 56 52 15 52 11 53 21 51 30 53 21 52 52 53 24 53 18 53 20 53 23 53 34 52 44 52 37 52 05 51 33 51 33 58 52 51 45 55 06 50 05 49 23 53 47 53 11 52 54 54 06 54 42 49 00 47 52 52 50 54 43 52 57 53 12 53 14 51 55 52 15 51 56 52 13 53 15 53 08 53 07 Growler. Do. Do. 593 594 Growler. Berg. 595 59fi 2 bergs. Berg. 597 Small berg (same as No. 596). 598 GPYF (call sign) 599 fion do Berg. 601 Mendota (IP) Small berg (same as No. 597). nm Berg (same as No. 566). 603 604 605 606 607 !!"";do;"!;^"'"""-i--"-!] Beaverford Large flat berg (same as No. 565). Berg. Berg (same as No. 567). Growler (same as No. 539). Radar target. 608 Berg. 609 610 611 do Jefferson City Victory Do. Life raft. 612 613 U. S. A. T. Elgin Victory Salacia Large berg (same as No. 603). Large berg (same as No. 6001 614 Sunalta Park Small berg (same as No. 601). 615 616 Lake A Tabasca ^ Berg. Large berg. 617 618 Volunteer State Floating mine. 619 James M.Wayne 620 6?I U.S. A. T.Charles A. Stafford. B&W striped buoy No. 8. 622 623 do "do. Do. 624 625 626 627 628 U. S. C. G. C. Spencer do... do do Lorado Taft Ridar contacts. Do. Do. Do. Medium berg. 629 Vardulia 630 Pierre S Dupont Life raft. 631 632 Wabana Berg. 633 634 635 U. S. C. G. C. Storis do do Radar contacts. Do. 636 637 Crown and Diamond William Wheelwright Large berg. Berg (same as No. 439). 638 U S. C. G. C. Storis . . 639 640 641 642 643 do do do do Do. Do. Do. Do. Metal lie raft and spar buoy 60 feet long. 644 U. S. C.G.C. Storis Berg. 645 Berg and growler. 646 647 U. S. A. T. Gen. Muir Caxton Life raft. Berg. 648 Large growler (breaking up rapidly with 3 to 6 small growlers in vicinity) (same as No. 439). Several growlers. 649 Cape Race radio 650 651 do Mendota (IP) Large berg. 652 653 do - No. 439). Growlers (same as No. 439). Berg. 654 655 Fort Townshend 3 growlers. Growler. 656 Growler (same as No. 439), rapidly deteri- 657 orating. Was completely melted at 0120G.m.t. 10th. Large berg. Do! Do. 658 659 660 do - do Dallington Court 661 LST983 - Bere. 662 do FAa'in Victory Do. Berg and growler (same as No. 661). 664 LST 983 :::::::::: Berg. 665 666 do do - Do. Growler. 48 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports South of 50° N., 19 A7 — Continued No. Date July 11 -_do ..do.... .do. July 12 ..do.... ..do.... ..do..-. ..do.... ..do.... ..do.. ..do.. ..do.. ..do-. ..do.. July ..do.. July 14 ._do_.__ July 15 .-do---- July 16 -.do ..do_... July 17 -.do...- July 18 -do--. ..do.... ..do.._. July 19 -.do— . July 21 .-do— - -do— -do— -do- July 22 -do— - -do.... .-do_--- Jbly 23 --do Aug. 4 Name of vessel LST983 Cape Race radio. Crown and Diamond- Ice patrol plane ---do - Unknown... Indian City. ----do FS233 Baron Tweedmouth- --do Crown and Diamond - Cape Race radio Diamond Hitch U. S. Navy plane Spencer (IP) Diamond Hitch do .--_do. - U. S. C. G. C. McCuUouEh- Spencer (IP) Walter A. Luckenbach Spencer (IP) Felix Grundy Spencer (IP) Glacier Park Spencer (IP) Kelmscott H. M. S. Sheffield- Spencer (IP) do Fort Charlotte.-. City of Poona Diamond Hitch.. Cape Race radio. Ice patrol plane . . do ...-do- — Kelmscott. Cape Race radio . Ice patrol plane-. Spencer (IP) U. S. S. Noxubee.. Hydro Washington North latitude 46 35 48 25 48 24 48 50 46 40 46 30 48 16 47 22 47 09 46 35 46 34 46 32 46 32 48 50 46 31 49 48 49 50 48 16 46 31 46 32 46 27 46 37 47 57 West longitude 45 27 47 57 46 37 47 54 49 20 46 35 48 33 47 54 44 10 45 43 46 38 48 14 48 48 46 38 47 32 48 18 47 45 48 23 47 31 48 49 46 20 53 15 53 12 52 58 50 35 50 48 53 45 52 55 53 18 52 50 52 53 50 00 51 50 50 36 53 03 53 24 53 17 53 05 53 45 52 48 53 08 52 50 50 07 52 52 52 57 49 15 52 00 49 06 49 35 49 39 48 31 52 -45 48 06 52 25 52 48 50 05 47 41 44 13 53 00 52 20 53 08 50 39 52 20 53 07 45 56 50 53 48 54 Description Growler. Large berg and 1 1 growlers in vicinity. 3 bergs and several growlers in vicinity. Large berg. Large growler. Large berg. Do. 2 bergs in vicinity. Numerous growlers. Big berg. 2 growlers and several small pieces in vicinity. Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. Large berg and growler. Lai ge berg. 5 small bergs 13 growlers in vicinity. Large berg. Do. Medium pinnacle type berg. Berg. Do. Do. Small berg and two growlers. Berg. Large berg. Berg (same as No. 692). Medium sized berg. Berg. Berg (same as No. 694). Large growler. Berg (same as No. 697). Large btrg. Radar contact. Small berg. Berg (same as No. 699). Berg- Large berg and several growlers in vicinity identified by radar. Berg. Do. Small berg. Large berg and growler. Large growler. Large berg. Berg (same as No. 708). Small berg. Do. Growler (same as No. 713). Berg. Large stationary radar taiget possible berg. Table of Ice and Obstrucf'ion Reports North of 50' N„ 7947 Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description IS46 Nov. 23-..- Dec. 8 U. S. C. G. Representa- | tive, Greenland. I do Prince ( So Tunugdlia 'hristian ind rfik Fjord Winter ice up to 6 inches making and break- ing up. Occasional bergs and growlers off coast. lApproximately 30 percent brash, growlers Dee. 10..- -- do Skov Fjoid Tunugdliarfik Fjord 51 58 1 50 41 50 15 1 51 20 Tunugdliarfik Fjord and Brede Fjord. Prince Christian Sound Few small growlers. 1947 Jan. 27 Jap. 28 U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen. do Small amount drift ice and isolated growlers. Occasional strings of winter ice. Feb. 6-.. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. 1 I IBergy bits, slush and growlers. IStoris choking eastern entrance. Pack j approximately 5 miles off shore. 49 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19A7 — Continued North West Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 50 00 51 38 Encountered light field ice about 50 percent to coverage. 50 05 1 51 34 50 06 51 40 Feb. 8 U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen. to 50 10 51 34 51 28 50 53 Encountered field ice 6/10 coverage. to Field ice 9/10 coverage. 51 38 50 50 Feb. 17 U. S. C. G. C. Eastwind. Prince Christian Sound Cape Farewell west- Encountered solid pack ice off Natsek. ward to mouth of Do U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen- Skovfjord in approxi- mately 60 40 46 30 ■Storis. Eastern entrance Prince Christian Solid pack storis. Feb. 20.. U. S. C. G-. Representa- Sound J tive, Greenland. Remainder Sound 2-5 tenths cover storis. 60 00 i 45 30 Small storis loosely packed, broken up by leads of approximately 1 mile width. 53 40 55 28 Outer edge of field ice. Widely scattered at to outer edge thence closely packed areas of 53 50 55 18 pan with individual pans averaging 5 feet to in diameter, outer 30 miles then increasing Mar. 13 Ice patrol plane 54 02 55 16 to 10 feet diameter. The inner edge of through ice cleared White Bay Islands and ex- 54 20 55 30 tended south towards Sandwich Bay. Quebec Coast Scattered strings and patches of winter and betw en sludge ice in belt 30 miles wide. Few 58 W. and 60 W. isolated strings between latitude 49-30 N. and 51-00 N. Do — ..do ..., •54 12 1 56 30 Berg. 54 25 1 56 56 Do. 59 50 45 15 Mar. 14 U. S. C. G. Representa- to Scattered very loose storis. tive, Greenland. 60 20 46 20 51 33 56 12 2 bergs in vicinity. Mar. 18 U. S. C. G. plane , 51 33 56 35 Berg. Strait of Belle Isle Broken patches field ice 5/10 cover. Cape Harrison area Heavy unbroken sheet ice— 12 or more bergs observed in ice no-thward of Cape Harrison. Simiutak Island to 60 20 46 50 Mar. 20 U. S. C. G. Representa- • Storis 7/10 cover decreasing eastward to tive. Greenland. to 59 20 46 20 Simiutak to 2/10 cover. Scattered bergs in storis. 60 15 46 40 ►Loose scattered storis 3/10 cover. Pack Mar. 27 do to increasingly heavier west of Simiutak. 59 40 44 45 1 Loosely packed storis 5/10 cover pack ex- Prince Christian tends 5 miles off shore to £2-33 41-30 1 Sound ■ thence heavy pack 8/ 10 cover; 20 miles off shore as far as aerial sight north of 63-15 40-00. 49 50 1 55 05 to beach at Bell Island to Belt of pans of winter ice. 7 to 8/10 cover. 51 36 54 40 Strings of slush extends seaward approxi- to limit of visibility at mately 30 miles from outer limit. Mar. 31 U. S. C. G. plane 51 40 54 58 50 44 55 28 Do. 52 15 55 31 Do. 51 15 55 37 Do. 51 24 55 28 Do. 51 30 55 20 Berg. Cape Bauld to north- east corner of Belle Isle to Belt of heavy winter ice 10/10 cover. 52 02 55 22 to beach at 51 37 55 40 Strait of Belle Isle Approximately 8/10 cover pans of heavy win- Do do ter ice with apiiroximately 8 bergs in ice. 51 40 54 58 to Outer limit-pack of pans of heavy winter 53 30 55 00 ice 9/10 to 10/10 cover this area. Strings of slush extend seaward approximately to limit of area covered in search at 30 miles from this line. 55 00 56 40 1 50 Table of Ice and Obstruction Rejwrts North of 50° N., 19^7 — Continued Apr. Apr. 2. Apr. 10. Ice patrol plane. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. Ice patrol plane. North latitude West longitude 49 50 54 05 to beach at Belle Island to 51 36 54 40 to 51 40 54 58 Cai)e Bauld to Belle Isle to 52 02 55 22 to 51 37 55 40 Southern shore of Strait of Belle Isle extending from Belle Isle to 51 20 56 50 to 51 21 57 10 to 51 07 57 32 to beach at approximately 51 15 56 47 In Strait of Belle Isle from 57 W. to Belle Isle. From limits of visibility at 52 15 54 54 to 51 48 53 50 to 50 33 53 03 to 50 05 52 05 thence unobserved southward. 60 10 55 06 to 51 37 55 05 to beach at Cape Bauld. 51 33 I 55 24 51 20 55 26 50 48 I 55 24 51 50 53 05 to 51 00 53 08 to 50 25 54 00 to 50 03 52 00 to 49 49 52 00 to 49 35 52 49 to 40 48 53 07 to 50 08 54 46 to 50 40 54 50 to limit of visibility at 51 05 55 30 50 07 I 55 13 Skov and Tunued- liarfik Fjords 5 miles each side of Narsak. 50 02 50 13 50 06 50 37 50 37 50 39 53 37 53 37 53 22 51 24 51 01 51 34 Description Belfofpans of winter ico 7/10 to 8/10 cover . String of slush extending seaward approxi- mately 30 miles from outer limits. ■Belt of heavy winter ice 10/10 ( 13 bergs and 6 growlers. Strings and patches of sludge and winter ice. Inner edge of widely scattered strings and patches of sludge and winter ice. Less than 1/10 from outer edge becoming 2/10 to 6/10 to inner edge. Berg. Do. Do. Field of sludge. Berg. Scattered helds storis. Coverage 7/10. Berg. Do. 2 growlers. 4 small growlers. 3 small growlers. 2 small growlers. 51 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19^7 — Continued North West Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description Between 51 00 51 40 and 50 10 51 20 1 Scattered pieces of very heavy ice. Apr. 24 Ice patrol plane 50 00 53 03 n.. 50 01 53 02 50 04 52 54 Growler. 50 05 52 50 Do. 50 22 53 25 2 growlers. 50 31 52 56 Growler. 60 10 46 30 and west entrance Approximately 150 bergs and large growlers Prince Christian I but less than 1/10 cover. Sound Do do Prince Christian i Clear except for scattered strings. Sound 63 00 42 00 to istoris pack 10 to 20 miles wide 9/10 cover. 66 00 38 00 ] 50 15 52 27 Berg. 50 01 52 16 Growler. 50 02 52 01 Do. Apr. 28_ do 50 08 52 02 Do. 50 16 52 26 Do. 50 23 52 10 3 growlers. 50 53 51 00 Growler. North Star Bay Frozen solid. Melville Bay Pan ice 9/10 covered with few or no leads May 1 U. S. C. G. Representa- to 20 miles off shore. tive, Greenland. 72 45 West 1 Heavy pan and floe ice with numerous east } and east-northeast leads approximately to Greenland 70 30 Coast 1 20 miles out. 6/10 cover. 50 24 51 23 Berg. 50 45 52 56 Do. 51 04 53 52 Large tabular berg. 51 09 52 45 Berg. 51 10 53 11 Do. 51 20 51 59 Do. 61 21 52 36 Do. 51 24 52 42 Do. 51 31 52 47 no. 51 37 51 39 51 38 50 17 Do. 51 44 50 21 Do. 51 54 50 18 Do. 52 08 50 23 Do. 50 16 50 30 Growler. 50 19 51 07 Do. 50 21 51 50 Do. 50 22 51 35 Do. 50 24 51 10 Do. 50 25 51 03 Do. 50 27 50 29 Do. 50 27 51 40 Do. 50 33 51 41 Do. May 11 Ice patrol plane 50 42 61 26 Do. 50 47 60 49 Do. 50 50 63 12 Do. 50 53 63 03 Do. 51 05 52 40 Growler. 51 06 52 36 Do. 51 10 52 43 Do. 51 11 52 32 Do. 51 12 62 55 Do. 51 15 51 28 Do. 51 18 51 33 2 growlers. 51 19 49 49 Growler. 51 23 51 48 Do. 51 23 52 13 Do. 51 26 52 12 Do. 51 27 52 16 Do. 51 27 52 22 Do. 51 28 52 22 Do. 51 29 52 19 Do. 51 30 52 24 Do. - 51 31 50 CO Do. 51 34 50 06 Do. 51 36 51 42 Do. 51 39 60 13 Do. 51 39 51 46 Do. 51 40 51 50 Do. 51 41 51 62 Do. 51 42 51 56 Do. 52 Table of Ice ajid Obstruction Reports North o / 50° N., i 54 7"— Continued North West Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description 51 43 50 04 Crowlcr. 51 43 52 00 Do. 51 44 51 19 Do. 51 47 51 26 Do. 51 48 51 27 Do. 51 49 51 04 Do. 51 49 51 19 Do. 51 49 51 27 Do. 51 50 51 28 Do. 51 51 51 05 Do. 51 51 51 29 Do. 51 52 51 30 Do. May U.. Ice patrol plane 51 52 51 31 Do. Do. 51 33 50 54 51 54 50 13 Do. 51 54 51 ns Do. 51 54 51 32 Do. 51 56 50 4S Do. 51 57 51 10 Do. 52 01 50 Do. 52 09 50 55 Do. 51 10 50 00 ] and northward of 51 40 temall patch of widely scattered pieces. 50 02 55 31 'eerg. 50 44 55 29 Do. 50 59 54 29 Do. 51 11 54 31 Do. 51 21 57 14 Do. 51 22 57 09 Do. 51 24 56 34 Do. 51 27 55 02 2 bergs. 51 29 55 07 Berg. 51 29 56 18 Do. 51 31 56 13 Do. 51 33 55 24 Do. 51 34 55 10 Do. 51 34 56 03 Do. , 51 34 56 24 Do. 51 35 55 23 Do. 51 36 55 28 3 bergs. 51 36 55 59 Berg. 51 38 55 52 Do. 1 51 40 55 45 Do. 51 40 55 53 Do. May 16 do • 51 40 55 56 Do 51 41 54 52 Do! 51 41 54 55 Do. 51 41 56 27 Do. 51 42 55 58 Do. 51 49 55 44 Do. 51 51 55 34 Do. 51 55 55 55 Do. 52 00 55 51 Do. 52 02 55 28 Do. 52 04 54 59 Do. 52 05 55 44 Do. 52 14 55 00 Berg. Northwest side of 14 bergs and 3 growlers . B lie Isle 50 39 55 42 Growler. 51 13 54 29 Do. 51 31 55 08 Do. 51 38 55 06 Do. 51 45 54 42 Do. 51 51 55 08 2 growlers. 52 00 55 49 Growler. 50 07 54 17 Berg. 50 18 53 38 Do. 50 26 63 22 Do. 50 28 53 09 Do. May 22 do 50 31 52 48 Do 50 38 53 10 Do] 50 41 53 14 Do. 50 45 53 45 Do. 50 50 53 30 Do. May 21 Woodstock Victory 50 28 50 40 4 bergs and 2 growlers. Large berg. Do 50 46 49 40 Do "u.s.c.G:cVEa;twind:: 50 19 50 39 Berg. 50 miles northeast 1 May 22 Cairnavon • of Helle Is-li- a',,1 <-v- 1-Bergs, growlers and field ice. ) tending so ith. 53 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19A7 — Continued Date Name of vessel North latitude West longitude Description May 22 Do Do U. S. C. G. C. Eastwind. U. S. C. G. C. Storis do 51 52 53 43 52 21 51 46 51 37 51 23 51 17 51 01 50 57 50 30 50 05 50 18 50 10 50 12 52 26 1 „ 48 00 49 38 49 02 49 07 49 09 49 19 49 25 49 35 49 50 50 00 50 40 50 13 50 25 47 20 48 45 Berg. Do. Do. Do do Do. Do do Do. Do .. do. Do. Do do 4 bergs. Do . ....do Berg. Do do 3 small bergs. May 23. . .. do Do do Do. Do do Do. Do do Do. May 25 Geddington Court Siurde LaSalle Do. Do Large beret. Do May 30. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. do Wolstenholme Fjord Cape York to 73 00 1 60 00 74 N. to Upernivik South of Upernivik to 59 20 45 25 59 20 45 25 to 59-45 to undeter- mined point east of Cape Farewell. Godthaab south to 59 50 45 20 59 50 45 20 to 59 40 44 00 66 00 36 00 to 63 00 40 00 Battle Harbor. Labrador 50 05 1 52 11 / Battle Harbor Frozen solid. 110/10 covered with easterly leads aid era ks / extending 50 miles off shore. 4/10 cover for 50 miles off shore. ■ Clear except for scattered bergs. Storis, 1/10 to 2/10 cover. Scattered bergs. Storis pack, 9/10 cover. May 31 Junel U. S. C. G. Loran Station, Battle Harbor. \ Marabank . Storis pack. 9/10 cover for 20 miles off shore. Ice jammed along shore. June 2 U. S. C. G, Loran Station, Battle Harbor. Scattered bergs off shore. Large berg and 2 small kergs. At least 15 / bergs found to be in this vicinity. Berg. 2 bergs. Berg. Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. May 28 >5> ao 50 03 50 13 50 01 50 18 50 24 50 10 50 24 51 33 60 30 50 25 50 12 50 26 50 26 50 33 50 24 50 30 50 35 50 42 50 46 50 41 50 55 50 05 North entr of Belle Isl Labrador ( East of Twillingatt Bauld. 60 to 70 shore nort Between 1 and Be Along coas White Strait of 50 00 54 22 55 53 53 46 53 34 53 37 53 38 53 33 53 33 53 26 53 19 53 00 53 04 52 57 52 57 52 24 52 28 52 19 51 41 51 42 51 29 51 11 53 26 ance Strait e and along ]oast. ine from to Cape miles off 1 of 51 N. rwillingate le Isle, t north of Bay. Belle Isle May 29 Latia Do Do Do Do Do Do.. do do do do do do Do William Carson 1 large berg and one small berg. Berf Do Latia Do do Do. Do do Do. Do do Growler. Do do Do Do . ... do Do. Do do 3 bergs Do... do Do do Berg. Berg. Large growler. Berg. Do do - Do do May 30 do Do do Do Do.... Coastal Scout Large berg 200 feet high 400 feet long. Other large bergs about 5 miles northwest. Scattered bergs and growlers becoming nu- merous 40 mi'ei off shore. Numerous bergs and growlers to limit of visibility. Area west of line apparently clear of ice. Inner edge of field ice. Approximately 75 bergs. Scattered bergs. Junes June?.. U. S. C. G. plane do Along Labrador coast north of Belle Isle. Labrador coast north of 51 00 55 10 , Numerous bergs. Belt field ice. 7/10 to 8/10 cover .30 miles !■ wide increasing to 35 to 40 miles wide north of 52 N. 54 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19^7 — Continued North West Date Name of vessel latitude longitude Description Juno 10 _. U. S. C. G. Loran Station,/ Battle Harbor. \ Battle farbor, (Scattered ice along shore and seaward to Ubrador J hoiizon. Juno 11 Richard S. Edwell 52 08 52 47 Berg. 60 30 46 00 to 60 30 48 30 Northern edge of storis. 5/10 cover. thence south-south- June 12 U. S. C. G. Represeiita- { east to limit of visi- tive, Greenland. bility. 65 30 38 00 to 03 00 41 00 Battle Harbor Belt of solid storis for thirty miles off shore. Do U. S. C. G. Loran Station, No ice except pieces aground along shore. Battle Harbor. I June 14... Argo John 51 £8 54 40 Berg. 50 01 55 27 Do. 50 05 56 00 Do. 50 07 56 02 Do. 50 08 55 19 Do. 50 08 56 03 Do. 50 11 56 07 Do. 50 19 65 31 Do. 50 25 56 04 Do. 50 26 55 38 Do. . 50 28 56 46 Do. 50 32 56 01 Do. 50 34 55 42 Do. 50 35 55 10 Do. 50 35 66 03 Do. 50 38 55 26 Do. 50 38 55 12 Do. 50 41 65 10 Do. 50 41 55 32 Do. . 50 41 56 05 Do. 50 42 66 44 Do. 50 43 65 31 Do. 50 43 55 42 Do. 50 43 66 58 Do. 50 44 65 28 Do. 50 44 55 40 Do. 50 44 65 42 Do. 50 44 65 45 Do. 50 45 56 02 Do. 50 45 56 04 Do. 50 46 56 48 Do. 50 47 55 39 Do. 50 47 55 48 Do. 50 47 56 58 Do. 50 48 55 52 Do. 50 49 65 58 Do. 50 49 55 59 Do. Do U. S. C. G. plane 50 51 55 48 Do. 50 51 55 56 Do. 50 51 55 58 Do. 50 52 56 63 Do. 50 53 55 34 Do. 50 53 55 36 Do. 50 53 66 46 Do. 60 53 55 48 Do. 50 54 56 47 Do. 50 54 65 18 Do. 50 55 55 37 Do. 50 55 56 43 Do. 50 55 65 44 Do. 50 55 55 46 Do. 50 55 65 49 Do. 50 55 55 52 Do. 50 56 66 10 Do. 50 56 55 48 Do. 50 56 55 51 Do. 50 58 65 17 Do. 50 59 55 38 Do. 50 59 65 42 Do. 50 59 55 51 Do. 51 00 66 46 Do. 51 00 55 49 Do. 51 01 65 48 Do. 51 02 55 47 Do. 51 04 55 43 Do. 51 04 55 46 Do. 51 07 55 45 Do. 51 08 55 37 Do. 51 08 55 41 Do. 55 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 1947 — Continued June 16 Do. Do Do Do Do June 18 Do. June 19 Do. Do. U. S. C. G. plane. Mendota (IP). U. S. A. T. Belle Isle. Argo John U. S. A. T. Belle Isle. Mendota (IP). Ole E. Rolvaag Marabank Indian City Ole E. Rolvaag U. S. A. T. Belle Isle. Kronprinsen Mendota (IP) Beaverburn.. R. C. M. P. MacBrir i U. S. Army Y66. U. S. C. G. Representa live, Greenland. 51 09 fll 10 •ll 12 51 18 51 18 51 14 51 15 51 IB 51 17 51 17 51 19 51 89 51 42 51 48 51 44 51 44 51 44 51 45 51 4(i 51 49 51 50 51 58 51 54 51 58 52 (HI 52 (2 52 04 52 05 52 06 52 09 50 58 51 12 51 43 51 57 52 00 52 01 51 59 50 08 55 39 55 42 55 43 55 37 55 51 55 58 56 00 56 09 56 16 56 07 56 10 56 08 56 05 55 59 55 58 55 52 55 53 55 47 55 43 55 41 55 42 I 55 41 52 23 54 24 55 28 I 55 33 I 55 31 55 30 55 27 52 05 I 55 50 53 36 53 38 55 43 55 32 55 54 55 53 Vicinity South Wolf Island. 53 53 43 51 50 50 20 51 33 51 33 54 49 53 52 53 54 58 55 54 11 54 21 54 51 54 58 54 54 55 30 53 08 56 28 56 23 50 37 55 44 55 31 56 03 55 03 54 15 54 55 54 17 51 26 50 11 55 13 54 52 54 52 54 47 54 37 64 33 54 12 Entrance Skov Fjord Southwest coast Greenhnd East coast Gieenland 52 15 53 23 56 32 63 18 53 25 53 28 53 24 53 32 53 20 53 19 53 07 Description Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Small growler. Large tabular berg around. Large growler. Large tabular berg. Large irregular berg. Berg. 1 berg and 3 growlers. Growler. Do. Berg. Do. Large irregular berg. Do. Large pinnacle berg. Do. \ Numerous small bergs and growlers. / Calf ice in area. Large berg. 2 bergs and several growlers. 3 large bergs. Radar contact; probably growler. Large irregular berg. Do. Do. Large pinnacle berg. Radar target possibly berg. Large irregular berg. Small irregular berg. Growler. Floating mine or buoy. Large irregular berg. Large berg. Small berg. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Storis, 6/10 cover. IStoris extending undetermined distance Storis belt 9/10 cover 20 to 30 miles wide \ where observed between 62-30 N. and 66-00 N. 56 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19U7 — Continued June 20. Do June 21 June 24 June 28. June 29. June 30. July 1... July 3... July 7. July 11.. Do. Do. July 12. Do. July 16. July 18.. Do. July 21.. July 22. July 25. North West Name of vessel latitmle lotiRitudc Mendota (IP). U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. Samuel Adams. John Hansen... Beaverglen. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. Dundson Park. Falsteria U. S. C. G. Representa- tive Greenland. U. S. A. T. Lehigh Victory. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive Greenland. U.S. Navy plane Relayed through hydro. Samuel Adams Manchester Progress. U. S. S. Noxubee.... U.S. S.Noxubee... Hydro Washington. U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. Hydro Washington . 50 01 50 24 54 03 54 54 51 55 51 42 51 39 51 54 51 56 Southwest coast of Greenland east of 47 W. 62-30 N. to 66-00 N 52 45 53 04 54 59 55 50 55 23 55 19 51 55 51 43 51 34 50 55 51 46 51 47 51 51 51 55 50 53 21 55 23 55 30 55 14 55 01 55 07 55 02 From Simiutak and 50 miles south to 60 10 45 25 60 10 45 16 to 59 40 44 00 52 29 50 10 51 44 53 51 45 46 45 55 48 55 34 54 46 34 51 51 52 36 52 54 Greenland West Coast Greenland East Coast from 70-30 N. to 66-00 N. 66-00 N. to 63-00 N. 63 N. to 62 N. 62 N. to Cape Farewell 53 31 I 52 47 53 31 52 33 53 48 I 52 39 Mouth of Angmag- ssalik Fjord and along coast to 65 00 40 00 Kangerdlugssuak Between 65-30 N. and 68-00 N 54 00 51 54 52 35 51 48 52 50 52 51 52 20 52 32 15 miles southwest of Belle Isle. 52 40 53 50 54 38 54 53 52 07 54 48 55 21 55 06 55 01 52 40 45 30 6 miles 53 37 53 21 53 16 52 25 From 60 00 I southwest thence to 59-45 N. South of Cape Fare- well. East coast Green- land between 61 N. and 71-30 N. Prince Christian Sound. 52 30 I 51 30 Description I Largo irregular berg with numerous growlers I within I mile radius, l^argc irregular Ix-rg and small growler. l^rge irregular berg. Growler. Berg. Do. Do. Do. Several growlers. iStoris extending undetermined distance I seaward. iCoastal Ijelt 20 to 30 miles wide storis 9/10 I cover. Berg. Passed mine. Large berg. Berg. Do. Do. Growler. Do. ■Only usual bergs and growlers. Scattered storis 1/10 cover. Large berg. Floating mme. 2 bergs. Do. Berg. Growler. Berg. Air reconnaissance indicates navigable re free of ice as far as Thule. Belt of storis 9/10 cover 70 miles wide. Storis belt decreased to 7/10 cover 40 miles wide. 2/10 cover. 9/10 cover various distances seaward. Large berg. Berg. Large berg with numerous growlers. Scattered storis extending 10 miles seaward. Broken ice line extending 35 miles from coast. Storis belt 35 to 50 miles wide. Large berg. Do. Do. Berg. Large berg. Berg. Large berg and growler. Do. 15 bergs. Large berg. Do. Do. Radar target possible l)crg. Storis, 3/10 cover. 4/10 cover storis extending undetermined distance. Belt storis approximately 30 miles wide, 7/10 cover. Clear water channels reported open- ing to Scoresby Sound and Kangerdlugssuak. Choked with ice. Four large and several small bergs within 10 mile radius. 57 Table of Ice and Obstruction Reports North of 50° N., 19i7 — Continued Aug. 8.. Aug. 14. Aug. 17. Sept. 4.. Sept. 13. Sept. 14. Sept. 18. Sept. 20. Sept. Sept. 29. Nov. 20. Hydro Washington Gold Ranger U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland U. S. C. G. Representa- tive, Greenland. Delihian U. S. S. Nespelen. do.... U. S. C. G. Represcnta tive, Greenland. Gardenia U. S. C. G. C. Evergreen North latitude West longitude 58 52 I 40 42 Vicinity Cape Nor- man and Belle Isle. Greenland East Coast Scoresby Sound Angmagssalik Fjord and 7 miles southeast of Cape Dan. 69 48 20 30 to 69 22 20 40 68 43 21 45 to 68 25 22 42 67 43 23 30 to 67 43 23 40 Miki and Ikateq Fjords. Kangerdlugssuak Fjord. Angmagssalik Fjord. 52 33 I 54 05 52 25 50 32 59 50 I 48 49 Greenland southwest Coast. Greenland southeast coast. 51 51 I 55 11 51 15 57 08 Description Large berg. 1 3 bergs. I Heavy storis, 9/10 cover extending 77 miles I southeast of Walrus Bay. Clear except for occasional bergs. Light ice field. Storis, 5/10 cover. ■Storis, 5/10 cover. •Heavy storis, 7/10 cover. Brash ice, 10/10 cover. Brash ice, 1/10 cover. Several fast-moving belts of thin brash ice from mouth to Deception Pass. Berg. Large berg. Do. No pack ice west of Cape Farewell. I No pack ice from Prince Christian Sound to 63-10 N. Belt scattered storis 3/10 I to 5/10, cover 10 to 25 miles wide from 63-10 N. to 64-30 N. Berg. Berg. 58 DISCUSSION OF SOME OF THE EFFECTS OF WINDS ON ICE DISTRIBUTION IN THE VICINITY OF THE GRAND BANKS AND THE LABRADOR SHELF BY FLOYD M. SOULE AND E. R. CHALLENDER' The movement of a floating object, such as a piece of ice, is con- trolled by the movements of the water surrounding the submerged portion of the object and the air surrounding the portion of the object which extends above the water line. The relative importance of winds and currents in contributing to the motion of the ice de- pends in large measure upon the shape of the piece of ice and the consequent proportion of the surface areas exposed to the two media. Thus the movement of a berg is usually controlled almost entirely by currents, whereas the movement of a field of sea ice is more affected by winds than by currents. Neither type of ice will be completely independent of either winds or currents. An estab- lished current system is the result of all of the factors which have been operating to produce forces tending to move or direct the motion of the water during a period of time in the immediate past. Probably the most important of these factors is the wind. The length of the period of time, immediately past, which needs to be considered as making significant wind-originated contributions to a current system is obscure. Winds prevailing for as much as a month have a pronounced effect on a current system. Winds asso- ciated with an individual storm lasting for about 2 days set up wind currents whose effects disappear with the passage of the storm. The effect of wind on floating ice is brought about by the direct action of the wind on the exposed part of the ice and by the indirect action of the wind on the submerged part of the ice through the alteration of the currents. The time factor becomes of greater importance when the draft of the ice is in the order of magnitude of 100 to 300 meters as it is in the case of bergs. Because so little is known about the effect of wind on the drift of ice there are recorded here some data pertinent to the meteorological conditions which accompanied the unusual ice distribution observed during the 1947 season. Seemingly normal or abnormal amounts of both sea ice and bergs were in prospect for the 1947 season. The forecast, made by the use of the Smith- formulae, was for 550 bergs to drift south of latitude 48° N., compared with the 48-year average of 431 bergs. During the month of February the barometric pres- sure distribution was abnormal and along the Newfoundland- Labrador coast an unusually large proportion of onshore winds resulted. During February all of the field ice was destroyed and ^ Contribution No. 463 of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution. 2 Edward H. Smith, The Marion Expedition to Davis Strait and Baffin Bay, U. S. Coast Guard Bull. 19, part 3, 188 (1931). Washington. 59 most of the bergs in the area were driven close to the beach or disintegrated. Subsequently late-season ice did appear and bergs moved far enough south to endanger track C until 13 July. With these facts and circumstances it is of interest to examine the mag- nitude of the barometric pressure gradient in a direction parallel to the coast. Daily synoptic charts, prepared by the aerological office of the Naval Air Station at Argentia, for 0630 G. g. t., were available for all but Sundays and holidays. Each chart was scaled as follows; selecting an area of rectangular shape with its length 600 nautical miles and its width 180 nautical miles and stretching along the Labrador-Newfoundland coast with its inshore long side running from 55° N., 57° W., to 46° N., 50° W., the barometric pressure gradients along each pair of parallel sides were averaged for each available chart, to get the gradient components which might be considered to apply to the area, centered at about 51° N., 51° W. Each component of the gradient (normal and parallel to the coast) was averaged for the month and the monthly averages resolved to get a resultant average gradient for each month from November 1946, through June 1947, inclusive. The long dimension of the rectangle selected is oriented at about 335V2° and 1551/2° true. As the wind runs across the isobars at an angle of about 30° to the left at the surface in this region, and as the drift of floating sea ice (as a direct effect of the wind) is to the right of the wind by a variable amount approximating 45°, the ice drift has been taken as being directed 15° to the right of the geostrophic wind, the approximate value of which, expressed in knots, has been listed in the following table along with the average gradients of barometric pressure in millibars per nautical mile, and the resultant direction of the wind drift in degrees true estimated as described above. Month Direction of Wind Drift Gradient Wind Nov. 1946 122 0.0131 9.9 Dec. 1946 128 0.0214 16.2 Jan. 1947 126 0.0250 18.9 Feb. 1947 304 0.0120 9.1 Mar. 1947 248 0.0080 6.0 Apr. 1947 130 0.0176 13.3 May 1947 080 0.0163 12.3 June 1947 113 0.0062 4.7 From this table it will be noted that the direction, which was con- stant during the months of November, December, and January, changed 180° between January and February and continued to have an onshore component during March, after which it returned to about its previous direction for the rest of the season. To clarify this picture, the drifts are shown in figure 13 in which the lengths of the vectors are shown as proportional to the gradients. The 60 Figure 13.— Estimated wind drift of ice from monthly mean barometric pressure gradients in area indicated. November 1946-June 1947. 827714 O - 49 (Face p. 60) No. 1 most of disintegi moved f j these fac nitude oJ to the coj Daily Naval Ai all but S selecting miles an Labrado] from 55^ gradient' available considere Each con was aver get a res 1946, thi rectangle the wind at the sui a direct e amount a directed ] value of \" table alor millibars drift in d N D Jj F. M A M Ji From tl stant dur changed 1 an onshor about its ; this pictui of the ve( Figure 14. — Monthly mean baromet ric pressure anomaly, February 1947. 827714 O - 49 (Face p. 60) No. 2 normal barometric pressure distribution in February has a gra- dient approximately normal to the trend of the Labrador-New- foundland coast with pressures decreasing offshore, and practically no gradient in a direction parallel to the coast, so that normally the February winds contribute to the Labrador Current and southeast- erly movement of the ice. Figure 14 illustrates the extent of the departure from normal of the barometric pressure distribution during February 1947. The interval between lines of equal anomaly of barometric pressure is two millibars. The onshore component of the winds in the Labrador-Newfound- land area during February, and to a smaller degree in March, resulted in the destruction of a major part of the ice crop which would otherwise have reached the Grand Banks region during the 1947 season. This is an aspect of the effect of barometric pressure distribution which is not taken into account in the Smith iceberg forecast formulae. The magnitude of the gradient producing such an effect is given in the foregoing table. The circumstances existing in 1947 are provocative of speculative inquiry. One question which arises is whether a strong offshore component of the wind, if sus- tained for several weeks, would not also result in the destruction of a year's berg crop since the water of the Labrador Sea northeast- ward of the continental slope is markedly warmer than is the water on the shelf. In answer, only a surmise is possible at the present time. The sea ice probably would be destroyed as effectively whether the component were directed onshore or offshore. However, the bergs driven aground by onshore winds are temporarily immobi- lized while their destruction proceeds. The immobilization not only impedes their southward travel but subjects them to greater me- chanical stresses from heavy seas and therefore is likely to increase the rate at which they calve growlers and glacial debris. Because of the surface over which the onshore winds passed before arriving in the vicinity of the ice, higher probable air-temperatures lead to the expectation that the melting of the ice exposed to the air will pro- ceed more rapidly than when the winds are offshore. One should expect that any onshore or offshore components in the winds will result in a reduction of the number of bergs reaching the Grand Banks region, and that the onshore winds will be more effective than offshore winds in bringing about such a reduction. ■j;^^ U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1949—827714 61